2013
Faculty of Community
& Health Sciences
NOTICE
All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from January 1, 2013. The University reserves the right to
amend any regulation or provision at any time without prior notice.
Although every attempt has been made to ensure that the information is accurate, the University does not
accept any liability concerning inaccuracies of any of the contents in the Calendar.
The Higher Education Qualifications Framework (HEQF), as gazetted on 5 October 2007 is currently being
phased in at the University. The alignment of all existing programmes with the HEQF is a project that is
envisaged to take until 2015 at the earliest to complete. Due to this certain information in this calendar may
not be in line with the HEQF.
CONTENTS
GENERAL INFORMATION ............................................................................................................ 3
MISSION STATEMENT ................................................................................................................... 5
DEGREES AND DIPLOMAS CONFERRED IN THE FACULTY .................................................. 6
FACULTY BOARD AND FACULTY OFFICE PERSONNEL ........................................................ 7
LECTURING AND TECHNICAL STAFF........................................................................................ 8
RULES FOR PROGRAMMES ....................................................................................................... 17
Bachelor of Arts in Human Ecology – 8511 (Currently being phased out) ...................................... 17
Bachelor of Arts in Human Ecology (Education) – 8521 (Currently being phased out) ................... 21
Bachelor of Arts in Sport, Recreation and Exercise Science - 8061 ................................................ 25
Bachelor of Arts in Sport and Exercise Science – 8041 (Phased out) .............................................. 29
Bachelor of Arts in Sport and Recreation Management – 8014 (Phased out) ................................... 31
Bachelor of Psychology – 8431 (Currently being phased out) ........................................................ 32
Bachelor of Science in Dietetics - 8231 ........................................................................................ 36
Bachelor of Science in Occupational Therapy - 8111 .................................................................... 41
Bachelor of Science in Physiotherapy - 8211 ................................................................................ 45
Bachelor of Science in Sport and Exercise Science - 8051 ............................................................ 49
Bachelor of Nursing - 8311 .......................................................................................................... 52
Bachelor of Nursing (Foundation Programme) - 8310 ................................................................. 57
Bachelor of Science in Complementary Health Sciences - 8104 ..................................................... 62
Bachelor of Social Work - 8411 ................................................................................................... 69
Bachelor of Social Work (Foundation Programme) - 8560 ............................................................ 73
Bachelor of Arts Honours in Biokinetics - 8021 ............................................................................ 77
Bachelor of Arts Honours in Human Ecology – 8711 (Not offered) ............................................... 78
Bachelor of Arts Honours in Psychology - 8753............................................................................ 80
Bachelor of Arts Honours in Sport and Exercise Science - 8013 .................................................... 81
Bachelor of Arts Honours in Sport and Recreation Management - 8017 ......................................... 83
Bachelor of Science Honours in Biokinetics - 8024 ....................................................................... 84
Bachelor of Science Honours in Physiotherapy - 8217................................................................... 85
Bachelor of Complementary Medicine (Chinese Medicine and Acupuncture) - 8344 ..................... 86
Bachelor of Complementary Medicine (Naturopathy) - 8334 ........................................................ 88
Bachelor of Complementary Medicine (Phytotherapy) - 8324 ........................................................ 90
Bachelor of Complementary Medicine (Unani-Tibb Medicine) - 8354 ........................................... 91
Master of Arts in Child and Family Studies - 8850 ........................................................................ 93
Master of Arts in Human Ecology (Structured) – 8681 (Not offered) ............................................. 95
Master of Arts in Human Ecology (Thesis) – 8848 (Not offered) ................................................... 96
Master of Arts in Psychology (Structured) - 8813 ......................................................................... 96
Master of Arts in Psychology (Thesis) - 8671 ............................................................................... 97
Master of Arts in Sport, Recreation and Exercise Science - 8661 ................................................... 98
Master of Psychology - 8815 ....................................................................................................... 99
Master of Science in Nutrition Management - 8783..................................................................... 100
Master of Science in Occupational Therapy (Structured) - 8178 .................................................. 101
Master of Science in Occupational Therapy (Thesis) - 8118......................................................... 103
Magister of Science in Physiotherapy (Structured) – 8250 (No new intake in 2014)...................... 104
Master of Science in Physiotherapy (Thesis) - 8218 .................................................................... 105
Master of Nursing (Structured) - 8863 ........................................................................................ 106
Master of Nursing (Thesis)- 8868 ............................................................................................... 108
Master of Public Health - 8801 .................................................................................................. 109
Master of Social Work (Structured) – 8470 (Not offered until further notice) ............................... 113
Master of Social Work (Thesis) - 8828 ....................................................................................... 114
1
Doctor of Philosophy - 8950....................................................................................................... 115
Doctor of Philosophy in Physiotherapy - 8911 ........................................................................... 117
Advanced Certificate in Education: Consumer Studies – 8601 (Not offered) ................................. 118
Postgraduate Diploma in Public Health - 8846 ............................................................................ 119
Postgraduate Diploma in Child & Family Studies - 8849 ............................................................. 120
MODULE DESCRIPTORS ........................................................................................................... 122
Dietetics .................................................................................................................................... 122
Interdisciplinary Teaching And Learning Unit............................................................................. 144
Human Ecology ......................................................................................................................... 162
School of Nursing ...................................................................................................................... 181
Occupational Therapy ................................................................................................................ 222
Physiotherapy ............................................................................................................................ 249
Psychology................................................................................................................................ 274
Social Work .............................................................................................................................. 307
Sport, Recreation and Exercise Science....................................................................................... 342
School of Natural Medicine ........................................................................................................ 374
School of Public Health ............................................................................................................. 426
2
GENERAL INF ORMATION
CORRESPONDENCE WITH THE UNIVERSITY
All postal correspondence should be addressed to the relevant person or department at:
The University of the Western Cape
Private Bag X17
Bellville
7535
Should you not know the person or department, please direct all correspondence to:
The Registrar
University of the Western Cape
Private Bag X17
Bellville
7535
Faculty related enquiries can be directly forwarded to:
CHS Helpdesk
Faculty of Community and Health Sciences
The University of the Western Cape
Private Bag X17
Bellville
7535
Tel: +27 (0)21 959 2852
Fax: +27 (0)21 959 2266
Email: chshelpdesk@uwc.ac.za
CONTACT NUMBERS
UWC Switchboard
UWC Call Centre
General Fax
+27 (0)21 959 2911
+27 (0)21 959 3900/1/2/3
+27 (0)21 959 3126
THE UNIVERSITY’S WEBSITE: www.uwc.ac.za
GENERAL BURSARIES AND LOANS
Full particulars of bursaries and loans are set out in a separate brochure that is obtainable from:
Financial Aid Office
University of the Western Cape
Private Bag X17
Bellville
7535
Tel: +27 (0)21 959 3114
3
CALENDAR
The calendar is obtainable in the following separate parts:
Part 1
Part 2
Part 3
Part 4
Part 5
Part 6
Part 7
Part 8
Part 9
General Information
Faculty of Natural Sciences
Faculty of Arts
(a) Undergraduate
(b) Postgraduate
Faculty of Economics and Management Sciences
(a) Undergraduate
(b) Postgraduate
Faculty of Education
Faculty of Dentistry
Faculty of Law
Faculty of Community and Health Sciences
Schedule of Fees
A separate publication containing the Faculty‟s teaching and examination time-tables is obtainable from the
Faculty Office.
4
MISSION STATEMENT
The University of the Western Cape has an explicit commitment to the development of historically
disadvantaged communities in South Africa from which it draws most its students. It aims to play a
particular role in this development by making its education accessible to students from these communities.
The Faculty of Community and Health Sciences is a multi-disciplinary team committed to the promotion of
a new vision of Health and Welfare Services. Both in the training and education it offers and in the
professionals it produces it aims to advance the transformation of existing Health and Welfare Services in
South Africa.
The Faculty is committed to:
1.
a proactive approach to managing it‟s own affairs as well as to the professional issues which it must
address;
2.
the pursuit of excellence in education, research and community service;
3.
the generation of knowledge which amongst other things, addresses the realities, problems and needs of
the community;
4.
student education which promotes:
•
•
•
•
•
a progressive primary health care approach to health and welfare services which is firmly rooted in
the community
inter-disciplinary teamwork
competency in problem-solving, leadership and advocacy
critical analysis
an attitude of creativity and adaptability
5.
student academic development, generating appropriate teaching strategies to address educational
inadequacies and ensure the acquisition of competencies;
6.
the development of dynamic, accessible and responsive models of training and intervention;
7.
contributing to the formulation and implementation of policy which will ensure an equitable, efficient
and effective Health and Welfare System in South Africa;
8.
developing a collaborative relationship with the broader community;
9.
staff development, both as an important function of departments, and as requiring vigorous and
structured attention from the Faculty.
5
DEGREES AND DIP LOMAS CONF ERRED IN THE F ACULTY
DEGREES
Bachelor of Arts in Human Ecology **
Bachelor of Arts in Human Ecology (Education) **
Bachelor of Arts in Physical and Health Education *
Bachelor of Arts in Sport , Recreation and Exercise Science
Bachelor of Arts in Sport and Exercise Science *
Bachelor of Arts in Sport and Recreation Management *
Bachelor of Psychology **
Bachelor of Science in Dietetics
Bachelor of Science in Occupational Therapy
Bachelor of Science Physiotherapy
Bachelor of Science in Sport and Exercise Science
Bachelor of Nursing
Bachelor of Science in Complementary Health Sciences
Bachelor of Social Work
Bachelor of Arts Honours in Biokinetics
Bachelor of Arts Honours in Human Ecology**
Bachelor of Arts Honours in Psychology
Bachelor of Arts Honours in Sport and Exercise Science
Bachelor of Arts Honours in Sport and Recreation Management
Bachelor of Science Honours in Biokinetics
Bachelor of Science Honours in Physiotherapy
Bachelor of Complementary Medicine in Chinese Medicine and Acupuncture
Bachelor of Complementary Medicine in Naturopathy
Bachelor of Complementary Medicine in Phytotherapy
Bachelor of Complementary Medicine in Unani-Tibb Medicine
Master of Arts in Child and Family Studies
Master of Arts in Human Ecology**
Master of Arts in Psychology
Master of Arts in Sport, Recreation and Exercise Science
Master of Psychology
Master of Science in Nutrition Management
Master of Science in Occupational Therapy
Master of Science in Physiotherapy
Master of Nursing
Master of Public Health
Master of Social Work ***
Doctor of Philosophy
BA HE
BA HE (Ed)
BA PHE
BA SRES
BA SES
BA SRM
BPsych
BSc Diet
BSc OT
BSc PT
BSc SES
BNurs
BSc CHS
BSW
BA Hons Biokinetics
BA Hons HE
BA Hons Psych
BA Hons SES
BA Hons SRM
BSc Hons Biokinetics
BSc Hons PT
BCM CMA
BCM NAT
BCM PHYT
BCM UTM
MA CFS
MA HE
MA Psych
MA SRES
MPsych
MSc NM
MSc OT
MSc PT
MNurs
MPH
MSW
PhD
DIPLOMAS AND CERTIFICATES
Advanced Certificate in Education: Consumer Studies**
Postgraduate Diploma in Public Health
Postgraduate Diploma in Child and Family Studies
* Not offered from 2010
** Not offered from 2011
*** Not offered until further notice
6
ACE: Consumer Studies
PGDPH
PG Dipl ( Child and
Family Studies)
F ACULTY BOARD AND F ACULTY OFF ICE STAFF
FACULTY BOARD
The Rector (ex officio), Vice Rectors (ex officio).
Profs: J Frantz (Acting Dean), O Adejumo, F Daniels, D Jackson, K Jooste, M Lees, U Lehmann, N
Mbombo, RB Mpofu (Emeritus), K Mwaba, J Phillips, T Puoane, A Rhoda, D M Sanders (Emeritus), C
Schenck, H Shneider, P Struthers, EC Swart, A Travill, L Wegner, C Zarowsky.
Drs: S Arunachallam, S Bassett, B Benjamin, A Beytell, M Brown, J Campbell, W Cassiem, L Curtolo,
M de Jager, J de Jongh, A Dison, C Erasmus, W Ericksen-Pereira, N Henderson, Z Kamdar,
N Kisten, E Kunneke L Leach, K Leisegang, M Londt, X Ma, G Reagon, K Sabie, S Savahl,
G Sedupane, M Smith, S Soeker, B van Wyk, N Roman, F Waggie, X Wang.
Messrs: R Ahmed, B Andrews, U Bawa, C Davids, G Filies, J Hoffman, K Kamaloodien, A Mafilika,
T Mthembu, M Rowe, R Safodien, M Simpson.
Mmes: M Andipatin, A Basson, P Bimray, H Boltman, H Bradley, S Carelse, L Cornellissen, G Dykes,
J Erasmus, I Essa, L Fakude, F Firfirey, M Florence, L Hess-April, S Isaacs, F Karachi, C Lombardo,
L Luhanga, N Lukelelo, F Murray, H Julie, A Kalam, E Kearns, L Le Roux, N Linda, R Marie, P Martin,
Modeste, E Nako, L Richards, M Rosenberg, W Rosenthal, V Saville, N Solomons, T Steyl, S Titus,
A Traut, L Tsolekile, V Matthews, M McDonald, N Mlenzana, S Mohamed, E Munnik,
E Rich, L vd Berg, N Vermeulen, S Walker, J Willemse, J Wilkenson, M Young.
Representatives from the faculties of:
Natural Science:
Economic & Management Sciences:
Education:
Law:
Arts:
Dentistry:
SRC:
Prof D Dietrich,
Mr E Mentoor,
Ms N Moolla,
Prof J Gallinetti,
Ms A van Huyssteen
Vacant
Vacant
FACULTY OFFICE STAFF
Dean (Acting):
Deputy Deans:
Faculty Manager:
Secretary to the Dean:
Faculty Officers:
Financial Officer:
Administrative Officers:
Computer Lab Assistant:
General Administrative Assistant:
Helpdesk Assistant:
Prof J Frantz, BSc, MSc, PhD (PT) (Western Cape)
Prof JM Frantz, BSc, MSc, PhD (PT) (Western Cape)
Prof EC Swart, BSc (Hons) (Dietetics), Dipl Hospital Dietetics
(Stellenbosch), MPhil (Public Health), PhD (Public Health)
(Western Cape)
Mr M Simpson, BMan (Cape Peninsula UT), PGD Ind Eng
Man (Cape Town)
Ms D Gahiza
Ms C Cloete
Ms MM Jansen van Vuuren
Ms C Johnson
Ms K Lindeboom, BA (Hons) (Western Cape)
Ms A George, BCom (Law), BCom (Hons) Man (Western
Cape)
Mr K Cox
Ms K Herborn
Mr Y van Reenen
Mr A Chikware
Mr G Meyer
7
LECTURING AND TECHNICAL STAF F
DIETETICS
Head of Department:
Senior Lecturer:
Lecturers:
Secretary:
Prof EC Swart, BSc (Hons) (Dietetics), Dipl Hospital Dietetics
(Stellenbosch), MPhil (Public Health), PhD (Public Health)
(Western Cape)
Dr E Kunneke, BSc (Hons) (Dietetics) (Stellenbosch),
Dipl Hospital Dietetics (Free State), M Nutrition
(Stellenbosch), PhD (North West)
Ms A Basson, MSc (New York)
Ms C Lombardo, BSc (Dietetics), MPH (Western Cape)
Ms N Solomons, BSc (Dietetics), MSc (Nutrition Management)
(Western Cape)
Ms J Wilkenson, BSc (Dietetics) (Western Cape), MPH
(Western Cape)
Ms E Rosant
HUMAN ECOLOGY
Head of Department:
Senior Lecturers:
Lecturer/s:
Senior Academic Assistants:
Secretary:
Prof EC Swart, BSc (Hons) (Dietetics), Dipl Hospital Dietetics
(Stellenbosch), MPhil (Public Health), PhD (Public Health)
(Western Cape)
Vacant
Dr CJ Erasmus, BA (Hons) (Human Ecology), MPhil, PhD
(Western Cape)
Ms L Cornelissen BA (Hons) (Human Ecology), MA (Human
Ecology) (Western Cape)
Ms L Du Plessis, BA (Hons) (Human Ecology) (Western
Cape)
Ms F Murray, BA (Hons) (Western Cape), H E D (South
Africa)
Ms E Rosant
SCHOOL OF NURSING
Professor and Director (Acting):
Professor:
Associate Professor/s:
Senior Lecturers:
Lecturers:
Prof K Jooste, BA Cur (Hons), MA Cur, D Litt et Phil (South
Africa)
Prof O Adejumo, BSc (Hons), MSc, (Ibadan), D Litt et Phil
(South Africa)
Prof FM Daniels, MPh, PhD (Western Cape)
Prof N Mbombo, BCur (Fort Hare), MCur (KwaZulu Natal),
PhD (Western Cape)
Prof DR Phetlhu, BA Nursing, MCur Community Nursing
Science, PhD Nursing (NWU)
Dr S Arunachallam, BACur (South Africa), MCur
(Johannesburg), PhD (Western Cape)
Dr JD Jeggels, BCur (Western Cape), B Nursing (Hons) (Clin)
(Stellenbosch), Mphil, PhD (Western Cape)
Ms H Julie, BCur (Western Cape), BA (Hons) (South Africa),
MPh, MCur (Western Cape)
Ms P Bimray, BCur (Westen Cape), MCur (Stellenbosch)
Ms H Boltman, BCur, MCur (Western Cape)
Ms I Essa, B Cur, (Western Cape), M Phil (Higher Education)
(Stellenbosch)
Ms L Fakude, BA Cur, BA Cur (Hon) Nursing Education,
(South Africa), MSc (Nursing) (Witwatersrand)
8
Clinical Supervisors:
Senior Administrator &
Financial Officer:
Administrators:
Administrative Officer:
Mr JC Hoffman, B Cur, M Cur (Western Cape)
Ms EN Kearns, BCur (Western Cape), BCur (Hons)
(Stellenbosch), MPh (Dundee)
Ms L Le Roux, BCur, BCur (Hons) (Stellenbosch), MCur
(Western Cape)
Ms N Linda, BA Cur (South Africa), M Nursing (KwaZulu
Natal)
Ms RR Marie Modeste, B Nursing, M Nursing (KwaZulu
Natal), RN, RM, CHN
Ms P Martin, BA Cur, MA Cur (South Africa)
Ms M Naidoo, MCur (Western Cape)
Ms E Nako, B Nursing (Botswana), MSc Nursing (Cape
Town), RN, RNE, CHN
Ms V Rashe, BCur, MCur (Western Cape)
Ms A Traut, B Nursing (Stellenbosch), MCur (Western Cape)
Ms L Richards, MA Cur (South Africa)
Ms L van der Berg, B Cur, M Cur (Western Cape)
Ms S Walker, MCur (Western Cape)
Ms JJ Wilemse, M Cur (Western Cape)
Ms J Abubu, BCur (Western Cape)
Ms F Akimanimpaye, BCur (Western Cape)
Mr S Buthelezi, BCur (Western Cape)
Ms A Claassen, BCur (CPUT)
Ms V Cleophas, BCur (Western Cape)
Ms I Cloete, BCur (Western Cape)
Ms J Cornelissen, Diploma in GNS (Sarleh Dollie Nursing
College)
Ms A Daniels, BCur (Western Cape)
Mr V Danster, BCur (Western Cape)
Ms G Donough, BCur (Western Cape)
Ms Z Heradien, BCur (Western Cape)
Ms N Jansen, BCur (Western Cape)
Ms N Khutuka, BCur (Western Cape)
Ms D Kleinsmith, BCur (Western Cape)
Ms M Lategan, BCur (Western Cape)
Ms J Magerman, BCur (Western Cape)
Ms A Matsie, BCur (Western Cape)
Ms V Meissenheimer, BCur (Western Cape)
Ms D Meyer, Diploma in Nursing (Nico Malan Nursing
College)
Ms A Mitchell, Diploma in GNS (Netcare)
Ms C Nongalaza, BCur (UCT)
Ms N Nxusani, BCur (Western Cape)
Ms S Patel, BCur (Western Cape)
Ms B Pete, BCur (UPE)
Ms F Pieters, Diploma in GNS (Sarleh Dollie Nursing College)
Ms K September, Diploma in GNS (Sarleh Dollie Nursing
College)
Ms T Siganga, BCur (Western Cape)
Ms P Smith, BCur (Western Cape)
Ms S September, BA Cur (Admin & Education)
Mr E Wagner, BCur (Western Cape)
Mr C Patani, BCom (Western Cape)
Ms M Dayimani
Ms S Sompani
Ms N Jooste
9
Assistant of the Director:
Senior Academic Officers:
Administrative Assistant:
Ms N Johannes, BA (Psych), BA (Hon) (Social Development)
(Western Cape)
Ms B Beyers, BCur (Western Cape)
Ms H Diko, BCur (Western Cape)
Ms S Kamalie, BCur (Western Cape)
Ms M Selenga, BCur (Western Cape)
Ms P Ntombela
OCCUPATIONAL THERAPY
Associate Professor and Chair:
Senior Lecturers:
Lecturers:
Associate Lecturer:
Clinical Teaching Coordinators:
Administrator:
General Assistant:
Prof L Wegner, PhD, MScOT(Cape Town), BScOT
(Witwatersrand)
Dr J de Jongh, PhD, MPhil (Western Cape), BOT
(Stellenbosch)
Dr S Soeker, PhD, MScOT, BScOT (Western Cape)
Ms L Hess, MPH (Western Cape), PGD Disability Studies
(Cape Town), BScOT (Western Cape)
Mr T Mthembu, MPH, BScOT (Western Cape)
Ms A Shabudin-Kalam, MECI (Pretoria), BScOT (Cape Town)
Ms T Bell, MECI (Pretoria), BScOT (Western Cape)
Ms N Vermeulen, MScOT, BScOT (Western Cape)
Ms J Erasmus, B.OT (Stellenbosch)
Ms S van Eeden
Mr G Opperman
PHYSIOTHERAPY
Head of Department:
Professor/s:
Associate Professor/s:
Lecturers:
Contract Part-Time Lecturer/s:
PG Administrator:
PT Clinic Administrator:
Administrator:
Prof A Rhoda, BSc (PT) (Western Cape), BSc (Hons) (PT),
MSc Medical Sciences (Rehab) (Stellenbosch), PhD (PT)
(Western Cape)
Prof JM Frantz, BSc, MSc, PhD (PT) (Western Cape)
Prof J Phillips, BSc, MSc, PhD (PT) (Western Cape)
Prof P Struthers, BSc (PT) (Cape Town), PhD, MPhil (Public
Health) (Western Cape)
Ms F Karachi, BSc (PT) (Cape Town), MSc (PT)
(Stellenbosch)
Ms N Mlenzana, BSc (PT) (Western Cape), MSc Med (Public
Health) (Cape Town)
Mr M Rowe, BSc, MSc (PT) (Western Cape)
Ms T Steyl, BSc (PT) (Stellenbosch ), MSc (PT) (Western
Cape)
Ms L Wegner, BSc (PT) (Western Cape), MSc (PT) (Western
Cape)
Dr J Diener, BSc (PT) Stellenbosch), PhD (PT) (Western Cape)
Ms D Hess BSc (PT) (Western Cape)
Ms B Sauls, BSc (PT) (Stellenbosch)
Ms M Warner
Ms E Presens
Ms M Coetzee, BA (Hons) (Western Cape)
PSYCHOLOGY
Head of Department:
Vice – Chairperson:
Professor/s:
Senior Lecturers:
Ms M Andipatin, MA (Psych) (Western Cape)
Vacant
Prof K Mwaba, MA (Social Psychology), PhD (Syracuse),
Registered Research Psychologist
Dr M Smith, MA (Psych) (Western Cape), MA Clin
Psychology, PhD (Columbia), Registered Clinical Psychologist
10
Lecturers:
Senior Officers:
Secretaries:
Mr R Ahmed, MA (Cape Town), Registered Clinical
Psychologist
Mr UL Bawa, MA (Psych) (Witwatersrand), Registered
Clinical Psychologist
Dr AS Pedro, MA (Psych), PhD (Western Cape)
Dr S Savahl, MA, PhD (Western Cape), Registered Research
Psychologist
Mr C Davids, MPsych (Western Cape), Registered Counselling
Psychologist
Ms M Florence, HDE, MA (Western Cape)
Ms S Isaacs, MA Research Psychology (Western Cape),
Registered Research Psychologist
Mr K Kamaloodien, BSoc Sc (Cape Town), MPsych (Western
Cape), Registered Clinical Psychologist
Ms E Munnik, MPsych (Western Cape), Registered Clinical
Psychologist
Ms M Pienaar, MA (Psych), (KwaZulu Natal), Registered
Counselling Psychologist
Mr L Daniels, BA (Hons) (Stellenbosch), BA (Hons) Personnel
Management (Free State), MA (Western Cape)
Mr BD Faroa, BA (Hons) English (Western Cape)
Ms T Fennie, Dipl Personnel Management, Dipl Admin
Management (Damelin), PDE (Bellville) BA (Hons) (Western
Cape), MPhil (HIV/Aids Management) (Stellenbosch)
Ms BS Mthimunye, B Psych (Western Cape) Registered
Counsellor
Ms YP Kleinhans
Ms RK Klink
SOCIAL WORK
Professor and Head of Department:
Senior Lecturers:
Lecturers:
Masters Programme Manager
(Masters Child and Family Studies):
Senior Departmental Officers:
Academic Officers:
Administrative Officers:
Prof R Schenck, BA (Hons) (Pretoria), MA (SW) (Pretoria)
MA (SS) (Pretoria), DPhil (SW) (UNISA)
Dr A Beytell, BA (SW) (Pretoria), BA (Hons) (Med SW)
(Stellenbosch), MA (SocSc) (Johannesburg), PhD (RAU)
Dr MS de Jager, Sen Diploma (SW) (Huguenot College), DPhil
(SW) (Nelson Mandela Metropolitan)
Dr M Londt, Higher Dipl (SW), MA (SW) (Cape Town), PhD
(Western Cape)
Ms G Dykes, Higher Dipl (SW), MA (SW) (Western Cape)
Ms N Lukelelo, BSoc Sc (SW) (Cape Town), MA (SW)
(Stellenbosch)
Ms ML Minnaar-McDonald, BA (SW) (Western Cape),
MSocSc (Uppsala)
Ms V Saville, BA (SW) (Western Cape), BA (Hons) (SW)
(Western Cape), MA (SW) (Stellenbosch) (Cum Laude)
Dr N Roman, BA, HDE, BEd (Psychology), MA (CFS) (Cum
Laude), PhD (Western Cape)
Ms E Rich, High Dipl (ETD), MA (CFS) (Western Cape)
Dr N Henderson, BSoc Sci (SW) (Cape Town), IMSSW
(Gothenburg), PhD (Western Cape)
Ms S Carelse, BA (SW), MSW (Western Cape)
Mr R Safodien, BA (SW) (Western Cape)
Ms A Amansure
Ms MM Moloi
Vacant
11
SPORT, RECREATION AND EXERCISE SCIENCE
Head of Department:
Professor/s:
Associate Professor/s:
Snr Lecturer:
Lecturers:
Associate Lecturer:
Administrative Officers:
Dr S Bassett, PhD, MSc (Sport Science) (Utah), BSc (Hons)
(Biokinetics) cum laude (Western Cape), BSc (Hons) (Sport
Science) (Sussex)
Prof A Travill, PhD (Witwatersrand), MA (PhysEd) (San
Diego), BAHons (Phys Ed), HDE (Rhodes)
Prof M Lees, DPhil (Sport Science) cum laude, MA (Phys Ed)
(Heidelberg),) LLB (Western Cape), BEd (Hons), BA (Hons),
HDE (Heidelberg)
Dr L Leach, PhD, MA (Western Cape), BA (Hons)
(Biokinetics), (Stellenbosch), BA (Hons) (Phys Ed) , BA (Phys
Ed) (Western Cape), PTD (Rand College of Education)
Mr B Andrews, MSc (Sport Science) cum laude, BSc (Hons)
(Sport Science), BSc (Sport Science) (Stellenbosch)
Ms S Titus, MA (SRES), BA (Sport and Recreation
Management) cum laude (Western Cape)
Ms M Young, MPhil, (Sport Management) (Johannesburg)
Mr G Smithdorf, BA (SES), BA (Hons) Biokinetics (Western
Cape)
Ms L Davids
Mr J Edas, PTD, HDPE (Hewat Training College)
Ms C Tsoli, BCom (Western Cape)
SCHOOL OF NATURAL MEDICINE
Head of School:
Co-ordinators:
Lecturers:
Administrative Officer:
Clinical Administrator:
Dr J Campbell, Dipl (PHYT) (United Kingdom)
Dr M Brown, BSc (CHS), BCM (NAT), MA (Western Cape)
Dr N Kisten, BSc (CHS), BCM (UTM), MSc (Western Cape)
Dr X Ma, MA, PhD (Shandong University of Traditional
Chinese Medicine)
Dr W Cassiem, BSc (CHS), BCM (CMA) (Western Cape)
Dr L Curtolo, BSc (CHS), BCM (PHYT) (Western Cape)
Dr MJ Hoosen BSc (CHS) BCM (UTM) (Western Cape)
Dr Z Kamdar BSc (CHS) BCM (UTM) (Western Cape)
Dr L Leisegang, M Tech (Hom) (Durban UT)
Dr W Erickson-Perreira BSc (CHS), BCM (NAT) (Western
Cape) MEd (Western Cape)
Dr K Sabi, BSc (CHS), BCM (NAT) (Western Cape)
Dr G Sedupane, BSc (CHS), BCM (PHYT) (Western Cape)
Dr X Wang, BSc (Chinese Medicine) (Medical University of
Jining), MSc (MBS) (Western Cape)
Ms D Pretorius
Ms S Abrahams, BA (Human Ecology) (Western Cape)
SCHOOL OF PUBLIC HEALTH
Associate Professor and Director:
Professor and Director (HIV Centre):
Professors:
Emeritus Professor:
Prof Helen Schneider, MBChB (Cape Town), Masters of
Medicine (Com Health), Dipl in Tropical Medicine & Hygiene
(Witwatersrand), Dipl in Child Health (SA College of
Medicine)
Prof C Zarowsky, MD (McMaster), MPH (Harvard), PhD
(McGill)
Prof U Lehmann, MA, PhD (Hannover)
Prof T Puoane, BCur, BA Soc Sci (UNISA), MPH, Dr PH
(Berkeley)
Prof DM Sanders, MBChB (Birm), DCH (RCS Eng), MRCP
(UK), DTPH (London)
12
Extraordinary Professors:
Senior Lecturers:
Lecturers:
Researchers:
Honorary Professor:
Project Manager:
Senior Coordinator:
Administrative Officer:
Prof N Abrahams, PhD (UCT), MPhil (UWC), Dipl in
Paediatric Nursing (RXH), Dipl in Com Health (PEN Tech),
Dipl in General Nursing and Midwifery (GSH)
Prof L Gilson, BA (Hons) (Oxford University), MA
(distinction) (Univ of East Anglia) , PhD (Univ of London)
Prof S Guttmacher, BA, M.Phil, PhD
Prof H Hausler, BSc (Hon) (British Columbia), MDCM
(McGill), MPH (Johns Hopkins), PhD (London)
Prof D Jackson, RNC (Florida State), MPH (San Diego State),
DSc (Boston)
Prof John Seager, BSc (Hons) (Wales), PhD (Wales)
Dr G Reagon, MBChB, FCPHM (Cape Town)
Dr B van Wyk, BSc (Hons), MSc Psychology, DPhil
Psychology (Stellenbosch)
Ms H Bradley, BPharm (Hons) (Bath, UK), MPH (Western
Cape)
Ms V Mathews, BA (Hons) Soc Science, MPH (Western Cape)
Ms S Mohamed, Nat Dip (RAD) (Cape Peninsula UT), MPH
(Western Cape)
Ms LP Tsolekile, BSc (Hons) (Dietetics), MPH (Western Cape)
Prof GJ Hofmeyr, MBBCh, MRCOG (Witwatersrand)
Dr AS Aku, MBBS, (Ahmadu Bello)
Dr K Harper, FC Paediatrics (College of Medicine SA)
Dr H Leng, PhD (Cape Town)
Dr T Mathole, BSc (Hons), MPA (Zimbabwe), PhD (Uppsala,
Sweden)
Dr B Nkosi, BPaed (Home Economics) (Zimbabwe/ KwaZulu
Natal), BA (Hons) Human Ecology (Western Cape), MA
Environmental & Dev. (Natal), PhD Family Social Science
(UMN), USA
Dr V Scott, MBChB, DCH (Cape Town), MPH (Western
Cape)
Dr R Stern, BScPhysio (Wits), Dip Health Promotion, MA,
DrPH (London)
Dr K Ward, PhD (Western Cape)
Ms L Alexander, BA (Hons), BAFA (South Africa), Dip (Adult
Ed), MPhil (Adult Ed) (Cape Town)
Mr W Amde, BA (Addis Ababa), MA (Rhur Bochum), MA
(Western Cape)
Ms P Booi, Dipl. Gen Nursing and Mifwifery
Ms V Henge, BPharm (Rhodes)
Ms B Magadzire, BSc (Solusi), MPhil, PGD (Stellenbosch),
Ms N T Matshanda, BSocSc (Cape Town)
Ms A Parsons, BSocSci (Cape Town), MSc (London)
Ms S Rohde, BS Nursing, PG Cert in Public Health, BA (Hons)
Ms N Schaay, BA (Hons) (Natal), MPH (Western Cape)
Ms M Singata, Master in Business Admin (Regent Business
School)
Ms J Uwimana, BSc (Hons) (Rwanda), MSc PT, PGD Public
Health (Western Cape), PGC Int Comm Health (Oslo)
Ms SX Williams, Dipl in Child Nursing Science
Prof S Tilford, BSc, MA, PGCE (Leeds)
Dr Shun Govender, BA (South Africa), BD (Durban), Drs,
Th D (Netherlands)
Ms M Petersen
Ms B Basson, BAdmin (Hons) (Western Cape)
Ms J Kader
13
Administrative Officer (HIV Centre):
Senior Programme Officer:
Financial Administrator:
Finance Admin Officer:
Financial Admin Assistant:
Office Assistant:
Receptionist:
Project Administrative Coordinator:
Ms L Martin
Ms T Petersen
Ms C Carolissen, ND Exec Sec, NHD Post School Ed (Cape
Peninsula UT)
Ms T de Lima
Ms S Abbas
Mr Z Najaar
Mr M Adams
Ms N Komeni, BCom (Western Cape)
Ms E Chademana, BSc (Hons) (Africa), DipPers Mgt
(Zimbabwe), M.Dev Studies, KwaZulu Natal
INTERDISCIPLINARY TEACHING AND LEARNING UNIT
Unit Co-ordinator:
Service-Learning Sites Co-ordinator:
Interdisciplinary Core Courses
Convenor:
Fieldwork Co-ordinators:
Administrator:
UWC Community Rehabilitation
Project Co-ordinator:
Dr F Waggie, BSc (PT), MSc (PT), PhD (Western Cape)
Mr GC Filies, BSc (OT) (Western Cape), MPhil (Stellenbosch)
Ms Nariman Laattoe MPhil (Cape Town)
Mr Joseph Appolis
Ms Adrienne Simpson
Ms C Fester
Ms R Hull, BSc (OT) (Western Cape)
CAMPUS HEALTH CENTRE
Head of Department:
Medical Officer:
Professional Nurses:
Practice Manager:
Receptionist:
Receptionist:
Dr DH Bagwandeen
Dr Talita Seegers
Sr Valencia Prince
Sr Avril Colville
Ms Mareth Abrahams
Ms Mariam Adams
Ms Shain Brown
Health care is available to all registered students, staff & related persons on campus. Comprehensive
primary level treatment is offered with referrals being made as appropriate to other hospitals or
professionals. Health education programmes are carried out regularly, the primary aims of which are to
empower patients to manage their health and lifestyle for the prevention of illness and the promotion,
maintenance and restoration of their own health.
The clinic has a visiting dietician and optometrist. We liaise closely with other health related service
departments on campus, viz the UWC Physiotherapy Clinic, Institute for Counselling (psychologists), Sports
Administartion and the HIV/AIDS unit.
Contact Details: 021 959 2875/6
CENTER FOR STUDENT SUPPORT SERVICES
Director:
Student Development:
Academic Support:
Psychological Services :
Students with Disabilities:
Leadership and Social Responsibilities:
Birgit Schreiber
Winston Middleton
Laetitia Permall
Shahieda Jansen
Evadne Abrahams
Dr Christina Lunceford (PhD)
Our Center for Student Support Services reports directly to the Deputy Vice-Chancellor, Student
Development and Support, Professor Lullu Tshiwula.
14
This Center provides broad student-centered development and professional services, programs, training
opportunities and resources aimed at enhancing the quality of life and wellness of the campus community.
The focus is to engage students‟ potential in order to assist in achieving goals at UWC and to develop
responsible and responsive citizens for tomorrow. The vision is to develop a safe, secure and supportive
campus environment which enhances student learning on multiple levels. We conduct research and engage
with national issues and debates to provide a cutting edge service which meets students‟ development needs.
We are staffed by dynamic professionals who are registered with national bodies and provide high quality,
free and confidential services. Each staff member is highly qualified, brings a range of experiences and
bases the interventions in current theory to effectively deliver outcomes.
We are located on the 2nd floor, Community and Health Science Building. Please visit us anytime to benefit
from our work and help you enhance your academic performance.
Contact Details: Tel: 021 959 2299
Office Hours: 8h30-4h30
Student Development
This department facilitates the successful entry and exit of students. It organizes a nationally renowned and
campus wide Orientation Program which facilitates academic, social and personal-emotional adjustment of
first year students to UWC‟s higher education campus. This sets a firm foundation for a successful career at
UWC.
The Career Development Program provides information, career assessments, exhibitions, assistance with
CV writing and interviewing skills. This is particularly valuable for students who want to enter the work
careers with success.
In addition, this department also assists the Student Governance on campus and in residences (SRC and
CHC) with elections, training, and induction.
Student Academic Support
This department focuses on offering effective, flexible, creative, and student-centered academic
development initiatives and aims to support students in achieving their academic goals. It offers workshops,
ongoing group, and individual training to develop specific and generic learning skills.
This department runs the flagship program: the Student Mentoring Program, which utilizes highly
performing senior students to mentor all first year students. This vibrant program has multiple benefits for
the mentor, the mentee, and the campus community overall.
Regular experiential workshops that focus on students‟ immediate skills enhancement, such as time
management, coping and stress management skills, memory enhancement, study skills, exam preparation
and many others are also offered.
Psychological Services
This department provides professional and confidential, developmental, preventative and curative
psychological services for personal, social, familial, and other problems and concerns. The interventions are
usually based on brief-term psychotherapy principles but might utilize longer-term approaches.
Open workshops and psycho-educational therapeutic groups which allow access to problems and offer
resolutions in a safe space shared with peers are also conducted. Other services include trauma debriefing,
crisis intervention, and any kind of mental health related work with students.
The Service also trains and supervises intern psychologists from national and international academic
institutions. It provides dynamic learning experiences in a wide and varying context, in line with
requirement of the Professional Board of Psychology. The internship program is recognized as an exemplar
of excellence in the country.
15
Students with Disabilities
UWC aims to offer disabled and challenged students the specific assistance to achieve maximum potential.
At present, the University has students with a range of disabilities and this department boasts a long history
of effectively supporting disabled students to achieve graduation.
This department provides assessment and support to the special requirements a student might present, in
addition, the department advocates the rights of challenged students to the campus community to create an
environment of equality and fairness.
Prospective students are encouraged to contact the department to ascertain how best UWC can assist once
registered for a degree at UWC.
Leadership and Social Responsibilities
This department develops individual and collective leadership skills, facilitates the Leadership Academy and
capacity building for student governance on all levels. UWC students have the opportunity to develop a
leadership portfolio, which enhances their civil functioning and enables responsible leadership.
16
RULES F OR P ROGRAMMES
BACHELOR OF ARTS IN HUMAN ECOLOGY - 8511
PLEASE NOTE:
The BA Human Ecology Degree will be phased out as from 2011. There will be no new intake of 1st
year students into this programme.
J.1
ADMISSION
Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for
the degree: BA Human Ecology
J.1.1
Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated from 2008
The National Senior Certificate for Bachelor‟s Degree study plus a score of no less than 27
points calculated according to the University‟s approved points system, as well as the following
specific subject requirements:
(a)




(b)
level 4 (50-59%) in English (home or first additional language) and
level 3 (40-49%) in Another Language (home or first additional language) and
level 3 (40-49%) in Mathematics or
level 3 (40-49%) in Mathematical Literacy
Students will be required to write The National Benchmark Test (NBT)
OR
(c)
A qualification or level of competence which the Senate of the University has deemed
to be equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) and (b) above.
J.1.2
Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated before 2008
(a)
A Matriculation Exemption with one of the following subject requirements:








(b)
HG (40%, E symbol) Mathematics or
SG (50%, D symbol) Mathematics or
HG (40%, E symbol) Biology or
SG (50%, D symbol) Biology or
HG (40%, E symbol) Physical Sciences or
SG (50%, D symbol) Physical Sciences or
HG (40%, E symbol) Physiology or
SG (50%, D symbol) Physiology
Students will be required to write The National Benchmark Test (NBT)
OR
(c)
A qualification or level of competence which the Senate of the University has deemed to be
equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) and (b) above
17
J.1.3
Alternate admission
J.1.3.1
Alternate admission requirements for applicants who passed Grade 12 from 2008
(a)
The National Senior Certificate for Diploma Study plus a score of no less than 23 points
calculated according to the University‟s approved points system.
(b)
Students will be required to write The National Benchmark Test (NBT).
OR
(c)
A qualification or level of competence which the Senate of the University has deemed to be
equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) and (b) above
J.1.3.2
Alternate admission requirements for applicants who passed Grade 12 before 2008
(a)
Students without matriculation exemption may be allowed into the programme as Senate
Discretionary students and will be required to write The National Benchmark Test (NBT).
OR
(b)
A qualification or level of competence which the Senate of the University has deemed to be
equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) above
J.1.3.3
Alternate admission requirements for applicants according to Recognition of Prior
Learning (RPL)
Students who completed the NSC in 2008 or thereafter, but have not obtained endorsements, will be
considered for alternative admission after the age of 23. Such candidates will be required to complete a RPL
portfolio development course and submit to a process where relevant learning and/or experience will be
assessed.
Candidates who are 23 or older and do not have a matriculation certificate or NSC, but who might have
obtained other qualifications or experience that may be deemed to be equivalent to admission criteria for
particular study programmes, will also be required to complete a RPL portfolio development course or an
RPL portfolio process as agreed and to submit to a process where such learning, qualification and/or
experience will be assessed.
J.2
SELECTION
As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a
selection procedure.
J.3
DURATION
Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over four years full time.
J.4
CURRICULUM
J.4.1
Level 1
Module Name
Eng for Educ Dev 111
Computer Literacy 121
Fundamentals of Exercise Physiology 113
Intro to Philosophy of Care (H/E)
Psychology of Child Development 121
Introduction to Health Psychology 124
Mathematics 110 (Numeracy)
Alpha Code
EED111
CCL121
SRE113
IPC112
PSY121
PSY124
MAM110
18
Cred
10
5
15
5
7.5
7.5
15
Intro to Economics and Business
Management 132
Family Development 110
Community Development 171
Community Development 172
Intro to Human Ecology 111
Anthropology/Sociology 111 (N)
J.4.2
Alpha Code
NUT239
PSY211
PSY223
PSY224
HEC230
HEC221
HEC271
HEC272
HEC241
HEC222
MAN201
ANT212
ANT222
WGS212
Sub-total
Cred
15
10
5
5
10
10
10
10
5
5
10
10
10
10
125
Alpha Code
NUT319
HEC371
HEC372
HEC331
HEC330
HEC311
HEC341
HEC320
SOC311
SOC321
PSY322
HEC381
Sub-total
Cred
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
120
Alpha Code
HEC401
STA501
HEC480
MAN333
HEC470
HEC430
HEC431
MAN720
HEC483
Sub-total
TOTAL
Cred
15
15
20
15
20
10
10
15
10
130
515
Level 3
Module Name
Nutrition 319
Community Development 371
Community Development 372
Human Ecology 331
Human Ecology 330
Family Development 311
Micro Enterprise for Human Ecology 341
Micro Enterprise for Human Ecology 320
Sociology 311
Sociology 321
Psych Soc Iden & Soc Oppression
Research Methods for Human Ecology 381
J.4.4
15
15
5
5
10
10
15
140
Level 2
Module Name
Nutrition 239
Study of Human Development 211
Community Psychology 223
Health Psychology 224
Human Ecology 230
Family Development 221
Community Development 271
Community Development 272
Micro Enterprise for Human Ecology 241
Micro Enterprise for Human Ecology 222
Management 201
Anthropology 212
Anthropology 222
Gender Studies 212
J.4.3
IEB131
MAN132
HEC110
HEC171
HEC172
HEC111
ANT111
Sub-total
Level 4
Module Name
Integrated Human Ecology Practice 401
Applied Statistics 501
Research Methods for Human Ecology 480
Management 333
Community Development 470
Human Ecology 430
Human Ecology 431
Project Management
Professional Orientation 483
19
J.5
ASSESSMENT
Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1.
J.6
PROMOTION RULES
Unless Senate decides otherwise and subject to rule A.3.2.3:
J.6.1
Level 1
Students will be promoted to the 2nd Level of study when Intro to Human Ecology 111, Family Development
110 and Community Development 171 and 172, which are qualifying modules for the second year of
study, have been passed and a minimum of 110 credit points have been obtained.
J.6.2
Level 2
Students will be promoted to the 3rd Level of study when Human Ecology 230, Family Development 211
and Community Development 271 and 272, Micro Enterprise for Human Ecology 222 and 241 and
Nutrition 239 have been passed and a minimum of 225 credit points have been obtained.
J.6.3
Level 3
Students will be promoted to the 4th Level of study only when Human Ecology 330 and 331, Family
Development 311 and Community Development 371 and 372, Micro Enterprise for Human Ecology 341
and 320, Research Methods 381 and Nutrition 319 have been passed and a minimum of 345 credit points
have been obtained.
J.6.4
Level 4
Students will complete the 4th Level of study only when all required modules have been passed and 515
credit points have been obtained.
J.7
ADVANCE REGISTRATION
J.7.1
Level 1
If a student does not promote to the 2nd Level of study, the student may be allowed to register for 2 nd Level
modules to the value of 30 credits, provided that the pre-requisites are met and there are no timetable
clashes.
J.7.2
Level 2
J.7.2.1
Students may only register for modules in advance at the next level if s/he does not have more
than 45 credits to make up at the current level (or lower).
J.7.2.2
Repeating students (who have not promoted ) should not take more than 90 credits in total,
consisting of repeating credits plus anticipated credits.
J.7.3
Level 3
J.7.3.1
Students may only register for modules in advance at the next level if s/he does not have more
than 45 credits to make up at the current level (or lower).
J.7.3.2
Repeating students (who have not promoted ) should not take more than 90 credits in total,
consisting of repeating credits plus anticipated credits.
20
J.8
RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION
The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.3.2.3, as stipulated in the University Calendar:
General Information Part 1.
J.9
SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME
There are no special requirements for this programme.
BACHELOR OF HUMAN ECOLOGY IN EDUCATION - 8521
PLEASE NOTE:
The BA Human Ecology in Education Degree will be phased out as from 2011. There will be no new
intake of 1st year students into this programme.
J.10
ADMISSION
Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for
the degree: BA Human Ecology (Education)
J.10.1
Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated from 2008
(a)
The National Senior Certificate for Bachelor‟s Degree study plus a score of no less than 27
points calculated according to the University‟s approved points system, as well as the following
specific subject requirements:




(b)
level 4 (50-59%) in English (home or first additional language) and
level 3 (40-49%) in Another Language (home or first additional language) and
level 3 (40-49%) in Mathematics or
level 3 (40-49%) in Mathematical Literacy
Students will be required to write The National Benchmark Test (NBT)
OR
(c)
A qualification or level of competence which the Senate of the University has deemed
to be equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) and (b) above.
J.10.2
Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated before 2008
(a)
A Matriculation Exemption with one of the following subject requirements:








(b)
HG (40%, E symbol) Mathematics or
SG (50%, D symbol) Mathematics or
HG (40%, E symbol) Biology or
SG (50%, D symbol) Biology or
HG (40%, E symbol) Physical Sciences or
SG (50%, D symbol) Physical Sciences or
HG (40%, E symbol) Physiology or
SG (50%, D symbol) Physiology
Students will be required to write The National Benchmark Test (NBT)
OR
(c)
A qualification or level of competence that the Senate of the University has deemed to be
equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) and (b) above
21
J.10.3
Alternate admission
J.10.3.1
Alternate admission requirements for applicants who passed Grade 12 from 2008
(a)
The National Senior Certificate for Diploma Study plus a score of no less than 23 points
calculated according to the University‟s approved points system.
(b)
Students will be required to write The National Benchmark Test (NBT).
OR
(c)
A qualification or level of competence that the Senate of the University has deemed to be
equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) and (b) above
J.10.3.2
Alternate admission requirements for applicants who passed Grade 12 before 2008
(a)
Students without matriculation exemption may be allowed into the programme as Senate
Discretionary students and will be required to write The National Benchmark Test (NBT)
OR
(b)
A qualification or level of competence which the Senate of the University has deemed to be
equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) above
J.10.3.3
Alternate admission requirements for applicants according to Recognition of Prior
Learning (RPL)
Students who completed the NSC in 2008 or thereafter, but have not obtained endorsements, will be
considered for alternative admission after the age of 23. Such candidates will be required to complete a RPL
portfolio development course and submit to a process where relevant learning and/or experience will be
assessed.
Candidates who are 23 or older and do not have a matriculation certificate or NSC, but who might have
obtained other qualifications or experience that may be deemed to be equivalent to admission criteria for
particular study programmes, will also be required to complete a RPL portfolio development course or an
RPL portfolio process as agreed and to submit to a process where such learning, qualification and/or
experience will be assessed.
J.11
SELECTION
As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a
selection procedure.
J.12
DURATION
Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration for the degree shall extend over four year‟s full time.
J.13
CURRICULUM
J.13.1
Level 1
Module Name
Literacy & Numeracy
Lifeskills 125
Second Additional language
Education Practice 101
Introduction to Human Ecology
Method of Consumer Studies 113
Intro to Health Psychology 124
Alpha Code
EDC111
EDC121
EDC122
EDC101
HEC111
MCS113
PSY124
22
Cred
15
15
15
15
10
5
5
Intro to Psychology 111
Brain and Behaviour 112
Introduction to Economics & Business
Management 132
Chemistry 128 (CHS)
J.13.2
Cred
15
7.5
10
5
5
10
15
5
5
10
10
97.5
Alpha Code
EDC301
EDU313
EDU323
MTL301
MTL302
MCS314
HEC305
NUT319
HEC341
HEC320
HEC306
Sub-total
Cred
30
15
15
5
15
5
10
10
10
10
10
135
Level 4
Module Name
Education Practice 401
Education 413
Education 423
Method of Life Orientation 401
Method of Consumer Studies 411
Housing 450
Micro Enterprise for Human Ecology 440
Micro Enterprise for Human Ecology 420
J.14
Alpha Code
EDC201
MCS213
PSY214
PSY223
PSY224
HEC205
NUT239
HEC241
HEC222
HEC230
MAN201
Sub-total
Level 3
Module Name
Education Practice 301
Education 313
Education 323
Method of Life Orientation 301
Method of Life Orientation 302
Method of Consumer Studies 314
Housing 305
Nutrition 319
Micro Enterprise for Human Ecology 341
Micro Enterprise for Human Ecology 320
Consumer Studies 306
J.13.4
7.5
7.5
15
15
15
140
Level 2
Module Name
Education Practice 201
Method of Consumer Studies 213
Intro to Psychological Intervention 214
Community Psychology 223
Health Psychology 224
Housing 205
Nutrition 239
Micro Enterprise for Human Ecology 241
Micro Enterprise for Human Ecology 222
Human Ecology 230
Management 201
J.13.3
PSY111
PSY112
IEB131
MAN132
CHM128
Sub-total
Alpha Code
EDC401
EDU413
EDU423
MTL401
MCS411
HEC450
HEC440
HEC420
Sub-total
TOTAL
Cred
60
15
15
15
5
15
10
10
145
517.5
ASSESSMENT
Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1.
23
J.15
PROMOTION RULES
Unless Senate decides otherwise and subject to rule A.3.2.3:
J.15.1
Level 1
Students will be promoted to the 2nd Level of study when Introduction to Human Ecology 111, Chemistry
128, Literacy and Numeracy, Lifeskills 125, Second Additional Language and Education Practice 101 which
are qualifying modules for the 2nd Level of study, have been passed and a minimum of 110 credit points
have been obtained.
J.15.2
Level 2
Students will be promoted to the 3rd Level of study when Micro Enterprise for Human Ecology 222 and
241, Housing 205 and Education Practice 201 have been passed and a minimum of 180 credit points have
been obtained.
J.15.3
Level 3
Students will be promoted to the 4th Level of study when Micro Enterprise for Human Ecology 341 and
Micro Enterprise for Human Ecology 320, Housing 305 and Education Theory 313 and 323 have been passed
and a minimum of 270 credit points have been obtained.
J.15.4
Level 4
Students will complete the degree when all modules have been passed and 517.5 credit points have been
obtained.
J.16
ADVANCE REGISTRATION
J.16.1
Level 1
If a student does not promote to the 2nd Level of study, the student may be allowed to register for 2nd Level
modules to the value of 30 credits, provided that the pre-requisites are met and there are no timetable
clashes.
J.16.2
Level 2
J.16.2.1
Students may only register for modules in advance at the next level if s/he does not have more
than 45 credits to make up at the current level (or lower).
J.16.2.2
Repeating students (who have not promoted ) should not take more than 90 credits in total,
consisting of repeating credits plus anticipated credits.
J.16.3
Level 3
J.16.3.1
Students may only register for modules in advance at the next level if s/he does not have more
than 45 credits to make up at the current level (or lower).
J.16.3.2
Repeating students (who have not promoted ) should not take more than 90 credits in total,
consisting of repeating credits plus anticipated credits.
J.17
RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION
The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.3.2.3, as stipulated in the University Calendar:
General Information Part 1.
J.18
SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME
There are no special requirements for this programme.
24
BACHELOR OF ARTS IN SPORT, RECREATION AND EXERCISE SCIENCE - 8061
J.19
ADMISSION
Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for
the degree: BA Sport, Recreation and Exercise Science
J.19.1
Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated from 2008
The National Senior Certificate for Bachelor‟s Degree study plus a score of no less than 27
points calculated according to the University‟s approved points system, as well as the following
specific subject requirements:
(a)




(b)
level 4 (50-59%) in English (home or first additional language) and
level 3 (40-49%) in Another Language (home or first additional language) and
level 3 (40-49%) in Mathematics or
level 4 (50-59%) in Mathematical Literacy
Students will be required to write The National Benchmark Test (NBT)
OR
(c)
A qualification or level of competence which the Senate of the University has deemed
to be equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) and (b) above.
J.19.2
Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated before 2008
(a)
A Matriculation Exemption with the following subject requirements:
HG (40%, E symbol) Mathematics or
SG (50%, D symbol) Mathematics and
HG (40%, E symbol) Biology or
SG (50%, D symbol) Biology or
HG (40%, E symbol) Physical Science or
SG (50%, D symbol) Physical Science






(b)
Students will be required to write The National Benchmark Test (NBT)
OR
(c)
A qualification or level of competence that the Senate of the University has deemed to be
equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) and (b) above
J.19.3
Alternate admission
Alternate admission requirements for applicants according to Recognition of Prior Learning
(RPL)
Students who completed the NSC in 2008 or thereafter, but have not obtained endorsements, will be
considered for alternative admission after the age of 23. Such candidates will be required to complete a RPL
portfolio development course and submit to a process where relevant learning and/or experience will be
assessed.
Candidates who are 23 or older and do not have a matriculation certificate or NSC, but who might have
obtained other qualifications or experience that may be deemed to be equivalent to admission criteria for
particular study programmes, will also be required to complete a RPL portfolio development course or an
RPL portfolio process as agreed and to submit to a process where such learning, qualification and/or
experience will be assessed.
25
J.20
SELECTION
As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a
selection procedure.
J.21
DURATION
Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over three year‟s full time.
J.22
CURRICULUM
J.22.1
Level 1
Module Name
Compulsory
Group 1
Theory (SRE111)
Fundamentals of Exec Phys (SRE113)
Practical (SRE101)
Practical (SRE102)
Group 2
Introduction to Philosophy of Care (HMS)
Health Development and Primary Health Care (HMS)
Computer Literacy 111
*(Select 1 module)
Eng for Educ Dev 121
Intro to Xhosa (CHS) (alternative if exempted from EED)
Intro to Afrikaans (CHS) (alternative if exempted from EED)
** Group 3 – Electives (select only 1 major to the value of 30 credits)
History
History 111
History 121
Psychology
Intro to Psychology 111
Brain and Behaviour 112
Psychology of Child Development 121
Intro to Research Methods 123
Management
Management 132
Intro to Economy & Business
English
English 111
English 121
Alpha Code
Cred
SRE111
SRE113
SRE101
SRE102
20
15
15
15
IPC115
HMS121
CCL111
5
5
5
EED121
XHO001
AFR002
10
10
10
HIS141
HIS142
15
15
PSY111
PSY112
PSY121
PSY123
7.5
7.5
7.5
7.5
MAN132
IEB131
15
15
ENG111
ENG121
Sub-total
15
15
120
*Students who have obtained an A or B symbol in English at Grade 12 level are required to do either Xhosa
or Afrikaans.
**Students may only choose one elective/major from group 3. Students must continue with this
elective/major throughout the programme.
J.22.2
Level 2
Module Name
Group 1 - Compulsory
Theory: Sport Psychology 238
Theory: Motor Control & Development 236
Theory: Exercise Physiology 217
26
Alpha Code
Cred
SRE238
SRE236
SRE217
10
10
10
Theory: Recreation 237
Sport in Society 221
Evaluation and Measurement (216 PRACT)
Sport Recr Exercise (SRE224 PRACT)
Management of Sport 211
*Group 2 – Electives
History (select modules to the value of 40 credits)
History 211
History 212
History 223
History 232
History 233
Psychology (select modules to the value of 40 credits)
Study of Human Development 211
Intro to Psychological Interven 214
Qual Res Meth & Health Sc 221
Community Psychology 223
Health Psychology 224
Intro to Psychopathology 213
Management
Management 231
Management 233
Management 201
Finance for Small & Med Enterprises
English
English 211
English 221
SRE237
SRE221
SRE216
SRE224
SRE211
10
10
10
10
10
HIS211
HIS212
HIS223
HIS232
HIS233
10
10
10
10
10
PSY211
PSY214
PSY221
PSY223
PSY224
PSY213
10
10
10
5
5
10
MAN231
MAN233
MAN201
MAN206
10
10
10
10
ENG211
ENG221
Sub-total
20
20
120
*Students must continue with the elective/major subject area that was selected in Level 1.
J.22.3
Level 3
There are two (2) streams, namely Fitness & Coaching and Recreation & Management. Students have to
select one (1) stream. These are made up of:
Stream 1 - Fitness & Coaching
Module Name
Group 1 - Compulsory
Theory: Biomechanics 312
Theory: Impaired Motor Control 313
Sport Safety 316
Advanced Ex Physiology 318
Sport Recr Exercise (SRE331 PRACT)
Sport Recr Exercise (SRE329 PRACT)
Sport Recr Exercise (SRE326 PRACT)
Sport Recr Exercise (SRE327 PRACT)
* Group 2 – Electives
History
History 311
History 312
History 321
History 322
Psychology
Psychopathology 311
Intro to Personality Theory 312
Quant Res Meth Comm & Health SC 321
Psych of Soc Iden & Soc Oppression 322
27
Alpha Code
Cred
SRE312
SRE313
SRE316
SRE318
SRE331
SRE329
SRE326
SRE327
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
HIS311
HIS312
HIS321
HIS322
10
10
10
10
PSY311
PSY312
PSY321
PSY322
10
10
10
10
Management (select modules to the value of 40-45 credits)
Management 339
Management 333
Project Management
Management 303
Management 314
English
English 311
English 321
MAN339
MAN333
MAN325
MAN303
MAN314
15
10
15
15
15
ENG311
ENG321
Sub-total
TOTAL
20
20
120-125
360-365
*Students must continue with the elective/major subject area that was selected in Level 1.
Stream 2 - Recreation & Management
Module Name
Group 1 - Compulsory
Theory: Impaired Motor Control 313
Sport Safety 316
Theory: Management of Sport 315
Sport and Community Dev 317
Sport Recr Exercise (SRE322 PRACT)
Sport Recr Exercise (SRE324 PRACT)
Sport Recr Exercise (SRE330 PRACT)
Sport Recr Exercise (SRE325 PRACT)
*Group 2 – Electives
History
History 311
History 312
History 321
History 322
Psychology
Psychopathology 311
Intro to Personality Theory 312
Quant Res Meth Comm & Health SC 321
Psych of Soc Iden & Soc Oppression 322
Management (select modules to the value of 40-45 credits)
Management 339
Management 333
Project Management
Management 303
Management 314
English
English 311
English 321
J.23
Alpha Code
Cred
SRE313
SRE316
SRE315
SRE317
SRE322
SRE324
SRE330
SRE325
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
HIS311
HIS312
HIS321
HIS322
10
10
10
10
PSY311
PSY312
PSY321
PSY322
10
10
10
10
MAN339
MAN333
MAN325
MAN303
MAN314
15
10
15
15
15
ENG311
ENG321
Sub-total
TOTAL
20
20
120-125
360-365
ASSESSMENT
Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1.
J.24
PROMOTION RULES
Unless Senate decides otherwise and subject to rule A.3.2.3:
J.24.1
Level 1
A student shall be promoted to the 2nd Level of study on obtaining 90 credits at the 1 st Level, provided the
student passed at least 60 credits from group, which must include 1 theory module (15 credits) and 2
practical modules (30 credits), obtain at least 15 credits from group 2 and pass all modules from group 3
(electives).
28
J.24.2
Level 2
A student shall be promoted to the the 3rd Level of study on obtaining 210 credits at the 2nd Level, provided
the student passed all 1st Level modules and passed at least 60 credits from group 1.
J.24.3
Level 3
A student must have succesfully completed all prescribed modules and obtained a total of 360-365 credits
(depending on the major choosen) to complete the degree.
J.25
ADVANCE REGISTRATION
J.25.1
Level 1
A student can only anticipate modules at the next level if s/he does not have more than 45 credits to make up
at the current level (or lower), provided that the student does not take more than 90 credits in total, consisting
of repeating credits plus anticipated credits. And provided that the pre-requisites are met and there are no
timetable clashes.
J.25.2
Level 2
A student can only register for 3rd Level modules if all 1st Level modules have been passed, if s/he does not
have more than 45 credits to make up at the current level (or lower), provided that the student does not take
more than 90 credits in total, consisting of repeating credits plus anticipated credits. And provided that the
pre-requisites are met and there are no timetable clashes.
J.26
RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION
The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.3.2.3, as stipulated in the University Calendar:
General Information Part 1.
J.27
SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME
No re-evaluation will be allowed for practical modules that are assessed continuously.
BACHELOR OF ARTS IN SPORT AND EXERCISE SCIENCE – 8041
PLEASE NOTE:
The BA SES Degree is currently being phased out. There will be no new intake students into this
programme. Kindly refer to the 2009 Community and Health Science Calendar for the rules and
curriculum pertaining to the first and second year levels.
J.28
CURRICULUM
J.28.1
Level 3
Module Name
Group 1 - Compulsory
Theory: Biomechanics 312
Theory: Impaired Motor Control 313
Sport Safety 316
Theory: Management of Sport
Sport Recr Exercise (SRE331 PRACT)
Sport Recr Exercise (SRE329 PRACT)
Sport Recr Exercise (SRE326 PRACT)
Sport Recr Exercise (SRE327 PRACT)
29
Alpha Code
Cred
SRE312
SRE313
SRE316
SRE315
SRE331
SRE329
SRE326
SRE327
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
Group 2 – Electives
History
History 311
History 312
History 321
History 322
Psychology
Psychopathology 311
Intro to Personality Theory 312
Quant Res Meth Comm & Health SC 321
Psych of Soc Iden & Soc Oppression 322
Management (select modules to the value of 45 credits)
Management 339
Management 333
Project Management
Management 303
Management 314
English
English 311
English 321
J.29
HIS311
HIS312
HIS321
HIS322
10
10
10
10
PSY311
PSY312
PSY321
PSY322
10
10
10
10
MAN339
MAN333
MAN325
MAN303
MAN314
15
15
15
15
15
ENG311
ENG321
Sub-total
TOTAL
20
20
120-125
360-365
ASSESSMENT
Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1.
J.30
PROMOTION RULES
Unless Senate decides otherwise and subject to rule A.3.2.3:
J.30.1
Level 2
A student shall be promoted to the the 3rd Level of study on obtaining 210 credits at the 2 nd Level, provided
the student passed all 1st Level modules and passed at least 60 credits from group , which must include 3
theory (30 credits) and 3 practical (30 credits) modules.
J.30.2
Level 3
A student must have succesfully completed all prescribed modules and obtained a total of 360-365 credits
(depending on the major choosen) to complete the degree.
J.31
ADVANCE REGISTRATION
J.31.1
Level 2
A student can only register for 3rd Level modules if all 1st Level modules have been passed, if s/he does not
have more than 45 credits to make up at the current level (or lower), provided that the student does not take
more than 90 credits in total, consisting of repeating credits plus anticipated credits. And provided that the
pre-requisites are met and there are no timetable clashes.
J.32
RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION
The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.3.2.3, as stipulated in the University Calendar:
General Information Part 1.
J.33
SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME
No re-evaluation will be allowed for practical modules that are assessed continuously.
30
BACHELOR OF ARTS IN SPORT AND RECREATION MANAGEMENT – 8014
PLEASE NOTE:
The BA SRM Degree is currently being phased out. There will be no new intake students into this
programme. Kindly refer to the 2009 Community and Health Science Calendar for the rules and
curriculum pertaining to the first and second year levels.
J.34
DURATION
Unless Senate decides, otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over three year‟s full time.
J.35
CURRICULUM
J.35.1
Level 3
Module Name
Group 1 - Compulsory
Theory: Biomechanics 312
Theory: Impaired Motor Control 313
Sport Safety 316
Theory: Management of Sport 315
Sport Recr Exercise (SRE322 PRACT)
Sport Recr Exercise (SRE324 PRACT)
Sport Recr Exercise (SRE330 PRACT)
Sport Recr Exercise (SRE325 PRACT)
Group 2 – Electives
History (select modules to the value of 40 credits)
History 211
History 212
History 223
History 232
History 233
Psychology
Psychopathology 311
Intro to Personality Theory 312
Quant Res Meth Comm & Health SC 321
Psych of Soc Iden & Soc Oppression 322
Management (select modules to the value of 45 credits)
Management 339
Management 333
Project Management
Management 303
Management 314
English
English 311
English 321
J.36
Alpha Code
Cred
SRE312
SRE313
SRE316
SRE315
SRE322
SRE324
SRE330
SRE325
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
HIS211
HIS212
HIS223
HIS232
HIS233
10
10
10
10
10
PSY311
PSY312
PSY321
PSY322
10
10
10
10
MAN339
MAN333
MAN325
MAN303
MAN314
15
15
15
15
15
ENG311
ENG321
Sub-total
TOTAL
20
20
120-125
360-365
ASSESSMENT
Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calenda r: General Information Part 1.
J.37
PROMOTION RULES
Unless Senate decides otherwise and subject to rule A.3.2.3:
31
J.37.1
Level 2
A student shall be promoted to the the 3 rd Level of study on obtaining 210 credits at the 2 nd Level, provided
the student passed all 1st Level modules and passed at least 60 credits from group , which must include 3
theory (30 credits) and 3 practical (30 credits) modules.
J.37.2
Level 3
A student must have succesfully completed all prescribed modules and obtained a total of 360-365 credits
(depending on the major choosen) to complete the degree.
J.38
ADVANCE REGISTRATION
J.38.1
Level 2
A student can only register for 3rd Level modules if all 1st Level modules have been passed, if s/he does not
have more than 45 credits to make up at the current level (or lower), provided that the student does not take
more than 90 credits in total, consisting of repeating credits plus anticipated credits. And provided that the
pre-requisites are met and there are no timetable clashes.
J.39
RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION
The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.3.2.3, as stipulated in the University Calendar:
General Information Part 1.
J.40
SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME
No re-evaluation will be allowed for practical modules that are assessed continuously.
BACHELOR OF PSYCHOLOGY - 8431
PLEASE NOTE:
The BPsych programme will be phased out as from 2011. There will be no new intake of 1st year
students into this programme. Kindly refer to the 2010 Community and Health Science Calendar for
the rules and curriculum pertaining to the 1st Year Level.
J.41
DURATION
Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over four years full time.
J.42
CURRICULUM
J.42.1
Level 2
Module Name
Compulsory
Study of Human Development 211
Intro to Psychopathology 213
Intro to Psychological Intervention 214
Qual Res Meth & Health Sc 221
Intro to Psychometry 222
Community Psychology 223
Applied Psychological Intervention 225
Health Psychology 224
Health Promotion 211 (Psych)
32
Alpha Code
Cred
PSY211
PSY213
PSY214
PSY221
PSY222
PSY223
PSY225
PSY224
HLP212
10
10
10
10
10
5
10
5
10
Electives (Select 1 group)
Group 1
Ethics 211
Ethics 212
Ethics 222
Ethics 221
Group 2
Anthroplogy 211
Anthroplogy 212
Anthroplogy 221
Anthroplogy 222
Group 3 (Select 4)
Geography 211
Geography 212
Geography 213
Geography 221
Geography 222
Geography 223
History (select modules to the value of 40 credits)
History 211
History 212
History 223
History 232
History 233
Group 5 (Select 4)
Language & Comm Studies 211
Language & Comm Studies 212
Language & Comm Studies 213
Language & Comm Studies 221
Language & Comm Studies 222
Language & Comm Studies 223
Group 6
English 211
English 221
Group 7
Sociology 211
Sociology 231
Sociology 221
Sociology 232
Group 8
Philosophy 211
Philosophy 212
Philosophy 221
Philosophy 222
Group 9 (Select 4)
Latin 211
Latin 212
Latin 221
Latin 222
Latin 223
Latin 224
33
ETH211
ETH212
ETH222
ETH221
10
10
10
10
ANT211
ANT212
ANT221
ANT222
10
10
10
10
GES211
GES212
GES213
GES221
GES222
GES223
10
10
10
10
10
10
HIS211
HIS212
HIS223
HIS232
HIS233
10
10
10
10
10
LCS211
LCS212
LCS213
LCS221
LCS222
LCS223
10
10
10
10
10
10
ENG211
ENG221
20
20
SOC211
SOC231
SOC221
SOC232
10
10
10
10
PHI211
PHI212
PHI221
PHI222
10
10
10
10
LAT211
LAT212
LAT221
LAT222
LAT223
LAT224
Sub-total
10
10
10
10
10
10
120
J.42.2
Level 3
Module Name
Compulsory
Group 1
Psychopathology 311
Intro to Personality Theory 312
Advanced Psychometry 313
Adv App Psychological Interventions 314
Quant Res Meth Comm & Health SC 321
Psych of Soc Iden & Soc Oppression 322
Psychology 323
Group 2 (Select 1)
Applied Community Psychology 326
Applied Health Psychology 327 (exchange students only)
Electives (Select 1 group)
Group 1
Ethics 311
Ethics 312
Ethics 321
Ethics 322
Group 2
Anthroplogy 311
Anthroplogy 312
Anthroplogy 321
Anthroplogy 322
Group 3 (Select 4)
Geography 311
Geography 312
Geography 313
Geography 321
Geography 322
Geography 323
Group 4
History 311
History 312
History 321
History 322
Group 5 (Select 4)
Language & Comm Studies 311
Language & Comm Studies 312
Language & Comm Studies 314
Language & Comm Studies 321
Language & Comm Studies 323
Language & Comm Studies 325
Group 6
English 311
English 321
Group 7
Sociology 311
Sociology 312
Sociology 321
Sociology 322
34
Alpha Code
Cred
PSY311
PSY312
PSY313
PSY314
PSY321
PSY322
PSY323
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
PSY326
PSY327
10
10
ETH311
ETH312
ETH321
ETH322
10
10
10
10
ANT311
ANT312
ANT321
ANT322
10
10
10
10
GES311
GES312
GES313
GES321
GES322
GES323
10
10
10
10
10
10
HIS311
HIS312
HIS321
HIS322
10
10
10
10
LCS311
LCS312
LCS314
LCS321
LCS323
LCS325
10
10
10
10
10
10
ENG311
ENG321
20
20
SOC311
SOC312
SOC321
SOC322
10
10
10
10
Group 8
Philosophy 311
Philosophy 312
Philosophy 321
Philosophy 322
J.42.3
10
10
10
10
120
Alpha Code
PSY411
PSY412
PSY421
PSY422
PSY401
PSY413
PSY414
PSY427
Sub-total
TOTAL
Cred
10
10
10
5
60
10
10
5
120
480
Level 4
Module Name
Applied Child Psychology 411
Apllied Psychometry 412
Research Project 421
Project & Practice Mangement 422
Practicum 401
Advanced Psychopathology 413
Advanced Psychological Interventions 414
Capita Selecta 427
J.43
PHI311
PHI312
PHI321
PHI322
Sub-total
ASSESSMENT
Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1.
J.44
PROMOTION RULES
Unless Senate decides otherwise and subject to rule A.3.2.3:
J.44.1
Level 1
A student shall be admitted to the the 2nd Level of study on obtaining 90 credits at the 1st Level (including a
minimum of 25 credits for Psychology) and on meeting all pre-requisites for the 2nd Level modules.
J.44.2
Level 2
A student shall be admitted to the the 3rd Level of study after obtaining 220 credits at the 2 nd Level (provided
that all 1st Level credits have been obtained) and on meeting all pre-requisites for the 3rd Level modules.
J.44.3
Level 3
A student shall be admitted to the the 4th Level of study after obtaining 350 credits at the 3 rd Level (provided
that all 2nd Level credits have been obtained) and on meeting all pre-requisites for the 4th Level modules.
J.44.4
Level 4
A student must have succesfully completed all prescribed modules and the practicum programme to
graduate. In order to graduate , a student must achieve a total of 480 credits and have satisfactorily
completed a practicum equivalent to a semster of full-time study and equal to 60 credits.
J.45
ADVANCE REGISTRATION
J.45.1
Level 1
Students may only register for modules in advance at the next level if s/he does not have more than 45 credits
to make up at the current level (or lower). Repeating students (who have not promoted ) should not take more
than 90 credits in total, consisting of repeating credits plus anticipated credits.
35
J.45.2
Level 2
Students may only register for modules in advance at the next level if s/he does have more than 45 credits to
make up at the current level (or lower). Repeating students (who have not promoted ) should not take more
than 90 credits in total, consisting of repeating credits plus anticipated credits.
J.45.3
Level 3
Students may only register for modules in advance at the next level if s/he does have more than 45 credits to
make up at the current level (or lower). Repeating students (who have not promoted ) should not take more
than 90 credits in total, consisting of repeating credits plus anticipated credits.
J.46
RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION
The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.3.2.3, as stipulated in the University Calendar:
General Information Part 1.
J.47
SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME
There are no special requirements for this programme
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN DIETETICS - 8231
J.48
ADMISSION
Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for
the degree: BSc Dietetics
J.48.1
Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated from 2008
(a)
The National Senior Certificate for Bachelor‟s Degree study plus a score of no less than 27
points calculated according to the University‟s approved points system, as well as the following
specific subject requirements:





(b)
level 4 (50-59%) in English (home or first additional language) and
level 3 (40-49%) in Another Language (home or first additional language) and
level 4 (50-59%) in Life Sciences and
level 3 (40-49%) in Mathematics or
level 4 (50-59%) in Mathematical Literacy
Students will be required to write The National Benchmark Test (NBT)
OR
(c)
A qualification or level of competence which the Senate of the University has deemed to be
equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) and (b) above
J.48.2
Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated before 2008
(a)
A Matriculation Exemption with the following subject requirements:






HG (40%, E symbol) Mathematics or
SG (50%, D symbol) Mathematics and
HG (40%, E symbol) Biology or
SG (50%, D symbol) Biology or
HG (40%, E symbol) Physical Sciences or
SG (50%, D symbol) Physical Sciences
36
(b)
Students will be required to write The National Benchmark Test (NBT)
OR
(c)
A qualification or level of competence which the Senate of the University has deemed to be
equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) and (b) above
J.48.3
Alternate admission
Alternate admission does not apply to this programme.
J.49
SELECTION
As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a
selection procedure.
J.50
DURATION
Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over four years full time.
J.51
CURRICULUM
J.51.1
Level 1
Module Name
Group 1
Computer Literacy 121
Intro to Philosophy of Care
Health Development & Primary Health Care (Diet)
Medical Bioscience 121
Chemistry 116 (N)
Chemistry 126 (N)
Life Sciences 141
Nutrition 141
Foods 114
Dietetics Skills Practice 101
Group 2 (Select 1)
Eng for Educ Dev 111
Intro to Xhosa (CHS) (alternative if exempted from EED)
Intro to Afrikaans (CHS) (alternative if exempted from EED)
J.51.2
Alpha Code
Cred
CCL121
DIE011
DIE021
MBS121
CHE116
CHM126
LSC141
NUT141
HEC114
DIE101
5
5
5
15
15
15
15
10
15
10
EED111
XHO001
AFR001
Sub-total
10
10
10
120
Alpha Code
BTN214
BTN216
MBS231
MBS232
NUT211
NUT221
NUT223
DIE244
DIE201
HLP211
Sub-total
Cred
20
20
20
20
10
10
10
5
10
10
135
Level 2
Module Name
Biotechnology 214
Biotechnology 216
Medical Bioscience 231
Medical Bioscience 232
Nutrition 211
Nutrition 221
Nutrition 223
Meal Management 244
Dietetics Skills Practice 201
Health Promotion 211
37
J.51.3
Level 3
Module Name
Therapeutic Nutrition 316
Therapeutic Nutrition 326
Community Nutrition 312
Community Nutrition 322
Foodservice Management 313
Foodservice Management 323
Physiology 319
Physiology 329
Pharmacology 315 (CHS)
Measurement of Health & Disease
Nutrition Epidemiology 344
Dietetics Skills Practice 301
J.51.4
Cred
15
15
10
10
10
10
5
5
10
10
10
10
120
Alpha Code
DIE401
DIE402
DIE403
DIE404
DIE414
STA501
DIE425
Sub-total
TOTAL
Cred
35
30
25
15
5
15
10
135
510
Level 4
Module Name
Applied Therapeutic Nutrition 401
Applied Community Nutrition 402
Applied Foodservice Management 403
Dietetics Research Project 404
Dietetics Behavioural Science 414
Statistics 501
Ethics and Practice Management for Dietetics
J.52
Alpha Code
DIE316
DIE326
DIE312
DIE322
DIE313
DIE323
PSE319
PSE329
PCL315
MHD223
NUT344
DIE301
Sub-total
ASSESSMENT
Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1.
J.53
PROMOTION RULES
Unless Senate decides otherwise and subject to rule A.3.2.3:
J.53.1
Level 1
Students need to complete all 1st Level modules successfully (120 credits) in order to promote to the 2 nd
Level of study.
J.53.2
Level 2
Students need to complete all 2nd Level modules successfully (255 credits) in order to promote to the 3 rd
Level of study.
J.53.3
Level 3
Students need to complete all 3rd Level modules successfully (375 credits) in order to promote to the 4 th
Level of study.
J.53.4
Level 4
Students will complete the programme only when all required modules have been passed and 510 credit
points have been obtained.
38
J.54
ADVANCE REGISTRATION
J.54.1
Level 1
J.54.1.1
If a student does not promote to the 2nd Level of study, the student may be allowed to register for
2nd Level modules to the value of 50 credits, provided that s/he has obtained at least 90 credits at
1st Level and that the pre-requisites listed in J.57 are met and there are no timetable clashes.
J.54.1.2
If the student does not promote to the 2nd Level of study as a result of failing only one module at
the 1st Level, and if the student qualifies to register for the failed module as an associate student,
the student will not be promoted to the next level, but may be allowed to register for all 2 nd Level
modules together with the failed module.
J.54.2
Level 2
J.54.2.1
If a student does not promote to the 3rd Level of study, the student may be allowed to register for
MHD223 and NUT344 at the 3rd Level, provided that s/he has completed all 1 st Level modules
and obtained at least 90 credits at 2nd Level.
J.54.2.2
If the student does not promote to the 3rd Level of study as a result of failing only one module at
the 2nd Level, and if the student qualifies to register for the failed module as an associate student,
the student will not be promoted to the next level, but may be allowed to register for all 3rd Level
modules together with the failed module.
J.54.3
Level 3
If a student does not promote to the 4th Level of study, the student may be allowed to register for STA501,
DIE414 and DIE425 at the 4th Level, provided that s/he has completed all 2nd Level modules and obtained at
least 90 credits at 3rd Level.
J.55
RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION
J.55.1
The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.3.2.3, as stipulated in the University
Calendar: General Information Part 1.
J.55.2
The following conditions will also apply to the renewal of registration in this programme:
J.55.2.1
Where a student interrupted his/her studies for more than one academic year, and where the
curriculum or module content has changed, the student will be expected to register for the
additional module(s) or attend classes and write additional tests/assignme nts on work not covered
during the student‟s time of study.
J.55.2.2
Where a student interrupted his/her studies between third and fourth year of study for more than
one academic year, such a student will be evaluated in order to assess his/her competency level.
J.55.2.3
Where the student does not meet the competency level of a 4th year dietetics student, additional
modules or assignments may be prescribed and the student‟s internship may be extended.
J.56
SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME
J.56.1
Every dietetics student must, in accordance with the requirements of the Health Professions
Council of South Africa, register as a dietetics student within two months after admission to the
programme. Full particulars are available from the Department of Dietetics.
J.56.2
Skills practice is included from the first year level. The fourth year consists of a full time
internship in therapeutic nutrition, community nutrition and foodservice management.
39
J.56.3
Persons, who in their opinion possess sufficient skills to meet the entry requirements at the
appropriate NQF level, must apply to the Department of Dietetics for recognition of these
qualifications.
J.56.4
Except where otherwise indicated, modules in which a practical examination is taken require a
sub-minimum of 40% in the practical part.
J.56.5
Except where otherwise indicated a student shall obtain a sub-minimum of 40% in final
examinations in order to pass a module.
J.56.6
Students have to obtain a sub-minimum of 50% in both the continuous assessment and the
examination component of professional practice modules on the fourth year level i.e. Therapeutic
Nutrition 401, Community Nutrition 402, and Foodservice Management 403.
J.56.7
In cases where a student did not promote to the next year level, students may be allowed to
register for elective modules (outside of the Dietetics curriculum) of their choice to the value of
40 credits provided that there are no timetable clashes with the compulsory (Dietetics learning
programme) modules and provided that the pre-requisites for the elective modules are met and
there are no timetable clashes.
J.57
RESTRICTION ON CHOICE OF MODULES
J.57.1
Restriction on registration for senior modules is governed by the statement of skills required for
modules identified in Column B below i.e. either the module or the competency it gives is
recommended before doing the senior modules specified in the corresponding column A below.
A
BTN216
BTN214
MBS231 & MBS232
PSE319 & PSE329
B
CHE116, CHM126 & LSC141
CHE116 & CHM126
LSC141 & MBS121
MBS231 & MBS232
A
DIE316 & DIE326
DIE312 & DIE322
DIE313 & DIE323
B
NUT211 & NUT221
NUT211 & NUT221
NUT211 & NUT221
A
B
DIE316 & DIE326
DIE312 & DIE322
DIE313 & DIE323
MHD223 & NUT344
DIE401
DIE402
DIE403
DIE404
J.57.2
Nutrition 211, 221 can only be taken with BTY216 and MBS231, MBS232 or if these modules
have been completed in advance.
J.57.3
Pharmacology 315 and Physiology 319, 329 shall only be taken simultaneously with Dietetics –
Therapeutic Nutrition 316 and 326; since they are coordinated modules.
J.57.4
Dietetics Skills practice at each year level shall only be taken simultaneously with the Dietetics
modules at that particular year level, as these are coordinated modules.
40
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN OCCUPATIONAL THERAPY - 8111
J.58
ADMISSION
Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for
the degree: BSc Occupational Therapy
J.58.1
Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated from 2008
(a)
The National Senior Certificate for Bachelor‟s Degree study plus a score of no less than 27
points calculated according to the university‟s approved points system, as well as the following
specific subject requirements:
level 4 (50-59%) in English (home or first additional language) and
level 3 (40-49%) in Another Language (home or first additonal language) and
level 4 (50-59%) in Life Sciences and
level 3 (40-49%) in Mathematics or
level 4 (50-59%) in Mathematical Literacy





(b)
Students will be required to write The National Benchmark Test (NBT).
OR
(c)
a qualification or level of competence which the Senate of the University has deemed
to be equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) and (b) above
J.58.2
Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated before 2008
(a)
A Matriculation Exemption with the following subject requirements:
HG (40%, E symbol) Biology or
SG (50%, D symbol) Biology or
HG (40%, E symbol) Life Sciences or
SG (50%, D symbol) Life Sciences and
HG (40%, E symbol) Mathematics or
SG (50%, D symbol) Mathematics






(b)
Students will be required to write The National Benchmark Test (NBT).
OR
(c)
A qualification or level of competence that the Senate of the University has deemed to be
equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) and (b) above
J.58.3
Alternate admission
J.58.3.1
Alternate admission requirements for applicants who passed Grade 12 from 2008
(a)
The National Senior Certificate for Diploma Study plus a score of no less than 23 points
calculated according to the University‟s approved points system.
(b)
Students will be required to write The National Benchmark Test (NBT).
(c)
A qualification or level of competence that the Senate of the University has deemed to be
equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) and (b) above
OR
41
J.58.3.2
Alternate admission requirements for applicants who passed Grade 12 before 2008
(a)
Students without matriculation exemption may be allowed into the programme as Senate
Discretionary students and will be required to write The National Benchmark Test (NBT).
OR
(b)
A qualification or level of competence which the Senate of the University has deemed to be
equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) above
J.58.3.3
Alternate admission requirements for applicants according to Recognition of Prior
Learning (RPL)
Students who completed the NSC in 2008 or thereafter, but have not obtained endorsements, will be
considered for alternative admission after the age of 23. Such candidates will be required to complete a RPL
portfolio development course and submit to a process where relevant learning and/or experience will be
assessed.
Candidates who are 23 or older and do not have a matriculation certificate or NSC, but who might have
obtained other qualifications or experience that may be deemed to be equivalent to admission criteria for
particular study programmes, will also be required to complete a RPL portfolio development course or an
RPL portfolio process as agreed and to submit to a process where such learning, qualification and/or
experience will be assessed.
J.59
SELECTION
As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a
selection procedure.
J.60
DURATION
Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over four years of full time
study.
J.61
CURRICULUM
J.61.1
Level 1
Module Name
Group 1
Introduction to Human Occupation 105
Introduction to Occupational Therapy 117
Group 2
Intro to Psychology 111
Brain and Behaviour 112
Psych of Child Development 121
Intro to Research Methods 123
Computer Literacy 111
Intro to Philosophy of Care
Health Development & Primary Health Care (O/T)
Electives (Select 1)
Eng for Educ Dev 121 (CHS)
Intro to Xhosa (CHS) (alternative if exempted from EED)
Intro to Afrikaans (CHS) ( alternative if exempted from EED)
Group 3
Human Biology 117
Human Biology 127
42
Alpha Code
Cred
OCT105
OCT117
15
20
PSY111
PSY112
PSY121
PSY123
CCL111
IPC111
HDP112
7.5
7.5
7.5
7.5
5
5
5
EED121
XHO001
AFR001
10
10
10
HUB117
HUB127
15
15
Sub-total
120
J.61.2
Level 2
Module Name
Group 1
Kinesiology/Ergonomics 201
Human Occupation & Adolescents 201
Human Occupation & Older Adults 203
OT, Teenage Pregnancy & HIV/Aids
OT, Amputation & Substance Use
OT, RA & Diabetes
OT & Dementia
Psychiatry 211
Trauma and Disease 212
Group 2
Health Promotion 213 (O/T)
Study of Human Development 211
Intro to Psychological Interventions 214
Group 3
Medical Biosciences 214 (CHS)
Medical Biosciences 218
Physics Occupational Ther 218 (CHS)
J.61.3
KER201
OCT201
OCT203
OCT211
OCT212
OCT213
OCT214
OCS211
OCS212
5
5
5
10
10
10
10
5
5
HLP213
PSY211
PSY214
10
10
10
MBS214
MBS218
PHY218
Sub-total
10
20
15
140
Alpha Code
Cred
OCT305
OCT307
OCT315
OCT319
OCT317
OCT316
OCS311
OCS321
OCS312
OCS313
5
5
15
15
15
15
5
5
5
5
MHD223
10
OCT322
OCT324
Sub-total
10
10
120
Alpha Code
Cred
OCT407
OCT418
OCT429
OCT459
OCT469
10
10
25
25
25
OCT439
Sub-total
TOTAL
25
120
500
Level 4
Module Name
Group 1
Human Occupation 407
Occupational Therapy
FW-Individual Process Model
FW-Group Process Model
FW-Community Process Model
Group 2
Research
J.62
Cred
Level 3
Module Name
Group 1
Human Occupation and Adults/Work
Human Occupation and Children
OT and Neurology
OT and Trauma
OT and Development
OT and Mental Health
Psychiatry 311
Trauma and Disease 321
Neurology 312
Peadiatrics 313
Group 2
Measuring Health & Disease
Group 3
Fieldwork II: Adults 322
Fieldwork I: Children 324
J.61.4
Alpha Code
ASSESSMENT
Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1.
43
J.63
PROMOTION RULES
Unless Senate decides otherwise and subject to rule A.3.2.3:
J.63.1
Level 1
A student will be promoted to the 2nd Level of study if s/he has passed 90 credits of the 1 st Level modules
including all the modules in group 1, provided that the pre-requisites are met and there are no timetable
clashes.
J.63.2
Level 2
A student will be promoted to the 3rd Level of study if s/he has passed 110 credits of the 2 nd Level modules
including all the modules in group 1 and in group 2, provided that the pre-requisites are met and there are no
timetable clashes. The student is not allowed to carry any 1 st Level modules to the 3rd Level.
J.63.3
Level 3
A student can be promoted to the 4th Level of study if s/he has passed 100 credits of the 3 rd Level modules
including all the modules in group 1 provided that the pre-requisites are met and there are no timetable
clashes. The student is not allowed to carry any 2 nd (or lower) Level modules to the 4th Level.
J.63.4
Level 4
Students will complete the degree when all modules have been passed and 500 credit points have been
obtained.
J.64
ADVANCE REGISTRATION
J.64.1
Level 1
A student can only anticipate modules at the next level if s/he does not have more than 45 credits to make up
at the current level (or lower), provided that the student does not take more than 90 credits in total, consisting
of repeating credits plus anticipated credits. And provided that the pre-requisites are met and there are no
timetable clashes.
J.64.2
Level 2
A student can only anticipate modules at the next level if s/he does not have more than 45 credits to make up
at the current level (or lower), provided that the student does not take more than 90 credits in total, consisting
of repeating credits plus anticipated credits. And provided that the pre-requisites are met and there are no
timetable clashes.
J.64.3
Level 3
A student can only anticipate modules at the next level if s/he does not have more than 45 credits to make up
at the current level (or lower), provided that the student does not take more than 90 credits in total, consisting
of repeating credits plus anticipated credits. And provided that the pre-requisites are met and there are no
timetable clashes.
J.65
RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION
J.65.1
The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.3.2.3 registration for first degrees, as
stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1.
J.65.2
The following alternative conditions will also apply for the renewal of registration in this
programme:
44
J.65.2.1
A student, who has failed a year of study twice in the professional subjects, will be refused readmission to the course.
J.65.2.2
A fourth-year student who obtains less than 50% as a final mark after the re-evaluation and thus
obtains 95 or more credit points, must complete a further six months of study to obtain the
degree.There are no special requirements for this programme.
J.65.2.3
A fourth-year student who obtains 94 credit points or below, must complete a further full year of
study to obtain the degree.
J.66
SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME
J.66.1
No student will be admitted to the final examination of the fourth year of study unless a
minimum of one thousand hours of prescribed fieldwork in the professional subjects has been
completed over the four years of the course.
J.66.2
Due to an integrated and group teaching approach the attendance of all lecture and practicals of
the professional modules and fieldwork are compulsory.
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN PHYSIOTHERAPY - 8211
J.67
ADMISSION
Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for
the degree: BSc Physiotherapy
J.67.1
Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated from 2008
The National Senior Certificate for Bachelor‟s Degree study plus a score of no less than 27
points calculated according to the University‟s approved points system, as well as the following
specific subject requirements:
(a)






(b)
level 4 (50-59%) in English (home or first additional language) and
level 3 (40-49%) in Another Language (home or first additional language) and
level 3 (40-49%) in Mathematics or
level 4 (50-59%) in Mathematical Literacy and
level 4 (50-59%) in Life Sciences or
level 3 (40-49%) in Physical Sciences
Students will be required to write The National Benchmark Test (NBT).
OR
(c)
A qualification or level of competence which the Senate of the University has deemed
to be equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) and (b) above.
J.67.2
Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated before 2008
(a)
A Matriculation Exemption with the following subject requirements:






HG (40%, E symbol) Mathematics or
SG (50%, D symbol) Mathematics and
HG (40%, E symbol) Biology or
SG (50%, D symbol) Biology or
HG (40%, E symbol) Physical Sciences or
SG (50%, D symbol) Physical Sciences
45
(b)
Students will be required to write The National Benchmark Test (NBT).
OR
(c)
A qualification or level of competence that the Senate of the University has deemed to be
equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) and (b) above
J.67.3
Alternate admission
J.67.3.1
Alternate admission requirements for applicants who passed Grade 12 from 2008
(a)
The National Senior Certificate for Diploma Study plus a score of no less than 23 points
calculated according to the University‟s approved points system.
(b)
Students will be required to write The National Benchmark Test (NBT).
OR
(c)
A qualification or level of competence that the Senate of the University has deemed to be
equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) and (b) above
J.67.3.2
Alternate admission requirements for applicants who passed Grade 12 before 2008
(a)
Students without matriculation exemption may be allowed into the programme as Senate
Discretionary students and will be required to write The National Benchmark Test (NBT).
OR
(b)
A qualification or level of competence which the Senate of the University has deemed to be
equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) above
J.67.3.3
Alternate admission requirements for applicants according to Recognition of Prior
Learning (RPL)
Students who completed the NSC in 2008 or thereafter, but have not obtained endorsements, will be
considered for alternative admission after the age of 23. Such candidates will be required to complete a RPL
portfolio development course and submit to a process where relevant learning and/or experience will be
assessed.
Candidates who are 23 or older and do not have a matriculation certificate or NSC, but who might have
obtained other qualifications or experience that may be deemed to be equivalent to admission criteria for
particular study programmes, will also be required to complete a RPL portfolio development course or an
RPL portfolio process as agreed and to submit to a process where such learning, qualification and/or
experience will be assessed.
J.68
SELECTION
As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a
selection procedure.
J.69
DURATION
Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over four year‟s full time.
46
J.70
CURRICULUM
J.70.1
Level 1
Module Name
Group 1
Anal Posture/Move. Ergo & Kinetics 111
Execerxise to Promote Health 200
Physiotherapy Techniques I 100
Group 2
Human Biology 117
Human Biology 127
Group 3
Physics for Physiotherapy
Brain and Behaviour 112
Psychology of Child Development 112
Health Develoment and Primary Health Care (PT)
Introduction to Philosophy of Care (PT)
Computer Literacy 111
Electives (Select 1)
Eng for Educ Dev 121 (CHS)
Intro to Xhosa (CHS) (alternative if exempted from EED)
Intro to Afrikaans (CHS) (alternative if exempted from EED)
J.70.2
Cred
PHT111
PHT200
PHT100
15
10
10
HUB117
HUB127
15
15
PHY106
PSY112
PSY121
HPC113
IPC116
CCL111
15
7.5
7.5
5
5
5
EED121
XHO001
AFR001
Sub-total
10
10
10
120
Alpha Code
Cred
PHT314
PHT245
PHT211
PHT203
PHT110
15
15
10
10
15
MBS213
MBS214
MBS215
MBS216
PSY211
PSY224
PSY223
HLP214
10
10
10
10
10
5
5
10
Sub-total
135
Alpha Code
PHT311
PHT313
PHT310
PHT303
PHT316
MHD223
Cred
20
20
10
20
40
10
Sub-total
120
Level 2
Module Name
Group 1
Physiotherapy Techniques II 314
Movement Science II 245
Disability and Rehabilitation 211
Applied Physiotherapy 203
Physiotherapy Clinical Practice I 110
Group 2
Medical Bioscience 213 (CHS)
Medical Bioscience 214 (CHS)
Medical Bioscience 215 (CHS)
Medical Bioscience 216 (CHS)
Study of Human Development 211
Health Psychology 224
Community Psychology 223
Health Promotion 214 (PT)
J.70.3
Alpha Code
Level 3
Module Name
Physiotherapy Techniques III 311
Movement Science III 313
Community Based Rehabilitation 310
Applied Physiotherapy 303
Physiotherapy Clinical Practice II
Measuring Health and Disease 223
47
J.70.4
Level 4
Module Name
Ethics (PT) 402
Management (PT) 401
Applied Physiotherapy 403
Research Project (PT) 404
Physiotherapy Clinical Practice III 405
J.71
Alpha Code
PHT402
PHT401
PHT403
PHT404
PHT405
Cred
10
10
30
10
60
Sub-total
120
TOTAL
495
ASSESSMENT
Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1.
J.72
PROMOTION RULES
Unless Senate decides otherwise and subject to rule A.3.2.3:
J.72.1
Level 1
In order to promote to the 2nd Level of study a student must obtain at least 100 credits , pass all modules in
group 1 and in group 2.
J.72.2
Level 2
In order to promote to the 3rd Level of study a student must obtain 255 credits.
J.72.3
Level 3
In order to promote to the 4th Level of study a student must obtain 375 credits.
J.72.4
Level 4
Students will complete the 4th Level of study only when all required modules have been passed and 495
credit points have been obtained.
J.73
ADVANCE REGISTRATION
J.73.1
Level 1
A student who does not promote to the 2nd Level of study may in consultation with the department, be
allowed to register for certain 2nd Level modules (no more than 45 credits) as long as the total number of
credits registered for does not exceed 90, provided that the co- and pre-requisites are met and there are no
timetable clashes.
J.73.2
Level 2
A student who does not promote to the 3rd Level of study may in consultation with the department, be
allowed to register for certain 3rd Level modules (no more than 45 credits) as long as the total number of
credits registered for does not exceed 90, provided that the co- and pre-requisites are met and there are no
timetable clashes.
J.74
RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION
The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.3.2.3, as stipulated in the University Calendar:
General Information Part 1.
48
J.75
SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME
J.75.1
Every physiotherapy student must, in accordance with the requirements of the Health Professions
Council of South Africa, register as a physiotherapy student within two months after admission
to the programme. Full particulars are available from the Faculty Officer of the Faculty or the
Registrar of the universityThere are no special requirements for this programme.
J.75.2
A candidate shall be required to complete Clinical Practice as prescribed by the department. In
Clinical Practice, a student must obtain a final mark of 50% as well as a 50% coursework mark
J.75.3
To Enter Clinical Examinations
J.75.3.1
A student needs a CE of 50%
J.75.3.2
3rd Level students needs to pass 2 of the 3 end of clinical block exams.
J.75.3.3
4th Level students needs to pass 3 of the 4 end of clinical block exams.
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN SPORT AND EXERCISE SCIENCE - 8051
J.76
ADMISSION
Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for
the degree: BSc Sport and Exercise Science
J.76.1
Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated from 2008
The National Senior Certificate for Bachelor‟s Degree study plus a score of no less than 27
points calculated according to the University‟s approved points system, as well as the following
specific subject requirements:
(a)





(b)
level 4 (50-59%) in English (home or first additional language) and
level 3 (40-49%) in Another Language (home or first additional language) and
level 3 (40-49%) in Mathematics or
level 4 (50-59%) in Mathematical Literacy and
level 4 (50-59%) in Life Sciences
Students will be required to write The National Benchmark Test (NBT)
OR
(c)
A qualification or level of competence which the Senate of the University has deemed
to be equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) and (b) above.
J.76.2
Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated before 2008
(a)
A Matriculation Exemption with the following subject requirements:






HG (40%, E symbol) Mathematics or
SG (50%, D symbol) Mathematics and
HG (40%, E symbol) Biology or
SG (50%, D symbol) Biology or
HG (40%, E symbol) Physical Science or
SG (50%, D symbol) Physical Science
OR
(b)
A qualification or level of competence which the Senate of the University has deemed to be
equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) above
49
J.76.3
Alternate admission
Alternate admission requirements for applicants according to Recognition of Prior Learning (RPL)
Students who completed the NSC in 2008 or thereafter, but have not obtained endorsements, will be
considered for alternative admission after the age of 23. Such candidates will be required to complete a RPL
portfolio development course and submit to a process where relevant learning and/or experience will be
assessed.
Candidates who are 23 or older and do not have a matriculation certificate or NSC, but who might have
obtained other qualifications or experience that may be deemed to be equivalent to admission criteria for
particular study programmes, will also be required to complete a RPL portfolio development course or an
RPL portfolio process as agreed and to submit to a process where such learning, qualification and/or
experience will be assessed.
J. 77
SELECTION
As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a
selection procedure.
J.78
DURATION
Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over three years full time.
J.79
CURRICULUM
J.79.1
Level 1
Module Name
Compulsory
Theory (SRE111)
Fundamentals of Exec Phys (SRE113)
Chemistry 116 (N)
Chemistry 126 (N)
Medical Bioscience 111
Medical Bioscience 121
Electives
Group 1 (select 1 module)
Eng for Educ Dev 117 (SC)
Eng for Educ Dev 127 (SC)
Group 2 (select 1 module)
Computer Literacy 114
Computer Literacy 124
J.79.2
Alpha Code
Cred
SRE111
SRE113
CHE116
CHM126
MBS111
MBS121
20
15
15
15
15
15
EED117
EED127
15
15
COS114
COS124
15
15
Sub-total
125
Alpha Code
SRE238
SRE236
SRE217
SRE237
SRE224
SRE216
BTN216
MBS 231
MBS 232
Cred
10
10
10
10
10
10
20
20
20
Sub-total
120
Level 2
Module Name
Theory: Sport Psychology 238
Theory: Motor Control & Development 236
Theory: Exercise Physiology 217
Theory: Recreation 237
Sport Recr Exercise (SRE224 PRACT)
Evaluation and Measurement (SRE216 PRACT)
Biotechnology 216
Medical Bioscience 231
Medical Bioscience 232
50
J.79.3
Level 3
Module Name
Theory: Biomechanics 312
Theory: Impaired Motor Control 313
Sport Safety 316
Advanced Exercise Physiology 318
Sport Recr Exercise (SRE331 PRACT)
Sport Recr Exercise (SRE329 PRACT)
Medical Bioscience 331
Medical Bioscience 332
J.80
Alpha Code
SRE312
SRE313
SRE316
SRE318
SRE331
SRE329
MBS331
MBS332
Cred
10
10
10
10
10
10
30
30
Sub-total
120
TOTAL
365
ASSESSMENT
Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1.
J.81
PROMOTION RULES
Unless Senate decides otherwise and subject to rule A.3.2.3:
J.81.1
Level 1
A student shall be promoted to the 2nd Level of study on obtaining 125 credits and passing all the prescribed
1st Level modules.
J.81.2
Level 2
A student shall be promoted to the 3rd Level of study on obtaining 245 credits and passing all the prescribed
2nd Level (or lower) modules.
J.81.3
Level 3
A student must have succesfully completed all prescribed modules and obtained a total of 365 to complete
the degree.
J.82
ADVANCE REGISTRATION
A student can only anticipate modules at the next level if s/he does not have more than 45 credits to make up
at the current level (or lower), provided that the student does not take more than 90 credits in total, consisting
of repeating credits plus anticipated credits. And provided that the pre-requisites are met and there are no
timetable clashes.
J.83
RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION
The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.3.2.3, as stipulated in the University Calendar:
General Information Part 1.
J.84
SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME
No re-evaluation will be allowed for practical modules that are assessed continuously.
51
BACHELOR OF NURSING - 8311
J.85
ADMISSION
Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for
the degree: B Nursing
J.85.1
Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated from 2008
(a)
The National Senior Certificate for Bachelor‟s Degree study plus a score of no less than 27
points calculated according to the university‟s approved points system, as well as the following
specific subject requirements:





(b)
level 4 (50-59%) in English (home or first additional language) and
level 3 (40-49%) in Another Language (home or first additonal language) and
level 4 (50-59%) in Life Sciences and
level 3 (40-49%) in Mathematics or
level 4 (50-59%) in Mathematical Literacy
Students will be required to write The National Benchmark Test (NBT)
OR
(c)
A qualification or level of competence which the senate of the University has deemed
to be equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) and (b) above
J.85.2
Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated before 2008
(a)
A Matriculation Exemption with the following subject requirements:








(b)
HG (40%, E symbol) English or
SG (50%, D symbol) English and
HG (40%, E symbol) Mathematics or
SG (50%, D symbol) Mathematics and
HG (40%, E symbol) Biology or
SG (50%, D symbol) Biology or
HG (40%, E symbol) Physical Sciences or
SG (50%, D symbol) Physical Sciences
Students will be required to write The National Benchmark Test (NBT)
OR
(c)
A qualification or level of competence that the Senate of the University has deemed to be
equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) and (b) above.
J.85.3
Alternate admission
J.85.3.1
Alternate admission requirements for applicants who passed Grade 12 from 2008
(a)
The National Senior Certificate for Diploma Study plus a score of no less than 27 points
calculated according to the University‟s approved points system.
(b)
Students will be required to write The National Benchmark Test (NBT) to qualify for selection
into the programme.
52
OR
(c)
A qualification or level of competence that the Senate of the University has deemed to be
equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) and (b) above
J.85.3.2
Alternate admission requirements for applicants who passed Grade 12 before 2008
(a)
Students without matriculation exemption may be allowed into the programme as Senate
Discretionary students and will be required to write The National Benchmark Test (NBT).
OR
(b)
A qualification or level of competence which the Senate of the University has deemed to be
equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) above
J.86
SELECTION
As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a
selection procedure.
J.87
DURATION
Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over four years full time.
J.88
CURRICULUM
J.88.1
Level 1
Module Name
Group 1
Fundamentals of Nursing Science 112
Fundamentals of Nursing Science 111
Clinical Nursing (Lab) 111
Human Biology 118
Human Biology 128
Group 2
Physics for CHS
Chemistry 128 (CHS)
Intro to Philosophy of Care
Health Development and Primary Health Care
J.88.2
Alpha Code
Cred
NUR112
NUR111
CUR111
HUB118
HUB128
15
15
15
15
15
PHY118
CHM128
IPC114
HDP115
15
15
5
5
Sub-total
115
Level 2
Module Name
Group 1
General Nursing Science 211
General Nursing Science 212
Group 2
Intro to Mental Health 214
Human Biology 218
Human Biology 228
Brain and Behaviour 112
Introduction to Psychology 111
Pharmacology 204
Alpha Code
53
Cred
NRS211
NRS212
20
20
CUR214
HUB218
HUB228
PSY112
PSY111
PHA204
10
20
20
7.5
7.5
20
Sub-total
125
J.88.3
Level 3
Module Name
Group 1
Semester 1
Unit Management 334
Midwifery 331
Midwifery 332
Semester 2
Community Health Nursing 324
Community Health Nursing 325
Child Health 324
Alpha Code
Cred
CUR334
CUR331
CUR332
15
30
15
CUR324
CUR325
NRS324
30
15
15
CUR311
CUR312
NRS313
30
15
15
CUR336
CUR326
CUR327
15
30
15
Sub-total
120
OR
Group 2
Semester 1
Community Health Nursing 311
Community Health Nursing 312
Child Health 313
Semester 2
Unit Management 336
Midwifery 326
Midwifery 327
rd
Students will be divided into two groups at the 3 Level in which they will remain for the rest of the year
(S1 & S2). They will register for the modules as indicated above. Students will be registered according to
the groups in which they would have been allocated to.
J.88.4
Level 4
Module Name
Psychiatric Nursing 411
Psychiatric Nursing 412
Research Methods 421
Professional Practice 423
Gender Violence-Public Health 401
J.89
Alpha Code
NRS411
NRS412
NRS421
NRS423
NRS401
Cred
30
30
20
20
20
Sub-total
120
TOTAL
480
ASSESSMENT
Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1.
J.90
PROMOTION RULES
Unless Senate decides otherwise and subject to rule A.3.2.3:
J.90.1
Level 1
In order to promote to the 2nd Level:
J.90.1.1
The student must pass all modules in Group 1 and is not allowed to carry more than 30 credits
from Group 2.
J.90.1.2
The student should provide proof of clinical hours as calculated per year level.
J.90.2
Level 2
In order to promote to the 3rd level:
54
J.90.2.1
The student must pass all modules from group 1. No Level 1 modules may be carried into the 3rd
Level. Brain and Behaviour 112 (PSY112) or Introduction to Psychology (PSY111) may be
carried to Level 3 provided that the credits carried do not exceed 30 credits.
J.90.2.2
The student should provide proof of clinical hours as calculated per semester for level 2. In
addition proof of completion of all clinical hours of the first year must be provided.
J.90.3
Level 3
In order to promote to 4th Level:
J.90.3.1
The student must pass all modules except Unit Management (CUR334) at 15 credits which may
be carried to the 4th Level.
J.90.3.2
The student should provide proof of clinical hours as calculated per semester for the year level.
In addition proof of completion of all clinical hours of the second year must be provided.
J.90.4
Level 4
J.90.4.1
Students will complete the degree when all modules have been passed and 480 credit points
have been obtained.
J.90.4.2
In addition a total of 4000 clinical hours as stipulated by the South African Nursing Council must
be completed.
J.91
ADVANCE REGISTRATION
J.91.1
Level 1
A student who repeats the 1st Level with no more than 45 credits outstanding, may register in advance for
not more than 40 credits at the 2nd Level from the modules listed below, subject to timetable clashes and
modules being repeated. Advanced registration for Human Biology 218 and 228 are subject to the student
passing both Human Biology 118 and 128.
Module Name
Human Biology 218
Human Biology 228
Brain and Behaviour 112
Introduction to Psychology 111
J.91.2
Alpha Code
HUB218
HUB228
PSY112
PSY111
Credits
20
20
7.5
7.5
Level 2
Students who repeat the 2nd Level with no more than 45 credits outstanding at this level, may register in
advance for Child Health 313 (NRS313) or equivalent Child Health 324 (NRS324) provided that they have
passed both General Nursing Science 211 and 212.
J.91.3
Level 3
Students who repeat the 3rd Level with no more than 45 credits outstanding, may register in advance for not
more than 40 credits in the following modules:
Module Name
Research Methods
Regional Proirity Gender - Based Violence
J.92
Alpha Code
NRS421
NRS401
Credits
20
20
RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION
The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.3.2.3 registration for first degrees, as stipulated
in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1.
55
J.93
SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME
J. 93.1
Every nursing student must be registered, in accordance with the requirements of the South
African Nursing Council, as a nursing student within two months of the date of commencement
of study.
The following documents must be submitted on registration:
South African students:






Certified copy of ID
Valid study permit for those with passports
Certified copy of matriculation certificate
Marriage certificate (if applicable)
In case of foundation programme students, certified copy of academic record of 1st year
foundation programme
SANC application fee must be paid to UWC cashiers into entity 100809/73-533
International students:






Certified copy of identification documents (Passport/refugee status/asylum seeker permit)
Valid study permit for those with passports
Certified copy of high school results (English translation)
SAQA Certificate
HESA exemption Certificate
SANC application fee must be paid to UWC cashiers into entity 100809/73-533
J.93.2
Students must secure professional indemnity before they can practice as student nurses in
specified clinical settings.
J.93.3
It is compulsory for all first year students to submit proof that they have had the Hepatitis B
vaccine before the commencement of the second term of the academic year.
J. 93.4
Attendance of lectures and clinical practical is compulsory as per requirement of the South
African Nursing Council.
J. 93.5
No students will be admitted to the final assessment of any year-level unless 80% of the specified
clinical hours have been completed by the deadline for the announcement of continuous
assessment marks for the semester/year.
J. 93.6
Except where otherwise indicated, modules in which a practical examination is taken require a
sub-minimum of 40% in the practical component.
J. 93.7
A student will be required to complete all clinical practice hours as prescribed by the School of
Nursing.
ADDRESSES OF SAQA:
SAQA (South African Qualifications Authority)
Evaluation of Foreign Qualifications call centre: 012 431-5070
Helpdesk: 086 010 3188
Switchboard: 012 431-5000
Fax: 012 431 5039
Website: www.saqa.org.za
POSTAL ADDRESS:
STREET ADDRESS:
Postnet Suite 248
SAQA House (formerly known as Hatfield Forum West)
Private Bag X06
1067 Arcardia Street, Hatfield
Pretoria
Waterkloof, 0145
0001
56
For information regarding the Evaluation of Foreign Qualifications: ceeq@saqa.co.za
DoH (Department of Health)
Foreign Workforce Management Programme
Room 1125
Fedlife Building
Private Bag X828
Pretoria
0001
Tel: 012 312 0722 / 0725 /0467 / 0498
Fax: 012 312 0535
Email: smiths@health.gov.za or humani@health.gov.za
Website: www.doh.gov.za/docs/factsheets/guidelines/foreign.pdf
BACHELOR OF NURSING (Foundation Programme) - 8310
J.94
ADMISSION
Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for
the degree: B Nursing (Foundation Programme)
J.94.1
Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated from 2008
(a)
The National Senior Certificate for Diploma Study plus a score of no less than 27 points
calculated according to the University‟s approved points system.





(b)
level 4 (50-59%) in English (home or first additional language)
level 3 (40-49%) in Another Language (home or first additonal language) and
level 3 (40-49%) in Life Sciences and
level 3 (40-49%) in Mathematics or
level 3 (40-49%) in Mathematical Literacy
Students will be required to write The National Benchmark Test (NBT).
OR
(c)
A qualification or level of competence which the Senate of the University has deemed
to be equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) above and (b)
J.94.2
Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated before 2008
(a)
A Matriculation Exemption with the following subject requirements:








(b)
HG (40%, E symbol) English or
SG (50%, D symbol) English and
HG (40%, E symbol) Mathematics or
SG (50%, D symbol) Mathematics and
HG (40%, E symbol) Biology or
SG (50%, D symbol) Biology or
HG (40%, E symbol) Physical Sciences or
SG (50%, D symbol) Physical Sciences
Students will be required to write The National Benchmark Test (NBT).
OR
57
(c)
A qualification or level of competence that the Senate of the University has deemed to be
equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) and (b) above
J.94.3
Alternate admission
J.94.3.1
Alternate admission requirements for applicants who passed Grade 12 from 2008
(a)
The National Senior Certificate for Diploma Study plus a score of no less than 27 points
calculated according to the University‟s approved points system.
(b)
Students will be required to write The National Benchmark Test (NBT).
OR
(c)
A qualification or level of competence that the Senate of the University has deemed to be
equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) and (b) above
J.94.3.2
Alternate admission requirements for applicants who passed Grade 12 before 2008
(a)
Students without matriculation exemption may be allowed into the programme as Senate
Discretionary students and will be required to write The National Benchmark Test (NBT).
OR
(b)
A qualification or level of competence which the Senate of the University has deemed to be
equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) above
J.95
SELECTION
As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a
selection procedure.
J.96
DURATION
Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over five years full time.
J.97
CURRICULUM
J.97.1
Level 1
Module Name
Fundamentals of Nursing Science 151
Physics for CHS 115
Clinical Nursing (Lab) 141
Human Biology 114
Computer Literacy 121 (second semester)
J.97.2
Alpha Code
NUR151
PHY115
NUR141
HUB114
CCL121
Cred
15
15
10
15
5
Sub-total
60
Alpha Code
NUR152
NUR142
CHM114
HUB124
IPC124
HDP116
Cred
15
10
15
15
5
5
Sub-total
65
Level 2
Module Name
Fundamentals of Nursing Science 152
Clinical Nursing (Lab) 142
Chemistry 114 (CHS)
Human Biology 124
Intro to Philosophy of Care 124 (second semester)
Health Development and Primary Health Care 116 (1stsemester)
semesster
58
J.97.3
Level 3
Module Name
Group 1
General Nursing Science 211
General Nursing Science 212
Group 2
Intro to Mental Health 214
Human Biology 218
Human Biology 228
Brain and Behaviour 112
Introduction to Psychology 111
Pharmacology 204
J.97.4
Alpha Code
Cred
NRS211
NRS212
20
20
CUR214
HUB218
HUB228
PSY112
PSY111
PHA204
10
20
20
7.5
7.5
20
Sub-total
125
Alpha Code
Cred
CUR334
CUR331
CUR332
15
30
15
CUR324
CUR325
NRS324
30
15
15
CUR311
CUR312
NRS313
30
15
15
CUR336
CUR326
CUR327
15
30
15
Sub-total
120
Level 4
Module Name
Group 1
Semester 1
Unit Management 334
Midwifery 331
Midwifery 332
Semester 2
Community Health Nursing 324
Community Health Nursing 325
Child Health 324
OR
Group 2
Semester 1
Community Health Nursing 311
Community Health Nursing 312
Child Health 313
Semester 2
Unit Management 336
Midwifery 326
Midwifery 327
th
Students will be divided into two groups at the 4 Level in which they will remain for the rest of the year
(S1 & S2). They will register for the modules as indicated above. Students will be registered according to
the groups in which they would have been allocated to.
J.97.5
Level 5
Module Name
Psychiatric Nursing 411
Psychiatric Nursing 412
Research Methods 421
Professional Practice 423
Regional Priority Gender - Based Violence 401
J.98
Alpha Code
NRS411
NRS412
NRS421
NRS423
NRS401
Sub-total
TOTAL
Cred
30
30
20
20
20
120
485
ASSESSMENT
Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1.
59
J.99
PROMOTION RULES
Unless Senate decides otherwise and subject to rule A.3.2.3:
J.99.1
Level 1
J.99.1.1
In order to promote to the 2nd Level, the student must pass all the 1st Level modules.
J.99.1.2
Notwithstanding Rule A.3.2.3 (a), a student who does not pass all the required modules at Level
1 will not be permitted to renew his/her registration in the following year. No appeals for
readmission will be considered.
J.99.1.3
The student should provide proof of clinical hours as calcualted per Level 1 (NB! Applicable to
new programme for 2013 only).
J.99.2
Level 2
In order to promote to the 3rd Level:
J.99.2.1
The student must pass all modules in Level 2.
J.99.2.2
The student should provide proof of clinical hours as calcualted per year level.
J.99.3
Level 3
In order to promote to the 4th level:
J.99.3.1
The student must pass all modules from group 1. No Level 1 modules may be carried into the 4 th
Level. Brain and Behaviour 112 (PSY112) or Introduction to Psychology (PSY111) may be
carried to Level 4 provided that the total credits carried do not exceed 30 credits.
J.99.3.2
The student should provide proof of clinical hours as calculated per semester for the year level.
In addition proof of completion of all clinical hours of level 2 must be provided.
J.99.4
Level 4
In order to promote to 5th Level:
J.99.4.1
The student must pass all modules except Unit Management (CUR334) at 15 credits which may
be carried to the 5th Level.
J.99.4.2
The student should provide proof of clinical hours as calculated per semester for the year level.
In addition proof of completion of all clinical hours of year level 3 must be provided.
J.99.5
Level 5
J.99.5.1
Students will complete the degree when all modules have been passed and 485 credit points
have been obtained.
J.99.5.2
In addition a total of 4000 clinical hours as stipulated by the South African Nursing Council must
be completed.
J.100
ADVANCE REGISTRATION
J.100.1
Level 1
No advance registration will be permitted in Level 1.
J.100.2
Level 2
No advance registration will be permitted in Level 2.
60
J.100.2
Level 3
Students who repeat the 3rd Level with no more than 45 credits outstanding at this level, may register in
advance for Child Health 313 (NRS313) or equivalent Child Health 324 (NRS324) provided that they have
passed both General Nursing Science 211 and 212.
J.100.3
Level 4
Students who repeat the 4th Level with no more than 45 credits outstanding, may register in advance for not
more than 40 credits from the following modules:
Module Name
Research Methods
Regional Priority Gender - Based Violence 401
J.101
Alpha Code
NRS421
NRS401
Credits
20
20
RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION
The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.3.2.3 registration for first degrees, as stipulated
in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1 but excludes Level 1.
J.102
SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME
J.102.1
Every nursing student must be registered, in accordance with the requirements of the South
African Nursing Council, as a nursing student within two months of the date of commencement
of study.
The following documents must be submitted on registration:
South African students:






Certified copy of ID
Valid study permit for those with passports
Certified copy of matriculation certificate
Marriage certificate (if applicable)
In case of foundation programme students, certified copy of academic record of 1 st year
foundation programme
SANC application fee must be paid to UWC cashiers into entity 100809/73-533
International students:






Certified copy of identification documents (Passport/refugee status/asylum seeker permit)
Valid study permit for those with passports
Certified copy of high school results (English translation)
SAQA Certificate
HESA exemption Certificate
SANC application fee must be paid to UWC cashiers into entity 100809/73-533
J.102.2
Students must secure professional indemnity before they can practice as student nurses in
specified clinical settings.
J.102.3
It is compulsory for all first year students to submit proof that they have had the Hepatitis B
vaccine before the commencement of the second term of the academic year.
J.102.4
Attendance of lectures and clinical practical is compulsory as per requirement of the South
African Nursing Council.
J.102.5
No students will be admitted to the final assessment of any year-level unless 80% of the specified
clinical hours have been completed by the deadline for the announcement of continuous
assessment marks for the semester/year.
61
J.102.6
Except where otherwise indicated, modules in which a practical examination is taken require a
sub-minimum of 40% in the practical component.
J.102.7
A student will be required to complete all clinical practice hours as prescribed by the School of
Nursing.
ADDRESSES OF SAQA:
SAQA (South African Qualifications Authority)
Evaluation of Foreign Qualifications call centre: 012 431-5070
Helpdesk: 086 010 3188
Switchboard: 012 431-5000
Fax: 012 431 5039
Website: www.saqa.org.za
POSTAL ADDRESS:
STREET ADDRESS:
Postnet Suite 248
SAQA House (formerly known as Hatfield Forum West)
Private Bag X06
1067 Arcardia Street, Hatfield
Pretoria
Waterkloof, 0145
0001
For information regarding the Evaluation of Foreign Qualifications: ceeq@saqa.co.za
DOH (Department of Health)
Foreign Workforce Management Programme
Room 1125
Fedlife Building
Private Bag x828
Pretoria
0001
Tel: 012 312 0722 / 0725 /0467 / 0498
Fax: 012 312 0535
Email: smiths@health.gov.za or humani@health.gov.za
Website: www.doh.gov.za/docs/factsheets/guidelines/foreign.pdf
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (COMPLEMENTARY HEALTH SCIENCES) – 8104
General Stream
J.103
ADMISSION
Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for
the degree: BSc (CHS)
J.103.1
(a)
Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated from 2008
The National Senior Certificate for Bachelor‟s Degree study plus a score of no less than 27
points calculated according to the University‟s approved points system, as well as the following
specific subject requirements:






level 4 (50-59%) in English (home or first additional language) and
level 3 (40-49%) in Another Language (home or first additional language) and
level 3 (40-49%) in Mathematics or
level 4 (50-59%) in Mathematical Literacy and
level 4 (50-59%) in Life Sciences and
level 3 (40-49%) in Physical Sciences
62
(b)
Students will be required to write The National Benchmark Test (NBT)
OR
(c)
A qualification or level of competence which the Senate of the University has deemed
to be equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) and (b) above.
J.103.2
Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated before 2008
(a)
A Matriculation Exemption with the following subject requirements:








(b)
HG (40%, E symbol) English or
SG (50%, D symbol) English and
HG (40%, E symbol) Mathematics or
SG (50%, D symbol) Mathematics and
HG (40%, E symbol) Biology or
SG (50%, D symbol) Biology and
HG (40%, E symbol) Physical Science or
SG (50%, D symbol) Physical Science
Students will be required to write The National Benchmark Test (NBT)
OR
(c)
A qualification or level of competence that the Senate of the University has deemed to be
equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) and (b) above
J.103.3
Alternate admission
J.103.3.1 Alternate admission requirements for applicants who passed Grade 12 from 2008
(a)
The National Senior Certificate for Diploma Study plus a score of no less than 23 points
calculated according to the University‟s approved points system.
(b)
Students will be required to write The National Benchmark Test (NBT)
OR
(c)
A qualification or level of competence that the Senate of the University has deemed to be
equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) and (b) above
J.103.3.2 Alternate admission requirements for applicants who passed Grade 12 before 2008
(a)
Students without matriculation exemption may be allowed into the programme as Senate
Discretionary students and will be required to write The National Benchmark Test (NBT).
OR
(b)
A qualification or level of competence which the Senate of the University has deemed to be
equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) above
J.103.3.3 Alternate admission requirements for applicants according to Recognition of Prior
Learning (RPL)
Students who completed the NSC in 2008 or thereafter, but have not obtained endorsements, will be
considered for alternative admission after the age of 23. Such candidates will be required to complete a RPL
portfolio development course and submit to a process where relevant learning and/or experience will be
assessed.
63
Candidates who are 23 or older and do not have a matriculation certificate or NSC, but who might have
obtained other qualifications or experience that may be deemed to be equivalent to admission criteria for
particular study programmes, will also be required to complete a RPL portfolio development course or an
RPL portfolio process as agreed and to submit to a process where such learning, qualification and/or
experience will be assessed.
J.104
SELECTION
As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a
selection procedure.
J.105
DURATION
Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over three years full time.
J.106
CURRICULUM
J.106.1
Level 1
Module Name
Compulsory
Group 1 (Select all modules)
Chemistry 116 (N)
Chemistry 126 (N)
Medical Bioscience 111
Medical Bioscience 121
Physics for CHS
Life Sciences 141
Principal of Nat Healing System 111
Group 2 (Select all modules)
Computer Literacy 121
IPOC (Natural Medicine)
PHC (Natural Medicine)
Electives (Select 1 module)
Eng for Educ Dev 111
Intro to Xhosa (CHS) (alternative if exempted from EED)
Intro to Afrikaans (CHS) (alternative if exempted from EED)
J.106.2
Alpha Code
Cred
CHE116
CHM126
MBS 111
MBS 121
PHY118
LSC141
NAT111
15
15
15
15
15
15
5
CCL121
NAT112
NAT123
5
5
5
EED111
XHO001
AFR001
Sub-total
10
10
10
120
Alpha Code
Cred
BTN216
MBS231
MBS232
MIC251
MIC252
NUT211
NUT221
20
20
20
20
20
10
10
NAT201
NAT219
10
10
Sub-total
140
Level 2
Module Name
Group 1 (Select all)
Biotechnology 216
Medical Bioscience 231
Medical Bioscience 232
Medical Microbiology 251
Medical Microbiology 252
Nutrition 211
Nutrition 221
Group 2 (Select all)
Com Complemetary Healing Systems 201
Health Promotion 219
64
J.106.3
Level 3
Module Name
Pharmacology 204
Study of Human Development 211
Health Psychology 224
Nutritional Medicine 315
Pathology 311
Pathology 321
Herbal Pharmacognosy 312
Herbal Pharmacognosy 322
General Medicine 301
J.107
Alpha Code
PHA204
PSY211
PSY224
NUT315
NAT311
NAT321
NAT312
NAT322
BCM301
Cred
20
10
5
10
15
10
10
10
30
Sub-total
120
TOTAL
380
ASSESSMENT
Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1.
J.108
PROMOTION RULES
Unless Senate decides otherwise and subject to rule A.3.2.3:
J.108.1
Level 1
A student shall be promoted to the 2nd Level of study on obtaining 95 credits of the 1 st Level modules
including all modules in group 1, and provided that the pre-requisites are met and there are no timetable
clashes.
J.108.2
Level 2
A student shall be promoted to the 3rd Level of study on obtaining 230 credits (including 120 2 nd Level
credits) including all modules in group 1, and provided that the pre-requisites are met and there are no
timetable clashes.
J.108.3
Level 3
A student must have succesfully completed all prescribed modules and obtained a total of 380 credits to
complete the degree.
J.109
ADVANCE REGISTRATION
J.109.1
Level 1
If a student does not promote to the 2nd Level of study, the student may be allowed to register 2 nd Level
modules, provided that s/he has completed at least 75 credits and should not take more than 90 credits in
total, consisting of repeating credits plus anticipated credits. And provided that the pre-requisites are met and
there are no timetable clashes.
J.109.2
Level 2
If a student does not promote to the 3rd Level of study, the student may be allowed to register 3 rd Level
modules, provided that s/he has completed at least 215 credits and should not take more than 90 credits in
total, consisting of repeating credits plus anticipated credits. And provided that the pre-requisites are met and
there are no timetable clashes.
J.110
RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION
The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.3.2.3, as stipulated in the University Calendar:
General Information Part 1.
65
J.110
SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME
J.110.1
Every School of Natural Medicine student must, in accordance with the requirements of the
Allied Health Professions Council of South Africa, register as a School of Natural Medicine
student within two months after admission to the programme.
J.110.2
Thereafter the student must ensure that they register for each year while within the programme.
J.110.3
Where a student interrupted his/her studies for more than one academic year, and where the
curriculum or module content has changed, the student will be expected to register for the
additional module(s) or attend classes and write additional tests/assignments on work not covered
during the student‟s time of study.
Chinese Medicine and Acupuncture Stream
J.111
ADMISSION
Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for
the degree: BSc (CHS)
J.111.1
Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated from 2008
(a)
The National Senior Certificate for Bachelor‟s Degree study plus a score of no less than 27 points
calculated according to the University‟s approved points system, as well as the following specific
subject requirements:





(b)
level 4 (50-59%) in English (home or first additional language) and
level 3 (40-49%) in Another Language (home or first additional language) and
level 3 (40-49%) in Mathematics or
level 4 (50-59%) in Mathematical Literacy and
level 4 (50-59%) in Life Sciences
Students will be required to write The National Benchmark Test (NBT).
OR
(c)
A qualification or level of competence which the senate of the University has deemed
to be equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) and (b) above.
J.111.2
Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated before 2008
(a)
A Matriculation Exemption with the following subject requirements:








(b)
HG (40%, E symbol) English or
SG (50%, D symbol) English and
HG (40%, E symbol) Mathematics or
SG (50%, D symbol) Mathematics and
HG (40%, E symbol) Biology or
SG (50%, D symbol) Biology and
HG (40%, E symbol) Physical Science or
SG (50%, D symbol) Physical Science
Students will be required to write The National Benchmark Test (NBT).
OR
(c)
A qualification or level of competence which the senate of the University has deemed to be
equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) and (b) above
66
J.111.3
Alternate admission
J.111.3.1 Alternate admission requirements for applicants who passed Grade 12 from 2008
(a)
The National Senior Certificate for Diploma Study plus a score of no less than 23 points
calculated according to the University‟s approved points system.
(b)
Students will be required to write The National Benchmark Test (NBT).
OR
(c)
A qualification or level of competence which the Senate of the University has deemed to be
equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) and (b) above
J.111.3.2 Alternate admission requirements for applicants who passed Grade 12 before 2008
(a)
Students without matriculation exemption may be allowed into the programme as Senate
Discretionary students and will be required to write The National Benchmark Test (NBT).
OR
(b)
A qualification or level of competence which the Senate of the University has deemed to be
equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) above
J.111.3.3 Alternate admission requirements for applicants according to Recognition of Prior
Learning (RPL)
Students who completed the NSC in 2008 or thereafter, but have not obtained endorsements, will be
considered for alternative admission after the age of 23. Such candidates will be required to complete a RPL
portfolio development course and submit to a process where relevant learning and/or experience will be
assessed.
Candidates who are 23 or older and do not have a matriculation certificate or NSC, but who might have
obtained other qualifications or experience that may be deemed to be equivalent to admission criteria for
particular study programmes, will also be required to complete a RPL portfolio development course or an
RPL portfolio process as agreed and to submit to a process where such learning, qualification and/or
experience will be assessed.
J.112
SELECTION
As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a
selection procedure.
J.113
DURATION
Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over three years full time.
J.114
CURRICULUM
J.114.1
Level 1
Module Name
Compulsory
Group 1 (Select all)
Chemistry 116 (N)
Chemistry 126 (N)
Medical Bioscience 111
Medical Bioscience 121
Physics for CHS
Life Sciences 141
Chinese Medicine Theory 111
Chinese Medicine Theory 121
67
Alpha Code
Cred
CHE116
CHM126
MBS 111
MBS 121
PHY118
LSC141
CMA111
CMA121
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
10
Group 2 (Select all)
IPOC (Natural Medicine)
PHC (Natural Medicine)
J.114.2
Alpha Code
Cred
MBS231
MBS232
MIC251
MIC252
CMA211
CMA221
CMA213
CMA223
CMA212
CMA222
20
20
20
20
10
10
10
10
10
10
BTN216
Sub-Total
20
160
Level 3
Module Name
Pharmacology 204
Pathology 311
Pathology 321
Chinese Medicine Theory 311
Chinese Medicine Theory 321
Chinese Herbal Medicine 312
Chinese Herbal Medicine 322
Acupuncture 313
Acupuncture 323
General Medicine 301
J.115
5
5
125
Level 2
Module Name
Group 1 (Select all modules)
Medical Bioscience 231
Medical Bioscience 232
Medical Microbiology 251
Medical Microbiology 252
Chinese Medicine Theory 211
Chinese Medicine Theory 221
Acupuncture 213
Acupuncture 223
Chinese Herbal Medicine 212
Chinese Herbal Medicine 222
Group 2 (Select all)
Biotechnology 216
J.114.3
NAT112
NAT123
Sub-total
Alpha Code
PHA204
NAT311
NAT321
CMA311
CMA321
CMA312
CMA322
CMA313
CMA323
BCM301
Sub-total
TOTAL
Cred
20
15
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
30
135
420
ASSESSMENT
Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1.
J.116
PROMOTION RULES
Unless Senate decides otherwise and subject to rule A.3.2.3:
J.116.1
Level 1
A student shall be promoted to the 2nd Level of study on obtaining 100 credits of the 1 st Level modules
including all modules in group 1, and provided that the pre-requisites are met and there are no timetable
clashes.
J.116.2
Level 2
A student shall be promoted to the 3rd Level of study on obtaining 255 credits (including 140 2 nd Level
credits) including all modules in group 1, and provided that the pre-requisites are met and there are no
timetable clashes.
68
J.116.3
Level 3
A student must have succesfully completed all prescribed modules and obtained a total of 420 credits to
complete the degree.
J.117
ADVANCE REGISTRATION
J.117.1
Level 1
If a student does not promote to the 2nd Level of study, the student may be allowed to register 2 nd Level
modules, provided that s/he has completed at least 80 credits and should not take more than 90 credits in
total, consisting of repeating credits plus anticipated credits. And provided that the pre-requisites are met and
there are no timetable clashes.
J.117.2
Level 2
If a student does not promote to the 3rd Level of study, the student may be allowed to register 3 rd Level
modules, provided that s/he has completed at least 240 credits and should not take more than 90 credits in
total, consisting of repeating credits plus anticipated credits. And provided that the pre-requisites are met and
there are no timetable clashes.
J.118
RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION
The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.3.2.3, as stipulated in the University Calendar:
General Information Part 1.
J.119
SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME
J.119.1
Every School of Natural Medicine student must, in accordance with the requirements of the
Allied Health Professions Council of South Africa, register as a School of Natural Medicine
student within two months after admission to the programme.
J.119.2
Thereafter the student must ensure that they register for each year while within the programme.
J.119.3
Where a student interrupted his/her studies for more than one academic year, and where the
curriculum or module content has changed, the student will be expected to register for the
additional module(s) or attend classes and write additional tests/assignments on work not covered
during the student‟s time of study.
BACHELOR OF SOCIAL WORK - 8411
J.120
ADMISSION
Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for
the degree: B Social Work
J.120.1
Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated from 2008
The National Senior Certificate for Bachelor‟s Degree study plus a score of no less than 27
points calculated according to the University‟s approved points system, as well as the following
specific subject requirements:
(a)




level 4 (50-59%) in English (home or first additional language) and
level 3 (40-49%) in Another Language (home or first additional language) and
level 3 (40-49%) in Mathematics or
level 3 (40-49%) in Mathematical Literacy
69
(b)
Students will be required to write The National Benchmark Test (NBT)
OR
(c)
A qualification or level of competence which the Senate of the University has deemed
to be equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) and (b) above.
J.120.2
Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated before 2008
(a)
A Matriculation Exemption with the minimum of a D aggregate and the minimum of a D
aggregate symbol for English.
(b)
Students will be required to write The National Benchmark Test (NBT)
OR
(c)
A qualification or level of competence that the Senate of the University has deemed to be
equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) and (b) above
J.120.3
Alternate admission
J.120.3.1 Alternate admission requirements for applicants who passed Grade 12 from 2008
(a)
The National Senior Certificate for Diploma Study plus a score of no less than 23 points
calculated according to the University‟s approved points system.
(b)
Students will be required to write The National Benchmark Test (NBT)
OR
(c)
A qualification or level of competence that the Senate of the University has deemed to be
equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) and (b) above
J.120.3.2 Alternate admission requirements for applicants who passed Grade 12 before 2008
(a)
Students without matriculation exemption may be allowed into the programme as Senate
Discretionary students and will be required to write The National Benchmark Test (NBT)
OR
(b)
A qualification or level of competence which the Senate of the University has deemed to be
equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) above
J.120.3.3 Alternate admission requirements for applicants according to Recognition of Prior
Learning (RPL)
Students who completed the NSC in 2008 or thereafter, but have not obtained endorsements, will be
considered for alternative admission after the age of 23. Such candidates will be required to complete a RPL
portfolio development course and submit to a process where relevant learning and/or experience will be
assessed.
Candidates who are 23 or older and do not have a matriculation certificate or NSC, but who might have
obtained other qualifications or experience that may be deemed to be equivalent to admission criteria for
particular study programmes, will also be required to complete a RPL portfolio development course or an
RPL portfolio process as agreed and to submit to a process where such learning, qualification and/or
experience will be assessed.
70
J.121
SELECTION
As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a
selection procedure.
J.122
DURATION
Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over four years full time.
J.123
CURRICULUM
J.123.1
Level 1
Module Name
Group 1 - Compulsory
Introduction to Philosophy of Care (SW)
Health Development and Primary Health Care (SW)
Eng for Educ Dev 111
Computer Literacy 121
Group 2 - Compulsory
Introduction to Social Work 124
Introduction to Social Work 113
Social Work 123
Introduction to Social Work Process 114
Introduction to Fieldwork 101
Group 3 - Compulsory
Psychology
Introduction to Psychology 111
Brain and Behaviour 112
Psychology of Child Development 121
Intro to Research Methods 123
Anthroplogy / Sociology
Anthroplogy / Sociology 111 (N)
Anthroplogy / Sociology 121 (N)
J.123.2
Alpha Code
Cred
HDP113
HDP114
EED111
CCL121
5
5
10
5
SCW124
SCW113
SCW123
SCW114
SCW101
10
10
5
5
15
PSY111
PSY112
PSY121
PSY123
7.5
7.5
7.5
7.5
ANT111
ANT121
15
15
Sub-total
130
Alpha Code
Cred
HLP215
SCW214
SCW213
SCW212
SCW201
10
10
10
10
30
ANT222
PSY221
Sub-total
10
10
90
ANT211
SOC221
SOC231
SOC232
10
10
10
10
PSY211
PSY214
10
10
Level 2
Module Name
Group 1 - Compulsory
Health Promotion 223 (SW)
Basic Social Work 214
Basic Social Work 213
Basic Social Work 212
Basic Fieldwork 201
Group 2 - Compulsory
Anthroplogy 222
Qual Res Meth & Health Sc 221
Group 3 - Electives
*Social Sciences
Anthropology 211
Sociology 221
Sociology 231
Sociology 232
**Psychology
Study of Human Development 211
Intro to Psychological Interven 214
71
Intro to Psychopathology 213
Community Psychology 223
Health Psychology 224
PSY213
PSY223
PSY224
Sub-total
TOTAL
10
5
5
40
130
*Students who choose Social Sciences as a major will choose Social Sciences modules to the value of 30
credits and Psychology module/s to the value of 10 credits.
**Students who choose Psychology as a major will choose Psychology modules to the value of 30 credits
and a Social Sciences module to the value of 10 credits.
J.123.3
Level 3
Module Name
Compulsory
Intermediate Social Work 315
Intermediate Social Work 314
Intermediate Social Work 312
Intermediate Social Work 313
Intermediate Social Work 301
Gender Studies 311
Gender Studies 321
Welfare Law 321
*Social Sciences
Anthropology 312
Anthropology 322
*Psychology
Intro to Personality Theory 312
Psych Soc Iden & Soc Oppression 322
Alpha Code
Cred
SCW315
SCW314
SCW312
SCW313
SCW301
WGS311
WGS321
WEL321
Sub-total
10
10
10
10
40
10
10
10
110
ANT312
ANT322
10
10
PSY312
PSY322
Sub-total
TOTAL
10
10
20
130
*Students will choose either the Social Sciences modules to the value of 20 credits or the Psychology
modules to the value of 20 credits depending on the major chosen in Level 2.
J.123.4
Level 4
Module Name - Compulsory
Advanced Social Work 413
Advanced Social Work 415
Advanced Social Work 411
Advanced Social Work 406
Advanced Social Work 412
Advanced Fieldwork 401
Advanced Social Work 414
J.124
Alpha Code
SCW413
SCW415
SCW411
SCW406
SCW412
SCW401
SCW414
Sub-total
TOTAL
Cred
10
10
10
10
10
60
10
120
510
ASSESSMENT
Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1.
J.125
PROMOTION RULES
Unless Senate decides otherwise and subject to rule A.3.2.3:
72
J.125.1
Level 1
A student shall be admitted to the the 2nd Level of study on obtaining 100 credits at the 1st Level, 10 credits
from group 1, passed all modules from group 2 and passed at least 45 credits from group 3 and on meeting
all pre-requisites for the 2nd Level modules.
J.125.2
Level 2
A student shall be admitted to the the 3rd Level of study after completing all 1st Level modules, passed all
modules in group 1, passed a minimum of 40 credits from group 2 and 3 and on meeting all pre-requisites
for the 3rd Level modules.
J.125.3
Level 3
A student shall be admitted to the the 4th Level of study only if the student has succesfully completed all the
relevent course units and modules for the 3 rd Level. The exception is in the case of a student obtaining
associate status for one service course module into the 4 th Level.
J.125.4
Level 4
A student must have succesfully completed all prescribed modules and obtained a total of 510 credits.
J.126
ADVANCE REGISTRATION
J.126.1
Students may only register for modules in advance at the next level if s/he does not have more
than 45 credits to make up at the current level (or lower).
J.126.2
Repeating students (who have not promoted ) should not take more than 90 credits in total,
consisting of repeating credits plus anticipated credits, excluding Social Work modules and
provided the pre-requisites are met and there are no timetable clashes.
J.127
RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION
The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.3.2.3, as stipulated in the University Calendar:
General Information Part 1.
J.128
SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME
There are no special requirements for this programme
BACHELOR OF SOCIAL WORK (Foundation) - 8560
J.129
ADMISSION
Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for
the degree: Bachelor of Social Work (Foundation programme)
J.129.1
Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated from 2008
(a)
The National Senior Certificate plus a score of no less than 22 points calculated according to the
University‟s approved points system, as well as the following specific subject requirements:




(b)
level 4 (50-59%) in English (home or first additional language)
level 3 (40-49%) in Another Language (home or first additional language)
level 3 (40-49%) in Mathematics or Maths Literacy
level 3 (40-49%) in Life Science
Students will be required to write the National Benchmark Test (NBT).
73
OR
(c)
A qualification or level of competence which the Senate of the University has deemed
to be equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) and (b) above.
J.129.2
Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated before 2008
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
A Senior Certificate without Exemption with a minimum of a D-aggregate, or
A Conditional Exemption with a minimum of a D-aggregate, or
An Age Exemption with a minimum of a D-aggregate, and
Students will be required to write the National Benchmark Test (NBT) and obtain a pass mark of
60%.
OR
(e)
A qualification or level of competence which the Senate of the University has deemed
to be equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) to (d) above.
J.129.3
Alternate admission requirements for applicants according to Recognition of Prior
Learning (RPL)
Students who completed the NSC in 2008 or thereafter, but have not obtained endorsements, will be
considered for alternative admission after the age of 23. Such candidates will be required to complete a RPL
portfolio development course and submit to a process where relevant learning and/or experience will be
assessed.
Candidates who are 23 or older and do not have a matriculation certificate or NSC, but who might have
obtained other qualifications or experience that may be deemed to be equivalent to admission criteria for
particular study programmes, will also be required to complete a RPL portfolio development course or an
RPL portfolio process as agreed and to submit to a process where such learning, qualification and/or
experience will be assessed.
J.130
SELECTION
As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a
selection procedure.
J.131
DURATION
Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over five years full time.
J.132
CURRICULUM
J.132.1
Level 1
Module Name
Group 1 - Compulsory
Introduction to Philosophy of Care (SW)
Health Development and Primary Health Care (SW)
Eng for Educ Dev 111
Computer Literacy 121
Group 2 - Compulsory
Introduction to Social Work 124
Introduction to Social Work 113
Contextualising the Field of Social Work 010
Contextualising Social Welfare Policy 011
74
Alpha Code
Cred
HDP113
HDP114
EED111
CCL121
5
5
10
5
SCW124
SCW113
SCW010
SCW011
Sub-total
10
10
10
10
65
J.132.2
Level 2
Module Name
Group 1 - Compulsory
Social Work 123
Introduction to Social Work Process 114
Introduction to Fieldwork 101
Group 2 - Compulsory
Psychology
Introduction to Psychology 111
Brain and Behaviour 112
Psychology of Child Development 121
Intro to Research Methods 123
Anthroplogy / Sociology
Anthropology / Sociology 111 (N)
Anthropology / Sociology 121 (N)
Group 3 - Compulsory (Foundation modules)
Contextualising Social Work Processes
Contextaulising the Philosophy of Professional Social Work
Values and Ethics
J.132.3
Alpha Code
Cred
SCW123
SCW114
SCW101
5
5
15
PSY111
PSY112
PSY121
PSY123
7.5
7.5
7.5
7.5
ANT111
ANT121
15
15
SCW012
10
SCW013
10
Sub-total
105
Level 3
Module Name
Group 1 - Compulsory
Health Promotion 223 (SW)
Basic Social Work 214
Basic Social Work 213
Basic Social Work 212
Basic Fieldwork 201
Group 2 - Compulsory
Anthroplogy 222
Qual Res Meth & Health Sc 221
Group 3 - Electives
*Social Sciences
Anthropology 211
Sociology 221
Sociology 231
Sociology 232
**Psychology
Study of Human Development 211
Intro to Psychological Interven 214
Intro to Psychopathology 213
Community Psychology 223
Health Psychology 224
Alpha Code
Cred
HLP215
SCW214
SCW213
SCW212
SCW201
10
10
10
10
30
ANT222
PSY221
10
10
ANT211
SOC221
SOC231
SOC232
10
10
10
10
PSY211
PSY214
PSY213
PSY223
PSY224
Sub-total
10
10
10
5
5
130
*Students who choose Social Sciences as a major will choose Social Sciences modules to the value of 30
credits and Psychology module/s to the value of 10 credits.
**Students who choose Psychology as a major will choose Psychology modules to the value of 30 credits
and a Social Sciences module to the value of 10 credits.
75
J.132.4
Level 4
Module Name
Compulsory
Intermediate Social Work 315
Intermediate Social Work 314
Intermediate Social Work 312
Intermediate Social Work 313
Intermediate Social Work 301
Gender Studies 311
Gender Studies 321
Welfare Law 321
*Social Sciences
Anthropology 312
Anthropology 322
*Psychology
Intro to Personality Theory 312
Psych Soc Iden & Soc Oppression 322
Alpha Code
Cred
SCW315
SCW314
SCW312
SCW313
SCW301
WGS311
WGS321
WEL321
10
10
10
10
40
10
10
10
ANT312
ANT322
10
10
PSY312
PSY322
Sub-total
10
10
130
*Students will choose either the Social Sciences modules to the value of 20 credits or the Psychology
modules to the value of 20 credits depending on the major chosen in Level 2.
J.132.5
Level 5
Module Name - Compulsory
Advanced Social Work 413
Advanced Social Work 415
Advanced Social Work 411
Advanced Social Work 406
Advanced Social Work 412
Advanced Fieldwork 401
Advanced Social Work 414
J.133
Alpha Code
SCW413
SCW415
SCW411
SCW406
SCW412
SCW401
SCW414
Sub-total
TOTAL
Cred
10
10
10
10
10
60
10
120
550
ASSESSMENT
Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1.
J.134
PROMOTION RULES
Unless Senate decides otherwise and subject to rule A.3.2.3:
J.134.1
Level 1
J.134.1.1 In order to promote to the 2nd Level, the student must pass all the 1st Level modules.
J.134.1.2 Notwithstanding Rule A.3.2.3 (a), a student who does not pass all the required modules at Level
1 will not be permitted to renew his/her registration in the following year. No appeals for
readmission will be considered.
J.134.2
Level 2
A student shall be admitted to the 3rd Level of study on obtaining 140 credits (65 credits from Level 1 and
75 credits from Level 2 i.e 25 credits from Group 1 and 20 credits from group 3, and 30 credits from
Psychology or Anthro/Soc in Group 2).
76
J.134.3
Level 3
A student shall be admitted to the the 4th Level of study after completing all Level 1 and 2 modules, passed
all modules in group 1, passed a minimum of 40 credits from group 2 and 3 and on meeting all pre-requisites
for the 3rd Level modules.
J.134.4
Level 4
A student shall be admitted to the the 5th Level of study only if the student has succesfully completed all the
relevent course units and modules for the 3rd Level. The exception is in the case of a student obtaining
associate status for one service course module into the 4 th Level.
J.134.5
Level 5
A student must have succesfully completed all prescribed modules and obtained a total of 510 credits.
J.135
ADVANCE REGISTRATION
J.135.1
Students may only register for modules in advance at the next level if s/he does not have more
than 45 credits to make up at the current level (or lower).
J.135.2
Repeating students (who have not promoted ) should not take more than 90 credits in total,
consisting of repeating credits plus anticipated credits, excluding Social Work modules and
provided the pre-requisites are met and there are no timetable clashes.
J.136
RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION
The renewal of registration will be governed by Rule A.3.2.3, as stipulated in the University Calendar:
General Information Part 1unless otherwise indicated in the Faculty rules.
J.137
SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME
There are no special requirements for this programme
BACHELOR OF ARTS HONOURS IN BIOKINETICS – 8021
J.138
ADMISSION
Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for
the degree: BA (Hons) (Biokinetics)
J.138.1
Candidates must be in possession of a BA (SRES) degree or the equivalent thereof from an
approved institution, with a minimum average percentage of 60 for all sport, recreation and
exercise science modules at 3rd year level.
J.138.2
Candidates may apply directly to the SRES Department if they are not in possession of an
appropriate degree subject to Rule A.2.1.4
J. 139
SELECTION
J.139.1
The Professional Board determines the number of candidates that can be admitted each year.
J.139.2
As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be
subject to a selection procedure.
J.139.3
Preference will be given to candidates with a science background.
J.140
DURATION
Unless Senate decides otherwise, the duration of the curriculum shall extend over one year full-time only.
77
J.141
CURRICULUM
Module Name
Compulsory
Exercise Physiology (HMS717)
Motor Control & Learning (HMS718)
Biokinetics 730
Physical Evaluation 731
Physical Evaluation 732
Exercise Testing & Prescription 733
Chronic Disease And Disability 735
Anatomy and Kinanthropometry 736
Biokinetics Practice 737
Biokinetics Practice 738
Applied Research Methods 739
Applied Statistics 501
Alpha Code
Cred
SRE717
SRE718
SRE730
SRE731
SRE732
SRE733
SRE735
SRE736
SRE737
SRE738
SRE739
STA501
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
5
5
30
15
TOTAL
135
An extensive practical component (of 500 hours) forms a compulsory part of the Biokinetics programme.
J.142
ASSESSMENT
Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1.
J.143
PROGRESS RULES
Unless Senate decides otherwise, a full-time student shall complete the programme in one year.
J.144
RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION
The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.4, as stipulated in the University Calendar:
General Information Part 1.
J.145
SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME
J.145.1
Every Biokinetics student must, in accordance with the requirements of the Health Professions
Council of South Africa, register as a biokinetics student with the HPCSA within two months
after admission to the programme. Full particulars are available from the Course Coordinator in
the Department.
J.145.3
First Aid (Level 3) certification (or equivalent) is required for admission into the degree. A First
Aid (level 3) course is offered in the department prior to the commencement of the academic
year.
BACHELOR OF ARTS HONOURS IN HUMAN ECOLOGY – 8711 (NOT OFFERED IN 2013)
J.146
ADMISSION
Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for
the degree: BA (Hons) Human Ecology
To be admitted the program a student shall have obtained a BA Human Ecology Degree or equivalent
qualifcation with an average of 60%
J.147
SELECTION
As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a
selection procedure.
78
J.148
DURATION
Unless Senate decides otherwise, the duration of the curriculum for full-time students shall be one year and
for part-time students two years.
J.149
CURRICULUM
J.149.1
Full-Time
Module Name
Compulsory
Principles of Man & Bus 751
Applied Statistics 501
Research Project 710
Research Methods 411
Electives (Select any 3)
Advanced Housing 715
Advanced Foods 714
Advanced Non-Formal Education 716
Advanced Home Management 711
Advanced Clothing 712
Advanced Didactics – Consumer Studies 719
J.149.2
Alpha Code
Cred
MAN751
STA501
HEC710
HEC411
10
15
20
20
HEC715
HEC714
HEC716
HEC711
HEC712
HEC719
TOTAL
20
20
20
20
20
20
125
Alpha Code
Cred
MAN751
STA501
HEC411
10
15
20
HEC715
HEC714
HEC716
HEC711
HEC712
HEC719
Sub-total
20
20
20
20
20
20
65
Alpha Code
Cred
HEC710
20
40
60
125
Part-Time
J.149.2.1 Level 1
Module Name
Compulsory
Principles of Man & Bus 751
Applied Statistics 501
Research Methods 411
Electives (Select 1 module )
Advanced Housing 715
Advanced Foods 714
Advanced Non-Formal Education 716
Advanced Home Management 711
Advanced Clothing 712
Advanced Didactics – Consumer Studies 719
J.149.2.2
Level 2
Module Name
Compulsory
Research Project 710
Electives (Select 2 remaining modules not taken from the
electives list in level 1)
J.150
Sub-total
TOTAL
ASSESSMENT
Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1.
J.151
PROGRESS RULES
J.151.1
Full-time
Unless Senate decides otherwise, a full-time student shall complete the programme in one year. A student
who passed at least 60 credits may proceed with his/her studies to complete the programme the following
year.
79
J.151.2
Part-time
Unless Senate decides otherwise, a part time student shall complete the programme in two consecutive years
and accumulate at least 60 credits per annum to proceed with his or her studies. A student who accumulated
90 credits within two years may be allowed to proceed to the following year to complete the programme.
J.152
RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION
The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.4, as stipulated in the University Calendar:
General Information Part 1.
J.153
SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME
There are no special requirements for this programme.
BACHELOR OF ARTS HONOURS IN PSYCHOLOGY - 8753
J.154
ADMISSION
Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for
the degree: BA (Hons) Psychology
Subject to the general authority of Senate to refuse a student admission to the programme, a student shall
have obtained a bachelor‟s degree approved by Senate for the purpose, and unless Senate on the
recommendation of the head of department decides otherwise, such a student shall have obtained, before
admission to the programme, an average minimum of 60% in the final Psychology 3 examinations.
J. 155
SELECTION
As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a
selection procedure.
J.156
DURATION
Unless Senate decides otherwise, the duration of the curriculum for full-time students shall be one year and
for part-time students two years.
J.157
CURRICULUM
Module Name
Compulsory
Adv Research Project (Hons Psych) 701
Electives (Select any 5)
Abnormal Psychology (Hons Psych) 702
Psychological Interventions 703
Adv Quantitative Res Meth 704 (compulsory for MA Psych)
Personality Development (Hons Psych) 705
Health Psychology 706
Social Psychology (Hons Psych) 707
Community Psychology (Hons Psych) 708
Psychological Assessment 709
J.158
Alpha Code
Cred
PSY701
30
Sub-total
30
PSY702
PSY703
PSY704
PSY705
PSY706
PSY707
PSY708
PSY709
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
Sub-total
100
TOTAL
130
ASSESSMENT
Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1.
80
J.159
PROGRESS RULES
J.159.1
Full-time
Unless Senate decides otherwise, a full-time student shall complete the programme in one year. A student
who passed at least 60 credits may proceed with his/her studies to complete the programme the following
year.
J.159.2
Part-time
Unless Senate decides otherwise, a part time student shall complete the programme in two consecutive years
and accumulate at least 60 credits per annum to proceed with his or her studies. A student who accumulated
90 credits within two years may be allowed to proceed to the following year to complete the programme.
J.160
RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION
The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.4, as stipulated in the University Calendar:
General Information Part 1.
J.161
SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME
A student who fails to obtain the minimum 60% admission requirement will only be allowed one attempt to
improve his/her marks for admission to the programme.
BACHELOR OF ARTS HONOURS IN SPORT AND EXERCISE SCIENCE - 8013
J.162
ADMISSION
Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for
the degree: BA (Hons) SES
Candidates must be in possession of a BA SRES or BSc SES degree, or equivalent thereof from an approved
institution (as deemed appropriate by the SRES Department), and obtained an average mark of no less than
60% in the final year.
J.163
SELECTION
As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to
selection
J.164
DURATION
Unless Senate decides, otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over one year‟s full time or
two year‟s part time study.
J.165
CURRICULUM
Module Name (select 1 option)
Option 1 – Sport Conditioning
Anatomy and Kinanthropometry 736
Psychology of PE & Sport 723
Exercise Physiology 727
Motor Control & Learning 728
Exercise Testing & Prescription 733
Applied Research Methods 739
Sport Technology 740
Conditioning for Sport 741
Sports Nutrition 742
Applied Statistics 501
81
Alpha
Cred
SRE736
SRE723
SRE727
SRE728
SRE733
SRE739
SRE740
SRE741
SRE742
STA501
TOTAL
10
10
10
10
10
30
10
20
10
15
135
Option 2 – Community Health Promotion Through Sport (Not offered in 2013)
Rec & Leisure- Time Stud 715
Anatomy and Kinanthropometry 736
Exercise Physiology 717
Psychology of PE & Sport 723
Exercise Testing & Prescription 733
Chronic Disease and Disability 735
Applied Research Methods 739
Sports Nutrition 742
Sociology of Sport 743
Community Health Promotion 744
Applied Statistics 501
Option 3 – Talent Identification (Not offered in 2013)
Anatomy and Kinanthropometry 736
Motor Control & Learning 718
Exercise Physiology 727
Motor Control & Learning 728
Exercise Testing & Prescription 733
Applied Research Methods 739
Sports Nutrition 742
Sociology of Sport 743
Sports Talent Identification 734
Applied Statistics 501
J.166
SRE715
SRE736
SRE717
SRE723
SRE733
SRE735
SRE739
SRE742
SRE743
SRE744
STA501
TOTAL
10
10
10
10
10
10
30
10
10
10
15
135
SRE736
SRE718
SRE727
SRE728
SRE733
SRE739
SRE742
SRE743
SRE734
STA501
TOTAL
10
10
10
10
10
30
10
10
20
15
135
ASSESSMENT
Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1.
J.167
PROGRESS RULES
J.167.1
Full-time
Unless Senate decides otherwise, a full-time student shall complete the programme in one year. A student
who passed at least 60 credits may proceed with his/her studies to complete the programme the following
year.
J.167.2
Part-time
Unless Senate decides otherwise, a part time student shall complete the programme in two consecutive years
and accumulate at least 60 credits per annum to proceed with his or her studies. A student who accumulated
90 credits within two years may be allowed to proceed to the following year to complete the programme.
J.168
RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION
The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.4, as stipulated in the University Calendar:
General Information Part 1.
J.169
SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME
There are no special requirements for this programme
82
BACHELOR OF ARTS HONOURS IN SPORT AND RECREATION MANAGEMENT - 8017
J.170
ADMISSION
Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for
the degree: BA Hons Sport and Recreation Management
J.170.1
Candidates must be in possession of a BA (SRES) degree, or equivalent thereof from an
approved institution, with a minimum average percentage of 60% for all sport, recreation and
exercise science modules at the Third year level.
J.170.2
Candidates may apply directly to the SRES Department if they are not in possession of an
appropriate degree subject to Rule A.2.1.4
J.171
SELECTION
As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to
selection
J.172
DURATION
Unless Senate decides otherwise, the duration of the curriculum for full-time students shall be one year and
for part-time students two years.
J.173
CURRICULUM
Module Name
Compulsory
Marketing Organ & Man (MAN754.1)
Business Finance 668
Applied Sport & Rec Man (HMS711)
Sport & Project Man (HMS712)
Rec & Leisure- Time Stud (HMS715)
Rec & Leisure- Time Stud (HMS725)
Applied Reseacrch Methods 739
Applied Statistics 501
J.174
Alpha
Code
MAN754
ADM668
SRE711
SRE712
SRE715
SRE725
SRE739
STA501
TOTAL
Cred
15
15
20
10
10
10
30
15
125
ASSESSMENT
Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1.
J.175
PROGRESS RULES
J.175.1
Full-time
Unless Senate decides otherwise, a full-time student shall complete the programme in one year. A student
who passed at least 60 credits may proceed with his/her studies to complete the programme the followi ng
year.
J.175.2
Part-time
Unless Senate decides otherwise, a part time student shall complete the programme in two consecutive years
and accumulate at least 60 credits per annum to proceed with his or her studies. A student who accumulated
90 credits within two years may be allowed to proceed to the following year to complete the programme.
J.176
RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION
The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.4, as stipulated in the University Calendar:
General Information Part 1.
83
J.177
SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME
J.177.1
Requisites
J.177.1.1 SRE 711 is a co-requisite for SRE 712 (May be completed simultaneously)
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE HONOURS IN BIOKINETICS - 8024
J.178
ADMISSION
Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for
the degree: BSc Hons Biokinetics
J.178.1
Candidates must be in possession of a BSc SRES degree or the equivalent thereof from an
approved institution, with a minimum average percentage of 60% for all sport, recreation and
exercise science modules at 3rd year level.
J.178.2
Candidates may apply directly to the SRES Department if they are not in possession of an
appropriate degree subject to Rule A.2.1.4
J.179
SELECTION
J.179.1
The Professional Board determines the number of candidates that can be admitted each year.
J.179.2
As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be
subject to selection
J.179.3
Preference will be given to candidates with a science background.
J.180
DURATION
Unless Senate decides otherwise, the duration of the curriculum shall extend over one year full -time only.
J.181
CURRICULUM
Module Name
Compulsory
Exercise Physiology (HMS717)
Motor Control & Learning (HMS718)
Biokinetics 730
Physical Evaluation 731
Physical Evaluation 732
Exercise Testing & Prescription 733
Chronic Disease & Disability 735
Anatomy & Kinanthropometry 736
Biokinetics Practice 737
Biokinetics Practice 738
Applied Research Methods 739
Applied Statistics 501
Alpha Code
Cred
SRE717
SRE718
SRE730
SRE731
SRE732
SRE733
SRE735
SRE736
SRE737
SRE738
SRE739
STA501
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
5
5
30
15
TOTAL
135
An extensive practical component (of 500 hours) forms a compulsory part of the Biokinetics programme.
J.182
ASSESSMENT
Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1.
J.183
PROGRESS RULES
Unless Senate decides otherwise, a full-time student shall complete the programme in one year.
84
J.184
RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION
The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.4, as stipulated in the University Calendar:
General Information Part 1.
J.185
SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME
J.185.1
Every Biokinetics student must, in accordance with the requirements of the Health Professions
Council of South Africa, register as a biokinetics student with the HPCSA within two months
after admission to the programme. Full particulars are available from the Course Coordinator in
the Department.
J.185.2
First Aid (Level 3) certification (or equivalent) is required for admission into the degree. A First
Aid (level 3) course is offered in the department prior to the commencement of the academic
year.
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE HONOURS IN PHYSIOTHERAPY – 8217
J.186
ADMISSION
Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for
the degree: BSc Hons PT
A diploma in Physiotherapy and a minimum of two years suitable clinical experience.
J.187
SELECTION
As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a
selection procedure.
J.188
DURATION
Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over one year‟s full time or two
year‟s part time study.
J.189
CURRICULUM
Module Name
Compulsory
Research Methodology 710
Literature Review
Disability and Rehabilitation (PT) 700
Applied Statistics 501
Group 2 - Electives (Select any 2 modules)
Health Promotion II (Public Health)
Gerontology (PT)
Applied Exercise Science (PT)
Movement Science (PT)
J.190
Alpha Code
Cred
PHT710
PHT704
PHT700
STA501
30
20
15
15
SPH715
PHT701
PHT709
PHT705
20
20
20
20
TOTAL
120
ASSESSMENT
Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1.
85
J.191
PROGRESS RULES
J.191.1
Full-time
Unless Senate decides otherwise, a full-time student shall complete the programme in one year. A student
who passed at least 60 credits may proceed with his/her studies to complete the programme the following
year.
J.191.2
Part-time
Unless Senate decides otherwise, a part time student shall complete the programme in two consecutive years
and accumulate at least 60 credits per annum to proceed with his or her studies. A student who accumulated
90 credits within two years may be allowed to proceed to the following year to complete the programme.
J.192
RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION
The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.4, as stipulated in the University Calendar:
General Information Part 1.
J.193
SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME
There are no special requirements for this programme.
BACHELOR OF COMPLEMENTARY MEDICINE (CHINESE MEDICINE AND ACUPUNCTURE) 8344
J.194
ADMISSION
Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for
the degree: B Complementary Medicine in Chinese Medicine and Acupuncture
J.194.1
J.194.2
Candidates must be in possession of a BSc (Complementary Health Sciences) Degree or a
clinical diagnostic qualification such as MBChB or the equivalent thereof.
If in the opinion of the selection committee, the relevant degree is deficient, additional modules
may be prescribed.
J.194.3
Students need to be registered with the Allied Health Professions Council of SA.
J.195
SELECTION
As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a
selection procedure.
J.196
DURATION
Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over two years full time.
J.197
CURRICULUM
J.197.1
Level 1
Module Name
Group 1 (Select all modules)
General Medicine 401
Clinical Diagnosis 402
Clinical Practice 404
Chinese Medicine Theory 401
Chinese Medicine Theory 402
86
Alpha Code
Cred
BCM401
BCM402
CMA404
CMA401
CMA402
30
20
20
20
20
Group 2 (Select all modules)
Tuina (Taichi)
Research Methods 421
Ethics, Jurisprudence and Prac Man 501
J.197.2
20
20
10
160
Alpha Code
BCM409
BCM410
CMA508
CMA502
CMA503
CMA504
Cred
10
10
20
20
10
40
Sub-total
110
TOTAL
270
Level 2
Module Name
Emergency Care 409
Counselling Skills 410
Research Project 508
Chinese Medicine Theory 502
Chinese Medicine Theory 503
Clinical Practice 504
J.198
CMA405
NRS421
BCM501
Sub-total
ASSESSMENT
Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1.
J.199
PROMOTION RULES
Unless Senate decides otherwise and subject to rule A.3.2.3:
J.199.1
Level 1
A student shall be promoted to the 2nd Level of study on obtaining 130 credits of the 1st Level modules
including all modules in group 1, and provided that the pre-requisites are met and there are no timetable
clashes.
J.199.2
Level 2
A student must have succesfully completed all prescribed modules and obtained a total of 270 credits to
complete the degree.
J.200
ADVANCE REGISTRATION
If a student does not promote to the 2nd Level of study, the student may be allowed to register 2 nd Level
modules, provided that s/he has completed at least 115 credits and should not take more than 90 credits in
total, consisting of repeating credits plus anticipated credits. And provided that the pre-requisites are met and
there are no timetable clashes.
J.201
RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION
The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.3.2.3, as stipulated in the University Calendar:
General Information Part 1.
J.202
SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME
J.202.1
Every School of Natural Medicine student must, in accordance with the requirements of the
Allied Health Professions Council of South Africa, register as a School of Natural Medicine
student within two months after admission to the programme.
J.202.2
Thereafter the student must ensure that they register for each year while within the programme.
87
J.202.3
Where a student interrupted his/her studies for more than one academic year, and where the
curriculum or module content has changed, the student will be expected to register for the
additional module(s) or attend classes and write additional tests/assignments on work not covered
during the student‟s time of study.
J.202.4
All professional programmes lead to registration with the Allied Health Professions Council of
South Africa (AHPCSA) after successful completion of the course. Professional graduates may
enter private practice or work within the Health Care system of South Africa when the situation
has changed
BACHELOR OF COMPLEMENTARY MEDICINE IN NATUROPATHY - 8334
J.203
ADMISSION
Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for
the degree: B Complementary Medicine in Naturopathy
J.203.1
Candidates must be in possession of a BSc Complementary Health Sciences Degree or a clinical
diagnostic qualification such as MBChB or the equivalent thereof.
J.203.2
If in the opinion of the selection committee, the relevant degree is deficient, additional modules
may be prescribed.
J.203.3
Students need to be registered with the Allied Health Professions Council of SA.
J.204
SELECTION
As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a
selection procedure.
J.205
DURATION
Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over two years full time.
J.206
CURRICULUM
J.206.1
Level 1
Module Name
Group 1 (Select all)
Clinical Practice (Nat) 404
Treatment Modalities For Naturopathy 411
Treatment Modalities For Naturopathy 421
Research Methods 421
General Medicine 401
Clinical Diagnosis 402
Group 2 (Select all)
Differential Diagnosis For Naturopathy 403
Ethics, Jurisprudence & Prac Man 501
J.206.2
Alpha Code
Cred
NAT404
NAT411
NAT421
NRS421
BCM401
BCM402
10
20
20
20
30
20
NAT403
BCM501
Sub-Total
10
10
140
Alpha Code
BCM409
BCM410
NAT508
NAT511
Cred
10
10
20
20
Level 2
Module Name
Emergency Care 409
Counselling Skills 410
Research Project (Naturopathy) 508
Treatment Modalities For Naturopathy 511
88
Treatment Modalities For Naturopathy 521
Clinical Practice (Naturopathy) 504
J.207
NAT521
NAT504
Sub-Total
TOTAL
20
40
120
260
ASSESSMENT
Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1.
J.208
PROMOTION RULES
Unless Senate decides otherwise and subject to rule A.3.2.3:
J.208.1
Level 1
A student shall be promoted to the 2nd Level of study on obtaining 120 credits of the 1 st Level modules
including all modules in group 1, and provided that all the pre-requisites are met and there are no timetable
clashes.
J.208.2
Level 2
A student must have succesfully completed all prescribed modules and obtained a total of 260 credits to
complete the degree.
J.209
ADVANCE REGISTRATION
If a student does not promote to the 2nd Level of study, the student may be allowed to register for 2 nd Level
modules, provided that s/he has completed at least 95 credits and should not take more than 90 credits in
total, consisting of repeating credits plus anticipated credits. And provided that the pre-requisites are met and
there are no timetable clashes.
J.210
RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION
The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.3.2.3, as stipulated in the University Calendar:
General Information Part 1.
J.211
SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME
J.211.1
Every School of Natural Medicine student must, in accordance with the requirements of the
Allied Health Professions Council of South Africa, register as a School of Natural Medicine
student within two months after admission to the programme.
J.211.2
Thereafter the student must ensure that they register for each year while within the programme.
J.211.3
Where a student interrupted his/her studies for more than one academic year, and where the
curriculum or module content has changed, the student will be expected to register for the
additional module(s) or attend classes and write additional tests/assignments on work not covered
during the student‟s time of study.
J.211.4
All professional programmes lead to registration with the Allied Health Professions Council of
South Africa (AHPCSA) after successful completion of the course. Professional graduates may
enter private practice or work within the Health Care system of South Africa when the situation
has changed.
89
BACHELOR OF COMPLEMENTARY MEDICINE IN PHYTOTHERAPY - 8324
J.212
ADMISSION
Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for
the degree: B Complementary Medicine in Phytotherapy
J.212.1
Candidates must be in possession of a BSc Complementary Health Sciences Degree or a clinical
diagnostic qualification such as MBChB or the equivalent thereof.
J.212.2
If in the opinion of the selection committee, the relevant degree is deficient, additional modules
may be prescribed.
J.212.3
Students need to be registered with the Allied Health Professions Council of SA.
J.213
SELECTION
As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a
selection procedure.
J.214
DURATION
Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over two years full time.
J.215
CURRICULUM
J.215.1
Level 1
Module Name
Group 1 (Select all)
Clinical Practice (Phytotherapy) 404
Materia Medica 405
Clinical Phytotherapy 406
Herbal Pharmacology 407
Clinical Diagnosis 402
General Medicine 401
Research Methods 421
Group 2 (Select all)
Differential Diag for Phytotherapy 403
Ethics, Jurisprudence & Prac Man 501
J.215.2
Cred
PHH404
PHH405
PHH406
PHH407
BCM402
BCM401
NRS421
10
20
10
10
20
30
20
PHH403
BCM501
Sub-total
10
10
140
Alpha Code
BCM409
BCM410
PHH508
PHH505
PHH506
PHH507
PHH504
Sub-total
TOTAL
Cred
10
10
20
20
10
10
40
120
260
Level 2
Module Name
Emergency Care 409
Counselling Skills 410
Research Project (Phytotherapy) 508
Materia Medica 505
Clinical Phytotherapy 506
Herbal Pharmacy 507
Clinical Practice (Phytotherapy) 504
J.216
Alpha Code
ASSESSMENT
Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1.
90
J.217
PROMOTION RULES
Unless Senate decides otherwise and subject to rule A.3.2.3:
J.217.1
Level 1
A student shall be promoted to the 2nd Level of study on obtaining 120 credits of the 1 st Level modules
including all modules in group 1, and provided that all the pre-requisites are met and there are no timetable
clashes.
J.217.2
Level 2
A student must have succesfully completed all prescribed modules and obtained a total of 260 credits to
complete the degree.
J.218
ADVANCE REGISTRATION
If a student does not promote to the 2nd Level of study, the student may be allowed to register for 2 nd Level
modules, provided that s/he has completed at least 95 credits and should not take more than 90 credits in
total, consisting of repeating credits plus anticipated credits. And provided that the pre-requisites are met and
there are no timetable clashes.
J.219
RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION
The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.3.2.3, as stipulated in the University Calendar:
General Information Part 1.
J.220
SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME
J.220.1
Every School of Natural Medicine student must, in accordance with the requirements of the
Allied Health Professions Council of South Africa, register as a School of Natural Medicine
student within two months after admission to the programme.
J.220.2
Thereafter the student must ensure that they register for each year while within the programme.
J.220.3
Where a student interrupted his/her studies for more than one academic year, and where the
curriculum or module content has changed, the student will be expected to register for the
additional module(s) or attend classes and write additional tests/assignments on work not covered
during the student‟s time of study.
J.220.4
All professional programmes lead to registration with the Allied Health Professions Council of
South Africa (AHPCSA) after successful completion of the course. Professional graduates may
enter private practice or work within the Health Care system of South Africa when the situation
has changed.
BACHELOR OF COMPLEMENTARY MEDICINE IN UNANI TIBB - 8354
J.221
ADMISSION
Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for
the degree: B Complementary Medicine in Unani Tibb
J.221.1
Candidates must be in possession of a BSc Complementary Health Sciences Degree or a clinical
diagnostic qualification such as MBChB or the equivalent thereof.
J.221.2
If in the opinion of the selection committee, the relevant degree is deficient, additional modules
may be prescribed.
J.221.3
Students need to be registered with the Allied Health Professions Council of SA.
91
J.222
SELECTION
As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a
selection procedure.
J.223
DURATION
Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over two years full time.
J.224
CURRICULUM
J.224.1
Level 1
Module Name
Group 1 (Select all)
Research Methods 421
Clinical Practice (Tibb) 404
Philosophy & Aetiology of Tibb 412
Pharmacology of Tibb 413
Therapeutics of Tibb 414
Regimental Therapies 415
General Medicine 401
Clinical Diagnosis 402
Pathology Diagnosis of Tibb 411
Group 2 (Select all)
Ethics, Jurisprudence & Prac Man 501
J.224.2
Cred
NRS421
TIB404
TIB412
TIB413
TIB414
TIB415
BCM401
BCM402
TIB411
20
10
10
20
10
10
30
20
10
BCM501
Sub-total
10
150
Alpha Code
BCM409
BCM410
TIB508
TIB521
TIB522
TIB523
TIB524
TIB525
TIB504
Sub-total
TOTAL
Cred
10
10
20
10
10
10
10
10
40
130
280
Level 2
Module Name
Emergency Care 409
Counselling Skills 410
Research Project 508
Illness Management 521
Illness Management 522
Illness Management 523
Illness Management 524
Illness Management 525
Clinical Practice 504
J.225
Alpha Code
ASSESSMENT
Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1.
J.226
PROMOTION RULES
Unless Senate decides otherwise and subject to rule A.3.2.3:
J.226.1
Level 1
A student shall be promoted to the 2nd Level of study on obtaining 140 credits of the 1 st Level modules
including all modules in group 1, and provided that all the pre-requisites are met and there are no timetable
clashes.
92
J.226.2
Level 2
A student must have succesfully completed all prescribed modules and obtained a total of 280 credits to
complete the degree.
J.227
ADVANCE REGISTRATION
If a student does not promote to the 2nd Level of study, the student may be allowed to register for 2 nd Level
modules, provided that s/he has completed at least 105 credits and should not take more than 90 credits in
total, consisting of repeating credits plus anticipated credits. And provided that the pre-requisites are met and
there are no timetable clashes.
J.228
RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION
The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.3.2.3, as stipulated in the University Calendar:
General Information Part 1.
J.229
SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME
J.229.1
Every School of Natural Medicine student must, in accordance with the requirements of the
Allied Health Professions Council of South Africa, register as a School of Natural Medicine
student within two months after admission to the programme.
J.229.2
Thereafter the student must ensure that they register for each year while within the programme.
J.229.3
Where a student interrupted his/her studies for more than one academic year, and where the
curriculum or module content has changed, the student will be expected to register for the
additional module(s) or attend classes and write additional tests/assignments on work not covered
during the student‟s time of study.
J.229.4
All professional programmes lead to registration with the Allied Health Professions Council of
South Africa (AHPCSA) after successful completion of the course. Professional graduates may
enter private practice or work within the Health Care system of South Africa when t he situation
has changed.
MASTER OF ARTS IN CHILD AND FAMILY STUDIES – 8850
J.230
ADMISSION
Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for
the degree: MA CFS
J.230.1
The programme is open to candidates in possession of an honours degree, preferably in the
Social Sciences, Arts, Law, Education or Humanities or another (second) approved degree or
equivalent, approved by senate, or a four year professional degree or meets the requirements of
general rule A.2.1.4. In the case of the four year professional degree prospective students must
have obtained a 60% pass in their major subject.
J.230.2
Prospective students will be required to make themselves available for a selection process on a
date determined by the department.
J.230.3
Students should have a working title for their Research project/mini-thesis.
J.231
SELECTION
As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a
selection procedure.
93
J.232
DURATION
Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over two years full-time or
three year‟s part-time study.
J.233
CURRICULUM
Module Name (select one mode)
Mode 1
1st Enrolment Code
MACS CFS - Full Thesis 801
2nd Enrolment Code
MACS CFS - Full Thesis 802
Cred
CFS801
180
CFS802
Mode 2
Compulsory (Select all)
Adv Class & Cont Theo About Fam 811
Adv Quantitative Research Meth 812
Adv Qualitative Research Meth 813
Families and Households 842
Const of Childr & Childhood 843
1st Enrolment Code
CFS Mini-Thesis 803
2nd Enrolment Code
CFS Mini-Thesis 804
Electives (select any 2)
Public Policies & Programmes 835
Child Protection 841
Children‟s Rights, Family and Society 845
Youth in Urban Society 844
Parent and Child Interaction 836
J.234
Alpha Code
TOTAL
180
SCF811
SCF812
SCF813
SCF842
SCF843
20
10
10
20
10
SCF803
90
SCF804
SCF835
SCF841
SCF845
SCF844
SCF836
10
10
10
10
10
TOTAL
180
ASSESSMENT
Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1.
J.235
PROGRESS RULES
J.235.1
Registration for the following year of study will be recommended by the supervisor if in his/her
opinion adequate progress has been made during the current year.
J.235.2
Students must complete at least 60 credits by the end of year one.
J.235.3
Students must complete at least 180 credits by the end of year two.
J.235.4
Students must register a thesis title before the second year of registration.
J.236
RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION
The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.4, as stipulated in the University Calendar:
General Information Part 1.
J.237
SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME
Students must be available for lectures with regards to their courses as prescribed by the department and
must meet with their supervisors according to the memorandum of understanding
94
MASTER OF ARTS IN HUMAN ECOLOGY (Structured) - 8681
J.238
ADMISSION
Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for
the degree: MA Human Ecology
Candidates for the programme must be in possession of an BA (Hons) Degree in Human Ecology or any
related qualification as approved by Senate or a BA Human Ecology General after 1999.
J.239
SELECTION
As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a
selection procedure.
J.240
DURATION
Unless Senate decides otherwise, the duration of the curriculum for full-time students shall be two years.
J.241
CURRICULUM
Module Name
Compulsory
Research Methods
Philosophy and Ethics in Human Ecology
Community Development
Sus Rural Livelihoods & Int Dev Planning
Families and Communities
1st Enrolment Code
Mini-Thesis H/E 803 (1st ENR)
2nd Enrolment Code
Mini-Thesis H/E 803 (1st ENR)
Electives (Select any modules to the value of 80 credits)
Black Fam & Public Policies 835
Poverty Studies 839
Public Policy Management (SOG) 824
Pol Analysis in Local Govern (SOG) 839
Adv Quantitative Research Methods 812
Adv Qualitative Research Methods 813
Gender and Development (SOG) 812
Prog Planning & Eval (SOG) 825
Urban Development & Management (SOG) 837
Rural Development & Management (SOG) 838
J.242
Alpha Code
Cred
HEC810
HEC811
HEC812
LAS706
HEC813
20
20
20
20
20
HEC803
60
HEC804
SCF835
SCF839
SOG824
SOG839
SCF812
SCF813
SOG821
SOG825
SOG837
SOG838
Sub-total
TOTAL
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
80
240
ASSESSMENT
Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1.
J.243
PROGRESS RULES
Registration for the following year of study will be recommended by the supervisor if in his/her opinion
adequate progress has been made during the current year.
J.244
RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION
The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.4, as stipulated in the University Calendar:
General Information Part 1.
J.245
SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME
There are no special requirements for this programme.
95
MASTER OF ARTS IN HUMAN ECOLOGY (Thesis) - 8848
J.246
ADMISSION
Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for
the degree: MA Human Ecology
Candidates for the programme must be in possession of an honours degree in Human Ecology or Home
Economics, or a BA Human Ecology (General) Degree from the University of the Western Cape obtained
after 1999.
J.247
SELECTION
As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a
selection procedure.
J.248
DURATION
Unless Senate decides otherwise, the duration of the curriculum shall be three years.
J.249
CURRICULUM
Module Name
1st Enrolment Code
Human Ecology Masters Thesis 801
2nd Enrolment Code
Human Ecology Masters Thesis 802
J.250
Alpha Code
Cred
HEC801
180
HEC802
TOTAL
180
ASSESSMENT
Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1.
J.251
PROGRESS RULES
Registration for the following year of study will be recommended by the supervisor if in his/her opi nion
adequate progress has been made during the current year.
J.252
RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION
The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.4, as stipulated in the University Calendar:
General Information Part 1.
J.253
SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME
There are no special requirements for this programme.
MASTER OF ARTS IN PSYCHOLOGY (Structured) - 8813
J.254
ADMISSION
Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for
the degree: MA Psychology
J.254.1
Honours degree in Psychology or equivalent qualification, approved by the Senate, is required
for acceptance into the MA in Research Psychology.
J.254.2
If in the opinion of the selection committee, the relevant honours degree is deficient, additional
work may be required.
J.255
SELECTION
As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to
a selection procedure.
96
J.256
DURATION
Unless Senate decides otherwise, the duration of the programme shall be a minimum of one year.
J.257
CURRICULUM
Module Name
Philosophical and Social Issues
Programme Evaluation
Qualitative Methodologies
Survey Research Methods
Advanced Quantitative Technology
Measurement Design and Construction
Research Prop. & Thesis Writing
Contextual/Community Psychology
Health Psychology
Skills Training
1st Enrolment Code
Psych Mini-Thesis 803
2nd Enrolment Code
Psych Mini-Thesis 804
Alpha Code
PSY831
PSY832
PSY833
PSY834
PSY835
PSY836
PSY837
PSY839
PSY840
PSY842
Cred
10
10
10
10
20
10
10
20
10
20
PSY803
60
PSY804
Total
J.258
190
ASSESSMENT
Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1.
J.259
PROGRESS RULES
Registration for the following year of study will be recommended by the supervisor if in his/her opinion
adequate progress has been made during the current year.
J.260
RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION
The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.4, as stipulated in the University Calendar:
General Information Part 1.
J.261
SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME
Students must register as Psychology students with the Professional Board for Psychology.
MASTER OF ARTS IN PSYCHOLOGY (Thesis) - 8671
J.262
ADMISSION
Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for
the degree: MA Psychology
J.262.1
To be admitted to the programme, an honours degree in Psychology, BPsych or 4-year equivalent
qualification, approved by the Senate, is required together with a proposal.
J.262.2
If in the opinion of the selection committee, the relevant honours degree is deficient, additional
work may be required.
J.263
SELECTION
As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to
selection.
97
J.264
DURATION
Unless Senate decides otherwise, the duration of the programme shall be a minimum of one year.
J.265
CURRICULUM
Module Name
1st Enrolment Code
Psychology Masters Thesis 801
2nd Enrolment Code
Psychology Masters Thesis 802
Alpha Code
Cred
PSY801
180
PSY802
TOTAL
J.266
180
ASSESSMENT
Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1.
J.267
PROGRESS RULES
Registration for the following year of study will be recommended by the supervisor if in his/her opinion
adequate progress has been made during the current year.
J.268
RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION
The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.4, as stipulated in the University Calendar:
General Information Part 1.
J.269
SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME
There are no special requirements for this programme.
MASTER OF ARTS IN SPORT, RECREATION AND EXERCISE SCIENCE (Thesis) - 8661
J.270
ADMISSION
Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for
the degree: MA Sport, Recreation and Exercise Science
J.270.1
Candidates must be in possession of a BA Hons SRES degree, or equivalent thereof (as deemed
appropriate by the SRES Department) and subject to Rule A.2.4.2
J.270.2
Candidates may apply directly to the SRES Department if they are not in possession of an
appropriate degree subject to Rule A.2.1.4
J.270.3
Under exceptional circumstances, candidates who do not have an Honours degree in SRES, but
have an Honours degree in a related discipline, and have professional experience in the domain
of sport, recreation and exercise science, may enrol for the MA SRES Research (full thesis)
programme.
J.270.4
If, in the opinion of the HOD, the relevant Honours degree is deficient, additional work may be
required.
J.271
SELECTION
As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a
selection procedure.
J.272
DURATION
Unless Senate decides otherwise the maximum period of study shall extend over three years.
Subject to Rule A.4.3
98
J.273
CURRICULUM
Module Name
1st Enrolment Code
SRES Thesis 801
2nd Enrolment Code
SRES Thesis 802
Alpha Code
Cred
SRE801
180
SRE802
TOTAL
J.274
180
ASSESSMENT
Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1.
J.275
PROGRESS RULES
Registration for the following year of study will be recommended by the supervisor if in his/her opinion
adequate progress has been made during the current year.
J.276
RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION
The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.4, as stipulated in the University Calendar:
General Information Part 1.
J.277
SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME
J.277.1
An oral examination may be required.
J.277.2
Additional modules in Sport, Recreation and Exercise Science, or related modules may be
required.
MASTER IN PSYCHOLOGY - 8815
J.278
ADMISSION
Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for
the degree: MPsych
J.278.1
An honours degree in Psychology, or an accreditted equivalent degree approved by the Senate.
J.278.2
If in the opinion of the selection committee, the relevant honours degree is deficient, additional
work may be required.
J.279
SELECTION
As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a
selection procedure.
J.280
DURATION
Unless Senate decides otherwise, the duration of the programme shall be a minimum of one year.
J.281
CURRICULUM
Module Name
Research Prop. And Thesis Writing 837
Contextual/Community Psychology 839
Health Psychology 840
Skills Training 842
Interventions 843
Psychodiagnostic & Assessment 844
Alpha Code
PSY837
PSY839
PSY840
PSY842
PSY843
PSY844
99
Cred
10
20
10
20
20
40
1st Enrolment Code
Psych Mini-Thesis 803
2nd Enrolment Code
Psych Mini-Thesis 804
PSY803
40
120
PSY804
Total
J.282
240
ASSESSMENT
Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1.
J.283
PROGRESS RULES
Registration for the following year of study will be recommended by the supervisor if in his/her opinion
adequate progress has been made during the current year.
J.284
RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION
The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.4, as stipulated in the University Calendar:
General Information Part 1.
J.285
SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME
J.285.1
Students must register as MPsych students with the Professional Board for Psychology.
J.285.2
Internship
J.285.2.1 A full-time internship of one year must be served at an institution accredited by the Professional
Board for Psychology.
J.285.2.2 To be admitted to the internship, a student must successfully complete the first year of the
programme, and must be considered by the examiners as acceptable for further professional
training.
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN NUTRITION MANAGEMENT - 8783
J.286
ADMISSION
Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for
the degree: MSc Nutrition Management
Candidates must be in possession of a four year integrated BSc Degree in Dietetics or Nutrition or an
Honours in Nutrition or equivalent at level 8.
J.287
SELECTION
As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a
selection procedure. A minimum of ten students is required for the programme to run.
J.288
DURATION
Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over two years full time or
three years part time.
J.289
CURRICULUM
Module Name (select one mode)
Mode 1 - MSc Nutrition (Thesis only)
1st Enrolment Code
Nutrition Thesis
2nd Enrolment Code
Nutrition Thesis
Alpha Code
Cred
NUT801
180
NUT802
TOTAL
100
180
Mode 2 - MPHN (Coursework)
Group 1 (Select all)
Health Development and Primary Health Care II
Measuring Health & Disease II
Nutrition Policy and Planning 838
Micronutrients 848
1st Enrolment Code
Nutrition Mini Thesis 803
2nd Enrolment Code
Nutrition Mini Thesis 804
Group 2 (Select 1 module)
Health Management II
Managing Human Resources for Health
Group 3 (Select 1 module)
Health Promotion II
Nutrition Education and Promotion
J.290
SPH712
SPH713
NUT838
NUT848
15
15
15
15
NUT803
90
NUT804
SPH714
SPH727
15
15
SPH715
NUT858
TOTAL
15
15
180
ASSESSMENT
Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1.
J.291
PROGRESS RULES
J.291.1
Registration for the following year of study will be recommended by the supervisor if in his/her
opinion adequate progress has been made during the current year.
J.291.2
A student must have completed all prescribe modules and obtained 180 credits to complete the
degree.
J.292
RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION
The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.4, as stipulated in the University Calendar:
General Information Part 1.
J.293
SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME
There are no special requirements for this programme.
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN OCCUPATIONAL THERAPY (Structured) - 8178
J.294
ADMISSION
Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for
the degree: MSc Occupational Therapy
J.294.1
A Bachelors or Bachelors of Science Degree in Occupational Therapy, or a Diploma in
Occupational Therapy and an Honours degree.
J.294.2
A current CV, including details about work and work responsibilities. University status
competence.
J.294.3
An essay from the applicant that motivates for admission to the course and reviews work
interests and achievements over not more than the past five years.
J. 295
SELECTION
As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a
selection procedure.
101
J.296
DURATION
Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over three years.
J.297
CURRICULUM
J.297.1
Level 1
Module Name
Qualitative Research Methods 816
Enabling Occupation 811
J.297.2
Cred
30
30
Sub-total
60
Alpha Code
OCT813
OCT815
Cred
30
30
Level 2
Module Name
Occupational Adaptation 813
Work, Unemployment & Underemployment 815
1st Enrolment Code
Occupational Therapy Mini – Thesis 803
2nd Enrolment Code
Occupational Therapy Mini – Thesis 804
J.298
Alpha Code
OCT816
OCT811
OCT803
60
OCT804
Sub-total
120
TOTAL
180
ASSESSMENT
Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1.
J.299
PROGRESS RULES
J.299.1
Registration for the following year of study will be recommended by the supervisor if in his/her
opinion adequate progress has been made during the current year.
J.299.2
All three of the 1st Level modules must be completed successfully before a student can register
for the 2nd Level modules.
J.299.3
The 2nd Level module must be completed successfully before a student can proceed with their
mini-thesis.
J.300
RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION
The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.4, as stipulated in the University Calendar:
General Information Part 1.
J.301
SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME
There are no special requirements for this programme.
102
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN OCCUPATIONAL THERAPY (Thesis) - 8118
J.302
ADMISSION
Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for
the degree: MSc Occupational Therapy
J.302.1
To be admitted to the course, a four-year Bachelors Degree in Occupational Therapy, or
equivalent approved by Senate, is required.
J.302.2
At the discretion of the department candidates should have a minimum of 3 years work
experience as an Occupational Therapist.
J.302.3
Candidates with two years work experience will be considered on the basis of their research
idea(s).
J.302.4
Candidates without any work experience will be considered on academic merits.
J.303
SELECTION
As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a
selection procedure.
J.304
DURATION
Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over a minimum of one year
full-time or two years part-time.
J.305
CURRICULUM
Module Name
1st Enrolment Code
Occupational Therapy 801
2nd Enrolment Code
Occupational Therapy 802
Alpha Code
OCT801
180
OCT802
TOTAL
J.306
Cred
180
ASSESSMENT
Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1.
J.307
PROGRESS RULES
Registration for the following year of study will be recommended by the supervisor if in his/her opinion
adequate progress has been made during the current year.
J.308
RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION
The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.4, as stipulated in the University Calendar:
General Information Part 1.
J.309
SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME
There are no special requirements for this programme.
103
MASTER OF SCIENTCE IN PHYSIOTHERAPY (Structured) - 8250
Please note: There will be no new intake of students in 2014 into this programme.
J.310
ADMISSION
Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for
the degree: MSc Physiotherapy
J.310.1
Candidates in possession of a BSc Physiotherapy Honours degree may enrol for the programme.
In certain circumstances enrolment is open to candidates who are in possession of a degree in
Physiotherapy (or equivalent professional qualification) and who have had suitable clinical
experience. See Rule A2.1.4 (ii).
J.310.2
Candidates should be eligible for registration as a Physiotherapist with the Health Professions
Council of South Africa. Foreign trained Physiotherapists must apply for registration with the
HPCSA as student Physiotherapist soon after registering as a post-graduate student with the
university.
J.311
SELECTION
As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a
selection procedure.
J.312
DURATION
Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over two years full-time.
J.313
CURRICULUM
Module Name
Compulsory
Advanced Research Methodology
1st Enrolment Code
Physiotherapy Mini-Thesis 803
2nd Enrolment Code
Physiotherapy Mini-Thesis 804
Electives (Select 3 modules)
Physiotherapy Evidenced Based Practice
Orthopaedic Manipulative Therapy
Pain Management 806(PT)
Rehabilitation of Children (PT)
J.314
Alpha Code
Cred
PHT808
40
PTH803
80
PTH804
PHT807
PHT708
PHT806
PHT702
20
20
20
20
TOTAL
180
ASSESSMENT
Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1.
J.315
PROGRESS RULES
Registration for the following year of study will be recommended by the supervisor if in his/her opinion
adequate progress has been made during the current year.
J.316
RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION
The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.4, as stipulated in the University Calendar:
General Information Part 1.
J.317
SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME
J.317.1
A student, in order to be admitted to the examinations, shall have gained a coursework mark of
not less than 50%.
104
J.317.2
The final mark shall be composed of 50% of the coursework mark and 50% of the examination
mark.
J.317.3
A oral examination may be required.
J.317.4
Where modules are offered by other Departments, the content and evaluation requirement will be
subject to those of that Department. These modules may not count more than 40% of the modules
offered by the Department of Physiotherapy.
J.317.5
Exit Point: BSc (Honours) (Physiotherapy)
J.317.5.1 Students registered for the two year master‟s degree by coursework are required to
obtain an overall average mark of 60% to proceed to the second year.
J.317.5.2 The Honours degree in Physiotherapy is awarded when a candidate, who on having satisfactorily
completed the first year of the two year master‟s degree by coursework, does not wish to proceed
further with his/ her studies.
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN PHYSIOTHERAPY (Thesis) - 8218
J.318
ADMISSION
Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for
the degree: MSc Physiotherapy
J.318.1
Candidates in possession of a BSc Physiotherapy Honours degree may enrol for the programme.
In certain circumstances enrolment is open to candidates who are in possession of a degree in
Physiotherapy (or equivalent professional qualification) and who have had suitable clinical
experience. See Rule A2.1.4 (ii).
J.318.2
Candidates should be eligible for registration as a Physiotherapist with the Health Professions
Council of South Africa.
J.319
SELECTION
As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a
selection procedure.
J.320
DURATION
Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over a minimum of one year
full-time or two years part-time.
J.321
CURRICULUM
Module Name
1st Enrolment Code
Physiotherapy Masters Thesis 801
2nd Enrolment Code
Physiotherapy Msters Thesis 802
Alpha Code
Cred
PTH801
180
PTH802
TOTAL
J.322
180
ASSESSMENT
Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1.
J.323
PROGRESS RULES
Registration for the following year of study will be recommended by the supervisor if in his/her opinion
adequate progress has been made during the current year.
105
J.324
RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION
The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.4, as stipulated in the University Calendar:
General Information Part 1.
J.325
SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME
J.325.1
Students may be required to do an oral examination.
J.325.2
Additional modules in Physiotherapy or a related subject may be prescribed.
MASTER OF NURSING (Structured) - 8863
J.326
ADMISSION
Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for
the degree: MNurs
J.326.1
A 4 year Bacheor of Nursing Degree or equivalent
J.326.2
Current registration with SANC as a professional nurse.
J.326.3
Additional basic qualifications are needed for discipline specific qualification in Midwifery,
Psychiatry and Community Health is required for the specific electives.
J.327
SELECTION
As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a
selection procedure.
J.328
DURATION
Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over one year‟s full time study
and two year‟s part time study.
J.329
CURRICULUM
The M Nursing programme is offered in the following specialisation areas:




J.329.1
Master of Nursing in Advanced Phychiatry
Master of Nursing in Family Nurse Practitioner
Master of Nursing in Midwifery and Neonatology
Master of Nursing in Nursing Education
Master of Nursing in Advanced Phychiatry
Module Name
Compulsory
1st Enrolment Code
Nursing Mini-Thesis 803
2nd Enrolment Code
Nursing Mini-Thesis 804
Advanced Mental Health Management 827
Child and Adolescent Mental Health 814
Community Mental Health Nursing 815
Advanced Quantitative Research Methods
Advanced Qualitative Research Methods
106
Alpha Code
Cred
NUR803
90
NUR804
NAP827
NAP814
NAP815
NUR829
NUR825
20
10
20
20
20
TOTAL
180
J.329.2
Master of Nursing in Family Nurse Practitioner
Module Name
Compulsory
1st Enrolment Code
Nursing Mini-Thesis 803
2nd Enrolment Code
Nursing Mini-Thesis 804
Advanced Health Assessment and Diagnostic 818
Advanced Nursing Practice and Client Management
Advanced Pharmacology and Treatment Modalities
Advanced Quantitative Research Methods
Advanced Qualitative Research Methods
J.329.3
Alpha Code
NUR803
20
10
20
20
20
180
Alpha Code
Cred
NUR803
90
NUR804
NAP820
NAP821
NAP830
NUR829
NUR825
20
20
10
20
20
TOTAL
180
Alpha Code
Cred
NUR803
90
NUR804
NUR820
NUR823
NUR821
NUR829
NUR825
20
10
20
20
20
TOTAL
180
Master of Nursing in Nursing Education
Module Name
Compulsory
1st Enrolment Code
Nursing Mini-Thesis 803
2nd Enrolment Code
Nursing Mini-Thesis 804
Theoretical Foundations of Nursing Education
Teaching and Learning Methods
Curriculum Development
Advanced Quantitative Research Methods
Advanced Qualitative Research Methods
J.330
90
NUR804
NAP818
NAP825
NAP826
NUR829
NUR825
TOTAL
Master of Nursing in Midwifery and Neonatology
Module Name
Compulsory
1st Enrolment Code
Nursing Mini-Thesis 803
2nd Enrolment Code
Nursing Mini-Thesis 804
Advanced Midwifery 820
Advanced Neonatal Nursing Science 821
Advanced Specializations in Midwifery and Neonatology
Advanced Quantitative Research Methods
Advanced Qualitative Research Methods
J.329.4
Cred
ASSESSMENT
Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1.
J.331
PROGRESS RULES
Registration for the following year of study will be recommended by the supervisor if in his/her opinion
adequate progress has been made during the current year.
J.332
RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION
The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.4, as stipulated in the University Calendar:
General Information Part 1.
107
J.333
SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME
Please Note:
Students who registered for the MCur programme prior to 2009 should refer to the 2009/2010 Faculty of
Community and Health Sciences Calendar for curriculum and rules pertaining to this programme.
MASTER OF NURSING RESEARCH (Thesis) - 8868
J.334
ADMISSION
Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for
the degree: MNurs
J.334.1
A 4 year Bacheor of Nursing Degree or equivalent
J.334.2
Current registration with SANC as a professional nurse.
J.335
SELECTION
As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a
selection procedure.
J.336
DURATION
Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over one year.
J.337
CURRICULUM
Module Name
1st Enrolment Code
Nursing Masters Thesis 801
2nd Enrolment Code
Nursing Masters Thesis 802
Alpha Code
Cred
NUR801
180
NUR802
TOTAL
J.338
180
ASSESSMENT
Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1.
J.339
PROGRESS
Registration for the following year of study will be recommended by the supervisor if in his/her opinion
adequate progress has been made during the current year.
J.340
RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION
The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.4, as stipulated in the University Calendar:
General Information Part 1.
J.341
SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME
Students are expected to present to the department regularly for supervision/guidance and to attend the
recommended additional courses, skills development and seminars as relevant to the students‟ needs, or
determined by the department.
108
MASTER OF PUBLIC HEALTH - 8801
Mode 1
J.342
ADMISSION
Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for
the programme: Master in Public Health (MPH)
J.342.1
Candidates must be in possession of an Honours degree, Postgraduate Diploma in Public Health
or equivalent at Level 8 in any relevant discipline.
J.342.2
A minimum of three years working experience in the health or welfare sector is required.
J.342.3
Candidates who do not have credit for a tertiary level course in disease pathogenesis, disease
measurement or disease control must take the module, Introducing Publlic Health: Its Basis and
Scope from the PG Diploma in Public Health, and pass an assessment before or during their first
semester.
J.342.4
With due regard to rule A.2.1.4, personnel in the health and welfare sector with a minimum of
five years of relevant experience in implementing health and welfare policy or planning and
managing health and welfare services, may be admitted to the course after assessment of prior
learning and experience.
J.342.5
Additional supporting documents may be required by the University from time to time.
J.343
SELECTION
J.343.1
As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be
subject to a selection procedure.
J.343.2
Preference will be given to candidates employed in the health and welfare sector with a minimum
of three years of relevant experience.
J.344
DURATION
Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over a maximum of
three years full-time or part-time. Students must apply to the Senate in order to enroll for a fourth
year.
J.345
CURRICULUM
Module Name
Compulsory
Group 1
Population Health and Development: A Primary Health Care Approach II
Measuring Health and Disease – Intermediate Epidemiology
Management Strategies for the Public Health Services II
Health Promotion for Public Health II
Public Health Research
Mini-thesis of 7 500-20 000 words
Group 2 (select 1 module)
Qualitative Research Methods
Quantitative Research Methods
Alpha Code
Cred
SPH855
SPH856
SPH857
SPH859
SPH862
15
15
15
15
15
60
SPH860
SPH861
15
15
Sub-total
150
* Students must in addition select two more elective modules, either from one of six streams, which affords
them a degree of specialisation, or from the wide range of electives (Capita Selecta A or B) available from
SOPH. With permission from SOPH, students may take modules up to 30 credits from another department
provided these are deemed of direct relevance to Public Health.
109
* Electives
Group 1 / Stream 1: Health Promotion
Alcohol Problems: A Health Promotion Approach
Group 2 / Stream 2: Health Research
Monitoring and Evaluation in Health and Development Programmes
Using Information for Effective Management I
Group 3 / Stream 3: Health Information Systems
Using Information for Effective Management I
Group 4 / Stream 4: Health Management
Using Information for Effective Management I
Group 5 / Stream 5: Nutrition
Micronutrient Malnutrition
Epidemiology of Non-Communicable Diseases
Group 6 – Other Electives
Epidemiology and Control of HIV/AIDS, Tuberculosis and Malaria in the
Era of Antiretrovirals
Globalisation and Health
Group 7
Capita Selecta A
Capita Selecta B
J.346
SPH863
15
SPH866
SPH865
15
15
SPH865
15
SPH865
15
SPH864
SPH867
15
15
SPH853
SPH854
15
15
SPH853
SPH854
15
15
Sub-total
30
TOTAL
180
ASSESSMENT
Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Informatio n Part 1.
J.347
PROGRESS RULES
J.347.1
Students must complete 45 credits by the end of Year 1 (3 Modules).
J.347.2
Students must complete 75 credits by the end of Year 2 (5 Modules).
J.347.3
Registration for the following year of study will be recommended by the supervisor if in his/her
opinion adequate progress has been made with the mini-thesis during the current year.
J.347.4
A student must have successfully completed all prescribed modules and obtained a total of 180
credits to complete the degree.
J.347.5
Where the rules governing a curriculum are amended, and Senate does not decide otherwise, a
student who registered under the old rules and who has attended the University without
interruption, may, unless the amended rules otherwise provide, elect to proceed with his/her
studies either in terms of the old rules or in terms of the new rules, provided that:
a) (s)he may not elect to proceed partially in terms of the old and partially in terms of the new
rules;
b) (s)he shall be bound by his/her choice; and
c) her/his right to proceed in terms of the old rules, should (s)he so have elected, shall lapse
should (s) he fail to gain sufficient credits to proceed to the following level of study. (Ref
A.1.1.3).
J.348
RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION
The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.4, as stipulated in the University Calendar:
General Information Part 1.
110
J.349
SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME
There are no special requirements for this programme.
MODE 2
J.350
ADMISSION
Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for
the programme: Master in Public Health (MPH)
J.350.1
An Honours degree, Postgraduate Diploma in Public Health or equivalent at Level 8 in any
relevant discipline OR completion within the preceding 5 years of Master‟s level coursework
covering the competencies of the core modules of the UWC MPH degree.
J.350.2
A minimum of three years of relevant experience in the health or welfare sector with significant
research or monitoring and evaluation experience.
J.350.3
A tertiary level course in disease pathogenesis, disease measurement or disease control, if the
candidates do not have the credit then they have to take the module Introducing Public Health:
its Basis and Scope from the PG Diploma in Public Health, and pass an assessment before or
during their first semester
J.350.4
A minimum of five years in the health and welfare sector with relevant experience in
implementing health and welfare policy or planning and managing health and welfare services
J.350.5
Supporting documents as evidence of eligibility.
J.351
SELECTION
J.351.1
As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be
subject to a selection procedure.
J.351.2
Preference will be given to candidates employed in the health and welfare sector with a minimum
of three years of relevant experience.
J.352
DURATION
Unless Senate decides otherwise, the duration of the programme shall extend over a a minimum of two years
and a maximum of three years. Students must apply to the Senate in order to enroll for a fourth year.
J.353
CURRICULUM
Students must select a topic and design and complete a research project that is situated within the scope of
topics and approaches covered in the Areas of Specialization (listed in Table 1) offered at the school.
Students may choose to enroll for these modules for non-degree purposes in order to strengthen their own
personal development. With permission from SOPH, students may apply the content and approach of other
disciplines to their thesis project, provided these are deemed of direct relevance to Public Health.
Module Name
Mode 1
MPH Full Thesis 805
111
Alpha Code
Cred
SPH805
180
TOTAL
180
Table 1: Areas of Specialization within the School of Public Health
1. Population Health and Development: A Primary Health Care Approach II
2. Measuring Health and Disease - Intermediate Epidemiology
3. Management Strategies for the Public Health Services II
4. Managing and Supporting Health Workers
5. Health Promotion for Public Health II
6. Qualitative Research Methods
7. Quantitative Research Methods
8. Health Systems Research
Health Promotion
9. Health Promoting Schools
10. Alcohol Problems: A Health Promotion Approach
11. Health Promoting Settings
Health Research
12. Monitoring and Evaluation in Health and Development Programmes
13. Survey Methods: Designing Questionnaires
Health Information
14.Using Information For Effective Management I
Human Resources Development
15.Introduction to Health Workforce Development
16.Evidence-based Human Resource Planning
Nutrition
17. Public Health Nutrition: Policy and Programming
18. Epidemiology of Non-Communicable Diseases
Other
19. Health and Social Change
20. Understanding and Analysing Health Policy
21. Epidemiology and Control of HIV/AIDS, Tuberculosis and Malaria in the Era of Antiretrovirals
J.354
ASSESSMENT
Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1.
J.355
PROGRESS RULES
J.355.1
Students must have submitted an approved research proposal to Senate Higher Degrees by the
end of Year 1.
J.355.2
Students must complete data collection by the end of Year 2.
J.355.3
Registration for the following year of study will be recommended by the supervisor if in his/her
opinion adequate progress has been made with the thesis during the current year.
J.355.4
A student must have successfully completed a Masters research thesis and obtained a total of 180
credits to complete the degree.
J.356
RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION
The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.4, as stipulated in the University Calendar:
General Information Part 1.
J.357
SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME
There are no special requirements for this programme.
112
MASTER OF SOCIAL WORK (Structured) - 8470
J.358
ADMISSION
Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for
the degree: MSW
J.358.1
The program is open to candidates in possession of an honours degree, or four year BA degree or
diploma in Social Work, with a pass mark of at least 60%, as well as 2 years field experience.
J.358.2
Applicants could be admitted into the program directly after their 4 th year but must have attained
a B symbol for research and practice as minimum requirements.
J.358.3
Candidates with a 3 year BA degree could be admitted into the program via the RPL process.
Rule A2.1.2
J.359
SELECTION
As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a
selection procedure.
J.360
DURATION
Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over two years part-time.
J.361
CURRICULUM
J.361.1
Level 1
Module Name
Compulsory
Adv Quantitative Research Meth 812
Adv Qualitative Research Meth 813
Soc Work: Development Context 816
Electives (select either group 1 or 2)
Group 1
Human Res Orga & Soc Work (MAG) 810
Soc Work Superv & Consult (MAG) 815
Group 2
Socio Clin Soc Work Pract (MAG) 811
Social Work Practicum (Magister) 809
J.361.2
Cred
SCF812
SCF813
SCW816
10
10
20
SCW810
SCW815
25
25
SCW811
SCW809
25
25
Sub-total
90
Alpha Code
Cred
Level 2
Module Name
1st Enrolment Code
Social Work Mini-Thesis 803
2nd Enrolment Code
Social Work Mini-Thesis 804
J.362
Alpha Code
SCW803
SCW804
180
Sub-total
90
TOTAL
180
ASSESSMENT
Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1.
113
J.363
PROGRESS RULES
J.363.1
Students must complete all 90 credits by the end of Level 1.
J.363.2
Registration for the following year of study will be recommended by the supervisor if in his/her
opinion adequate progress has been made during the current year.
J.364
RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION
The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.4, as stipulated in the University Calendar:
General Information Part 1.
J.365
SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME
J.365.1
Students must be available for lectures or seminars prescribed by the department in support of
successfully completing the coursework as prescribed by the department, as well as in support of
successfully completing the MA Thesis.
J.365.2
Candidates will be required to present their proposals on a prescribed date determined by the
department before handing in the final proposals to the Higher Degrees and Senate Higher
Degrees Committees.
J.365.3
Students must meet with their supervisors according to the memorandum of understanding dually
signed by both parties.
MASTER OF SOCIAL WORK (Thesis) - 8828
J.366
ADMISSION
Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for
the degree: MSW
J.366.1
The general rule on admission A.2.4.2 shall apply with a minimum of 65% pass mark in the
research module or research background with evidence required.
J.366.2
Additional research modules may be prescribed to augment their research knowledge.
J.370
SELECTION
As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a
selection procedure.
J.371
DURATION
Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over three years.
J.372
CURRICULUM
Module Name
1st Enrolment Code
Social Work MAG Thesis 801
2nd Enrolment Code
Social Work MAG Thesis 802
Alpha Code
Cred
SCW801
SCW802
TOTAL
114
180
180
J.373
ASSESSMENT
Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1.
J.374
PROGRESS RULES
Registration for the following year of study will be recommended by the supervisor if in his/her opinion
adequate progress has been made during the current year.
J.375
RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION
The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.4, as stipulated in the University Calendar:
General Information Part 1.
J.376
SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME
J.376.1
Students must be available for lectures or seminars prescribed by the department in support of
successfully completing the MA Thesis.
J.376.2
Candidates will be required to present their proposals on a prescribed date determined by the
department before handing in the final proposals to the Higher Degrees and Senate Higher
Degrees Committees.
J.376.3
Students must meet with their supervisors according to the memorandum of understanding dually
signed by both parties.
DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY - 8950
J.377
ADMISSION
Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for
the programme: Doctor of Philosophy (PhD)
J.377.1
A student shall have obtained a Master‟s degree or equivalent qualification in the subject (s)he
wishes to study and submit proof thereof, and
J.377.2
Satisfied Senate as to his/her proficiency in the subject
J.378
SELECTION
As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a
selection procedure.
J.379
DURATION
Unless Senate decides otherwise, the duration of the degree is subject to rule A.4.5 in the University
Calendar Part 1.
J.380
CURRICULUM
The PhD programme is offered in the following specialisation areas:






Nursing
Psychology
Public Health
Social Work
Sport, Recreation and Exercise Science
Child and Family Studies
115
Module Name (select one discipline)
Nursing
1st Enrolment
Nursing Doctoral Thesis 901
2nd Enrolment
Nursing Doctoral Thesis 902
Alpha Code
NUR901
360
NUR902
Psychology
1st Enrolment
Psychology Doctoral Thesis 901
2nd Enrolment
Psychology Doctoral Thesis 902
PSY901
Public Health
1st Enrolment
Public Health Doctoral Thesis 901
2nd Enrolment
Public Health Doctoral Thesis 902
SPH901
Social Work
1st Enrolment
Social Work Doctoral Thesis 901
2nd Enrolment
Social Work Doctoral Thesis 902
SCW901
Sport, Recreation and Exercise Science
1st Enrolment
SRE Doctoral Thesis 901
2nd Enrolment
SRE Doctoral Thesis 902
SRE901
Child & Family Studies
1st Enrolment
CFS Doctoral Thesis 901
2nd Enrolment
CFS Doctoral Thesis 902
CFS901
J.381
Cred
360
PSY902
360
SPH902
360
SCW902
360
SRE902
CFS902
TOTAL
360
360
ASSESSMENT
Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1.
J.382
PROGRESS RULES
Registration for the following year of study will be recommended by the supervisor if in his/her opinion
adequate progress has been made during the current year.
J.383
RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION
The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.4, as stipulated in the University Calendar:
General Information Part 1.
J.384
SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME
J.384.1
Students must meet with their supervisors according to the memorandum of understanding dually
signed by both parties.
116
J.384.2
Students are expected to present to the department regularly for supervision/guidance and to
attend the recommended additional courses, skills development and seminars as relevant to the
students‟ needs, or determined by the department.
J.384.3
Candidates will be required to present their proposals on a prescribed date determined by the
department before handing in the final proposals to the Higher Degrees and Senate Higher
Degrees Committees.
J.384.4
An oral examination may be required
J.384.5
Additional or related modules in the subject area may be required.
DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPY IN PHYSIOTHERAPY - 8911
J.385
ADMISSION
Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for
the programme: Doctor of Philosophy
Candidates in possession of a master‟s level degree in Physiotherapy. In certain circumstances, applicants
with an honours level degree in Physiotherapy, and who have extensive experience backed up with
publications in peer-reviewed journals, may at the discretion of the university Senate, be accepted into the
programme. See Rule A.2.1.4 (ii)
J.386
SELECTION
As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a
selection procedure.
J.387
DURATION
Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over a minimum of two years.
J.388
CURRICULUM
Module Name
1st Enrolment Code
Physiotherapy Doctoral 901
2nd Enrolment Code
Physiotherapy Doctoral 902
Alpha Code
Cred
PTH901
360
PTH902
TOTAL
J.389
360
ASSESSMENT
Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1.
J.390
PROGRESS
Registration for the following year of study will be recommended by the supervisor if in his/her opinion
adequate progress has been made during the current year.
J.391
RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION
The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.4, as stipulated in the University Calendar:
General Information Part 1.
J.392
SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME
An oral examination may be required.
117
ADVANCED CERTIFICATE IN EDUCATION: CONSUMER STUDIES – 8601
Please note: This programme will not be offered in 2013.
J.393
ADMISSION
Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for
the programme: Advaced Certificate in Education: Consumer Studies
Educators who have a three-year or four-year Home Economics and Needlework and Clothing education
qualification. A teacher who has taught Home Economics or Needlework and Clothing at secondary school
level for 5 years with no formal Home Economics or Needlework and Clothing qualification, but has a 3-4
year Post-matric education qualification.
J.394
SELECTION
As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a
selection procedure.
J.395
DURATION
Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the curriculum shall be two years part-time.
J.396
CURRICULUM
J.396.1
Level 1
Module Name
Compulsory
Trends in Foods 501
Trends in Housing 502
Trends in Clothing 504
Resource Management 505
Project Planning 506
Intro to Computer Literacy (H/E) 508
J.396.2
Cred
HEC501
HEC502
HEC504
HEC505
HEC506
HEC508
10
10
10
10
10
10
Sub-total
60
Alpha Code
Cred
HEC503
MAN113
HEC411
HEC507
10
10
20
10
CSE112
HIV002
NPD121
10
10
10
Level 2
Module Name
Compulsory
Trends in Nutrition 503
Intro to Business 113
Research Methods 411
Family & Community Dynamics 507
Electives (Select any 2)
Computer Science 112
HIV/AIDS & Education 002
Assessment of Learning
J.397
Alpha Code
Sub-total
70
TOTAL
130
ASSESSMENT
Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1.
118
J.398
PROGRESS RULES
It would be required of students to pass all modules of the first year (Trends in Food 501, Trends in Housing
502, Trends in Clothing 504, Resource Management 505, Project Planning 506 and Intro to Computer
Literacy 508) to promote to second year, as there is a time constraint on this programme.
J.399
RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION
The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.4, as stipulated in the University Calendar:
General Information Part 1.
J.400
SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME
There are no special requirements for this programme.
POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA IN PUBLIC HEALTH – 8846
Please note: There will be no intake of first year students in 2013.
J.401
ADMISSION
Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for
the programme: Postgraduate Diploma in Public Health
J.401.1
Candidates must be in possession of a three year Bachelors degree or equivalent in any relevant
discipline.
J.401.2
A minimum of three years working experience in the health or welfare sector is required.
J.401.3
A candidate may be admitted with an equivalent qualification, prior learning and relevant
experience, in accordance with Rule A.2.1.4 and approval of Senate.
J.401.4
Additional supporting documents may be required by the University from time to time.
J. 402
SELECTION
As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a
selection procedure.
J.403
DURATION
Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over two years
J.404
CURRICULUM
Module Name
Introducing Public Health: Its Basis and Scope
Descriptive Epidemiology
Population Health and Development I
Health Promotion for Public Health I
Monitoring and Evaluation for Health Services Improvement
Management Strategies for Public Health I
J.405
Alpha Code
SPH730
SPH731
SPH732
SPH733
SPH734
SPH735
Cred
20
20
20
20
20
20
TOTAL
120
ASSESSMENT
Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1.
119
J.406
PROGRESS
Unless Senate decides otherwise, a full-time student shall complete the programme in one year. A student
who passed at least 40 credits may proceed with his/her studies to complete the programme the following
year.
J.407
RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION
The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.4, as stipulated in the University Calendar:
General Information Part 1.
J.408
SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME
There are no special requirements for this programme.
POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA IN CHILD & FAMILY STUDIES – 8849
J.409
ADMISSION
Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for
the programme: Postgraduate Diploma in Child & Family Studies
J.409.1
Candidates must be in possession of a three year Bachelors degree or equivalent
J.410
SELECTION
As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a
selection procedure.
J.411
DURATION
Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over one year full-time study.
J.412
CURRICULUM
Module Name
Research Project
Classical and Contemporary Theories about the Family
Advanced Quantitative Research Methods
Advanced Qualitative Research Methods
Families and Households
Constructions of Children and Childhood
Electives (select 2 modules to the value of 40 credits)
Policies and Programmes for Families in Poverty
Child Protection
Children‟s Rights, Family and Society
Youth in Urban Society
Parent and Child Interaction
J.413
Alpha
Code SCF701
SCF702
SCF703
SCF704
SCF705
SCF706
Sub-total
SCF707
SCF708
SCF709
SCF710
SCF711
Sub-total
TOTAL
Cred
30
10
10
10
10
10
80
20
20
20
20
20
40
120
ASSESSMENT
Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1.
120
J.414
PROGRESS
Unless Senate decides otherwise, a full-time student shall complete the programme in one year. A student
who passed at least 90 credits may proceed with his/her studies to complete the programme the following
year.
J.415
RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION
The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.4, as stipulated in the University Calendar:
General Information Part 1.
J.416
SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME
There are no special requirements for this programme.
121
MODULE DESCRIP TORS
DIETETICS
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered.
Programmes in which the module will
be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Community and Health Sciences
Dietetics
This module will cover anthropometric measurements in adults
and children as well as computer based programs used in
analysis of anthropometrical data e.g. EPI Info. Nursing
leadership and management at unit level.
Dietetics Skills Practice 101
DIE101
5
10
Year
1st & 2nd Semester
BSc Dietetics
Assessment Module type
1
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•Define anthropometry
•Describe the uses for anthropometry in the dietetic practice
•Demonstrate accurately the measurement of weight and stature,
waist circumference and hip circumference, wrist circumference
and elbow breadth in adults
•Demonstrate the accurate measurements of weight and
recumbent length in children
•Record measurements precisely on growth charts
•Anthropometry in adults and children
•Epi Info 2002 software package
•Growth Charts
None
Nutrition 141
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
56
Lectures p.w
18
Practical’s p.w.
1X3 hours
14
Tutorials p.w.
6
Supervision lab
6
100
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Community and Health Sciences
Dietetics
Develop skills for the practice of dietetics
Dietetics skills practice 201
DIE201
6
10
Year
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Practical’s
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
122
Proposed semester to be offered.
Programmes in which the module will
be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Practical’s
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered.
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
1st & 2nd Semester
BSc Dietetics
2
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•Use Nutrition science and technology to collect, analyze and
evaluate Nutritional Status
•Design and Develop Tools for Nutrition Education
•Apply Health Promotion Principles to plan Nutrition Education
& Promotion programs
•Develop skills to communicate effectively trition-related
Information
•Food preservation
•Sensory evaluation
•Nutrition and dietary standards
•Communication skills
•Nutrition education and promotion
Nutrition 141
Dietetics Skills Practice 101
Nutrition 211
Nutrition 221
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
54
Lectures p.w
18
Practicals p.w.
1X3 hours
12
Tutorials p.w.
12
Supervision lab
4
100
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
Division: Human Ecology Meal Management 244
Meal Management
Meal Management 244
DIE244
6
5
Semester
2nd Semester
BSc Dietetics
2
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•Study and apply principles and methods of planning meals and
purchasing food to ensure optimum health of individuals,
families and members of institutions.
•Study and apply principles of menu planning, preparation and
serving of food for various occasions.
•Gain awareness of various cultures and their eating habits.
•Implement entrepreneurial skills.
•Demonstrate the ability to think logically and creatively.
•Develop the ability to co-operate and work with fellow
123
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Practical’s
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered.
Programmes in which the module will
be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
students.
Theoretical overview of meal management:
•Goals of meal management
•Meal service styles
•Setting tables for various occasions
•Setting and planning menus for various occasions
•Budgeting & costing
•Cultural eating patterns with regard to festivals, foods eaten and
presentation of food.
•Use of convenience foods
•Salads and salad dressings
•Herbs & Spices
•Food and energy conservation in food preparation
Foods 114
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
14
Lectures p.w
14
Practical’s p.w.
10
Tutorials p.w.
10
Supervision lab
2
50
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
Human Ecology and Dietetics
Designing of foodservice operations and processes taking place
in foodservice operations.
Dietetics Skills Practice 301
DIE301
7
10
Year
1st & 2nd Semester
BSc Dietetics
3
At the end of this modules the students should be able to:
•demonstrate skills in the correct application and use of the tools
needed by the dietitian.
•assess client‟s nutritional status by means of anthropometric,
biochemical, clinical and dietary assessment methods.
•determine the dietary needs of clients and plan a diet for the
•client‟s disease condition
•consult and counsel a client.
•Nutritional status assessment
•Dietary consultation
•Behavior modification
•Nutrition education
Dietetics skills practice 101, 201, Nutrition 211 and 221
Therapeutic nutrition 311 and 321
None
124
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Practical’s
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered.
Programmes in which the module will
be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
25
Lectures p.w
20
Practicals p.w.
1X3 hours
50
Tutorials p.w.
5
100
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
Dietetics
Community nutrition (Assessment and Analyses)
Community Nutrition 312
DIE312
7
10
Semester
1st Semester
BSc Dietetics
3
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•describe the basic concepts in and context of community
nutrition in South Africa and the world, as well as changes over
time
•plan for, perform, and critically evaluate information from a
community nutrition assessment
•analyze the data/information from a community nutrition
assessment in order to identify the causes of the problem,
prioritize multiple causes and set goals and objectives for
intervention.
Nutritional epidemiology; Nutrition transition; Assessment,
indicators and classifications of health and nutritional status;
Detailed analysis of multiple causes of malnutrition
(breastfeeding,
HIV/AIDS,
infectious
diseases,
TB,
environment, parasitic infestation, household food security,
care); Programme cycle and systems approach.
Nutrition 211, Nutrition 221
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
56
Lectures p.w
2x2hrs
20
Practical’s p.w.
17
lab
7
100
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
Human Ecology and Dietetics
Designing of foodservice operations and processes taking place
in foodservice operations.
125
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered.
Programmes in which the module will
be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Foodservice Management 313
DIE313
7
10
Semester
1st Semester
BSc Dietetics
Assessment Module type
3
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•design layout and equipment placement for a large-scale
facility
•advise on aspects involved in planning layout and design of
large-scale foodservice facility.
•plan and evaluate menus and modify according to specific
dietary needs
•recipe standardization
•apply quantity food production methods (work schedules,
safety and sanitation, etc.)
•The foodservice industry – history and development
•Types of foodservice operations
•Foodservice functions - food safety, HACCP
•The menu
•Purchasing
•Receiving, storage and inventory
•Production
•Service
•Cleaning, sanitation and safety
•Environmental management
•Facilities planning and design
•Equipment and furnishing
Foods 124, Meal management 224
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
35
Lectures p.w
2x2hrs
10
Practical’s p.w.
25
Tutorials p.w.
15
lab
15
100
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered.
Programmes in which the module will
Community and Health Sciences
Dietetics
Therapeutic nutrition 311
Therapeutic Nutrition 311*(316)
DIE316
7
15
Semester
1st Semester
BSc Dietetics
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Practical’s
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
126
be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered.
Programmes in which the module will
be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
3
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•assess nutritional status using anthropometrical, biochemical
and clinical investigations as well as dietary intake.
•assess the nutrition and health related risks of individuals and
groups
•diagnose the type and severity of the nutritional disorder in
individuals
•explain the effect of disease on nutritional status
•conceptualize, plan, implement, evaluate, monitor, and
document appropriate nutritional care and education for
individual patients with specific disease conditions or special
nutritional needs in different settings and stages of the life cycle
•integrate related physiological principles, pharmacology, and
biochemistry and disease pathology with therapeutic nutrition.
•assess, critically review and apply relevant scientific
information in nutrition care plans (evidence based practice)
•communicate effectively within a therapeutic nutrition context
(patients/clients/ professionals)
•comprehend and apply the principles of ethics, professional
conduct and human rights in a therapeutic nutrition context
Diseases of lifestyle: obesity, diabetes mellitus, cardiovascular
disease, hypertension, nephrology, osteoporosis, anemia, eating
disorders, gastro-intestinal disorders, liver-, pancreas- and
gallbladder diseases, stress-related and metabolic responses,
HIV, TB.
Nutrition 211, 221
Pharmacology 315, Physiology 319/3293, Dietetics skills
practice 301
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
70
Lectures p.w
36
Practical’s p.w.
36
Supervision lab
8
150
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
Dietetics
Community nutrition (Action)
Community Nutrition 322
DIE322
7
10
Semester
2nd Semester
BSc Dietetics
3
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•plan relevant and appropriate nutrition programmes/
127
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered.
Programmes in which the module will
be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
interventions for specific problems
•discuss the principles and approaches of successful nutrition
programming
•monitoring and evaluate nutrition programmes
•apply the principles of health promotion and nutrition education
in nutrition interventions
•apply behavior change models for nutrition interventions
throughout the life cycle
•discuss the process of policy formation and legislation
apply the human rights principles
Nutrition relevant actions; Principles for successful nutrition
programming; Nutrition education and promotion; Monitoring
and evaluation of nutrition Programmes; Millennium
development goals; Rights based approach to food and nutrition;
the Integrated Nutrition Programme; nutrition related policy and
legislation.
Nutrition 211, Nutrition 221
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
56
Lectures p.w
2x2hr
20
Practical’s p.w.
17
lab
7
100
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
Dietetics
Management of foodservice organizations.
Foodservice Management 323
DIE323
7
10
Semester
1st Semester
BSc Dietetics
3
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•Set up an organization structure
•Select staff for a foodservice operation.
•Manage a foodservice operation
•Market a foodservice operation
•Plan, implement and control/manage a foodservice operation‟s
budget.
•Organizational design
•Human resource management
•Performance improvement
•Accounting procedures
•Marketing
•Leadership
•Practical application of theory
128
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Practical’s
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered.
Programmes in which the module will
be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Foods 124, Meal management 224
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
35
Lectures p.w
1 x 2 hour period
10
Practical’s p.w.
3 x 1 hour
25
Tutorials p.w.
15
lab
15
100
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
Dietetics
Therapeutic nutrition 321
Therapeutic Nutrition 321*(326)
DIE326
7
15
Semester
2nd Semester
BSc Dietetics
3
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•assess nutritional status using anthropometrical, biochemical
and clinical investigations as well as dietary intake.
•assess the nutrition and health related risks of individuals and
groups
•diagnose the type and severity of the nutritional disorder in
individuals
•explain the effect of disease on nutritional status
•conceptualize, plan, implement, evaluate, monitor, and
document appropriate nutritional care and education for
individual patients with specific disease conditions or special
nutritional needs in different settings and stages of the life cycle
•integrate related physiological principles, pharmacology, and
biochemistry and disease pathology with therapeutic nutrition.
•assess, critically review and apply relevant scientific
information in nutrition care plans (evidence based practice)
•communicate effectively within a therapeutic nutrition context
(patients/clients/ professionals)
•comprehend and apply the principles of ethics, professional
conduct and human rights in a therapeutic nutrition context
Burns, lung disease, cancer, rheumatic disease, diseases of the
nervous system, sport nutrition, pediatric nutrition, pediatric
diseases, inborn errors of metabolism, surgery of the GIT,
enteral and parenteral nutrition.
Nutrition 211, 221
Pharmacology 315, Physiology 319/3293 Dietetics skills
practice 301, Therapeutic nutrition 311
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
129
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered.
Programmes in which the module will
be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
70
Lectures p.w
36
Practical’s p.w.
36
lab
8
150
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
Dietetics
Application of Therapeutic nutrition
Applied Therapeutic Nutrition 401
DIE401
8
35
Year
1st & 2nd Semester
BSc Dietetics
Assessment Module type
4
At the end of this module students should be able to:
Demonstrate understanding of and skills in:
•assessing, planning, implementing, evaluating and documenting
appropriate nutritional care and education (nutrition care plan)
for individual patients with specific disease conditions or special
nutritional needs in different settings and stages of the lifecycle.
•integrating related physiological principles, pharmacology &
biochemistry with therapeutic nutrition.
Diabetes, Cardiology, Nephrology, Oncology, Surgery, Burns,
Pediatrics,
Therapeutic nutrition 311/321
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
120
Lectures p.w
90
Practical’s p.w.
274
Tutorials p.w.
60
Supervision lab
6
550
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered.
Community and Health Sciences
Human ecology and dietetics
Application of community nutrition theory
Applied Community Nutrition 402
DIE402
8
30
Year
1st & 2nd Semester
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Internship
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
130
Programmes in which the module will
be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Internship
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered.
Programmes in which the module will
be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
BSc Dietetics
4
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•apply the Program Planning Cycle in the development and
•implementation of Community Based Nutrition Programs
•apply principles of Health Promotion, Nutrition education and
Behavior Change Model Theory in development of Nutrition
Interventions throughout the life cycle
•function both independently and as part of the Health care
Team at community level
•demonstrate knowledge of and implement State Health policies
which relate to Nutrition
•Implementation of appropriate nutrition interventions to
address:
•Childhood Malnutrition and Illnesses
•Growth Monitoring and Promotion
•Pregnancy
•Chronic Diseases of Lifestyle
•HIV/AIDS and TB
Community nutrition 312/322
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
70
Internship
40
324
60
6
500
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
Dietetics
Application of Foodservice Management theory
Applied Foodservice Management 403
DIE403
8
25
Year
1st & 2nd Semesters
BSc Dietetics
4
After completion of the internship the student should be able to:
•manage a foodservice operation
•plan, implement and control a budget
•manage human resources
•plan, implement, adapt and cost menus
•Types of foodservice operations
•Foodservice functions - food safety, HACCP
•The menu
•Purchasing
131
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Internship
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered.
Programmes in which the module will
be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
•Receiving, storage and inventory
•Production
•Service
•Cleaning, sanitation and safety
•Environmental management
•Facilities planning and design
•Equipment and furnishing
•Organizational Design
•Human Resource Management
•Performance Improvement
•Accounting Procedures
Foodservice management 313 & 323
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
14
Internship
25
Practical’s p.w.
368
Tutorials p.w.
7
lab
6
420
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
Dietetics
Research project
Dietetics Research Project 404
DIE404
8
15
Year
1st & 2nd Semester
BSc Dietetics
4
At the end of this module students should be able to demonstrate
understanding and skills in:
•the research process
•data analysis
•interpretation and discussion of results
•presentation of research results in oral and written format
Research Project
Measurement of Health and Disease
Statistics 501
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
20
Internship
50
30
100
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
132
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered.
Programmes in which the module will
be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered.
Programmes in which the module will
be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Community and Health Sciences
Dietetics
Applied Behavioral Psychology
Dietetics 414
DIE414
8
5
Semester
1st Semester
BSc Dietetics
4
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•apply the principles of behavioral sciences to the professional
practice by dietitians (in assessment, counseling, education,
patient management)
Introduction to psychological theories, abnormal psychology,
health psychology, and application to the field of practice of
dietitians
Measurement of Health and Disease
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
28
Lectures p.w
2
5
Practical’s p.w.
13
Supervision lab
4
50
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
Dietetics
Ethics and practice management for Dietetics
Ethics and Practice Management for Dietetics 425
DIE425
8
10
Semester
2nd Semester
BSc Dietetics
4
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•outline the essential elements of ethics and human rights in the
conduct of nutrition and dietary research
•outline the essential elements of ethics and human rights in the
conduct of nutrition and dietetics practice
•write a business plan for an independent practice
•outline the basic management principles related to an
independent practice
•outline the essential legislative principles related to nutrition
and dietary research as well as independent practice
Ethics in practice and research. Basic principles of starting and
133
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered.
Programmes in which the module will
be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
managing a private practice. Legislative principles related to the
Dietetics and Nutrition professions.
None
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
42
Lectures p.w
30
Practical’s p.w.
20
Supervision lab
8
100
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
Department of Dietetics
This module will cover the history and development of nutrition
as a science; development of dietetics and nutrition as a
profession; global nutrition and eating habits.
Nutrition 141
NUT141
5
10
Semester
1st Semester
BSc Dietetics
1
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•Define each field of dietetic practice according to its
philosophy, mission, goals and practice
•Display an understanding of the prerequisites and procedures of
registration as a student and as a dietitian after completion of
course
•Define terms in nutrition
•Discuss the development of nutrition as a science or scientific
discipline
•Demonstrate an understanding of the internal and
environmental factors and processes that influence nutritional
status
•Dietetics as a profession
•Definitions and concepts in Nutrition
•Nutrition as a Science
•Ecology of Food and Nutrition
•Eating Habits
None
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
45
Lectures p.w
2X1hr
25
Practical’s p.w.
22
Supervision lab
8
100
134
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered.
Programmes in which the module will
be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Assessment Module type
Community and Health Sciences
Department of Dietetics
Nutrition: Macro-and micronutrients
Nutrition 211
NUT211
6
10
Semester
1st Semester
BSc Dietetics
BSc Complimentary Medicine
2
At the end of this module students should be able to demonstrate
understanding of :
•digestion, absorption, transport, and absorption of food and
nutrients.
•macronutrients: Carbohydrates, Protein, Lipids
•energy and Energy Balance and Energy needs
•micronutrients: Vitamins and Minerals
•metabolism of the macro and micronutrients
•interactions between nutrients
•food sources of the macro and micro nutrients
•phytochemicals, Anti-oxidants and Pre- and probiotics
•The digestion, absorption, transport, metabolism of the macroand micro-nutrients in the human body.
•The determination and calculation of energy, macro and
micronutrient requirements and the translation of these
requirements into food sources and dietary planning.
None
Biotechnology
Medical Bioscience
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
56
Lectures p.w
4
11
Practical’s p.w.
24
Supervision lab
8
100
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered.
Community and Health Sciences
Dietetics
Nutrition during the Life Cycle
Nutrition 221
NUT221
6
10
Semester
2nd Semester
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
135
Programmes in which the module will
be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered.
Programmes in which the module will
be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
BSc Dietetics
BSc Complimentary Medicine
At the end of this module students should be able to demonstrate
understanding of the following aspects during the different
stages of the life cycle:
•Physiological development,
•Nutritional requirements,
•Dietary planning,
•Nutritional related complications and
•Preventative and curative nutritional approaches
Nutrition during the Life Cycle: pregnancy, lactation, infancy,
childhood, adolescence, adulthood and late adulthood
None
Biotechnology
Medical Bioscience
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
56
Lectures p.w
4
10
Practical’s p.w.
25
Supervision lab
9
100
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
Department of Dietetics
Nutrition 223
Nutrition 223
NUT223
6
10
Semester
2nd Semester
University (may be taken as an elective by any student)
2
At the end of this module students should be able to demonstrate
understanding of :
•genetics interactions between genetics and nutrition in health
and disease
•phytochemicals,
•anti-oxidants
•pre- and Probiotics
•food processing for the purpose of providing selected
nutritional benefits (functional foods + genetic modification)
•ethical principles involved in nutrigenomics, genetic
modification and functional foods
•relevant new developments in nutrition science
Developments in nutrition science:
Probiotics, phytochemicals, functional foods, nutrigenomics,
genetic modification of foodstuff
None
136
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered.
Programmes in which the module will
be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Biotechnology
Medical Bioscience
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
56
Lectures p.w
4
16
Practical’s p.w.
20
Supervision lab
8
100
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
Department of Dietetics
Nutrition
Nutrition 239
NUT239
6
15
Semester
2nd Semester
BA Human Ecology
2
At the end of this module students should be able to demonstrate
understanding of:
•Basic concepts in Nutrition
•the factors that influence eating habits
•the use and application of the different dietary guides for the
planning and evaluation of a diet.
•the classification, functions, and food sources of carbohydrates
and dietary fiber
•the role of carbohydrates and fiber in the etiology of disease the
classification, functions, and food sources of proteins
•the role of proteins in the etiology of disease
the classification, functions, and food sources of lipids the role
of lipids in the etiology of disease the classification, functions,
and food sources of vitamins and minerals vitamin
supplementation
•energy and energy balance
•the role and functions of the non-nutritive substances in the diet
i.e. Pro-biotic and Phytochemicals
•Basic concepts of nutrition.
•Facts and fallacies in Nutrition.
•Factors influencing eating habits.
•The different dietary guides and the use in dietary planning and
evaluation.
•Carbohydrates and dietary fiber.
•Proteins, Lipids. Protein -energy malnutrition; vegetarianism;
•Energy intake and balance
None
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table
Requirement per
137
week
Lectures p.w
Practical’s
p.w.
Supervision lab
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
70
20
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
51
9
150
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered.
Programmes in which the module will
be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
5
Community and Health Sciences
Department of Dietetics
Nutritional Medicine
Nutritional Medicine 315
NUT315
7
10
Semester
2nd Semester
BSc Complementary and Health Sciences
Assessment Module type
3
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•Assess the nutrition and health related risks of individuals
•Plan, implement, evaluate, and document appropriate
nutritional care and education for individual patients with
specific disease conditions or special nutritional needs in
different settings and stages of the life cycle
•Integrate related physiological principles, pharmacology and
biochemistry with nutrition in the management of disease
Western medical approach to nutritional therapy relevant to
diseases of lifestyle: obesity, diabetes mellitus, cardiovascular
disease, hypertension, osteoporosis, anemia, stress-related and
metabolic responses infectious diseases, HIV/AIDS, cancer, and
gastro-intestinal disorders.
Nutrition 211, 221
Pharmacology 204
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
56
Lectures p.w
5
14
Practical’s p.w.
25
Supervision lab
5
100
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Community and Health Sciences
Department of Dietetics
Nutrition
Nutrition 319
NUT319
7
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
138
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered.
Programmes in which the module will
be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered.
Programmes in which the module will
be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
10
Semester
1st Semester
BA Human Ecology
3
At the end of this module students should be able to demonstrate
understanding of:
•what is normal nutritional status
•the nutrient requirements of individuals during the stages of the
life cycle
•the use of the dietary guides in nutrition education programmes
for the different stages of the life cycle
•malnutrition and nutrition related disease that occur during the
different stages of the life cycle
•the role of nutrition in the diseases of lifestyle
•the role of nutrition in osteoporosis and anemia and the immune
system
•the role of nutrition in HIV/AIDS
•Nutritional status
•Pregnancy; Lactation; Infancy; the Preschool child; The school
going child; Adolescence; Adulthood; Late adulthood;
•Hypertension; Cancer; Osteoporosis; Immunity, HIV/AIDS;
Anemia;
•Dental caries
•Anorexia Nervosa; Bulimia nervosa
•Sport nutrition
None
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
56
Lectures p.w
4
9
Practical’s p.w.
26
Supervision lab
9
100
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
Dietetics
Nutrition Epidemiology 344
Nutrition Epidemiology 344
NUT344
7
10
Semester
2nd Semester
BA Human Ecology
3
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•Use appropriate indicators to measure nutritional status and
dietary intake
139
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered.
Programmes in which the module will
be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
•Use appropriate methodology to collect data on nutritional
status and dietary intake
•Describe nutritional and dietary data using simple bio-statistics
•Apply descriptive epidemiology concepts and principles to
nutritional status and dietary intake
•Understand evidence-based policy & practice, and engage in
systematic review of the literature.
•Outline the essential elements of ethics and human rights in the
conduct of nutrition research.
Dietary research methodology, study design and research
methodology relevant to nutrition and dietetics, evidence based
principles.
Nutrition 211/221
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
42
Lectures p.w
30
Practical’s p.w.
20
Supervision lab
8
100
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Dietetics
Nutrition mini-thesis
Nutrition mini-thesis
Nutrition Mini-Thesis 803/804
NUT803 /804
9
90
Semester
1st & 2nd Semester
MSc Nutrition Management
9
Mastering the skill of research by developing a research
question in the field of Therapeutic nutrition, foodservice
management or community nutrition.
Carry out and report on research in the form of a thesis
Primary task is to develop a research proposal towards
evaluation of a nutrition intervention/programme, conducting
research and preparing the research mini-thesis under the
guidance of the supervisor(s) and submitting the mini-thesis for
examination
None
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
400
Lectures p.w
500
900
Calculated as the average of internal and external examiners‟
percentages of final thesis
140
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered.
Programmes in which the module will
be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Self-study
Total Learning Time
Final Assessment: 100%
FA
Community and Health Sciences
Dietetics
Nutritional Policy and Planning
Nutritional Policy and Planning 838
NUT838
9
20
Semester
2nd Semester
MSc (Nutrition Management)
Masters in Public Health (MPH)
8
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•give an overview of the nutrition situation in the world
including factors affecting nutrition as well as the impact of
nutrition on health, disease and development
•critically assess the appropriateness of nutrition and related
interventions or programmes to address a given nutrition
situation.
•identify key factors contributing to success or failure of
interventions or programmes to address nutrition problems.
•describe socio-political factors related to the success of
interventions or programmes to address nutrition problems
•outline approaches to and impact of community participation in
interventions or programmes to address nutrition problems
•design an appropriate nutrition communication strategy for
interventions or programmes to address nutrition problems
•plan and implement appropriate interventions or programmes to
address nutrition problems
•monitor and evaluate interventions or programmes to address
nutrition problems
Academic learning outcomes include reading academic texts;
read and develop visual texts and demonstrates cognitive,
conceptual and writing skills.
The module consists of three units. The first unit provides a
general overview of the nutrition situation in the world as well
as a historical overview of nutrition programmes. It concludes
by identifying success factors in these programmes. Unit 2
provides a more detailed discussion of selected socio-political
factors which contribute to successful nutrition programmes and
unit 3 explores some of the technical factors which contribute to
successful nutrition programmes.
An introduction to a range of skills and competencies that would
be required to implement successful programmes are also
introduced in unit 2 and 3.
None
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
20
Lectures p.w
60
Practical’s p.w.
120
Supervision lab
200
141
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered.
Programmes in which the module will
be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Indicateboth15/20
Continuous Assessment: 100%
CA
Community and Health Sciences
Dietetics
Micronutrient Malnutrition
Micronutrient Malnutrition 848
NUT848
9
20
Semester
1st Semester
MSc (Nutrition Management)
Masters of Public Health (MPH)
8
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•describe the characteristics, biochemical and physiological
roles and food sources of a range of micronutrients.
•apply detailed knowledge of key micronutrients, namely
vitamin A, iodine, iron and zinc, to programme planning.
•describe the application and limitations of recommended
micronutrient intakes (RIs), namely Dietary Reference Intakes
(DRIs) and the WHO Recommendations.
•apply the two different recommended intakes in programme
planning.
•analyse the causes of micronutrient deficiencies using the
UNICEF Conceptual Framework.
•critically analyse success factors in Public Health micronutrient
interventions.
•plan policy level interventions to address micronutrient
deficiencies at Public Health level.
•develop effective Public Health micronutrient programmes
using three key intervention strategies, i.e. Micronutrient
supplementation, food fortification and dietary diversification.
•describe monitoring and evaluation strategies for each
micronutrient deficiency control strategy.
•select appropriate indicators for each micronutrient deficiency
control strategy.
•summarise the impact of micronutrient deficiency control
programmes on health, disease and development.
Academic learning outcomes include reading academic texts;
read and develop visual texts and demonstrate cognitive,
conceptual and writing skills.
The module consists of three units. Unit 1 provides a basic
understanding of micronutrients-what they are and how they
functions and food sources and dietary recommendations. In unit
2, a range of tools and competencies needed for the planning and
development of micronutrient intervention programmes are
introduced and some generic skills relating to programme design
are explored, including advocacy, monitoring and evaluation,. In
Unit 3, the three key strategies for addressing micronutrient
deficiencies at the Public Health level are introduced. These key
strategies include micronutrient supplementation, food
fortification and dietary diversification. A number of case
studies demonstrating best practice in micronutrient
142
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Self-study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered.
Programmes in which the module will
be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Self-study
Total Learning Time
interventions are provided.
None
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
20
Lectures p.w
60
Practical’s p.w.
120
Supervision lab
200
Continuous Assessment: 100%
CA
Dietetics
Nutrition education and promotion
Nutrition education and promotion
Nutrition Education and Promotion 858
NUT858
9
15
Semester
1st Semester
MSc (Nutrition Management)
9
At the end of this module, students should be able to:
Critically analyse the most important cultural, socio-economic,
ecological and political factors that influence the relationship
between man, his food and nutritional status in a given
situation.
Debate the most appropriate cultural, socio-economic,
ecological and political prerequisites and environment for
successful nutrition education and communication actions to
improve nutrition.
Critically analyse the uses and limitations of different
communication strategies to improve nutrition and health.
Develop appropriate nutrition education and communication
strategies to promote the nutritional health of given
situations/populations/groups.
Develop tools to evaluate and monitor nutrition education
and communication in a given setting.
The factors that influence the relationship between humans, food
and nutrition.
Methods for assessing food habits in a population
Strategies for nutrition education and communication
Theories of learning
Monitoring and evaluation of nutrition education and
communication
None
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
30
Lectures p.w
60
Practical’s p.w.
60
Supervision lab
150
143
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
INTERDISCIPLINARY TEACHING AND LEARNING UNIT
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module will
be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Assessment
Self-study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Community and Health Sciences
Interdisciplinary Teaching and Learning Unit (ITLU)
Interdisciplinary Health Promotion
Interdisciplinary Health Promotion 212 (Psychology)
HLP212
6
10
Semester
2nd Semester
BPsych
2
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•Understand the main approaches to health promotion and that
health promotion requires not only individual behavior change
but also social, political and environmental changes that address
the underlying causes of ill-health.
•Apply the principles and approaches of the health promoting
schools framework and to use this framework when planning
and implementing a health promotion project in the schools.
•Analyze the impact of the media and research on health
promotion strategies.
•Critically reflect on their community-based learning
experience.
•Demonstrate skills and professional conduct such as
punctuality, participation and attendance when working in
interdisciplinary groups and at the schools.
•Background and history of Health Promotion and Health
Promoting Schools
•The theory and application of health promotion models
•Importance of accessing information for health promotion
•The role of the communication in health promotion
•The planning cycle: identifying the needs, writing objectives,
deciding on indicators and developing and action plan, project
implementation & methods of evaluation
•Report Writing
Health, Development & Primary Health Care
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
28
Lectures p.w
2
43
1
28
100
Continuous Assessment: 70%
Final Assessment: 30%
CFA
144
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module will
be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Community and Health Sciences
Interdisciplinary Teaching and Learning Unit (ITLU)
Interdisciplinary Health Promotion
Interdisciplinary Health Promotion 213 (Occupational
Therapy)
HLP213
6
10
Semester
2nd Semester
BSc (OT)
Assessment Module type
2
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•Understand the main approaches to health promotion and that
health promotion requires not only individual behavior change
but also social, political and environmental changes that address
the underlying causes of ill-health.
•Apply the principles and approaches of the health promoting
schools framework and to use this framework when planning
and implementing a health promotion project in the schools.
•Analyze the impact of the media and research on health
promotion strategies.
•Critically reflect on their community-based learning
experience.
•Demonstrate skills and professional conduct such as
punctuality, participation and attendance when working in
interdisciplinary groups and at the schools.
•Background and history of Health Promotion and Health
Promoting Schools
•The theory and application of health promotion models
•Importance of accessing information for health promotion
•The role of the communication in health promotion
•The planning cycle: identifying the needs, writing objectives,
deciding on indicators and developing and action plan, project
implementation & methods of evaluation
•Report Writing
Health, Development & Primary Health Care
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
28
Lectures p.w
2
43
1
28
100
Continuous Assessment: 70%
Final Assessment: 30%
CFA
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Community and Health Sciences
Interdisciplinary Teaching and Learning Unit (ITLU)
Interdisciplinary Health Promotion
Interdisciplinary Health Promotion 214 (Physiotherapy)
HLP214
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Assessment
Self-study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
145
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module will
be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Assessment
Self-study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered.
Programmes in which the module will
be offered
6
10
Semester
2nd Semester
BSc (PT)
2
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•Understand the main approaches to health promotion and that
health promotion requires not only individual behavior change
but also social, political and environmental changes that address
the underlying causes of ill-health.
•Apply the principles and approaches of the health promoting
schools framework and to use this framework when planning
and implementing a health promotion project in the schools.
•Analyze the impact of the media and research on health
promotion strategies.
•Critically reflect on their community-based learning
experience.
•Demonstrate skills and professional conduct such as
punctuality, participation and attendance when working in
interdisciplinary groups and at the schools.
•Background and history of Health Promotion and Health
Promoting Schools
•The theory and application of health promotion models
•Importance of accessing information for health promotion
•The role of the communication in health promotion
•The planning cycle: identifying the needs, writing objectives,
deciding on indicators and developing and action plan, project
implementation & methods of evaluation
•Report Writing
Health, Development & Primary Health Care
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
28
Lectures p.w
2
43
1
28
100
Continuous Assessment: 70%
Final Assessment: 30%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
Interdisciplinary Teaching and Learning Unit (ITLU)
Interdisciplinary Health Promotion
Interdisciplinary Health Promotion 215 (Social Work)
HLP215
6
10
Semester
2nd Semester
BSW
146
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Assessment
Self-study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module will
be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
2
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•Understand the main approaches to health promotion and that
health promotion requires not only individual behavior change
but also social, political and environmental changes that address
the underlying causes of ill-health.
•Apply the principles and approaches of the health promoting
schools framework and to use this framework when planning
and implementing a health promotion project in the schools.
•Analyze the impact of the media and research on health
promotion strategies.
•Critically reflect on their community-based learning
experience.
•Demonstrate skills and professional conduct such as
punctuality, participation and attendance when working in
interdisciplinary groups and at the schools.
•Background and history of Health Promotion and Health
Promoting Schools
•The theory and application of health promotion models
•Importance of accessing information for health promotion
•The role of the communication in health promotion
•The planning cycle: identifying the needs, writing objectives,
deciding on indicators and developing and action plan, project
implementation & methods of evaluation
•Report Writing
Health, Development & Primary Health Care
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
28
Lectures p.w
2
43
1
28
100
Continuous Assessment: 70%
Final Assessment: 30%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
Interdisciplinary Teaching and Learning Unit (ITLU)
Interdisciplinary Health Promotion
Interdisciplinary Health Promotion 219 (SoNM)
NAT219
6
10
Semester
1st Semester
2
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•Understand the main approaches to health promotion and that
health promotion requires not only individual behavior change
but also social, political and environmental changes that address
the underlying causes of ill-health.
147
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Assessment
Self-study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module will
be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
•Apply the principles and approaches of the health promoting
schools framework and to use this framework when planning
and implementing a health promotion project in the schools.
•Analyze the impact of the media and research on health
promotion strategies.
•Critically reflect on their community-based learning
experience.
•Demonstrate skills and professional conduct such as
punctuality, participation and attendance when working in
interdisciplinary groups and at the schools.
•Background and history of Health Promotion and Health
Promoting Schools
•The theory and application of health promotion models
•Importance of accessing information for health promotion
•The role of the communication in health promotion
•The planning cycle: identifying the needs, writing objectives,
deciding on indicators and developing and action plan, project
implementation & methods of evaluation
•Report Writing
Health, Development & Primary Health Care
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
28
Lectures p.w
2
43
1
28
100
Continuous Assessment: 70%
Final Assessment: 30%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
Interdisciplinary Teaching and Learning Unit (ITLU)
Introduction to Philosophy of Care
Introduction to Philosophy of Care 011 (Dietetics)
DIE011
5
5
Term
1st Semester
BSc Dietetics
1
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•Analyze and describe „care‟ as a social practice and your
position as a future health care professional in the larger social
power constructs, e.g. gender, class and race, and the impact of
policy on these constructs.
•Demonstrate knowledge of some basic moral concepts, ethics
and human rights relevant to service providing and an awareness
of the ethical responsibilities of health care workers in South
Africa.
•Demonstrate the ability to analyses and the skills needed when
dealing with moral dilemmas in day to day caring practices.
148
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Assessment
Self-study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module will
be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
•Demonstrate skills and professional conduct such as
punctuality, participation and attendance when working in
interdisciplinary groups.
•Introduction to Morality and Ethics: What are they and why do
they matter?
•Principle ethics and the ethic of care approach
•The elements of the ethic of care: attentiveness, responsibility,
competence and responsiveness.
•Health and human rights and professional codes of ethics
•Solving moral dilemmas and group assignments
None
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
14
Lectures p.w
2
21
1
14
50
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
Interdisciplinary Teaching and Learning Unit (ITLU)
Introduction to Philosophy of Care
Introduction to Philosophy of Care 113 (Social Work)
HDP113
5
5
Term
1st Semester
BSW
1
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•Analyze and describe „care‟ as a social practice and your
position as a future health care professional in the larger social
power constructs, e.g. gender, class and race, and the impact of
policy on these constructs.
•Demonstrate knowledge of some basic moral concepts, ethics
and human rights relevant to service providing and an awareness
of the ethical responsibilities of health care workers in South
Africa.
•Demonstrate the ability to analyses and the skills needed when
dealing with moral dilemmas in day to day caring practices.
•Demonstrate skills and professional conduct such as
punctuality, participation and attendance when working in
interdisciplinary groups.
•Introduction to Morality and Ethics: What are they and why do
they matter?
•Principle ethics and the ethic of care approach
•The elements of the ethic of care: attentiveness, responsibility,
competence and responsiveness.
•Health and human rights and professional codes of ethics
149
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Assessment
Self-study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module will
be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Assessment
Self-study
•Solving moral dilemmas and group assignments
None
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
14
Lectures p.w
2
21
1
14
50
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
Interdisciplinary Teaching and Learning Unit (ITLU)
Introduction to Philosophy of Care
Introduction to Philosophy of Care 111 (OT)
IPC111
5
5
Term
1st Semester
BSc(OT)
1
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•Analyze and describe „care‟ as a social practice and your
position as a future health care professional in the larger social
power constructs, e.g. gender, class and race, and the impact of
policy on these constructs.
•Demonstrate knowledge of some basic moral concepts, ethics
and human rights relevant to service providing and an awareness
of the ethical responsibilities of health care workers in South
Africa.
•Demonstrate the ability to analyses and the skills needed when
dealing with moral dilemmas in day to day caring practices.
•Demonstrate skills and professional conduct such as
punctuality, participation and attendance when working in
interdisciplinary groups.
•Introduction to Morality and Ethics: What are they and why do
they matter?
•Principle ethics and the ethic of care approach
•The elements of the ethic of care: attentiveness, responsibility,
competence and responsiveness.
•Health and human rights and professional codes of ethics
•Solving moral dilemmas and group assignments
None
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
14
Lectures p.w
2
21
1
14
150
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module will
be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
50
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
Interdisciplinary Teaching and Learning Unit (ITLU)
Introduction to Philosophy of Care
Introduction to Philosophy of Care 114 (Nursing)
IPC114
5
5
Term
1st Semester
BNurs
Assessment Module type
1
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•Analyze and describe „care‟ as a social practice and your
position as a future health care professional in the larger social
power constructs, e.g. gender, class and race, and the impact of
policy on these constructs.
•Demonstrate knowledge of some basic moral concepts, ethics
and human rights relevant to service providing and an awareness
of the ethical responsibilities of health care workers in South
Africa.
•Demonstrate the ability to analyses and the skills needed when
dealing with moral dilemmas in day to day caring practices.
•Demonstrate skills and professional conduct such as
punctuality, participation and attendance when working in
interdisciplinary groups.
•Introduction to Morality and Ethics: What are they and why do
they matter?
•Principle ethics and the ethic of care approach
•The elements of the ethic of care: attentiveness, responsibility,
competence and responsiveness.
•Health and human rights and professional codes of ethics
•Solving moral dilemmas and group assignments
None
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
14
Lectures p.w
2
21
1
14
50
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Community and Health Sciences
Interdisciplinary Teaching and Learning Unit (ITLU)
Introduction to Philosophy of Care
Introduction to Philosophy of Care 115 (HMS)
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Assessment
Self-study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
151
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module will
be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Assessment
Self-study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
IPC115
5
5
Term
1st Semester
BA (SRES)
1
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•Analyze and describe „care‟ as a social practice and your
position as a future health care professional in the larger social
power constructs, e.g. gender, class and race, and the impact of
policy on these constructs.
•Demonstrate knowledge of some basic moral concepts, ethics
and human rights relevant to service providing and an awareness
of the ethical responsibilities of health care workers in South
Africa.
•Demonstrate the ability to analyses and the skills needed when
dealing with moral dilemmas in day to day caring practices.
•Demonstrate skills and professional conduct such as
punctuality, participation and attendance when working in
interdisciplinary groups.
•Introduction to Morality and Ethics: What are they and why do
they matter?
•Principle ethics and the ethic of care approach
•The elements of the ethic of care: attentiveness, responsibility,
competence and responsiveness.
•Health and human rights and professional codes of ethics
•Solving moral dilemmas and group assignments
None
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
14
Lectures p.w
2
21
1
14
50
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
Interdisciplinary Teaching and Learning Unit (ITLU)
Introduction to Philosophy of Care
Introduction to Philosophy of Care 116 (Physiotherapy)
IPC116
5
5
Term
1st Semester
BSc (PT)
1
At the end of this module students should be able to:
152
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Assessments
Self-study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module will
be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
•Analyze and describe „care‟ as a social practice and your
position as a future health care professional in the larger social
power constructs, e.g. gender, class and race, and the impact of
policy on these constructs.
•Demonstrate knowledge of some basic moral concepts, ethics
and human rights relevant to service providing and an awareness
of the ethical responsibilities of health care workers in South
Africa.
•Demonstrate the ability to analyses and the skills needed when
dealing with moral dilemmas in day to day caring practices.
•Demonstrate skills and professional conduct such as
punctuality, participation and attendance when working in
interdisciplinary groups.
•Introduction to Morality and Ethics: What are they and why do
they matter?
•Principle ethics and the ethic of care approach
•The elements of the ethic of care: attentiveness, responsibility,
competence and responsiveness.
•Health and human rights and professional codes of ethics
•Solving moral dilemmas and group assignments
None
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
14
Lecturers p.w.
2
21
1
14
50
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final assessment: 40%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
Interdisciplinary Teaching and Learning Unit (ITLU)
Introduction to Philosophy of Care
Introduction to Philosophy of Care 112 (SoNM)
NAT112
5
5
Term
1st Semester
BSc (CHS)
1
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•Analyze and describe „care‟ as a social practice and your
position as a future health care professional in the larger social
power constructs, e.g. gender, class and race, and the impact of
policy on these constructs.
•Demonstrate knowledge of some basic moral concepts, ethics
and human rights relevant to service providing and an awareness
of the ethical responsibilities of health care workers in South
Africa.
•Demonstrate the ability to analyses and the skills needed when
153
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Assessment
Self-study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module will
be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
dealing with moral dilemmas in day to day caring practices.
•Demonstrate skills and professional conduct such as
punctuality, participation and attendance when working in
interdisciplinary groups.
•Introduction to Morality and Ethics: What are they and why do
they matter?
•Principle ethics and the ethic of care approach
•The elements of the ethic of care: attentiveness, responsibility,
competence and responsiveness.
•Health and human rights and professional codes of ethics
•Solving moral dilemmas and group assignments
None
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
14
Lectures p.w
2
21
1
14
50
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
Interdisciplinary Teaching and Learning Unit (ITLU)
Health, Development and Primary Health Care
Health, Development and Primary Health Care 121
(Psychology)
HPC121
5
5
Term
1st Semester
BPsych
1
At the end of this module students should be able to:
1. Demonstrate an understanding of the concepts of health and
the social determinants of health.
2. Analyze the impact of social inequality, poverty and
underdevelopment in a local community context.
3. Describe the origins and main features of the Primary Health
Care Approach and analyses its implementation in a community
context.
4. Analyze the factors influencing the health of a specific
community and make recommendations to improve health using
the Primary Health Care Approach.
5.Reflect and report on the value of working in interdisciplinary
teams
•Demonstrate an understanding of the concepts of health and the
social determinants of health
•Understanding concepts related to working in communities:
community entry, community development
•Community profiling
154
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Assessment
Self-study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module will
be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
•Analyse the impact of social inequality, poverty and
development on health
Describe the origins and main features of the Primary Health
Care Approach and analyse its implementation in a community
context.
Analyse the factors influencing the health of a specific
community and make recommendations to improve health using
the Primary Health Care Approach
Reflect and report on the value of working in interdisciplinary
teams.
None
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
14
Lectures p.w
2
21
1
14
50
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
Interdisciplinary Teaching and Learning Unit (ITLU)
Health, Development and Primary Health Care
Health, Development and Primary Health Care 121 (SRES)
HMS121
5
5
Term
1st Semester
BA (SRES)
1
At the end of this module students should be able to:
1. Demonstrate an understanding of the concepts of health and
the social determinants of health.
2. Analyze the impact of social inequality, poverty and
underdevelopment in a local community context.
3. Describe the origins and main features of the Primary Health
Care Approach and analyses its implementation in a community
context.
4. Analyze the factors influencing the health of a specific
community and make recommendations to improve health using
the Primary Health Care Approach.
5.Reflect and report on the value of working in interdisciplinary
teams
•Demonstrate an understanding of the concepts of health and the
social determinants of health
•Understanding concepts related to working in communities:
community entry, community development
•Community profiling
•Analyse the impact of social inequality, poverty and
development on health
155
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Assessment
Self-study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered in
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Describe the origins and main features of the Primary Health
Care Approach and analyse its implementation in a community
context.
Analyse the factors influencing the health of a specific
community and make recommendations to improve health using
the Primary Health Care Approach
Reflect and report on the value of working in interdisciplinary
teams.
None
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
14
Lectures p.w
2
21
1
14
50
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
Interdisciplinary Teaching and Learning Unit (ITLU)
Health, Development and Primary Health Care
Health, Development and Primary Health Care 021
(Dietetics)
DIE021
5
5
Term
1st Semester
BSc Dietetics
1
At the end of this module students should be able to:
1. Demonstrate an understanding of the concepts of health and
the social determinants of health.
2. Analyze the impact of social inequality, poverty and
underdevelopment in a local community context.
3. Describe the origins and main features of the Primary Health
Care Approach and analyses its implementation in a community
context.
4. Analyze the factors influencing the health of a specific
community and make recommendations to improve health using
the Primary Health Care Approach.
5.Reflect and report on the value of working in interdisciplinary
teams
•Demonstrate an understanding of the concepts of health and the
social determinants of health
•Understanding concepts related to working in communities:
community entry, community development
•Community profiling
•Analyse the impact of social inequality, poverty and
development on health
Describe the origins and main features of the Primary Health
156
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Assessments
Self-study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered in.
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Care Approach and analyse its implementation in a community
context.
Analyse the factors influencing the health of a specific
community and make recommendations to improve health using
the Primary Health Care Approach
Reflect and report on the value of working in interdisciplinary
teams.
None
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
14
Lectures p.w.
2
21
1
14
50
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final assessment: 40%
CFA
Interdisciplinary Teaching and Learning Unit
Health, Development and Primary Health Care
Health, Development and Primary Health Care 112
(Occupational Therapy)
HDP112
5
5
Term
1st Semester
BSc (OT)
1
At the end of this module students should be able to:
1. Demonstrate an understanding of the concepts of health and
the social determinants of health.
2. Analyze the impact of social inequality, poverty and
underdevelopment in a local community context.
3. Describe the origins and main features of the Primary Health
Care Approach and analyses its implementation in a community
context.
4. Analyze the factors influencing the health of a specific
community and make recommendations to improve health using
the Primary Health Care Approach.
5.Reflect and report on the value of working in interdisciplinary
teams
•Demonstrate an understanding of the concepts of health and the
social determinants of health
•Understanding concepts related to working in communities:
community entry, community development
•Community profiling
•Analyse the impact of social inequality, poverty and
development on health
Describe the origins and main features of the Primary Health
Care Approach and analyse its implementation in a community
context.
157
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Assessments
Self-study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered.
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Analyse the factors influencing the health of a specific
community and make recommendations to improve health using
the Primary Health Care Approach
Reflect and report on the value of working in interdisciplinary
teams.
None
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
14
Lectures p.w.
2
21
1
14
50
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final assessment: 40%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
Interdisciplinary Teaching and Learning Unit
Health, Development and Primary Health Care
Health, Development and Primary Health Care 115
(Nursing)
HDP115
5
5
Term
1st Semester
BNurs
1
At the end of this module students should be able to:
1. Demonstrate an understanding of the concepts of health and
the social determinants of health.
2. Analyze the impact of social inequality, poverty and
underdevelopment in a local community context.
3. Describe the origins and main features of the Primary Health
Care Approach and analyses its implementation in a community
context.
4. Analyze the factors influencing the health of a specific
community and make recommendations to improve health using
the Primary Health Care Approach.
5.Reflect and report on the value of working in interdisciplinary
teams
•Demonstrate an understanding of the concepts of health and the
social determinants of health
•Understanding concepts related to working in communities:
community entry, community development
•Community profiling
•Analyse the impact of social inequality, poverty and
development on health
Describe the origins and main features of the Primary Health
Care Approach and analyse its implementation in a community
context.
Analyse the factors influencing the health of a specific
158
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Assessments
Self-study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered.
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
community and make recommendations to improve health using
the Primary Health Care Approach
Reflect and report on the value of working in interdisciplinary
teams.
None
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
14
Lectures p.w.
2
21
1
14
50
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final assessment: 40%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
Interdisciplinary Teaching and Learning Unit
Health, Development and Primary Health Care
Health, Development and Primary Health Care 113
(Physiotherapy)
HPC113
5
5
Term
1st Semester
BSc (PT)
1
At the end of this module students should be able to:
1. Demonstrate an understanding of the concepts of health and
the social determinants of health.
2. Analyze the impact of social inequality, poverty and
underdevelopment in a local community context.
3. Describe the origins and main features of the Primary Health
Care Approach and analyses its implementation in a community
context.
4. Analyze the factors influencing the health of a specific
community and make recommendations to improve health using
the Primary Health Care Approach.
5.Reflect and report on the value of working in interdisciplinary
teams
•Demonstrate an understanding of the concepts of health and the
social determinants of health
•Understanding concepts related to working in communities:
community entry, community development
•Community profiling
•Analyse the impact of social inequality, poverty and
development on health
Describe the origins and main features of the Primary Health
Care Approach and analyse its implementation in a community
context.
Analyse the factors influencing the health of a specific
community and make recommendations to improve health using
159
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Assessments
Self-study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered.
Programmes in which the module will
be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
the Primary Health Care Approach
Reflect and report on the value of working in interdisciplinary
teams.
None
None
None
Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week
14
Lectures p.w.
2
21
1
14
50
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final assessment: 40%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
Interdisciplinary Teaching and Learning Unit
Health, Development and Primary Health Care
Health, Development and Primary Health Care 111
(Dentistry)
HDP111
5
5
Term
1st Semester
Bachelor of Dentistry (BOH)
1
At the end of this module students should be able to:
1. Demonstrate an understanding of the concepts of health and
the social determinants of health.
2. Analyze the impact of social inequality, poverty and
underdevelopment in a local community context.
3. Describe the origins and main features of the Primary Health
Care Approach and analyses its implementation in a community
context.
4. Analyze the factors influencing the health of a specific
community and make recommendations to improve health using
the Primary Health Care Approach.
5.Reflect and report on the value of working in interdisciplinary
teams
•Demonstrate an understanding of the concepts of health and the
social determinants of health
•Understanding concepts related to working in communities:
community entry, community development
•Community profiling
•Analyse the impact of social inequality, poverty and
development on health
Describe the origins and main features of the Primary Health
Care Approach and analyse its implementation in a community
context.
Analyse the factors influencing the health of a specific
community and make recommendations to improve health using
the Primary Health Care Approach
160
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Assessment
Self-study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered.
Programmes in which the module will
be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Reflect and report on the value of working in interdisciplinary
teams.
None
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
14
Lectures p.w
2
21
1
14
50
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
Interdisciplinary Teaching and Learning Unit
Health, Development and Primary Health Care
Health, Development and Primary Health Care 123 (School
of Natural Medicine)
NAT123
5
5
Term
1st Semester
BSc (CHS)
1
At the end of this module students should be able to:
1. Demonstrate an understanding of the concepts of health and
the social determinants of health.
2. Analyze the impact of social inequality, poverty and
underdevelopment in a local community context.
3. Describe the origins and main features of the Primary Health
Care Approach and analyses its implementation in a community
context.
4. Analyze the factors influencing the health of a specific
community and make recommendations to improve health using
the Primary Health Care Approach.
5.Reflect and report on the value of working in interdisciplinary
teams
•Demonstrate an understanding of the concepts of health and the
social determinants of health
•Understanding concepts related to working in communities:
community entry, community development
•Community profiling
•Analyse the impact of social inequality, poverty and
development on health
Describe the origins and main features of the Primary Health
Care Approach and analyse its implementation in a community
context.
Analyse the factors influencing the health of a specific
community and make recommendations to improve health using
the Primary Health Care Approach
Reflect and report on the value of working in interdisciplinary
161
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Assessment
Self-study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
teams.
None
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
14
Lectures p.w
2
21
1
14
50
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
HUMAN ECOLOGY
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered.
Programmes in which the module will
be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Community and Health Sciences
Human Ecology
An introduction to the history and philosophy of Human
Ecology
FOODS 114
HEC114
6
5
Semester
2nd Semester
BSc Dietetics
1
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•understand the processing of food and handling techniques of
food.
•apply the principles and processes of food preparation that
result in products with specific characteristics
•have insight into the interaction of various scientific processes
during food preparation.
•execution and application of functions, use and care of
equipment used in food preparation
•evaluate food products according to a set criterion.
•communicate and negotiate with their peers and obtain good
personal relations.
•Learn basic principles of cooking methods and techniques
•Learn and apply their knowledge with regard to fats and oils,
sugar cookery, frozen desserts, fruit and vegetables, batters and
doughs, meat, poultry, cereals, microwave cooking, milk, eggs,
cheese, fish, poultry and meat.
•Evaluate food products according to set criteria.
•Execute the correct use of various equipment used in food
preparation.
•This module will include life skills pertaining to interpersonal
relations, communication and negotiation.
None
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
162
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Practical’s
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered.
Programmes in which the module will
be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
14
Lectures p.w
14
Practical’s p.w.
10
Tutorials p.w.
10
Supervision lab
2
50
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
2
Community and Health Sciences
Human Ecology
Family universality and its role in society
Family Development 221
HEC221
6
10
Semester
2nd Semester
BA Human Ecology (General)
2
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•describe methods of strengthening and supporting families in
performing their societal and developmental functions
•assess and describe situations and needs of families
•identifying specific issues and problems within the family
•interpret and discuss efforts to respond to problems affecting,
and affected by, the situation within families
•Family roles and responsibilities
•Family and the workplace
•Family relationships
•Sexuality
Family development 110
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
42
Lectures p.w
3
34
Practical’s p.w.
16
Supervision lab
8
100
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
Human Ecology
Global and local policies and strategies for poverty alleviation
through micro-enterprise development
Micro Enterprise For Human Ecology 222
HEC222
6
5
163
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered.
Programmes in which the module will
be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered.
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Self-study
Test & examination
Semester
2nd Semester
BA Human Ecology (General)
2
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•explain the relevance of micro-enterprise development
strategies for poverty alleviation
•examine the principles and features of current development
policies relating to micro-enterprise development
•Micro-enterprise development and related poverty alleviation
strategies
•Policies and strategies for local economic development
•Pro-poor strategies for tourism development
None
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
28
Lectures p.w
2
42
Practical’s p.w.
22
Supervision lab
8
100
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
Human Ecology
The process of financial planning and decision making for
individuals, families and households
Human Ecology 230
HEC230
6
5
Semester
1st Semester
BA Human Ecology (General)
2
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•analyze the influence of the macro environment of the financial
planning of a household
•develop a financial plan for an individual, family and household
•South African economy
•Concept income
•Short, medium and long term financial planning
None
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
56
Lectures p.w
4
23
Practical’s p.w.
6
Supervision lab
15
164
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered.
Programmes in which the module will
be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Practical’s
Research
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered.
100
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
Human Ecology
Micro-enterprise, micro-enterprise development, indigenous
knowledge, implementation of a micro-enterprise.
Micro enterprise for Human Ecology 241
HEC241
7
5
Semester
1st Semester
BA Human Ecology (General)
2
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•identify and discuss concepts related to micro-enterprise.
•describe components of micro-enterprise development
•discuss the importance of indigenous knowledge in a
community setting.
•conduct capacity building for planning and management of a
micro enterprise.
•Micro enterprise concepts
•Micro-enterprise development
•Planning, developing and implementing micro-enterprise
•Practice skills for the implementation of a micro-enterprise.
•Indigenous knowledge concepts
None
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
14
Lectures p.w
1
10
Practical’s p.w.
1
14
Tutorials p.w.
4
Supervision lab
4
4
50
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
Human Ecology
Community development concept, principles and the basic steps
to be followed during the community development process.
Community Development 271
HEC271
6
10
Semester
1st Semester
165
Programmes in which the module will
be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered.
Programmes in which the module will
be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Practical’s
Research
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
BA Human Ecology (General)
2
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•describe the steps to be followed in the development process
•select and discuss the logic of analysis for community
development processes
•The process of community development
•Community assessments and portfolios
•Logical frameworks
Community Development 171, 172
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
42
Lectures p.w
3
40
Practical’s p.w.
10
8
100
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
Human Ecology
Global and National policy, procedures and principles for
developmental planning processes in community development
Community Development 272
HEC272
6
10
Semester
2nd Semester
BA Human Ecology (General)
2
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•describe the steps to be followed in the development process
•select and discuss the logic of analysis for community
development processes
•The process of community development
•Community assessments and portfolios
•Logical frameworks
Community Development 171, 172
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
14
Lectures p.w
3
10
Practical’s p.w.
1
14
Tutorials p.w.
4
Supervision lab
4
4
50
Continuous Assessment: 60%
166
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered.
Programmes in which the module will
be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Practical’s
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered.
Programmes in which the module will
be offered
Year level
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
Human Ecology
Socio Economic, functional aesthetic and cultural content of
housing
Housing 305
HEC305
7
10
Semester
2nd Semester
BA Human Ecology (General)
3
At the end of this module students should be able to:
Demonstrate a holistic approach to knowledgeable consumer
choices about housing within a given socio-economic,
functional, aesthetic and cultural context.
•Design elements and principles
•Ergonomics and ergonomic principles
•Evaluation of floor plans
•Selection, terminology of floor plans
•Furniture: the selection, buying and uses of furniture, soft
furnishings and household equipment.
•Financial and contractual responsibility to buying furniture, soft
furniture and household equipment
•Activities and zones in homes
None
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
42
Lectures p.w
3
25
Practical’s p.w.
1
14
Tutorials p.w.
13
Supervision lab
6
100
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
Human Ecology
Consumer Studies
Consumer Studies 306
HEC306
7
5
Semester
2nd Semester
BA Human Ecology (General)
3
167
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered.
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•analyses the interaction between an individual, household and
the consumer market
•Consumer and the micro, meso and macro environment
•Consumer decision making
•Consumer behavior
•Market segmentation, targeting and positioning
•Marketing mix
•Consumer protection
Human Ecology 230
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
28
Lectures p.w
2
16
Practical’s p.w.
10
Supervision lab
2
50
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
Human Ecology
Integrative ecological family life cycle development in a multiracial & multi-cultural society
Family Development 311
HEC311
7
10
Semester
2nd Semester
BA Human Ecology (General)
3
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•describe and demonstrate ecological family life cycle
development
•assess existing family development approaches for social
improvement
•critically appraise the effectiveness of local, national and
regional efforts of family development in a multi-racial and
multi-cultural society
•analyze and construct family policy issues
•demonstrate ability to design and predict family development
initiatives
•Ecological systems theory within the last three stages of the
family life cycle
•International and national family development approaches
•Family cultural and racial diversity in a single society
•The economics of the family
•Government, institutions and families‟ involvement in policy
development and implementation.
Family development 110 & 221
None
168
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered.
Programmes in which the module will
be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
42
Lectures p.w
2
34
Practical’s p.w.
16
Supervision lab
8
100
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
Human Ecology
Strategies and interventions for micro-enterprise development
Micro Enterprise For Human Ecology 320
HEC320
7
10
Semester
1st Semester
BA Human Ecology (General)
Assessment Module type
3
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•analyze the implementation of policies for micro-enterprise
development
•assess micro-enterprise development interventions for poverty
alleviation
•Policies and strategies supporting emerging entrepreneurs
•Target groups in entrepreneurship development
•Micro-enterprise development interventions for economic
growth
Micro-Enterprise for Human Ecology 222
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
28
Lectures p.w
2
42
Practical’s p.w.
22
Supervision lab
8
100
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered.
Community and Health Sciences
Human Ecology
South African Housing Policy Environment
Human Ecology 330
HEC330
7
10
Semester
1st Semester
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
169
Programmes in which the module will
be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
BA Human Ecology (General)
Assessment Module type
3
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•appraise housing policies and issues in South Africa.
•critically evaluate the policy environment which enables
community based development
•identify and discuss the activities of role players in provision
of housing & services
•describe the role of different spheres of government in housing
development.
•acquire a broad understanding of the various ways government
assist in the provision of housing for low-income families &
communities.
•explain different financial strategies for housing delivery
•identify and describe the role of local government in housing
development and delivery.
•describe the roles and functions of role players and institutions
in the housing delivery process.
•interpret and apply knowledge to enhance consumers housing
education.
•demonstrate an understanding of government‟s approach to
sustainable human settlements.
•critique, initiate and influence housing policy, practice &
institutions at local, regional & national level.
•Housing policies & National Policy Framework for Housing
•Housing
•Financial strategies for housing delivery
•Role of Local Government in Housing Development
•Management of Infrastructure
•Municipal services (basic services)
•Role players and institutions in Housing
•Housing Education and Training
•Rental Act
•Prevention of Illegal Eviction and Unlawful Occupation of land
•Housing Consumers Protection Measures Act
•Redevelopment of Hostels
•Municipal Infrastructure Guide (MIG)
None
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
28
Lectures p.w
2
20
Practical’s p.w.
28
Tutorials p.w.
19
Supervision lab
5
100
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Community and Health Sciences
Human Ecology
South African Housing Policy Environment
Human Ecology 331
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Practical’s
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
170
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered.
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Practical’s
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
HEC331
7
10
Semester
2nd Semester
BA Human Ecology (General)
3
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•understand how housing needs are based on family size,
structure, values and norms (how different life situations affect
housing needs).
•quality of life and housing.
•understand and describe the functional consideration in housing
choices.
•compare different alternatives for the provision of housing.
•describe and select appropriated tenure options.
•understand and compare various housing (tenure) types and
alternatives.
•explain and compare the rights and responsibilities linked to
different tenure options.
•analyze the financial aspects when choosing housing.
•investigate, analyze and describe the financial and contractual
responsibilities of the occupants for different housing options.
•critically evaluate the policy and delivery environment, which
enables human settlement development.
•show an awareness of the use of the dwelling/structure for
energy sufficiency.
•Housing needs for various population sectors e.g. young, aged,
special groups, etc.
•Housing choice
•Quality of Life
•Housing types
•Rights and responsibilities of tenure options
•Tenure options and alternatives
•Financial and contractual responsibilities and implications for
acquiring tenure.
•Rental Act
•Prevention of Illegal Eviction and Unlawful Occupation of land
•Housing Consumers Protection Measures Act
•Redevelopment of Hostels
•Municipal Infrastructure Guide (MIG)
•Energy efficiency of housing structure
Human Ecology 330
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
28
Lectures p.w
3
20
Practical’s p.w.
28
Tutorials p.w.
19
Supervision lab
5
100
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
171
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered.
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Practical’s
Research
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered.
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Community and Health Sciences
Human Ecology
Micro-enterprise development, indigenous knowledge,
production line, food systems
Micro enterprise for Human Ecology 341
HEC341
10
7
Semester
2nd Semester
BA Human Ecology (General)
3
At the end of this module students should be able to::
•develop a micro-enterprise development programme.
•implement a production line in a micro-enterprise.
•discuss the role of the community developer in the integration
of indigenous knowledge for project planning and
implementation.
•describe local food systems in a community
•Micro-enterprise development programmes
•Production lines in a micro-enterprise
•Integration of indigenous knowledge in communities
•Local food systems
HEC241
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
42
Lectures p.w
1
10
Practical’s p.w.
1
28
Tutorials p.w.
8
Supervision lab
8
4
100
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
Human Ecology
People-centered sustainable ecological priority appraisal and
situation analysis techniques
Community Development 371
HEC371
7
10
Semester
1st Semester
BA Human Ecology (General)
3
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•demonstrate practical competence in the application of
processes and principles required for working in communities
172
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered.
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Practical’s
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
•facilitate inter-group dynamics, negotiation and participation
•Rapid and Participatory Rural Appraisal Techniques
•Facilitation & Group dynamics
•Mediation & conflict resolution
Community Development 171, 172, 271 & 272
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
42
Lectures p.w
3
28
Practical’s p.w.
15
Supervision lab
15
100
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
Human Ecology
Integrated sustainable developmental programme management
Community Development 372
HEC372
7
10
Semester
1st Semester
BA Human Ecology (General)
3
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•analyses and critique regional, national, provincial and local
developmental initiatives
•formulate and design holistic and integrative development
initiatives
•Regional development initiatives
•National, provincial and local development programmes
•Holistic community development
•Integrative community development
Community Development 171, 172, 271 & 272
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
42
Lectures p.w
3
12
Practical’s p.w.
1
32
Tutorials p.w.
6
Supervision lab
8
100
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
173
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered.
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered.
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Community and Health Sciences
Human Ecology
The social science research process and the purpose of research
design
Research Methods for Human Ecology 381
HEC381
7
10
Semester
2nd Semester
BA Human Ecology (General)
3
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•identify and interpret the nature of scientific inquiry
•demonstrate and derive at the critical application of research
logic
•critically appraise and formulate appropriate research designs
for application during a research study
•define and interpret the notion of validity to the entire research
process for ensuring reliability of the research study
•produce a rational for a research study
•The nature of scientific knowledge
•Methodological paradigms in social research
•Design & Types of research design
•Problem formulation
•Conceptualization
•Literature review for research study rational
None
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
42
Lectures p.w
3
40
Practical’s p.w.
10
Supervision lab
8
100
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
Human Ecology
Integrative human ecological project and programme
management
Integrated Human Ecology Practice 401
HEC401
7
15
Semester
1st & 2nd Semester
BA Human Ecology (General)
4
At the end of this module students should be able to:
174
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Other: Please specify:
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered.
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
•critically appraise approaches and methods of initiatives towards
sustainable holistic and integrated development at NGO,
Provincial and/or Local government levels of development
•technically apply the integrative project management cycle in a
logical framework by measuring an initiative at one of these
developmental entities
•Critical determination & assessment of developmental policies,
processes and procedures
•Problems/needs analysis and statement formulation
•Progress and outcome justification
•Prediction and recommendation of developmental initiatives
Community Development 171, 172, 271, 272, 371 & 372
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
This is an internship
150
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
Human Ecology
A study of sustainable product development for poverty
alleviation and the accountability for sustainable action-taking in
micro-enterprise development.
Micro-Enterprise For Human Ecology 420
HEC420
7
10
Semester
1st Semester
BA Human Ecology (General)
4
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•define and explain the need for sustainable micro-enterprise
development for poverty alleviation;
•demonstrate ability to assess the viability and sustainability of
materials, techniques and processes used in new product
development
•demonstrate the ability to develop and implement a variety of
production processes in new product development;
•critique product development projects, practices and processes
as well as their impact on sustainable development;
•describe strategies and policies for micro-enterprise
development
•Micro-enterprise development for poverty alleviation within the
sustainable development context
•Product development for poverty alleviation
•Management of production processes
•Strategies and policies for micro-enterprise development
Micro Enterprise for Human Ecology 222 and 320
None
None
175
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered.
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
56
Lectures p.w
2X2 hours
20
Practical’s p.w.
19
Supervision lab
5
100
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
Human Ecology
Professional Orientation
Human Ecology 430
HEC430
8
10
Semester
1st Semester
BA Human Ecology (General)
4
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•gain an in depth understanding of the history of the profession
and scope of the field.
•identify various philosophies/theories that guide the Human
Ecology profession.
•reflect on these theories regarding their relevance & importance
and how it fits into professional practice in the 21st century.
•understand the profession as one of dynamic human service
which can benefit individuals and families.
•relate professional beliefs to decision-making in varied settings.
•understand the process of becoming a reflective practitioner.
•identify principles for ethical Human Ecology practice.
•understand the importance of ethical practice within Human
Ecology.
•identify relevant underlying principles in solving ethical
dilemmas.
•reflect on the importance of ethics in professional conduct.
•History and current trends within the profession
•Philosophical/theoretical framework of Human Ecology
•Human Ecology as a Profession (identity, competencies of a
profession)
•Principles of Practice
•Professional Orientation - attributes that identify Human
Ecology as a profession
•Definition, Mission and vision of Human Ecology as helping
profession.
•Reflective Practice and Reflective Decision-making of
professionals
•Ethical and moral issues – professional HE engaged in these
issues
•Ethics: application in various contexts
None
None
176
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Practical’s
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered.
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Practical’s
Research
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered.
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
28
Lectures p.w
3
20
Practical’s p.w.
28
Tutorials p.w.
19
Supervision lab
5
100
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
Human Ecology
HEC431
7
10
Semester
1st Semester
BA Human Ecology (General)
4
At the end of this module students should be able to:
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
28
Lectures p.w
2
10
Practical’s p.w.
2 consecutive periods
28
Tutorials p.w.
15
13
Supervision lab
6
100
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
Human Ecology
Sustainable projects in Foods Micro Enterprise
Micro Enterprise For Human Ecology 440
HEC440
8
10
Year
1st & 2nd Semester ( INTERNSHIP)
BA Human Ecology (General and Education)
4
177
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Practical’s
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered.
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•solve problems and justify changes for Product Design,
development, grading and production of foods products.
•justify selection of marketable products for a Foods Micro
Enterprise
•develop and/or evaluate a sustainable project
•recommend strategies for improvement of a Foods Micro
Enterprise
•Case Studies
•Projects
•Textile standards and quality assurance
•Research
None
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
28
Lectures p.w
3
20
Practical’s p.w.
28
Tutorials p.w.
18
Supervision lab
6
100
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
Human Ecology
Policy environment of housing in South Africa; current national
policies and key concepts with regard to Housing.
Housing 450
HEC450
7
15
Semester
2nd Semester
BA Human Ecology (General and Education)
4
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•acquire an understanding of the housing policies and related
issues with regard to housing.
•define and describe housing policies and issues in South Africa.
•critically evaluate the policy and delivery environment, which
enables human settlement development.
•identify, analyses and discuss the national housing programmes.
•discuss the role and responsibilities of Government and various
role players in housing.
•develop an awareness of the need for educating communities
for enhanced service delivery.
•National Housing policies – Housing Act, Constitution,
•National Housing Code
•Breaking New Ground
•Sustainable Human settlements
•National Housing programmes
178
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Practical’s
Self-study
Test & examination
Other: Development of Portfolio
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered.
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Practical’s
Self-study
Test & examination
•Integrated Development Planning
•Rental Act
•Municipal Infrastructure Guide (MIG)
•Housing Consumers Protection Measures Act
•Upgrading of Informal Settlements Programme
•Housing Consumer Education and Training
•Redevelopment of Hostels
•Eviction policy; norms and standards of dwellings
Housing 205 & Housing 305
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
20
Lectures p.w
2
20
Practical’s p.w.
42
Tutorials p.w.
16
Supervision lab
8
36
150
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
Human Ecology
Logical sustainable integrated intervention assessment, design,
management and evaluation through leadership
Community Development 470
HEC470
7
20
Semester
1st & 2nd Semester
BA Human Ecology (General and Education)
4
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•identify and describe various development initiatives within
communities
•critically assess and predict development initiative status within
communities
•make recommendations based on assessment and predictions of
these interventions
•Project Cycle Management
•Implementation for Development
•National, Regional and Local Development Initiatives
Community Development 171, 172, 271, 272, 371 & 372
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
112
Lectures p.w
4
34
Practical’s p.w.
Tutorials p.w.
26
Supervision lab
16
179
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered.
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
200
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
Human Ecology
The practice of social research design and methodology
The practice of social research design and methodology 480
HEC480
7
20
Year
1st & 2nd Semester
BA Human Ecology (General and Education)
Assessment Module type
4
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•classify and apply research designs applicable for the field of
Human Ecology
•construct, assess and apply research data gathering tools
•measure and infer data findings
•produce a research report
•Participant observation studies
•Case studies
•Surveys
•Evaluation research (Process & Impact studies)
•Research proposal writing
•Questionnaire design
•Interviewing techniques
•Data Analysis
•Research report writing
Research Methods for Human Ecology 381
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
63
Lectures p.w
3
66
Practical’s p.w.
46
25
200
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered.
Programmes in which the module
Community and Health Sciences
Human Ecology
Professional orientation towards the Human Ecology profession
Professional Orientation 483
HEC483
7
10
Semester
2nd Semester
BA Human Ecology (General and Education)
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
180
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Practical’s
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
4
At the end of the module the student will be able to:
•demonstrate an awareness of the dynamic nature of the Human
Ecology profession
•facilitate the development of a Human Ecology professional
•write a report and give a presentation on a Human Ecology
professional ethics
•discuss and evaluate ethical situations
•identify the role of professional organizations in the
development of the professional
•Human Ecology professional organizations
•Trends in the development of Human Ecology
•Mission of Human Ecology
•Competencies of a Human Ecologists
None
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
56
Lectures p.w
4
20
Practical’s p.w.
1
14
Tutorials p.w.
10
100
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
NURSING
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module will
be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Community and Health Sciences
School of Nursing (SoN)
Assessment and communication
Clinical Nursing (Lab) 111
CUR111
5
15
Year
1st & 2nd Semester
B Nursing
1
At the end of this module students should be able to:
• Assess, communicate and take care of basic needs of
individuals of all age groups
• Apply principles of infection control in the provision of care
• Demonstrate competence in communicating effectively with
individuals of all age groups during history taking
• Provide appropriate emergency care (Level1) to individuals
•demonstrate competence in communicating effectively with
•Assessment, management and communication of basic needs of
individuals of all age groups with regard to comfort (physical,
psychological, spiritual); hygiene; nutrition; elimination;
internal homeostasis and mobility, rest and sleep
•Principles of infection control, barrier nursing and wound care.
181
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Practical’s
Assessments
Self-study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module will
be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
•Emergency Care
•Terminal care, death and dying
None
Fundamentals of Nursing 111 & 112 (NUR 111 & NUR 112)
Chemistry 128 (CHM128)
Physics for CHS 118 (PHY118)
Human Biology 118 & 128 (HUB118 & HUB128)
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
42
Lectures p.w (Skills lab)
21 weeks x 2 hours
32
Practical’s p.w.
3 days x 8 hours
(Emergency Care)IPS
14 weeks x 2 hours
52
Tutorials p.w.
10
14
150
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
School of Nursing (SoN)
Introduction to Mental Health
Introduction to Mental Health 214
CUR214
6
10
Term
2nd Semester
B Nursing
2
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•Demonstrate adequate understanding of the basic concepts in
Mental Health.
•Demonstrate understanding of the developments of primary
mental care in South Africa.
•Demonstrate ability to effectively apply the principles of
preventive and promotive care in meeting the mental health
needs of individuals of all age groups.
•Demonstrate ability to differentiate between mental health and
mental ill health in the South African context
Demonstrate ability to screen clients presenting with symptoms
that impact negatively On their mental health, or that of their
families, that cannot be managed appropriately at that level and
refer such to relevant members of the multidisciplinary health
team
•Basic concepts in mental health
•Definitions of mental health vs. mental ill-health
•Characteristics of mental health status and promotion of mental
health
•Causes of mental ill- health
•Social problems which influence mental health (substance
abuse, violence, etc)
•Mental health legislation
182
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Self-study
Test & examination
Other:
Research,
consultation,
preparation
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module will
be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
•Common mental ill health conditions, their characteristics
(example: dementia; mental retardation; anxiety disorders;
affective disorders
None
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
21
Lectures p.w
26
Practical’s p.w.
20
Tutorials p.w.
3
30
100
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
School of Nursing (SoN)
Nursing practice in a community health setting
Community Health Nursing 311
CUR311
7
30
Semester
1st Semester
B Nursing
3
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•demonstrate competence in the prevention of the spread of
communicable diseases
•Demonstrate competence in carrying out a comprehensive
physical assessment of an individual at primary care level
•demonstrate competence in application of epidemiological
principles in planning and monitoring population based health
•demonstrate competence in spirometric screening in an
occupational health setting
•demonstrate competence in audiometric screening in an
occupational health setting
•demonstrate competence in identification and utilization of
trends in the health status of individuals at primary level of care
•Primary clinical skills assessment, planning, diagnosing,
management
•Communicable and non- communicable diseases
•Occupational health screening
•Population based health promotion
•Epidemiological principles
None
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
106
Lectures p.w
8
21
Practical’s p.w.
8
183
Practical’s
Self-study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module will
be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
106
Tutorials p.w.
64
200
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
School of Nursing (SoN)
Primary Care and clinical skills
Community Health Nursing 312
CUR312
7
15
Semester
1st Semester
B Nursing
Assessment Module type
3
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•demonstrate competence in carrying out physical assessment of
an individual at primary care level
•demonstrate ability to identify trends in health status of
individuals at primary level of care using appropriate
demographic health behaviors
•demonstrate competence in diagnosing common conditions
presenting at primary level of care
•demonstrate ability to select the most appropriate, safe, cost
effective and suitable treatment for a variety of common
conditions presenting at primary level of care
•demonstrate a sound knowledge of Anti Retro Viral Treatment
protocols in the provision of care to individuals at primary care
level
•Integrated assessment, diagnostic and management skills with
regards to endemic conditions related to all body systems.
•Provincial Health Plan 2010 and the role of the primary health
care nurse in context of the National Health Act
None
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
28
Lectures p.w
2
21
Practical’s p.w.
2
56
Tutorials p.w.
42
3
100
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Community and Health Sciences
School of Nursing (SoN)
Primary Care and clinical skills
Community Health Nursing 325
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Practical’s
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
184
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module will
be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Practical’s
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module will
be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
CUR325
7
15
Semester
2nd Semester
B Nursing
3
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•demonstrate competence in carrying out physical assessment of
an individual at primary care level
•demonstrate ability to identify trends in health status of
individuals at primary level of care using appropriate
demographic health behaviors
•demonstrate competence in diagnosing common conditions
presenting at primary level of care
•demonstrate ability to select the most appropriate, safe, cost
effective and suitable treatment for a variety of common
conditions presenting at primary level of care
•demonstrate a sound knowledge of Anti Retro Viral Treatment
protocols in the provision of care to individuals at primary care
level
•Integrated assessment, diagnostic and management skills with
regards to endemic conditions related to all body systems.
•Provincial Health Plan 2010 and the role of the primary health
care nurse in context of the National Health Act.
None
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
28
Lectures p.w
2
21
Practical’s p.w.
4
56
Tutorials p.w.
42
3
150
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
School of Nursing (SoN)
Normal Midwifery
Midwifery 326
CUR326
7
30
Semester
2nd Semester
B Nursing
3
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•demonstrate ability to assess and maintain health status of a
pregnant woman and developing fetus
185
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Practical’s
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module will
be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
•demonstrate ability to prepare the mother and family for
pregnancy, delivery and family changes
•demonstrate ability to maintain the health status of the mother
and neonate during the intranasal period
•demonstrate ability to provide evidence-based care to the
mother and neonate during the postpartum period including
feeding
•apply knowledge of midwifery and neonatology and become
competent in various clinical activities
•demonstrate ability to promote safe motherhood
•demonstrate competence in the various clinical skills to provide
care during pregnancy, labor and pueperium
•Normal pregnancy
•Normal Labor
•Normal puerperium
•Assessment and diagnosis of uncomplicated pregnancy, labor
and puererium
None
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
56
Lectures p.w
2 x 4 hours
14
Practical’s p.w.
4.2 hours clinical site & lab
120
Tutorials p.w.
104
6
300
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
School of Nursing (SoN)
Normal Midwifery
Midwifery 326 (equivalent to Midwifery 331)
CUR326
7
30
Semester
2nd Semester
B Nursing
3
At the end of this module the student should be able to:
• Assess and maintain health status of a pregnant woman and
developing fetus
• Prepare the mother and family for pregnancy, delivery and
family changes.
• Maintain the health status of the mother during the Intranatal
period
• Maintain the health status of the fetus/neonate during the
Intranatal period
• Provide evidence-based care to the mother during the
postpartum period including feeding
• Provide evidence-based care to the neonate including feeding
186
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Practicals
Self-study
Assessments
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module will
be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
• Apply knowledge of midwifery and neonatology and become
competent in various clinical activities to provide care during
pregnancy, labour and puerperium
• Low-risk pregnancy
• Low-risk labour
• Low-risk puerperium
• Low-risk neonatal care
General Nursing Science 211 & 212
None
None
Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week
28
Lectures p.w
7X4 hours
56
Practical’s p.w.
7X12 hours
140
Tutorials p.w.
68
8
300
Continuous Assessment: 50%
Final Assessment : 50%
Both continuous assessment and examination will consist of a
theory and clinical assessment component (each contributing
50% to relevant assessment).
In order to sit for the final examinations the student must obtain
a subminimum of 40% in each of the theory and clinical
assessment components.
To pass the module the student must obtain a subminimum of
50% in each of the theory and clinical examinations.
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
School of Nursing (SoN)
Obstetric Emergencies
Midwifery 327 (equivalent to Midwifery 332)
CUR327
7
15
Semester
2nd Semester
B Nursing
3
At the end of this module the student should be able to:
• Identify, and refer complicated pregnancy during Intranatal
and postnatal care.
• Manage potential and actual emergencies during labour and
delivery.
• Identify, manage and refer high-risk neonate.
• Identify maternity related health problems of women of child
bearing age in the community.
• High risk neonate
• Safe pregnancy and child birth: global initiatives and South
African initiatives
• Safe motherhood and human rights in SA. context
• Assessment and diagnosis of complicated pregnancy,
complicated labour, complicated puerperium
187
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Practicals
Self-study
Assessments
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module will
be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
• Assessment and diagnosis of uncomplicated pregnancy, labour
and puerperium
• Common maternal disorders
• Common neonatal disorders
General Nursing Science 211 and 212
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
28
Lectures p.w
7X4 hours
77
Clinical Site
7X11 hours
36
9
150
Continuous Assessment: 50%
Final Assessment: 50%
Both continuous assessment and examination will consist of a
theory and clinical assessment component (each contributing
50% to relevant assessment).
In order to sit for the final examinations the student must obtain
a subminimum of 40% in each of the theory and clinical
assessment components.
To pass the module the student must obtain a subminimum of
50% in each of the theory and clinical examinations.
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
School of Nursing (SoN)
Normal Midwifery
Midwifery 331 (equivalent to Midwifery 326)
CUR331
7
30
Semester
1st Semester
B Nursing
3
At the end of this module the student should be able to:
• Assess and maintain health status of a pregnant woman and
developing fetus.
• Prepare the mother and family for pregnancy, delivery and
family changes.
• Maintain the health status of the mother during the Intranatal
period.
• Maintain the health status of the fetus/neonate during the
Intranatal period.
• Provide evidence-based care to the mother during the
postpartum period including feeding.
• Provide evidence-based care to the neonate including feeding.
• Apply knowledge of midwifery and neonatology and become
competent in various clinical activities to provide care during
pregnancy, labour and puerperium.
• Low-risk pregnancy.
• Low-risk labour.
• Low-risk puerperium.
188
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Practicals
Self-study
Assessments
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module will
be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
• Low-risk neonatal care.
General Nursing Science 211 & 212
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
28
Lectures p.w
7X4 hours
56
Practical’s p.w.
7X22 hours
140
Tutorials p.w.
68
8
300
Continuous assessment: 50%
Final Assessment: 50%
Both continuous assessment and examination will consist of a
theory and clinical assessment component (each contributing
50% to relevant assessment).
In order to sit for the final examinations the student must obtain
a subminimum of 40% in each of the theory and clinical
assessment components.
To pass the module the student must obtain a subminimum of
50% in each of the theory and clinical examinations.
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
School of Nursing (SoN)
Obstetric Emergencies
Midwifery 332 (equivalent to Midwifery 327)
CUR332
7
15
Semester
1st Semester
B Nursing
3
At the end of this module the student should be able to:
• Identify, and refer complicated pregnancy during intranatal and
postnatal care
• Manage potential and actual emergencies during labour and
delivery
• Identify, manage and refer high-risk neonate
• Identify maternity related health problems of women of child
bearing age in the community
• High risk neonate
• Safe pregnancy and child birth: global initiatives and South
African initiatives
• Safe motherhood and human rights in SA. context
• Assessment and diagnosis of complicated pregnancy,
complicated labour, complicated puerperium
• Assessment and diagnosis of uncomplicated pregnancy, labour
and puerperium
• Common maternal disorders
• Common neonatal disorders
General Nursing Science 211 & 212
None
189
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Practicals
Self-study
Assessments
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module will
be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Practical’s
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
28
Lectures p.w
7X4 hours
77
Practical’s p.w.
7X11 hours
36
Tutorials p.w
9
150
Continuous Assessment: 50%
Final Assessment: 50%
Both continuous assessment and examination will consist of a
theory and clinical assessment component (each contributing
50% to relevant assessment).
In order to sit for the final examinations the student must obtain
a subminimum of 40% in each of the theory and clinical
assessment components.
To pass the module the student must obtain a subminimum of
50% in each of the theory and clinical examinations.
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
School of Nursing (SoN)
Nursing Leadership And Management At Unit Level
Unit Management 334
CUR334
7
15
Semester
1st Semester
B Nursing
3
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•demonstrate an understanding of relevant policies regulations;
institutional philosophy, vision, mission and its implementation
in a health unit
•demonstrate leadership skills in guiding nursing teams to
achieve quality patient care
•demonstrate ability to implement quality improvement
strategies
•Health policy development and implementation
•Resource management
•Quality assurance
General Nursing 211 & 212 & Introduction to Mental Health
214
Midwifery & Child-health 311& 312 ; Community Health
Nursing 311
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
28
Lectures p.w
2x1 hour
21
Practical’s p.w.
4 hours clinical p.w.
56
Tutorials p.w.
42
3
150
Continuous Assessment: 60%
190
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module will
be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Practical’s
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module will
be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
School of Nursing (SoN)
Nursing leadership and management at unit level
Unit Management 336
CUR336
7
15
Semester
2nd Semester
B Nursing
3
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•demonstrate an understanding of relevant policies regulations;
institutional philosophy, vision, mission and its implementation
in a health unit
•demonstrate leadership skills in guiding nursing teams to
achieve quality patient care
•demonstrate ability to implement quality improvement
strategies
•Health policy development and implementation
•Resource management
•Quality assurance
General Nursing 211 & 212 & Introduction to Mental Health
214
Midwifery & Child-health 311& 312 ; Community Health
Nursing 311
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
28
Lectures p.w
2x1 hour
21
Practical’s p.w.
4 hours clinical p.w
56
Tutorials p.w.
42
3
150
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
School of Nursing (SoN)
General Nursing Science
General Nursing Science 211
NRS211
6
20
Semester
1st Semester
B Nursing
2
At the end of this module the student should be able to:
191
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Practicals
Self-study
Assessments
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module will
be offered
Year level
• Comprehensively manage patients
• Apply the scientific principles of nursing in the compre hensive
management (including pharmacological management) of
patients with illnesses at primary, secondary and tertiary levels.
• Integrate the relevant ethical-legal principles in the
management of patients with illnesses.
The comprehensive care of patients in health care settings.
The assessment, management and evaluation of health issues
regarding the following medico-surgical conditions:
Inflammatory process / Immunity / Microbiology
HIV/AIDS
Shock/Burns
Oncology
Neurology and neuro-surgical
Endocrinology
Cardiology
Fundamental Nursing 111
Fundamentals of Nursing 112
Human Biology 118 & 128 HUB118 &HUB128
Pharmacology 204
Human Biology 218
Introduction to Psychology 111
Brian and Behavior 112
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
56
Lectures p.w
2X2 hours
12
Practical’s p.w.
7X8 hours
56
Tutorials p.w.
70
6
200
Continuous Assessment: 50%
Theoretical tasks: 50%
Clinical tasks: 50%
In order to sit for the Final assessment the student must obtain a
subminimum of 40% in each of the tasks
Final Assessment: 50%
Theory exam: 50%
Clinical exam: 50%
To pass the module the student must obtain a subminimum of
50% in each of these examinations.
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
School of Nursing (SoN)
General Nursing Science
General Nursing Science 212
NRS212
6
20
Semester
2nd Semester
B Nursing
2
192
Main Outcomes
Assessment Module type
At the end of this module the student should be able to:
• Comprehensively manage patients with illnesses at primary,
secondary and tertiary levels, through the application of
scientific principles of nursing including pharmacological
management
• Identify and comprehensively manage patients with physical
illnesses taking into consideration the ethico-legal implications
applicable.
The comprehensive care of patients in health care settings.
The assessment, management and evaluation of health issues
regarding the following medico-surgical conditions:
Emergency care
Theatre care
Respiratory
GIT
Renal
Reproductive / Urological
Other (Paediatrics / Orthopaedics / Dermatology / Ear, Nose and
Throat / Ophthalmology
Fundamental Nursing 111
Fundamentals of Nursing 112
Human Biology 118 &128
Pharmacology 204
Human Biology 228
Introduction to Mental Health 214
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
56
Lectures p.w
2X2 hours
12
Practical’s p.w.
16/22 hours
56
Tutorials p.w.
70
6
200
Continuous Assessment: 50%
Theoretical tasks: 50%
Clinical tasks: 50%
In order to sit for the Final assessment the student must obtain a
subminimum of 40% in each of the tasks
Final Assessment: 50%
Theory exam: 50%
Clinical exam: 50%
To pass the module the student must obtain a subminimum of
50% in each of these examinations.
CFA
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module will
Community and Health Sciences
School of Nursing (SoN)
Management of childhood illness
Child Health 313
NRS313
6
15
Semester
2nd Semester
B Nursing
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Practicals
Self-study
Assessments
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
193
be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Practical’s
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module will
be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Practical’s
3
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•demonstrate competence in growth and development
monitoring of a child
•demonstrate competence in establishing a child- and adolescent
friendly environment in a health care setting
•demonstrate competence in management of childhood illnesses
in an integrated manner
•Growth monitoring
•Integrate Management of Childhood Illnesses
•Extended Programme of Immunization (EPI)
None
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
28
Lectures p.w
2
21
Practical’s p.w.
4
56
Tutorials p.w.
42
3
150
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
School of Nursing (SoN)
Management of childhood illness
Child Health 324
NRS324
6
15
Semester
1st Semester
B Nursing
3
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•demonstrate competence in growth and development
monitoring of a child
•demonstrate competence in establishing a child- and adolescent
friendly environment in a health care setting
•demonstrate competence in management of childhood illnesses
in an integrated manner
•Growth monitoring
•Integrate Management of Childhood Illnesses
•Extended Programme of Immunization (EPI)
None
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
28
Lectures p.w
2
21
Practical’s p.w.
4
56
Tutorials p.w.
194
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module will
be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
42
3
150
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
School of Nursing (SoN)
Gender Based Violence as a public health issue
Regional Priority GBV 401
NRS401
8
20
Semester
2nd Semester
B Nursing
Assessment Module type
4
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•demonstrate an understanding of the magnitude of genderbased violence as a public health issue
•apply basic theoretical and legal knowledge in addressing
gender-based violence as a public health issue.
•demonstrate understanding of different intervention strategies
on gender-based violence in different health care settings
•Different manifestations of gender-based violence as a public
health issue
•Epidemiology of gender-based violence
•Basic theory i.e. social ecological model for understanding and
addressing gender-based violence.
•Constitutional and legal frameworks, policies and protocols
guiding health professionals in the management of gender-based
violence survivors.
•Advocacy, empowerment and general interventions in genderbased violence as a public health issue.
None
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
28
Lectures p.w
2x1 hour
30
Practical’s p.w.
5.2
74
Tutorials p.w.
65
3
200
Continuous Assessment: 40%
Final Assessment: 60%
CFA
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Community and Health Sciences
School of Nursing (SoN)
Therapeutic management of mental illness
Psychiatric Nursing 411
NRS411
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Practical’s
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
195
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module will
be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Practicals
Self-study
Assessments
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module will
be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
8
30
Semester
1st Semester
B Nursing
4
At the end of this module the student should be able to:
• Facilitate group work with a group of clients suffering from
mental illnesses
• Mobilize self-care and support systems for families with
mentally ill members
• Assist a family with psychological problems
• Manage a psychiatric emergency and trauma of the mentally ill
patient and people in crises
• Implement and evaluate nursing interventions for extreme
emotional and behavioural disturbances in mentally ill patients
• Mental Health Act
• Psychiatric assessment, diagnosis
• Management of psychosocial rehabilitation for individuals
within an ethically and culturally relative context
• Social versus therapeutic relationship
• Support groups
• Family structure and dynamics
• Communication patterns and developmental tasks
• Trauma debriefing
Introduction to Mental Health 214
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
56
Lectures p.w
14X 2 hours
30
Practical’s p.w.
14X11 hours
154
Tutorials p.w.
14X2 hours
55
5
300
Continuous Assessment: 40%
Final Assessment: 60%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
School of Nursing (SoN)
Management and Rehabilitation of Psychiatric patients
Psychiatric Nursing 412
NRS412
8
30
Semester
2nd Semester
B Nursing
4
At the end of this module the student should be able to:
• Provide a therapeutic and safe environment for hospitalized
psychiatric patients and those in legal custody
196
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Practicals
Self-study
Assessments
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module will
be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
• Implement and evaluate nursing interventions for extreme
emotional and behavioural disturbances in mentally ill patients
• Involve the client and family in setting of rehabilitation goals
• Measure functional ability of clients with disabilities using
appropriate instruments
• Assess the barriers to rehabilitation and develop a
rehabilitation plan
• Psychopharmacology & Psychopathology
• Ethical dilemma in Psychiatric nursing
• Mental Health Care & Legislation
• Methods and techniques of selection, restraint & seclusion
• Physical and psychological intervention
• Specific types of disability
• Theories and models of rehabilitation
• De-institutionalisation & environmental adaptation
• Community support system
Introduction to Mental Health 214 (CUR214)
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
56
Lectures p.w
14X2 hours
30
Practical’s p.w.
14X11 hours
154
Tutorials p.w.
14X2 hours
55
5
300
Continuous Assessment: 50%
Final Assessment: 50%
Both continuous assessment and examination will consist of a
theory and clinical assessment component (each contributing
50% to relevant assessment).
In order to sit for the final examinations the student must obtain
a subminimum of 40% in each of the theory and clinical
assessment components.
To pass the module the student must obtain a subminimum of
50% in each of the theory and clinical examinations.
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
School of Nursing (SoN)
Theory of the Research process
Research Methods 421
NRS421
8
20
Semester
2nd Semester
B Nursing
4
At the end of the module the student will be able to:
•demonstrate a sound understanding of all the steps of the
research process
•demonstrate ability to critically review and consolidate
knowledge from all different disciplines of nursing and utilize
197
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Practical’s
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module will
be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Practical’s
this knowledge in conducting research
•Sources of knowledge
•Steps in the research process
•Research problem identification
•Approaches and methodologies
•Literature review
•Ethics in conducting research, principles and procedures
•Data collection and analysis and instrument development
•Population and sampling
None
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
28
Lectures p.w
2x1 hour
30
Practical’s p.w.
5.2
74
Tutorials p.w.
65
3
200
Continuous Assessment: 40%
Final Assessment: 60%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
School of Nursing (SoN)
Professional Practice Role
Professional Practice 423
NRS423
8
20
Semester
1st Semester
B Nursing
4
At the end of the module the student will be able to:
•demonstrate competence in advocating for the right of
individuals, families, groups and other health care providers
•demonstrate professionalism in the provision of health care in a
variety of health care settings
•demonstrate competence in organizing, coordinating and
reviewing activities in a health care unit
•demonstrate competence in taking responsibility for own
personal and professional development
•Advocacy role
•Professionalism
•Continued professional development
•Leadership
None
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
28
Lectures p.w
2x1 hour
30
Practical’s p.w.
5.2
74
Tutorials p.w.
198
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module will
be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Practicals
Assessments
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
65
3
200
Continuous Assessment: 40%
Final Assessment: 60%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
School of Nursing (SoN)
Fundamentals of nursing deals with the basic needs of an
individual and equips the student with the conceptual
foundations for sound ethical practice.
Fundamentals of Nursing 111
NUR111
5
15
Semester
1st Semester
B Nursing
1
At the end of the module a student should be able to:
• Appropriately apply communication skills to ensure quality
nursing care
• Analyze and interpret the influence of specific context
variables on the health care of individuals of all age groups
within the ethno-and socio-cultural background and health belief
systems
• Develop an understanding of the basic concepts relevant in the
nursing profession in accordance with ethical and legal codes of
nursing and the laws of the country
• Assess, plan, implement and evaluate care plans to meet the
hygienic, activity and stimulation, elimination, safety and
learning needs of individuals throughout the life stages
• Development of interpersonal and communication skills
• Contextual factors which influence the provision of care
• Introduction to the basic concepts on the theory, character and
ethics of nursing and the laws of the country
• Hygiene, activity and stimulation, elimination, safety and
learning needs
None
Clinical Nursing 111 (CUR111)
Physics for CHS 118 (PHY118)
Human Biology 118 (HUB118)
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
56
Lectures p.w
2X 2 hours (14wks)
14
Practical’s p.w.
70
Tutorials p.w.
10
150
Continuous Assessment: 50%
Final Assessment: 50%
CFA
199
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module will
be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Self-study
Assessments
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module will
be offered
Community and Health Sciences
School of Nursing (SoN)
Basic Nursing care to patients
Fundamentals of Nursing 112
NUR112
5
15
Semester
2nd Semester
B Nursing
1
At the end of the module the student should be able to:
• Practice in accordance with ethical and legal codes of nursing
and the laws of the country
• Assess, plan, implement and evaluate care plans to meet the
following needs of individuals and families throughout the life
stages: homeostasis, nutrition, well-being, safety and learning
• Provide nursing care to a terminally ill patient and support to
the family
• Share information to promote effective decision making
• Nursing ethics, scope of practice and legislation
• Needs of individuals and families throughout the life stages:
homeostasis, nutrition, well-being, safety and learning, terminal
care, death and dying
• Interaction with members of the multi-disciplinary and multisectoral teams
None
Clinical Nursing 111 (CUR111)
Chemistry for CHS 128 (CHM128)
Human Biology 125 (HUB128)
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
56
Lectures p.w
2X2 hours (14 wks)
14
Practical’s p.w.
70
10
150
Continuous Assessment: 50%
Final Assessment: 50%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
School of Nursing (SoN)
This module involves an in-depth skills development for
Advanced Mental Health Practitioners
Clinical Practicum for Advanced Mental Health
Practitioners 811
NAP811
9
20
Year
1st & 2nd Semester
Master of Nursing
200
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Practical’s
Self-study
Test & examination
Other : Project work & online
discussions
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module will
be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
8
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•apply specialist knowledge and skills in the nursing of
individuals, groups and communities with mental health
problems
•function as primary therapist in a multi-disciplinary team and to
set standards for specific nursing interventions
•Develop and use patient care audit and appraisal systems in
mental health care settings
•function as health counselor and nursing consultant
•The tools of psychiatric mental health nursing
•The use of the therapeutic self and the skills needed for
interpersonal effectiveness.
•The various therapies used in psychiatry e.g. Individual
therapy; group therapy; family therapy; marital therapy;
counseling;
•Play and other approved therapy in children
•The different strategies employed in caring for the caregivers
None
•Advanced Mental Health Management NAP827
•Community Mental Health Nursing NAP815
•Child and Adolescent Mental Health NAP814
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
10
Lectures p.w
3
20
Practical’s p.w.
100
Tutorials p.w.
56
4
10
200
Continuous Assessment: 40%
Final Assessment: 60%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
School of Nursing (SoN)
This module involves an in-depth study of Child and Adolescent
Mental Health conditions and treatments
Child and Adolescent Mental Health 814
NAP814
9
10
Semester
2nd Semester
Master of Nursing
8
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•work as a specialist practitioner with other members of the
health team within the health care system for the promotion of
mental health and prevention of mental illness in children and
adolescents
•conduct clinical assessment of families based on an approved
201
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Practical’s
Self-study
Other: Project Work
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module will
be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
model
•conduct clinical assessment and diagnose the most prevalent
childhood and adolescent mental disorders based on
international classification systems
•practice childhood and adolescent mental health nursing safely
in a variety of settings within legal and ethical frameworks
•Theories of self-development
•International classification of mental disorders
•Assessment of risk factors for mental disorders or mental health
problems as pertinent to child & adolescent
•Nursing diagnoses
•Commonly used treatment modalities
•Management of child and youth abuse
Advanced Mental Health Management NAP827
Clinical Practicum for Advanced Mental Health Practitioners
NAP811
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
40
Lectures p.w
3
25
Practical’s p.w.
30
Tutorials p.w.
72
25
8
200
Continuous Assessment: 40%
Final Assessment: 60%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
School of Nursing (SoN)
This module involves an in-depth study of Community Mental
Health Nursing
Community Mental Health Nursing 815
NAP815
9
20
Semester
2nd Semester
Master of Nursing
8
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•enhance the functioning of the individual, group and
community through expert psycho-education
•assess and provide clients Psycho social rehabilitation(PSR)
•demonstrate knowledge of Mental Health legislation
•develop the expertise of other nurses who do not have the
required knowledge and skills in advanced psychiatric nursing
care
•Role and functions of the psychiatric community
•Mental health resources and the correct referral pathways
•Value of psychosocial rehabilitation programmes
•Community-based preventative and promotive mental health
202
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Practical’s
Self-study
Other: Project Work
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module will
be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
strategies
•Prevention of and service provision for priority health problems
•Emergency psychiatric care
Advanced Mental Health Management NAP827
Clinical Practicum for Advanced Mental Health NAP811
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
40
Lectures p.w
3
25
Practical’s p.w.
30
Tutorials p.w.
72
25
8
200
Continuous Assessment: 40%
Final Assessment: 60%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
School of Nursing (SoN)
Forensic Nursing in Gender-based Violence
Forensic Nursing in Gender-based Violence 816
NAP816
9
20
Semester
2nd Semester
M Nursing
1
At the end of this module the student should be able to:
• Raise awareness of the impact of gender-based violence on
health and the health delivery system
• Understanding specific gender and cultural issues of Gender
based violence
• Demonstrate skills and competency as health professional to
provide effective, comprehensive, high quality care to victims of
gender-based violence
• Practice as sexual assault health care practitioner
• Practice forensic nursing safely in a variety of settings within
legal and ethical frameworks
• Violence as a public health issue, exploring the roots and the
manifestation of violence across the lifespan
• Constitutional and legal measures combating gender-based
violence
• Therapeutic interpersonal skills development for health
professionals and dealing with vicarious trauma
• Assessment and emergency care of gender-based violence
survivors
• Medical and forensic management of sexual assault
None
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
42
Lectures p.w
203
Practical’s p.w.
Tutorials p.w.
Assignments & tasks
Practicals
Self-study
Other: On-line discussions and project
work
Assessments
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
38
30
40
46
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Community and Health Sciences
School of Nursing (SoN)
This module will equip the student to monitor growth, diagnose
common child illnesses and immunizes children against
childhood illnesses.
Integrated Management of Childhood Illnesses 817
NAP817
9
20
Semester
2nd Semester
Master of Nursing
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module will
be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
4
200
Continuous Assessment: 100%
CA
8
The student should be competent in the following areas.
•assess and implement a nursing plan for physical growth,
nutritional and fluid needs of the neonate/child form birth till 6
years of age
•assess and implement a nursing plan for the gross motor,
language, fine-motor and personal-social development of the
neonate/child till 6 years of age
•management of common concerns and problems of the neonate
till 6 years of age
•understanding the major causes of childhood diseases and their
management using Integrated Management of Childhood
Illnesses (IMCI)
•understand common behaviors, including child sexuality of the
child up to 6 years of age
•assess and implement a nursing plan for children with special
needs such those who were abused or infected or affected by
HIV/AIDS
•critically assess, apply and influence relevant policies and legal
regulations
•Growth, gross motor, language, fine-motor and personal-social
development of the neonate till 12 years of age
•Nutritional and fluid intake of neonate till age 6
•Childhood diseases including common problems and infectious
diseases
•Children in special circumstances
•Policies and legalization impacting on children‟s health
None
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
10
Lectures p.w
204
Assignments & tasks
Practical’s
Self-study
Test & examination
Other : E-learning
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module will
be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Practical’s
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
50
Practical’s p.w.
30
Tutorials p.w.
50
10
50
200
Continuous Assessment: 40%
Final Assessment: 60%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
School of Nursing (SoN)
Pathophysiology related to disease states
Advanced Health Assessment and Diagnostic Reasoning 818
NAP818
9
20
Semester
1st & 2nd Semester
Master of Nursing
8
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•synthesize concepts of human anatomy and physiology at the
cellular, tissue, organ, organ system, and organism level
•synthesize concepts of pathophysiology at the cellular, tissue,
organ, organ system, and organism level for conditions affecting
individuals throughout the life span
•analyze and interpret client history, including presenting
symptoms, physical findings, and diagnostic information to
develop appropriate differential diagnoses in all age groups
•order and interpret common screening and diagnostic tests
within the scope of practice
•evaluate common screening and diagnostic tests based on
current evidence
•Client health history, including presenting symptoms, physical
findings, and diagnostic information to develop appropriate
differential diagnoses.
•Current common screening and diagnostic tests based on
evidence. Most common pathological conditions for each of the
major body systems – Cardiovascular, Hematopoetic,
Respiratory, Endocrine, Immune, Gastrointestinal, Neurological,
Integumentary, Musculoskeletal, Reproductive, Renal, Genetics,
& Genitourinary
None
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
20
Lectures p.w
2
48
Practical’s p.w.
8
64
Tutorials p.w.
2
48
20
200
Continuous Assessment: 100%
205
Assessment Module type
CA
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module will
be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Community and Health Science
School of Nursing (SoN)
Empowerment of Women and Women‟s Health Issues
Women and Health 819
NAP819
9
20
Semester
2nd Semester
Master of Nursing
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Practical’s
Self-study
Other: E-Learning
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module will
be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
8
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•Understanding of theoretical approaches in defining women‟s
health
•Understanding of the overview of key issues and challenges
impacting on women‟s health from gender perspectives
•Analyze, assess and influence new and existing relevant
policies
•Women‟s status throughout the life cycle
•Policies and legislation impacting on women‟s health
•Politics of Reproductive Health
•Sexuality and Social Control
•Women, Work and Economy
•Women & Violence
•Strategies for Change: Gender Advocacy Skills
None
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
10
Lectures p.w
80
Practical’s p.w.
30
Tutorials p.w.
40
40
200
Continuous Assessment: 100%
CA
Community and Health Sciences
School of Nursing (SoN)
This module provides learning opportunity to the student to
practice independently as an Advanced midwife.
Advanced Midwifery 820
NAP820
9
20
Semester
1st Semester
Master of Nursing
8
At the end of this module students should be able to:
206
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Practical’s
Self-study
Test & examination
Other: On-line learning, lectures &
group discussions
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module will
be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
•demonstrate a coherent and critical understanding of the
principles, theories and emerging issues and debates in
Advanced midwifery
•demonstrate the ability to, identify, evaluate and refer problems
using appropriate assessment methods which promote or
threaten the health and life of the mother and her fetus during
labor up to 42 days post-partum
•be able to demonstrate competencies to screen and assess
mothers complicated by psycho- social, physical problems
•be able to competently manage and to refer low risk and
complicated cases at ante-, intra and postnatal stage
•Development, testing, implementation and evaluation of
evidence-based low and high risk protocols, guidelines and
policies for maternal health problems
•Demonstrate competency to do assisted deliveries and
associated operating theatre procedures
•Analyze community needs of mothers with high risk pregnancy
and/or deliveries that are championed by advocacy
Basic midwifery qualification B Nurs
Advanced Clinical Practice in Midwifery and Neonatology
NAP822
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
10
Lectures p.w
2
48
Practical’s p.w.
30
Tutorials p.w.
50
12
58
200
Continuous Assessment: 40%
Final Assessment: 60%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
School of Nursing (SoN)
This module provide the student with knowledge to nurse high
risk neonates
Advanced Neonatal Nursing Science Methods 821
NAP821
9
20
Semester
1st Semester
Master of Nursing
8
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•demonstrate a coherent and critical understanding of the
principles, theories and emerging issues and debates in neonatal
nursing
•demonstrate the ability to identify, evaluate and refer problems
which promote or threaten neonatal health using appropriate
assessment methods
207
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Practical’s
Self-study
Test & examination
Other: On line learning, lectures &
group discussions
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module will
be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
•be able to demonstrate competencies to assess neonates
complicated by psycho- social, physical problems
•be able to competently manage complicated cases of at risk
neonates and using appropriate referring strategies
•Development, testing, implementation and evaluation of
evidence-based low and high risk protocols, guidelines and
policies for neonates
•Analyze community needs neonates with complicated birth
injuries
Basic midwifery qualification B Nurs
Advanced Clinical Practice in Midwifery and Neonatology
NAP822
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
10
Lectures p.w
2
40
Practical’s p.w.
30
Tutorials p.w.
50
12
58
200
Continuous Assessment: 40%
Final Assessment: 60%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
School of Nursing (SoN)
This allows the student to gain experience in the practice of
Midwifery and Neonatology
Advanced Clinical Practice in Midwifery and Neonatology
822
NAP822
9
20
Year
1st & 2nd Semester
Master of Nursing
8
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•demonstrate competency to resuscitate a high risk woman and a
newborn infant
•work as a specialist practitioner with team members within the
health care system for the promotion and prevention of maternal
and neonatal health including mortality and morbidity
•identified and integrated appropriate frameworks for theoretical
and practical knowledge
•Demonstrate competency to effectively managed referrals from
primary health care practitioners of pregnant / laboring/ post
natal or neonatal patients
•Understanding of the dynamic and tentative nature of
knowledge in the field of midwifery and neonatology
emphasizing the practice of current evidence base practice
•Be able to act as an independent consultant practitioner
208
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Practical’s
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module will
be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Practical’s
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Basic midwifery B Nurs
•Advanced Neonatal Nursing Science NAP821
•Advanced Specialization in Midwifery and Neonatology
NAP830
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
10
Lectures p.w
2
30
Practical’s p.w.
100
Tutorials p.w.
50
10
200
Continuous Assessment: 40%
Final Assessment: 60%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
School of Nursing (SoN)
Discipline Specific practice teaching
Evidence Based Didactics 823
NAP823
9
20
Semester
1st Semester
Master of Nursing
8
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•lead evidence-based practice in nursing and midwifery
education
•demonstrate comprehensive theoretical and clinical competence
in the field in which teaching will take place
•Lesson planning and presentation
•Management of a class session
•Handling difficulties in class
•Application of teaching strategies
•Clinical laboratory process
•Theoretical Foundation of Learning NUR820
•Teaching and Learning Methods NUR823
Curriculum Development NUR821
None
Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week
24
Lectures p.w
1
20
Practical’s p.w.
2
88
Tutorials p.w.
60
8
200
Continuous Assessment: 40%
Final Assessment: 60%
CFA
209
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module will
be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Practical’s
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module will
be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Community and Health Sciences
School of Nursing (SoN)
Identification and management of common and important
health/disease issues, problems and emergencies
Advanced Clinical Practice Nurse Practitioner 824
NAP824
9
20
Semester
2nd Semester
Master of Nursing
8
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•diagnose and manage acute and chronic health problems
•prioritize health problems and intervenes appropriately
•formulate an action plan/s
•evaluate results of interventions using accepted outcome
criteria
•apply principles of epidemiology and demography in clinical
practice
•use community/public health assessment information in
evaluating patient needs, initiating referrals, coordinating care
•Medical and surgical emergencies across all ages
•Current priority health problems and management at individual
and family levels
•Referral and follow up of individual cases
•Rehabilitation strategies
None
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
27
Lectures p.w
1
10
Practical’s p.w.
1
100
Tutorials p.w.
1
48
15
200
Continuous assessment 100%
CA
Community and Health Sciences
School of Nursing (SoN)
Theoretical underpinning of advanced practice nursing and
midwifery
Advanced Nursing Practice and Client Management 825
NAP825
9
10
Semester
1st Semester
MCur Structured - Advanced nurse practitioner
8
At the end of this module students should be able to:
210
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Practical’s
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
•critically analyze and synthesize the philosophical basis of
nursing, based on contemporary nursing theories/models and
relevant to current socio-political context of nursing practice
•analyze nursing and primary care nursing decisions and
research imperatives, supported by a particular model or theory
of nursing and take into consideration the legal and ethical
frameworks of nursing practice
•apply ethical decision making to common ethical problems
•based on relevant research, provides health promotion, disease
prevention, anticipatory guidance, and counseling to promote
health, reduce risk factors, and prevent disease and disability
•recognizes
environmental health problems
affecting
clients/patients and provides health protection interventions that
promote healthy environments for individuals, families, and
communities, including international, national, regional and
local environments
•utilize the principles of health education to promote health and
enable the individual, family, community to cope meaningfully
with ill health and disease using current research as basis for
practice
•incorporate current technology in the delivery of care
•evaluate implications of contemporary health policy on health
care providers and consumers
•monitor and ensure the quality of health care practice
•Critical analysis of mid-range practice theories (e.g. theory of
reasoned action, stress/adaptation, etc.)
•Conceptual analysis
•Theory of health promotion, Health policy and regulation
related to health promotion
•Applied epidemiology
•Environmental health
•Global priorities and Health Plan for South Africa
•Legal aspects of clinical practice
•Use of technology in health care; electronic health record,
internet and others
•Legislative and political structure; how to influence
•Community resources; access for patient care
•Methods of quality assurance
None
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
27
Lectures p.w
1
10
Practical’s p.w.
1
100
Tutorials p.w.
1
48
15
200
Continuous assessment 100%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
School of Nursing (SoN)
Identify range of therapeutic modalities and select most
appropriate for given circumstances
211
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Practical’s
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Advanced Pharmacology and Treatment Modalities 826
NAP826
9
20
Semester
2nd Semester
Master of Nursing
8
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•prescribe medication based on efficacy, safety, and cost as
legally authorized (Integrates knowledge of pharmacokinetic
processes, correct doses, routes, frequencies, and how to
minimize adverse drug interactions)
•base
identify therapeutic options as per client conditions
•select apply and monitor treatment modalities as appropriate
•Pharmacokinetic processes
•Major classes of medication for common pathophysiology in
each major body system - Cardiovascular, Hematopoetic,
Respiratory, Endocrine, Immune, Gastrointestinal, Neurological
(including
pain
and
psychiatric),
Integumentary,
Musculoskeletal, Reproductive, Renal & Genitourinary. (e.g.
Cardiovascular – betablockers, calcium-channel blockers, etc.;
Immune – antibiotics, antiretrovirals, etc.)
•Diagnostic reasoning for choosing one medication over another
and one therapeutic approach over another
•For each medication – correct dosing (based on size, age, and
other variables), route, frequency and how to minimize adverse
drug interactions
•For each therapeutic approach, determine potential risks and
measures to avoid or manage those
Advanced health assessment and diagnostic reasoning NAP818
Advanced health assessment and diagnostic reasoning NAP818
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
28
Lectures p.w
2
10
Practical’s p.w.
1
50
Tutorials p.w.
2
97
15
200
Continuous assessment 100%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
School of Nursing (SoN)
This module involves an in-depth study on Mental Health
Assessments and Treatment Modalities
Advanced Mental Health Management 827
NAP827
9
20
Semester
1st Semester
212
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Practical’s
Self-study
Test & examination
Other: Project work and On line
discussions
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module will
be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Master of Nursing
8
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•demonstrate a coherent and critical understanding of the
principles, theories, emerging issues and debates in psychiatric
mental health nursing
•assess and diagnose mental ill health using specific, acceptable
diagnostic systems
•manage the mental health care user (MCHU) in a
multidisciplinary context
•evaluate the appropriateness of selected intervention and
treatment modalities for clients within legal and ethical
frameworks
•Legislation
•Assessment and Diagnosis of Mental Health Care Users
•Treatment Modalities
•Interactive therapies, psychopharmacology, adjunct and other
biological therapies
None
Clinical Practicum for Advanced Mental Health Practitioners
NAP811
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
40
Lectures p.w
3
25
Practical’s p.w.
30
Tutorials p.w.
72
8
25
200
Continuous Assessment: 40%
Final Assessment: 60%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
School of Nursing (SoN)
This module provides the student with learning opportunities to
perform specialized procedures in Midwifery and Neonatology
Advanced Specializations in Midwifery and Neonatology 830
NAP830
9
10
Semester
1st Semester
Master of Nursing
8
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•demonstrate competency to apply specialist knowledge and
skills in the provision of Advanced maternal, neonatal and
reproductive health care for individuals, groups and
communities
•develop, promote, implement and evaluate strategies to prevent
213
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Practical’s
Self-study
Test & examination
Other: On-line learning, lectures &
group discussions
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
maternal and neonatal illness related to the overall reproductive
health of the
•community including morbidity and mortality
•be able to substantiated a point of view regarding emerging
issues and debates relevant to midwifery and neonatology such
as termination of pregnancy and infertility
•demonstrate cultural sensitivity in the assessment, process and
documentation of maternal and neonatal health care by
utilization and comparing the various cultural customs
pertaining to the practice of midwifery and neonatology
•apply quality assurance activities to enhance reproductive
services
•Critically analyze, assess and influence relevant policies,
guidelines, legislation and ethical dilemmas
•Demonstrate the ability to complete advanced procedures of
reproductive health in relation to:
•STI Management
•Papinicoula smears and any other specimen required
•Family planning including insertion of IUCD (the procedure of
certificate in TOP is optional)
•Prescribe and administer specific medication
•Internal foetal monitoring
•Amnioinfusion and amnioscopy
•External cephalic version
•Basic sonagraphy
•Be able to successfully arrange seminars/ workshops to educate
and train new midwives and mothers in the promotion of
maternal care including MTCT, ante and post natal exercise,
Better Birth Initiative, Safe Motherhood Initiative, Baby
Friendly Hospital Initiative, Kangaroo care
Basic midwifery qualification B Nurs
Advanced Clinical Practice in Midwifery and Neonatology
NAP822
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
10
Lectures p.w
2
40
Practical’s p.w.
30
Tutorials p.w.
50
12
58
200
Continuous Assessment: 40%
Final Assessment: 60%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
School of Nursing (SoN)
To develop and demonstrate familiarity with the research
process
MNurs Mini-thesis 803
NUR803
9
80
214
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module will
be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Self-study
Other:Field work depending on project
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Year
1st & 2nd Semester
Master of Nursing
8
At the end of the module the student will be able to:
•demonstrate the ability to identify a research problem
•synthesize literature to understand the context of the problem
•choose appropriate methodology to answer the problem
•draw up a research proposal for approval
•conduct the research
•write a formal report of the research and findings
•Participate in the research process to ensure the research
proposal is approved by senate higher degrees and ethics
committees in adequate time for the research to be conducted.
•Completed research report is submitted at the applicable due
date.
None
•Advanced qualitative research methods NUR825
•Advanced quantitative research methods NUR829
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
100
Lectures p.w
600
Practical’s p.w.
100
Tutorials p.w.
800
Completion of mini-thesis 100%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
School of Nursing (SoN)
Sub-roles Within Advanced Practice Nursing And Midwifery
Including Leadership And Management
Professional Development, Management and Service
Provision 814
NUR814
9
20
Semester
1st Semester
Master of Nursing
8
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•conduct an effective advanced nurse / midwife practitioner
function within the scope of her/his practice
•provide counseling and guidance as pertinent
•initiate appropriate and timely consultation and/or referral when
patient problem exceeds the nurse / midwife practitioner scope
of practice
•demonstrate cultural competence
•indicate the research basis for the role of the advanced practice
nurse / midwife
•locate advanced practice in global, regional and national
contexts
215
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Practical’s
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module will
be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
•demonstrate leadership and management attributes
•Advanced nursing / midwifery practice: global perspectives
•Sub roles of advanced nursing / midwifery practice – educator,
leader, expert clinician, consultant, counselor, case manager, and
researcher, and planner, evaluator of health care and health care
systems.
•Legal standing and legal determinants of advanced practice
with a focus on scope of practice
•Impact of culture on patient/community response to role of
advanced practice nursing / midwifery. Provision of culturally
competent practice.
• Theories and practice of leadership and management in service
provision.
None
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
27
Lectures p.w
10
Practical’s p.w.
88
Tutorials p.w.
60
15
200
Continuous assessment 100%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
School of Nursing (SoN)
Empowerment of women and woman‟s health issues
Women and Health 818
NUR818
9
20
Semester
1st Semester
Master of Nursing
8
At the end of the module the student will be able to:
•understand theoretical approaches in defining women‟s health
•understand the overview of key issues and challenges
impacting on women‟s health from gender perspectives
•analyze, assess and influence new and existing relevant policies
•Women‟s status throughout the life cycle
•Policies and Legislation impacting on women‟s health
•Politics of Reproductive Health
•Sexuality & Social Control
•Women, Work & Economy
•Women & Violence
•Strategies for change: Gender Advocacy skills
None
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
10
Lectures p.w
216
Assignments & tasks
Practical’s
Self-study
Other: E-learning
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
80
Practical’s p.w.
30
Tutorials p.w.
40
40
200
Continuous Assessment: 100%
CFA
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Community and Health Sciences
School of Nursing (SoN)
Programme and project management all stages and funding
proposal writing
Programme Planning Implementation and Evaluation 819
NUR819
9
20
Semester
2nd Semester
Master of Nursing
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module will
be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Practical’s
Self-study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
8
At the end of the module the student will be able to:
•analysis and synthesis of models and theories pertaining to
health programme and project design, implementation and
evaluation
•demonstration of the use of phases and components of
programmes and projects in health by application in a local
setting and by provision of the comprehensive plan for the
„home‟ health care setting
•selection and application of theories and models of programme
or project evaluation
•Models and theories that underpin practice
•Project and funding proposal writing
•Health programme/project planning and implementation,
strategy, tactics and operational issues.
•Evaluation strategies
None
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
40
Lectures p.w
3
60
Practical’s p.w.
4
20
Tutorials p.w.
1
80
200
Continuous Assessment: 100%
CFA
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Community and Health Sciences
School of Nursing (SoN)
Evaluation of educational theories and models
Theoretical Foundations of Nursing Education 820
NUR820
1
20
Main Content
217
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module will
be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Practical’s
Self-study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Semester
1st Semester
Master of Nursing
8
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•create active and learner- centered environments in the teaching
of nursing and midwifery both in clinical and classroom settings
based on comprehensive and systematic understanding of adult
development, learning and motivation theories
•evaluate various theories and models of nursing and health
based on a critical analysis of different own meaning
perspectives about health and disease and how these impact on
decision making in the practice of nursing and midwifery
•Current theoretical models
•.Philosophical underpinnings of teaching and learning
•Theories of adult learning
•Contemporary approaches to teaching & learning (PBL/
CBA/CBE
None
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
40
Lectures p.w
1
60
Practical’s p.w.
1
20
Tutorials p.w.
80
200
Continuous Assessment: 40%
Final Assessment: 60%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
School of Nursing (SoN)
The Process Of Curriculum Development And Evaluation
Curriculum Development 821
NUR821
9
20
Semester
2nd Semester
Master of Nursing
8
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•develop a coherent curriculum for a particular nursing and/or
midwifery program taking into account the principles of the
NQF and the stipulations of the ETQA for nursing and
midwifery education (SANC) in collaboration with peers
lead curriculum change and/or transformation in the education of
nurses and midwives based on critical analysis of educational
philosophy with regard to its implications for nursing and
midwifery education
•Various conceptualizations of curriculum
•Curriculum development process
218
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Self-study
Test & examination
Other: Group project
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module will
be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
•Different models of curriculum development
•Curriculum evaluation models
•Design curriculum for a specific programme
None
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
28
Lectures p.w
1
36
Practical’s p.w.
76
Tutorials p.w.
12
48
200
Continuous Assessment: 40%
Final Assessment: 60%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
School of Nursing (SoN)
Critical evaluation of global and national issues impacting on
nursing and midwifery
Issues in Health Professional Education 822
NUR822
9
20
Semester
2nd Semester
Master of Nursing
8
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•evaluate global and national issues and policies, including
managing diversity, Recognition of Prior Learning,
globalization and the nursing workforce etc., with specific
reference to nursing and midwifery education.
•National policies / influencing affecting Nursing Education
(ETQA; SAQA; SANC)
•Globalization in the education and training of nurses
•Movement of the nursing workforce globally
•Transformation of the education and training of nurses.
•Theoretical Foundations of Nursing Education NUR820
• Teaching and Learning Methods NUR823
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
24
Lectures p.w
1
56
Practical’s p.w.
96
Tutorials p.w.
24
200
Continuous Assessment: 40%
Final Assessment: 60%
CFA
219
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module will
be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Practical’s
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module will
be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Community and Health Sciences
School of Nursing (SoN)
Creative active classroom and clinical teaching
Teaching and Learning Methods 823
NUR823
9
10
Semester
1st Semester
Master of Nursing
8
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•design and implement classroom and clinical learning sessions
using appropriate teaching strategies based on expected learning
outcomes taking into consideration the principles of adult
learning
•plan and implement the assessment of classroom and clinical
learning outcomes based on a comprehensive understanding of
principles and strategies of assessment of learning outcomes
with specific reference to professional education
•Media design, selection and presentation
•Teaching and learning environments (theoretical and clinical)
•Various teaching methodologies
•Assessment of learning both theoretical and clinical
•Electronic teaching and learning
None
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
28
Lectures p.w
1
56
Practical’s p.w.
1
42
Tutorials p.w.
56
18
200
Continuous Assessment: 40%
Final Assessment: 60%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
School of Nursing (SoN)
Advanced Qualitative Research Methods
Advanced Qualitative Research Methods 825
NUR825
9
20
Semester
2nd Semester
M Nursing
1
At the end of this module the student should be able to:
• Demonstrate an understanding of qualitative research design
including the selection of participants, instrument selection and
220
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Practicals
Self-study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module will
be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
construction, analysis, and interpretation of the data
• Analyze a range of qualitative research methods and
approaches with regard to their appropriateness for investigating
particular research problems in nursing and midwifery
• Evaluate various philosophical underpinnings about qualitative
research and how this impact on choice of design, instrument in
conducting of nursing and midwifery related research
• Factors leading to the emergence of interest in qualitative
methods.
• Philosophical orientations and assumptions of qualitative
research.
• Compare and contrast qualitative research with other research
paradigms.
• Diverse orientations to knowledge development.
• Various approaches to collecting qualitative data.
• Data collection, analysis, validation, and presentation
techniques of selected methods.
• Key ethical dilemmas in conducting qualitative inquiry
• Approaches to analyzing and synthesizing qualitative data.
None
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
35
Lectures p.w
14X2.5 hours
20
Practical’s p.w.
88
Tutorials p.w.
50
200
Continuous Assessment: 40%
Examination: 60%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
School of Nursing (SoN)
To introduce the student to appropriate quantitative research
designs and methods that can be used when conducting research.
Advanced Quantitative Research Methods 829
NUR829
9
20
Semester
1st Semester
Master of Nursing
8
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•demonstrate an evolving awareness of the importance of
understanding quantitative research methods including
experimental; quasi- experimental, non- experimental designs
and ethics in research
•synthesize concepts relevant to plan and execute a quantitative
research project using the steps in the scientific research process,
•utilize knowledge and skills to initiate change and improve
practice through capturing, analyzing, interpreting, presentation,
publication and implementation of research findings,
221
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Self-study
Test & examination
Other:
E-learning
and
on-line
discussions
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
•utilize a wide range of appropriate data bases (textual and
electronic) to conduct an extensive and efficient literature search
and to review, critique, interpret and summarize literature .
•Research methodology
•Problem formulation
•Identifying/ developing appropriate conceptual frameworks
•Sampling methods and techniques
•Instrument development
•Validity and Reliability
•Pilot testing the instrument
•Data collection methods
•Data analysis (Hypothesis testing; levels of measurement;
interpretation)
•Proposal writing and reporting of findings
None
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
10
Lectures p.w
60
Practical’s p.w.
58
Tutorials p.w.
12
60
200
Continuous Assessment: 40%
Final Assessment: 60%
CFA
OCCUPATIONAL THERAPY
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Community and Health Sciences
Occupational Therapy
Kinesiology and Ergonomics
Kinesiology/Ergonomics 201
KER201
6
5
Semester
2nd Semester
BSc Occupational Therapy
2
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•analyses and describe functional human movement
•demonstrate mastery in measuring correct seating and desk
heights for individuals
•Mechanics of motion
•Cardio-respiratory function and its impact on movement
•Normal development and normal posture
•Ergonomics, improving work efficiency and movement analysis
of both static and dynamic postures
•Ergonomics and work study
•HUB 117
• HUB 127
222
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Practical’s
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
•OT,RA & Diabetes (OCT213)
•MBS 214,215,216
•Physics (PHY218)
•OT, Amps & Substance use (OCT212)
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
28
Lectures p.w
3
Practical’s p.w.
2
Tutorials p.w.
3
14
100
Final Assessment: 100%
FA
Community and Health Sciences
Occupational Therapy
DSM IV classifications of psychiatric conditions encountered in
Occupational Therapy
Psychiatry 211
OCS211
6
5
Semester
1st Semester
BSc Occupational Therapy
2
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•demonstrate Knowledge of selected Psychiatric conditions
•demonstrate understanding of the medical management of
selected psychiatric conditions
•explain effects and side effects of medication used in the
management of selected psychiatric conditions
•identify precautions related to selected psychiatric conditions
•describe functional implications of selected psychiatric
conditions
•Definition, etiology, clinical signs and symptoms, assessment
and management, cause and prognosis of:
-Depression, Dementia , Substance Abuse and Substance
-Dependence, as classified in the DSM IV classifications of
psychiatric disorders
HUB 117, HUB 127
MBS 214,215,216
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
28
Lectures p.w
2
4
Practical’s p.w.
14
Tutorials p.w.
4
50
Final Assessment: 100%
FA
223
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module will
be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module will
be offered
Year level
Community and Health Sciences
Occupational Therapy
Occupational Therapy
Trauma & Disease 212
OCS212
6
5
Semester
2nd Semester
BSc Occupational Therapy
2
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•demonstrate Knowledge of selected communicable and noncommunicable diseases
•demonstrate understanding of the medical management of
selected communicable and non-communicable diseases
•explain effects and side effects of medication used in the
management of selected communicable and non-communicable
diseases
• identify risk factors ,complications and precautions related to
selected communicable and non-communicable disease
•Definition, aetiology, clinical signs and symptoms, assessment
and management, cause and prognosis of:
-Teenage pregnancy
-HIV/AIDS
-TB
-Diabetes
-Amputations
-Rheumatoid Arthritis
HUB 117, 127
MBS 214,215,216
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
28
Lectures p.w
2
4
Practical’s p.w.
14
Tutorials p.w.
4
50
Final Assessment: 100%
FA
Community and Health Sciences
Occupational Therapy
DSM IV classifications of psychiatric conditions encountered in
Occupational Therapy
Psychiatry 311
OCS311
7
5
Term
1st Semester
BSc Occupational therapy
3
224
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•demonstrate Knowledge of Psychiatric conditions
•demonstrate understanding of the medical management of
psychiatric conditions
•explain effects and side effects of medication used in the
management of psychiatric conditions
•identify precautions related to psychiatric conditions
•describe functional implications of psychiatric conditions
Definition, aetiology, clinical signs and symptoms, assessment
and management, cause and prognosis of:
•Eating disorders
•Depression
•Bipolar mood disorder
•Anxiety disorders
•Psychotic disorders
•Personality disorders as classified in the DSM IV
classifications of psychiatric disorders
Clinical Sciences I Psychiatry I
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
20
Lectures p.w
2
10
Practical’s p.w.
15
Supervision lab
5
50
Final Assessment: 100%
FA
Community and Health Sciences
Occupational Therapy
Conditions caused by trauma and disease encountered in
Occupational Therapy
Neurology 312
OCS312
7
5
Term
1st Semester
BSc Occupational Therapy
3
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•demonstrate knowledge of neurological conditions
•demonstrate understanding of the medical management of
neurological conditions
•explain effects and side effects of medication used in the
management of neurological conditions
•identify precautions related to neurological conditions
•describe functional implications of neurological conditions
Definition, aetiology, clinical signs and symptoms, assessment
and management, cause and prognosis of:
• Injuries
•CVA
•SCI
225
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
•Degenerative Disorders
•Muscular Dystrophy
•CP
•Spina Bifida,
•Hydrocephalus
MBS 214,215,216
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
20
Lectures p.w
2
10
Practical’s p.w.
15
Supervision lab
5
50
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
Occupational Therapy
Conditions caused by trauma and disease encountered in
Occupational Therapy
Pediatrics 313
OCS313
7
5
Term
1st Semester
BSc Occupational Therapy
3
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•explain normal development in children
•identify abnormal development patterns and its causes in
children
•demonstrate knowledge and understanding of pediatric
conditions and its medical management
•explain complications that may arise in children with pediatric
conditions
•identify precautions to be taken during the management of
pediatric conditions
•Definition, aetiology, clinical signs and symptoms, assessment
and management, cause and prognosis of:
•Mental Retardation, ADHD, foetal Alcohol Syndrome,
Congenital Disorders, visual and hearing impairment,
malnutrition, diarrhoea, child abuse, TB, HIV/AIDSDefinition,
aetiology, clinical signs and symptoms, assessment and
management, cause and prognosis of:
•Mental Retardation, ADHD, foetal Alcohol Syndrome,
Congenital Disorders, visual and hearing impairment,
malnutrition, diarrhoea, child abuse, TB, HIV/AIDS
MBS 214,215,216
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
226
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
20
Lectures p.w
10
Practical’s p.w.
15
Supervision lab
5
50
Final Assessment: 100%
CFA
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Community and Health Sciences
Occupational Therapy
Conditions caused by trauma and disease encountered in
Occupational Therapy
Trauma & Disease 321
OCS321
7
5
Semester
2nd Semester
BSc Occupational Therapy
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module will
be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
2
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
3
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•demonstrate Knowledge of medical and surgical procedures
related to orthopaedic and medical conditions as a result of
trauma and disease
•demonstrate understanding of the medical and surgical
management of orthopaedic and medical conditions
•explain complications that may arise in clients who have
undergone surgery
•identify precautions to be taken with clients who have
undergone surgery
•describe functional implications that clients may experience as
a result of surgery
•Definition, aetiology, clinical signs and symptoms, assessment,
management, cause and prognosis of:
-Upper Limb Conditions, Burns, Cancer and Cardiac conditions
Clinical Sciences 2 Trauma & Disease 1
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
20
Lectures p.w
2
10
Practical’s p.w.
15
Supervision lab
5
50
Final Assessment: 100%
FA
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Community and Health Sciences
Occupational Therapy
Human Occupation
Introduction to Human Occupation 105
OCT105
5
15
Main Content
227
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module will
be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Practical’s
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
Semester
1st Semester
BSc Occupational Therapy
1
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•define human occupation
•explain the model of human occupation
•describe influence of performance context on occupation
•demonstrate poster making as a form of presentation
•Basic theoretical concepts of human occupation
•The Model of Human Occupation
•Performance context & narratives
•Reflective journaling, Learning skills & accessing information
•Presentation skills
None
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
112
Lectures p.w
2
14
Practical’s p.w.
10
Tutorials p.w.
14
5
50
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
Occupational Therapy
Human Occupation
Introduction to Occupational Therapy 117
OCT117
5
20
Semester
1st Semester
BSc Occupational Therapy
1
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•explain the definition, scope and philosophy of occupational
therapy
•demonstrate and discuss how activities can be used in
occupational therapy
•explain the OT process for individuals, groups & communities
•describe the approaches and tools of practice used in
occupational therapy
•Definition, scope, philosophy & context, activities, OT–
process, use of self, groups, activity analysis, ethics, remediation,
compensation & education approach
Introduction to Human Occupation (OCT 105)
None
None
228
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Practical’s
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module will
be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
70
Lectures p.w
2
42
Practical’s p.w.
18
Tutorials p.w.
42
28
200
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
Occupational Therapy
Adolescents Occupation
Human Occupation & Adolescents 201
OCT201
6
5
Term
1st Semester
BSc Occupational Therapy
Assessment Module type
2
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•identify the psycho-social stage of adolescence according to
developmental theory
•select and apply a model of occupational therapy that can be
used to analyze and adolescents occupational performance
•identify areas of occupational performance deficits in
adolescence
•Stages of adolescence
•Developmental theory e.g. Erikson, role of society, religion,
culture and personal history on occupational choice,
•Leisure as identity formation in adolescence, narratives and
interview, adolescents in crisis, promotive and preventive
intervention strategies for occupational therapy
Introduction to Human Occ. (OCT105)
OT, Amps & Sub. Use (OCT212), OT, Teenage Preg&
HIV/Aids (OCT211)
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
28
Lectures p.w
2
12
Practical’s p.w.
3
Tutorials p.w.
7
50
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Community and Health Sciences
Occupational Therapy
Occupation and older adults
Human Occupation and Older Adults 203
OCT203
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Practical’s
Self-study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
229
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module will
be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Practical’s
Self-study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module will
be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
6
5
Term
1st Semester
BSc Occupational Therapy
2
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•describe the occupational performance of an older adult
•discuss the impact of contextual factors on older adults
•apply the Person Environment Occupation Performance Model
to and older adult case scenario
•Human development stage of older adulthood
•Factors impacting on occupational performance of older adults
•Effect of environment on older adults
•Person Environment Occupation Model
Intro to Human Occ. (OCT105)
OT & Dementia (OCT214),
OT, RA & Diabetes (OCT213)
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
28
Lectures p.w
2
12
Practical’s p.w.
3
Tutorials p.w.
7
50
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
Occupational Therapy
OT Intervention with adolescents at risk of pregnancy &
HIV/AIDS
OT, Teenage Pregnancy & HIV/AIDS 211
OCT211
6
10
Term
2nd Semester
BSc Occupational Therapy
2
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•discuss youth wellness in South Africa
•identify occupational risk factors in adolescents in a specific
community
•apply the UWC Community Process Model in a project to
address youth wellness of adolescents in a specific community
•Health indicators for adolescents in South Africa,
•Occupational risk, imbalance, deprivation & injustice
•Frames of references in Occupational Therapy,
•The Ottawa charter for Health Promotion,
•Occupation-focused health promotion,
•The Community Project Process Model
230
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Practical’s
Self-study
Other: Please specify: Group work
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Practical’s
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Intro to OT (OCT117)
HO & Adolescents 863103 (OCT201)
Health Promotion (HLP213)
Clinical Sciences 2 Trauma & Disease 1
MBS 214,215,216
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
70
Lectures p.w
2
7
Practical’s p.w.
2
Tutorials p.w.
7
14
100
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
Occupational Therapy
Impact of amputation and substance use on occupational
performance
OT, Substance Use and Amputations 212
OCT212
6
10
Term
1st Semester
BSc Occupational Therapy
2
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•identify clients with substance abuse and its impact on
occupational performance
•explain the use of the Individual process model as it applies to
clients with substance abuse and amputations
•perform assessments and interventions on clients with substance
abuse and amputations
•Causes and functional implications of amputations,
•Interview as assessment,
•Psychodrama, role play, Life skills,
•Theoretical models in OT,
•Stump bandaging, prosthetic & wheelchair training, pressure
garments,
•OT Process
Intro to OT (OCT117)
Human Occupation & Adolescents 863103 (OCT201)
Clinical Sciences 2 Trauma & Disease 1,
MBS214,215,216
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
70
Lectures p.w
2
2
Tutorials p.w.
7
Supervision lab
21
100
231
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module will
be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
Occupational Therapy
Occupational Therapy as it relates to Rheumatoid Arthritis and
Diabetes
OT RA & Diabetes 213
OCT213
6
10
Term
2nd Semester
BSc Occupational Therapy
Assessment Module type
2
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•explain the Occupational Therapy Process by selecting the
appropriate process model to the setting in relation to Older
Adults with Chronic Diseases of Lifestyle
•select and perform appropriate assessments of an individual or
group within a community setting
•design and implement intervention
•demonstrate professional behavior with clients in fieldwork
settings
•Chronic Diseases of Lifestyle,
•UWC OT Process models ,
•Rheumatoid Arthritis and Diabetes,
•Frames of Reference in OT,
•Community Based Rehabilitation,
•Occupational adaptation and environmental analysis,
•Energy conservation, work-simplification, joint protection,
assistive devices and the basics of splinting
Intro to OT (OCT117)
Human Occ & Older Adults (OCT203)
Clinical Sciences 2 Trauma & Disease 1
MBS 214,215,216
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
70
Lectures p.w
2
13
Practical’s p.w.
3
Tutorials p.w.
14
100
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Community and Health Sciences
Occupational Therapy
Occupational therapy intervention with older adults
Occupational Therapy and Dementia 214
OCT214
6
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Practical’s
Self-study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
232
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module will
be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Practical’s
Self-study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
10
Term
1st Semester
BSc Occupational Therapy
2
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•describe the occupational performance of an older adult
•explain the theoretical background of dementia and depression
in older adults
•discuss the theory of aging
•identify contextual factors which affect older adults
•describe the assessment and intervention of older adults
•Normal ageing,
•Dementia& Depression (DSM classification),
•Assessment & intervention with older adults,
•UWC Occupational Performance model
•Reality-orientation, reminiscence- and validation therapy
Intro to OT (OCT117)
Human Occ & Older Adults (OCT203)
Clinical Sciences 1 Psychiatry
MBS 214,215,216
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
56
Lectures p.w
2
28
Practical’s p.w.
3
Tutorials p.w.
13
100
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
Occupational Therapy
Work as a major occupation of adults. Work practice in
occupational therapy
Human Occupation and Adults/Work 305
OCT305
5
7
Term
1st Semester
BSc Occupational Therapy
3
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•apply the Model of Human Occupation to adults
•explain the occupational roles of adults and the meaning of
work as occupation in adulthood
•analyze implications of South African Legal context (labor
laws) for occupational therapy practice
•select & perform appropriate work assessments for specific
clients
•design appropriate work practice interventions for specific
233
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Practical’s
Self-study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
clients
•Work as occupation,
•Employment equity act,
•Work assessment, vocational preparation, training
rehabilitation.
•Supported employment,
•Entrepreneurship
Human Occ & older adults (OCT203)
OT & Mental Health (OCT316)
OT & Neurology (OCT315)
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
42
Lectures p.w
2
3
Practical’s p.w.
1
Tutorials p.w.
12
50
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
&
Community and Health Sciences
Occupational Therapy
Children as occupational beings
Human Occupation and Children 307
OCT307
5
7
Term
1st Semester
BSc Occupational Therapy
3
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•discuss the importance of play to the development of children,
•discuss the impact of context on a child‟s development as an
occupational being,
•analyses and discuss the mother –child /career-child relationship
and its impact on the child‟s development,
•analyses specific pre-school child-factors that affect his/her
occupations in childhood, (specifically the occupational
behavior, performance and contexts)
•Occupational behavior of children,
• Wits Developmental Assessment,
• Play types,
•The importance of play & play vs. playfulness
•Children‟s rights,
•Disability and Play – adaptations,
•Interview skills with parents and children,
•Child handling skills
Human Occ & Adolescents (OCT201)
OT & Development (OCT317)
OT & Trauma (OCT319)
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
234
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Practical’s
Self-study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
28
Lectures p.w
6
Practical’s p.w.
4
Tutorials p.w.
12
50
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
2
Community and Health Sciences
Occupational Therapy
OT applied to –Neurological conditions
OT and Neurology 315
OCT315
15
7
Term
1st Semester
BSc Occupational Therapy
Assessment Module type
3
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•explain the effects of neurological conditions on the
occupational
•performance of adults
•apply the Neorodevelopmetal (NDT) frame of reference within
the OT practice framework
•demonstrate skills in applying NDT principles and techniques
for assessment and intervention
•NDT frame of reference
•NDT principles, intervention strategies & techniques
•OT programmes for clients with neurological conditions
Kine (KER201)
MBS 214,215,216
Physics (PHY218)
Clinical Sciences 5
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
92
Lectures p.w
2
9
Practical’s p.w.
20
Tutorials p.w.
12
3
26
150
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Community and Health Sciences
Occupational Therapy
Occupational therapy applied to psychiatric conditions
OT and Mental Health 316
OCT316
15
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Practical’s
Self-study
Test & examination
Other: Please specify: Group work
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
235
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module will
be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Practical’s
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
7
Semester
1st Semester
BSc Occupational Therapy
3
At the end of this module students should be able to demonstrate
an understanding of:
•occupational therapy models as it relates to psychiatric
conditions including Mental Retardation
•skills in applying specific principles and techniques for
intervention for these conditions
•selection and application of appropriate frame of reference for
intervention
•assessing, planning occupational therapy intervention
approaches and evaluation in different settings
•develop discharge/follow-up plans for adults with psychiatric
conditions
•Occupational therapy principles and techniques for adults with
psychiatric conditions including Mental Retardation
•Introduction to the Mental Health Act
•Model of Human Occupation, Model of Creative Ability
•Creative Ability
•Group Theory
Psych 211, 214
Clinical Sciences 3 Psychiatry 2
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
120
Lectures p.w
2
8
Practical’s p.w.
6
Tutorials p.w.
86
6
150
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
Occupational Therapy
Occupational therapy applied to pediatrics
OT and Development 317
OCT317
15
7
Semester
1st Semester
BSc Occupational Therapy
3
At the end of this module students should be able to demonstrate
an understanding of:
•the effects of developmental conditions on the occupational
•performance of children
•the use of the occupational therapy models as it relates to
236
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Practical’s
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module will
be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
•developmental conditions
•skills in applying specific principles and techniques for OT
intervention
•selection and application of appropriate frame of reference
•for intervention
•assessing, planning, implementing & evaluating occupational
therapy intervention.
•Developmental norms use of the occupational therapy models
for children with developmental and congenital disorders
•Use and interpretation of specialized tests for children
•Developmental and Sensory frames of reference
MBS 214,215,216
Kine (KER201)
Clinical Sciences 6
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
105
Lectures p.w
2
5
Practical’s p.w.
15
Tutorials p.w.
20
5
150
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
Occupational Therapy
OT applied to conditions caused by trauma and / or disease
encountered in Occupational Therapy
OT and Trauma 319
OCT319
15
7
Semester
1st Semester
BSc Occupational Therapy
3
At the end of this module students should be able to::
•discuss the impact of context on the occupational performance
of adults and children who suffers from an illness, injury or
trauma
•select and appropriate occupational therapy models to guide
intervention
•explain appropriate occupational therapy models
•apply selected occupational therapy models in intervention
•Occupational therapy models for adults and children with
medical conditions
•Biomechanical, Model of Human Occupation, Creative Ability,
Health Promotion and an occupational perspective on
community development
•Splints and therapeutic apparatus
•Specialized techniques in OT intervention related to burns,
hands, cardiac conditions and palliative care
237
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Practical’s
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module will
be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
MBS214,215,216
Clinical Sciences 4 Trauma & Disease 2
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
60
Lectures p.w
2
28
Practical’s p.w.
4
Tutorials p.w.
52
6
150
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
Occupational Therapy
Occupational therapy with adults
Fieldwork II – Adults 322
OCT322
7
10
Term
2nd Semester
BSc Occupational Therapy
Assessment Module type
3
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•apply either the INDIVIDUAL or GROUP PROCESS MODEL
with adults who require occupational therapy
•apply aspects of the COMMUNITY PROJECT PROCESS
MODEL
•Application of occupational therapy, frames of reference and
tools of practice with individuals or groups & communities
•Assessment of context, area and components
•Planning, implementation and evaluation of occupational
therapy intervention.
OT, RA & Diabetes, 863106 (OCT213)
OT & Dementia 863107 (OCT214)
OT & Neurology 863110 (OCT315)
OT & Trauma 863111,(OCT319)
OT & Development 863112,(OCT317)
OT & Mental Health 863113 (OCT316)
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
28
Lectures p.w
2
2
70
100
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Community and Health Sciences
Occupational Therapy
Occupational therapy with adults
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Self-study
Fieldwork
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
238
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module will
be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Self-study
Fieldwork
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
redit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Fieldwork II – Adults 322
OCT322
7
10
Term
2nd Semester
BSc Occupational Therapy
3
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•apply either the INDIVIDUAL or GROUP PROCESS MODEL
with adults who require occupational therapy
•apply aspects of the COMMUNITY PROJECT PROCESS
MODEL
•Application of occupational therapy, frames of reference and
tools of practice with individuals or groups & communities
•Assessment of context, area and components
•Planning, implementation and evaluation of occupational
therapy intervention.
OT, RA & Diabetes, 863106 (OCT213)
OT & Dementia 863107 (OCT214)
OT & Neurology 863110 (OCT315)
OT & Trauma 863111,(OCT319)
OT & Development 863112,(OCT317)
OT & Mental Health 863113 (OCT316)
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
28
Lectures p.w
2
2
70
100
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
Occupational Therapy
Review of contemporary issues in the field of Human
Occupation
Human Occupation 407
OCT407
8
10
Year
1st & 2nd Semester
BSc Occupational Therapy
4
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•demonstrate understanding of current issues and developments
relating to Human Occupation on both international and national
level
•critique historical and current state of occupational therapy
affairs in South Africa
•describe meanings and political nature of occupation in
239
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Research
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
occupational therapy that are relevant to the transitional South
African context
•Philosophy of the occupational therapy profession
•Scope of occupational science
•Different understandings of occupation and health
•Political nature of occupation, occupational therapy and
occupational science
•Framework for political reasoning
•Toward Proudly South African expressions of occupational
therapy and occupational science
HO & adults (OCT305)
HO & children (OCT307)
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
56
Lectures p.w
2
15
Practical’s p.w.
4
Supervision lab
15
10
100
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
Occupational Therapy
Ethics and management in occupational therapy in the South
African health context
Occupational Therapy 418
OCT418
8
10
Year
1st & 2nd Semester
BSc Occupational Therapy
4
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•explain the principles of ethics in occupational therapy and in
health service provision in the South African context
•discuss ethical issues related to occupational therapy
•discuss management principles related to an occupational
therapy department
•design a business plan related to provision of occupational
therapy services in a practice setting
•Ethics in occupational therapy in the South African health
context
•Occupational therapy code of ethics
•Management of a professional health facility
•Development of a business plan.
OT & neurology (OCT315)
OT & Trauma (OCT319)
OT & development (OCT317)
OT & mental health (OCT316)
240
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Practical’s
Self-study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module will
be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Fieldwork I (OCT 323)
Fieldwork II (OCT 322)
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
77
Lectures p.w
2
6
Practical’s p.w.
4
Tutorials p.w.
13
100
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
Occupational Therapy
The purpose of this module is so that students are able to
implement the INDIVIDUAL PROCESS MODEL over an
extended period and therefore to see the overall benefit of their
intervention. This process serves as an integration of all the
previous years‟ theory and practice in preparation for future
employment.
Fieldwork – Individual Process Model 429
OCT429
8
25
Year
1st & 2nd Semester
BSc Occupational Therapy
Assessment Module type
4
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•apply the individual process model in a specific fieldwork
setting
•develop the community project and group process model
•Application of occupational therapy frames of reference,
theories, models and tools of practice
•Application of context, areas and component assessments
•Develop the group and community project process models
FW I (OCT323)
FW II (OCT 322)
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
56
Lectures p.w
2
20
174
250
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Community and Health Sciences
Occupational Therapy
Qualitative Research paradigm and process
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Self-study
Fieldwork
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
241
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module will
be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Self-study
Research Fieldwork
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module will
be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Research (OT) 439
OCT439
8
25
Year
1st & 2nd Semester
BSc Occupational Therapy
4
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•differentiate between qualitative and quantitative research
paradigms and describe selected methods in qualitative research
•produce a research proposal
•produce a written mini-research report
•present research results
•Research paradigms
•Qualitative research methods
•Research process
•Research problem, question and rationale
•Literature review
•Trustworthiness
•Ethics
•Data analysis and interpretation
•Academic writing skills
•Research presentation skills
Measuring Health & disease (MHD223)
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
126
Lectures p.w
2
28
96
250
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
Occupational Therapy
Application of the GROUP PROCESS MODEL in intervention
with selected clients over an extended fieldwork period
Fieldwork – Group Process Model 459
OCT459
8
25
Year
1st & 2nd Semester
BSc Occupational Therapy
4
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•apply the group process model in a specific fieldwork setting
•design interventions according to the community project and
individual process model
•Application of occupational therapy frames of reference,
242
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Self-study
Fieldwork
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module will
be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
theories, models and tools of practice.
•Application of assessments,
•Planning, implementation & evaluation of occupational therapy
group, individual and community project process models.
FW I (OCT323)
FW II (OCT 322)
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
56
Lectures p.w.
2
28
174
250
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
Occupational Therapy
Occupational Therapy 801
Occupational Therapy 801
OCT801
8
120
Year
1st & 2nd Semester
MSc (Occupational Therapy) by full thesis
Assessment Module type
1
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•identify, analyze and deal with complex research issues
drawing systematically and creatively on the theory, research
methods and literature of occupational therapy and related
fields;
• master advanced information retrieval and processing skills,
and undertake a literature review;
•master the application of research design, methods, techniques
and technologies;
•undertake a research project and write up a research thesis
Research process
None
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
200
Lectures p.w
1000
1200
Full research thesis (average of internal and external examiners‟
percentages)
CFA
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Community and Health Sciences
Occupational Therapy
Mini-thesis 803
Mini-thesis 803
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Self-study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
243
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module will
be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Self-study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
OCT803
6
60
Year
1st & 2nd Semester
MSc (Occupational Therapy) coursework and mini-thesis
1
Mini-thesis
Mini-thesis reporting on a research project
Research Methods, Occupational Engagement, Community
Focused Occupational Therapy.
Elective module: Occupational Adaptation or Work or Health
Promotion
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
100
Lectures p.w
500
600
Assignments:
Written mini-thesis
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
Occupational Therapy
Occupational Engagement 811
Enabling Occupation 811
OCT811
8
30
Semester
MSc.(OT) coursework and mini-thesis
1
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•apply theory of occupational science by describing personal,
social, cultural and political meanings of activities and
occupations
•analyze „occupation‟ from the perspective of the environmental
influences (ie context) and the personal motivation (ie
psychological and social influences)
•apply ethnographic methods in exploring how the culture in the
contexts of institutions and organizations can enable or deter
occupational engagement
•critical appraise the concepts of „occupational justice‟ and
„enabling occupation‟. The concepts of empowerment and
partnership are discussed in contrast to the discourse (language )
of the medical model, which assumes certain knowledge and
power within professional roles and structures
•„Occupation for health‟ – concepts created by Wilcock,
Townsend and Clarke.
•„Occupational Science‟ as a separate discipline of study and/or
adjunct to clinical theory
•The history of „Occupation‟ as described by Wilcock in „an
244
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks:
Practical’s
Research
Self-study
Test & examination
Other: Please specify: Group work
Fieldwork
Assessments
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Occupational Perspective on Health‟. It‟s relevance for current
SA context.
•Organizational culture and the study of institutions using
ethnography as a method
•Occupational Justice – and political action as interventions in
OT. Concepts introduced by Townsend, Wilcock and Whiteford.
•Development of an occupational justice discourse in South
Africa –Watson & Swartz, Kronenberg et al, and Mollienue.
None
Research methods, Community focused occupational therapy
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
20
Lectures p.w
20
Practical’s p.w.
Tutorials p.w.
Supervision lab
200
lab
300
One formative assignment: a report on an institutional
observation
One summative assignment: essay applying concept of
occupational engagement in a practice setting.
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
Occupational Therapy
Community Focused Occupational Therapy 812
Community Focused Occupational Therapy 812
812
8
30
Semester
MSc.(OT) coursework and mini-thesis
1
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•demonstrate understanding of community weaknesses and
strengths that determine positive and negative occupational
pursuits;
•detect, analyses and demonstrate knowledge in dealing with
social and occupational injustices;
•critically appraise the occupations of people living in any
defined community
•The characteristics of communities as defined by daily human
occupation.
•Study of the nature of a community from an occupational
orientation with reference to community vulnerabilities and
resources, with collective, groups and individuals in mind.
None
Research Methods, Occupational Engagement
245
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Practical’s
Research
Self-study
Test & examination
Other: Please specify: Group work
Fieldwork
Assessments
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
None
Hours
50
50
B. Time-table Requirement per week
Lectures p.w
Practical’s p.w.
Tutorials p.w.
Supervision lab
lab
200
300
Assignments, two formative of 25% each, one summative of 50
%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
Occupational Therapy
Occupational Adaptation 813
Occupational Adaptation
8
30
Semester
MSc.(OT) coursework and mini-thesis
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•critical appreciation of the core concepts and associated theory
of occupational adaptation;
•critical appraisal of occupational challenges and facilitation of
occupational adaptation;
•provide clients with appropriate challenges to enable their
adaptation to new, lost or dysfunctional life roles;
•apply means and methods of promoting internal adaptation to
external demands to enable people to achieve their occupational
goals;
•explore transactions that occur between individuals and the
environment and that are dependent in the successful adaptation
of intrinsic abilities in response to external demands
•Some of the transactions that occur between the individual and
the environment are dependent on the successful adaptation of
intrinsic abilities in response to external demands.
•The module will explore the demands of everyday life for
people living in poverty and help students to acquire a working
understanding of the principles of occupational adaptation with
specific reference to conditions of poverty or social
disorganization.
Research methods, Community Focused Occupational Therapy
and Occupational Engagement
Mini-thesis and one elective module
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
50
Lectures p.w
50
Practical’s p.w.
246
Practical’s
Research
Self-study
Test & examination
Other: Please specify: Group work
Fieldwork
Assessments
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered.
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Practical’s
Research
Self-study
200
Tutorials p.w.
Supervision lab
lab
300
One formative assignment
One summative assignment
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
Occupational Therapy
Work, Unemployment and Underemployment
Work, Unemployment and Underemployment
8
30
Semester
MSc.(OT) coursework and mini-thesis
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•demonstrate an understanding of the impact of unemployment
on the adult life world by:
*citing case studies from the Western Cape,
*analysing facts and figures of
*unemployment in the Western Cape
*describing chronic and transitory poverty and related
concepts.
•describing chronic and transitory poverty and related concepts
•explain the underdevelopment of work abilities in South Africa
•describe examples of success stories from other countries who
improved employment rates through changes in labor practices
and occupational strategies
•propose a strategy to address underdevelopment of work
abilities in the Western Cape
•Exceptional
high
levels
of
unemployment
and
underemployment of work opportunities in South Africa needs
to be better understood before solutions to the problem can be
implemented
•The occupational life-world of the adult will be studied by
building on undergraduate knowledge, skills and attitudes to
develop and apply successful occupational strategies
Research Methods, Community Focused Occupational Therapy
and Occupational Engagement
Mini-thesis and one elective module
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
50
Lectures p.w
50
Practical’s p.w.
Tutorials p.w.
Supervision lab
200
lab
247
Test & examination
Other: Please specify: Group work
Fieldwork
Assessments
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered.
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Practical’s
Research
Self-study
Test & examination
Other: Please specify: Group work
Fieldwork
Assessments
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
300
Assignments, two formative (25% each), and one summative
(50%).
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
Occupational Therapy
Qualitative Research Methods
Advanced Qualitative Research Methods
8
30
Semester
MSc.(OT) coursework and mini-thesis
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•produce a literature review;
•demonstrate the principles and practice of selected qualitative
research methods by describing research questions, aims and
objectives for a proposed study;
•describe participant selection and research ethics;
•describe methods of data collection, analysis and ensuring of
trustworthiness;
•produce a research proposal
•Research paradigms and meta-theories
•Social Science from Research designs – progression of metatheories in Social Science: from positivism to interpretavism to
participatory and empowerment approaches;
•Participant selection;
•Data collection and analysis;
•Establishing trustworthiness;
•Ethics in research.
None
Occupational
Engagement
and
Community
Focused
Occupational Therapy
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
50
Lectures p.w
50
Practical’s p.w.
Tutorials p.w.
Supervision lab
200
lab
300
Assignments:
•Literature review (25%);
•Verbal presentation of design, aims, methods, participant
248
Assessment Module type
selection, ethics, data collection and analysis methods (25%);
•Produce research proposal (50%).
CFA
PHYSIOTHERAPY
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Community and Health Sciences
Physiotherapy
Physiotherapy Techniques I
Physiotherapy Techniques I 100
PHT100
5
10
Semester
1st & 2nd Semester
BSc Physiotherapy
1
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•define concepts relating to electricity, electromagnetism and
energy through writing a test
•demonstrate ability to use equipment for Cryotherapy,
conductive Heating; Conversive Heating; Low Frequency
currents safely and effectively through writing a test and
demonstrating practical skills in a practical exam
•demonstrate the ability to select appropriate modalities and
treatment dosages for specific conditions through writing a test
and demonstrating practical skills in a practical exam
•describe the therapeutic effects of each modality through writing
a test and demonstrating practical skills in a practical exam
•define the basic concepts of massage and relaxation through
writing a test
•describe the physiological effects of massage and relaxation
through writing a test and demonstrating practical skills in a
practical exam
•demonstrate massage and relaxation techniques through
demonstrating practical skills in a practical exam
•Electrotherapy:
-Revision of electricity, electromagnetism, and energy
-Pain Gate Theory
-Van Hoff‟s Law and Lewis Hunting Reaction
-Phases of healing & inflammation of soft tissue
•Electrophysical agents used in physiotherapy:
-Cryotherapy
-Conductive Heating: paraffin wax and hotpacks
-Conversive Heating: shortwave diathermy, infrared, ultraviolet
& Low
-Frequency Currents: Faradism
-Physiological effects of heat/cooling
-The rationale, therapeutic effects and dosage of each of the
modalities
-Application and Management
-Safety and shock
•Massage:
-The physiological effects of massage, theoretical and practical
application
249
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Practical’s
Self-study
Test & examination
Other: Please specify: TUT Time
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
-Types of massage for specific regions and conditions of the body
(effleurage, kneading, skin rolling, petrissage and tapotment)
-Methods of relaxation – theoretical and practical application
Herbal Pharmacology 407
Physics, Human Biology
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
63
Lectures p.w
3 (1st term) & 6 (2nd term
10
Practical’s p.w.
2 (1st term) & 4 (2nd term)
Part
of Tutorials p.w.
2 (1st term)
contact time
with lecturer
18
5
14
100
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CAF
Community and Health Sciences
Physiotherapy
Physiotherapy Clinical Practice I
Physiotherapy Clinical Practice I 110
PHT110
6
20
Semester
2nd Semester
BSc Physiotherapy
1
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•identify and solve problems
•work in a team
•organize and manage themselves
•collect, analyses and evaluate information
•communicate effectively
•use science and technology
•recognize problem solving contexts
•reflect on and explore effective learning strategies
•participate as a responsible citizen
•be culturally and aesthetically sensitive
Introduction to subjective and objective assessment of patients
with:
•Respiratory conditions: heamopneumothorax, COAD, asthma
•Orthopaedic conditions: fractures
•Neurological conditions: stroke
•Pediatric conditions: abnormal motor development and cerebral
palsy
•Introduction to basic management techniques
None
Applied Physiotherapy 203
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
250
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Practical’s
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
60
Lectures p.w
40
Practical’s p.w.
50
Tutorials p.w.
40
10
200
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
1
Community and Health Sciences
Physiotherapy
Analysis of Posture & Movement & Kinetic Handling
Analysis of Posture & Movement & Kinetic Handling 111
PHT111
5
15
Semester
1st Semester
BSc Physiotherapy
1
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•define scientific concepts, terminology and kinematic description
of movement used in Physiotherapy through writing a test and
demonstrating practical skills in a practical exam
•describe normal development of the spinal curves in relation to
posture and identify anatomical structures and landmarks on the
human body through writing a test and demonstrating practical
skills in a practical exam
•assess optimal standing of the young adult, analyse biomechanical
factors related to standing through a practical test
•describe fundamental and derived positions used in Physiotherapy
through a practical test
•analyse selected functional activities through demonstrating
practical skills in a practical exam
•measure joint range of movement using a goniometer by
demonstrating practical skills in a practical exam
•demonstrate passive movements, ergonomics of working postures
and seating, kinetic handling by demonstrating practical skills in a
practical exam
•perform techniques of transferring and adaptive mobility by
demonstrating practical skills in a practical exam
•demonstrate professional conduct, punctuality and respect of
peers, through attendance of classes and through practical
assessment
•Introduction to skeletal and major muscle groups
•Introduction to scientific concepts, terminology and kinematic
description of movement used in physiotherapy
•Introduction to the normal development of the spinal curves in
relation to posture
•Identification of anatomical structures and landmarks on the
human body
•Optimal standing posture of the young adult, analysis of and
biomechanical factors relating to standing, identification of
fundamental and derived positions used in physiotherapy
251
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Practical’s
Self-study
Test & examination
Other: Please specify: TUT Time
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
•Analysis of selected functional activities
•Goniometry for measuring joint range of movement.
•Passive movements, ergonomics of working postures and seating,
kinetic handling
•Working postures, techniques of transferring and adaptive
mobility
None
Human Biology / Physics (Mechanics)
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
70
Lectures p.w
6 (1st term) & 4 (2nd term)
25
Practical’s p.w.
3 (1st term) & 2 (2nd term)
Part
of Tutorials p.w.
3 (1st term) & 2 (2nd term)
contact time
with lecturer
16
4
35
150
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
Physiotherapy
Exercise to Promote Health
Exercise to Promote Health 200
PHT200
5
10
Term
2nd Semester
BSc Physiotherapy
2
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•demonstrate knowledge of basic concepts of muscle action
(eccentric, isometric, concentric etc.), muscle strength and benefits
of physical activity through writing a test and demonstrating
practical skills in a practical exam
•demonstrate ability to perform muscle strength testing using
Oxford scale in a practical examination
•identify, set goals and implement health promotive exercise
programmes for all age groups
•demonstrate ability to screen functional activities, risk factors and
disease by using interviews / questionnaires
•ability to use circuit training as part of exercise programmes
•Basic concepts of muscle action
•Pre-exercise screening: General health questionnaire to screen for
risk factors and disease, screening for functional abilities using
interviews and or questionnaires
•Muscle strength testing using Oxford Scale
•Health promotion exercises and play activities: Design and
implement activities across the lifespan for groups and individuals
•Circuit training
252
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Practical’s
Self-study
Test & examination
Other: Please specify: Group work
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
•Principles of group work.
•Creative use of music and apparatus
•Evaluation of health promotion exercise programme
None
Human Biology, Physics
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
42
Lectures p.w
6
20
Practical’s p.w.
3
Part of contact Tutorials p.w.
3
time with lecturer
12
5
21
100
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
Physiotherapy
Applied Physiotherapy I
Applied Physiotherapy I 203
PHT203
6
20
Semester
1st & 2nd Semester
BSc Physiotherapy
2
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•describe selected pathologies that result in disease, impairment
and disability in South Africa that are related to management
and/or treatment by physiotherapy
•analyses the patients problems in the context of the International
Classification of Functioning Disability and Health (ICF)
•describe the holistic multi- and interdisciplinary management
•describe and apply the physiotherapy management
•Definitions, terminology, pathology and concepts related to
communicable diseases (e.g. cholera, parasitic conditions, scabies,
gastro-intestinal diseases, hepatitis B, childhood diseases and
immunisation, malaria, bilharzias, STD‟s, tetanus, common microorganisms)
•Inflammation, infection, immunity, phases of healing (soft tissue
and fractures)
•Pathology, concepts and principles of assessment and
management of the diseases / conditions mentioned below:
•Communicable diseases: TB, HIV/AIDS
•Respiratory conditions: Pneumothorax / haemopneumothorax,
cystic fibrosis, pulmonary TB, restrictive (pneumonia, obstructive
(COAD / COPD [bronchial asthma, chronic bronchitis,
emphysema], cor pulmonale) and infective (bronchiectasis, lung
abscess), interstitial (occupational lung disease, sarcoidosis,
fibrosing alveolitis, scleroderma, SLE) lung diseases
253
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Practical’s
Self-study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
•Introduction to respiratory failure, ARDS
•Orthopaedic conditions: principles of fracture healing,
management of upper and lower limb fractures, osteoarthritis,
rheumatoid arthritis, juvenile arthritis, haemophilia, Perthes
disease
•Neurological conditions: stroke, multiple sclerosis, Parkinson‟s
disease, Alzheimer‟s disease
•Paediatrics: normal and abnormal motor development, analysis of
pediatric gait, cognitive development, cerebral palsy, scoliosis,
congenital dislocation of the hip, arthrogryposis, osteogenesis
imperfecta
All first year physiotherapy modules, HUB (117, 127)
MBS (213, 214)
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
126
Lectures p.w
4
30
Practical’s p.w.
4
16
Tutorials p.w.
0
28
200
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
Physiotherapy
Disability and Rehabilitation
Disability and Rehabilitation 211
PHT211
6
10
Term
1st Semester
BSc Physiotherapy
2
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•identify and solve problems
•work in a team
•organize and manage themselves
•collect, analyse and evaluate information
•communicate effectively
•recognize problem solving contexts
•reflect on and explore effective learning strategies be culturally
and aesthetically sensitive
•use science and technology
•participate as a responsible citizen
•Definitions of disability and rehabilitation
•WHO International classification of functioning, disability and
health
•Models of disability
•Institution-based, outreach and community-based rehabilitation
approaches
•Multidisciplinary, interdisciplinary and trans disciplinary
rehabilitation teams
254
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
•Intersectorial collaboration
•South African policies: Integrated national disability strategy,
rehabilitation policies, relevant education policies, sport policies
and employment equity
•Sport for people with disabilities
•Vocational training for the disabled
None
Interdisciplinary Core-courses (IPOC, PHC)
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
40
Lectures p.w
2
20
Practical’s p.w.
2
30
Tutorials p.w.
1
10
100
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
Physiotherapy
Movement Science II
Movement Science II 245
PHT245
6
15
Year
1st & 2nd Semester
BSc Physiotherapy
2
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•define scientific concepts and terminology related to
biomechanics (joint kinematics) and exercise physiology through
writing a test/exam
•describe and understand the functional anatomy as it relates to the
joints and muscles of the vertebral column, upper and lower
quadrants through writing a test/exam and performing a practical
test/exam
•analyse and assess normal and abnormal joint and muscle
function through writing a test/exam and performing a practical
test/exam
•demonstrate ability to screen functional activities, risk factors and
disease by using interviews / questionnaires (PARQ)
•demonstrate the ability to design, prescribe and implement
appropriate exercises through writing a test/exam and performing a
practical test/exam
•demonstrate professional conduct, punctuality and respect of
peers, through attendance of classes and through practical
assessment
•Concepts and terminology related to biomechanics and exercise
physiology:
-Cardio-respiratory endurance
-Open and closed kinematic chains
-Joint structure and function
255
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Practical’s
Self-study
Assessments
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
-Passive and active insufficiency
-Stabilisers and movers of peripheral joints and the vertebral
column
-Inflammation and phases of healing (soft tissue and connective
tissue)
-Different methods and equipment used to assess, design, prescribe
and implement exercise programmes
-Assessment of leg length discrepancies
-Functional anatomy, arthro-kinematics and exercise physiology of
the shoulder, elbow & wrist and hand
-Functional anatomy, arthro-kinematics and exercise physiology of
the hip, knee & ankle
-Functional anatomy, arthro-kinematics and exercise physiology of
the vertebral column
-Analysis and retraining of posture
-Analysis of normal gait pattern
•Exercises to improve endurance, joint mobility and muscle length,
strength and imbalance using:
-PNF techniques for the upper and lower limbs and trunk
-Dynamic stability of the lumbar spine
-Therapeutic balls, springs, suspension, weights and pulleys
-Hydrotherapy
•Introduction of principles and execution of normal and abnormal
group classes such as knee, back, shoulder, etc.
All first year physiotherapy modules
MBS (All modules)
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
84
Lectures p.w
3
12
Practical’s p.w.
1
26
Tutorials p.w.
3
28
150
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
Physiotherapy
Applied Physiotherapy II
Applied Physiotherapy II 303
PHT303
7
20
Semester
1st & 2nd Semester
BSc Physiotherapy
3
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•describe and understand selected pathologies that result in
disease, impairment and disability in South Africa that are related
to management and/or treatment by physiotherapy
•analyses the patients problems in the context of the International
Classification of Functioning Disability and Health (ICF)
256
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Practical’s
Self-study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
•describe the holistic multi- and interdisciplinary management
•describe and apply the physiotherapy management of these
conditions
•application of ethical principles in the management of the
indicated conditions
•describe how South African education policies relate to
physiotherapy management
•South African education policy related to inclusive education
•Cardiothoracic conditions such as ischaemic heart disease,
thoracic (pulmonary and cardiac) and abdominal (laparotomy)
surgery and cardio-pulmonary rehabilitation
•Medical conditions (e.g. hypertension, diabetes, haematology)
•Orthopaedic conditions: joint replacements, spinal fractures,
spondilolysthesis, spinal surgery, peripheral nerve lesions, hand
trauma, ankylosing spondylitis and the rehabilitation thereof
•Burns: adults and paediatrics
•Oncology: leukemia, tumours
•Women‟s
health:
mastectomy,
pregnancy,
childbirth,
incontinence, reproductive health
•Amputations and limb deficiencies (e.g. peripheral vascular
disease, congenital deformity)
•Neurological conditions: head injuries, spinal cord injuries,
Guillain Barre Syndrome, motor neurone disease, Bell‟s palsy
•Paediatric conditions: spina bifida, Downs syndrome, Duchenne
muscular dystrophy, peripheral neuropathy, HIV/AIDS,
poliomyelitis,
meningitis,
gastroenteritis,
developmental
coordination disorders, including the use of assistive devices
•Geronotology: Geriatrics
•Introduction to ethical principles and theories in healthcare
All physiotherapy modules, MBS (all modules)
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
126
Lectures p.w
2
30
Practical’s p.w.
2
12
Tutorials p.w.
1
32
200
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
Physiotherapy
Community-based Rehabilitation
Community-based Rehabilitation 310
PHT310
7
10
Term
1st Semester
BSc Physiotherapy
3
At the end of this module students should be able to:
257
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
•define the principles, concepts, and terminology used in
community-based rehabilitation (CBR): WHO definitions
•definition of community, community empowerment, community
development, community participation, community entry
•compile a community profile
•assess the needs of people with disabilities
•discuss principles of implementation of CBR programmes
•develop implement and evaluate a project based on the identified
needs by completing an assignment and through writing a theory
test
•discuss technology used in CBR
•demonstrate knowledge of principles of adult education
•Definition:
-Community-based rehabilitation
-Community
-Community -development, empowerment, involvement
-Concepts involved in compiling a community profile
-Methods of implementation of CBR
•Community and family involvement in CBR using an adult
education approach:
-Training
-Advocacy
-CBR technology; appropriate assistive devices
•Development of a CBR project:
-Assessment of needs of people with disabilities
-Setting objectives
-Project implementation
-Monitoring of the project
-Evaluation of the project
Disability and Rehabilitation, IPOC, Primary Health Care &
Development
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
14
Lectures p.w
2
50
Practical’s p.w.
2
20
Tutorials p.w.
1
16
100
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
Physiotherapy
Physiotherapy Techniques
Physiotherapy Techniques III 311
PHT311
7
20
Semester
1st & 2nd Semester
BSc Physiotherapy
3
258
Main Outcomes
Assessment Module type
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•demonstrate knowledge of anatomy and biomechanics of the
vertebral column, peripheral joints, muscles and nerves
•demonstrate knowledge of principles of assessment and treatment
of vertebral and peripheral joint disorders as well as muscle and
nerve disorders
•demonstrate the ability to clinical reasoning when evaluating a
patient by doing a theory exam and a practical test
•demonstrate knowledge of the bio-psychosocial approach to
health care in the field of OMT during a theoretical examination
•demonstrate professional conduct, punctuality and respect of
peers, through attendance of classes and through practical
assessment
•demonstrate the ability to effectively interview clients through a
practical examination and role playing
•define the rationale, therapeutic effects of mobilization of joints,
nerves and soft tissue
•demonstrate ability to apply various mobilisation techniques to
joints, muscles and nerves through a practical examination in the
management of acute, subacute and chronic conditions
•demonstrate an understanding of the precautions and contraindications when using the various mobilization techniques
•demonstrate an understanding of assessment and treatment
techniques relevant to pathologies taught in applied physiotherapy
1 and 2
•Introduction to passive joint mobilisation techniques of Maitland,
Kaltenborn, Mckenzie, Mulligan
•Introduction to soft tissue mobilization approaches of Cyriax,
Hunter, Travell et al.)
•Introduction to mobilisation of neural tissue
•Exercises to prevent further injury (Recruitment of deep joint
stabilizing muscles – Australian approach)
•Advice on prevention of recurrence / joint care / ADL
•Introduction to health promotion programmes that to promote
healthy work- and recreation situations to prevent NMS problems.
•Introduction to traction as a treatment modality
All first and second year modules
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
50
Lectures p.w
2
30
Practical’s p.w.
2
40
Tutorials p.w.
1
60
20
200
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Community and Health Sciences
Physiotherapy
Movement Science III
Movement Science III 313
PHT313
7
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Practical’s
Self-study
Assessments
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
259
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
20
Semester
1st & 2nd Semester
BSc Physiotherapy
3
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•define the principles of assessment and evidence based treatment
as applied to patients with neurological disorders
•define neural plasticity and recovery of function
•describe the theories of motor control and motor learning
•describe the neuro-therapeutic models used to treat patients with
neurological deficits
•describe the factors that contribute to postural control and
mobility
•discuss the elements of upper extremity manipulatory skills
•discuss abnormal postural control and mobility
•revise normal movement patterns of balance, rolling, bridging,
sitting to standing, lying to sitting and walking
•assess and treat abnormal postural control and mobility
•assess and treat upper limb function
•apply motor learning principles to re-education of function
•Revision of:
-neuro-anatomy and normal movement patterns
-Theories of motor control
-Reflex; Hierachial; Systems;
•Neuro- rehabilitation models:
-Bobath
-PNF
-Rood Approach
-Brunnstrom
•Motor Re-learning
•Constraint-induced therapy
•Theoretical Concepts underlying:
-Control of posture and balance
-Abnormal postural control
-Control of normal mobility
-Abnormal mobility
•Elements of upper extremity manipulatory skills
•Definition and stages of motor learning
•Strategies used to improve motor learning
•Neural plasticity and recovery of function
•Assessment and treatment techniques:
-Patients with; hemiplegia, spinal cord injuries, head injuries
-Muscle tone
-Co-ordination
-Selective active movement
-Proprioception
-Range of movement
-Balance
-Sensation
-Muscle strength
All first and second year Physiotherapy modules, MBS
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
260
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Practical’s
Self-study
Other: Please specify: Group work
Assessments
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
42
Lectures p.w
30
Practical’s p.w.
42
Tutorials p.w.
56
20
10
200
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
3
3
0
Community and Health Sciences
Physiotherapy
Physiotherapy Techniques II
Physiotherapy Techniques II 314
PHT314
5
20
Semester
2nd Semester
BSc Physiotherapy
3
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•describe the therapeutic effects of each modality through writing a
test
•demonstrate ability to use equipment for ultrasound, interferential,
laser, TENS and combination therapy for specific conditions,
safely and effectively through practical skills in an exam
•demonstrate the ability to select treatment dosages for specific
conditions through practical skills in a test/exam
•demonstrate knowledge of anatomy and biomechanics of the
peripheral joints of the upper quadrant
•demonstrate knowledge of principles of assessment and treatment
of peripheral joint disorders of the upper quadrant
•demonstrate professional conduct, punctuality and respect of
peers, through attendance of classes and through practical
assessment
•define the rationale and therapeutic effects of mobilisation of
joints in the upper quadrant
•demonstrate ability to apply various mobilisation techniques to
joints of the upper quadrant through a practical examination in the
management of acute, subacute and chronic conditions
•demonstrate an understanding of the precautions and contraindications when using the various mobilisation techniques
•demonstrate an understanding of assessment and treatment
techniques relevant to pathologies taught in Applied physiotherapy
1
•Revision of electricity, electromagnetism, energy and theoretical
concepts covered in Physiotherapy Techniques I.
•Electrophysical agents used in physiotherapy:
-Ultrasound
-Interferential Therapy
-Laser
-Combination Therapy
-TENS
261
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Self-study
Other: Please specify: Group work
Assessments
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
•The rationale, therapeutic effects and dosage of each of the
modalities, application and management
•Introduction to passive joint mobilisation techniques of Maitland,
Kaltenborn
•Advice on the prevention of recurrence / joint care / ADL
•Introduction to health promotion programmes that to promote
healthy work- and recreation situations to prevent NMS problems
All first year physiotherapy modules, Physics
MBS, Applied Physiotherapy 1
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
56
Lectures p.w
2
20
Practical’s p.w.
2
40
Tutorials p.w.
3
28
10
150
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
Physiotherapy
Physiotherapy Techniques II
Physiotherapy Techniques II 316
PHT316
5
30
Semester
1st & 2nd Semester
BSc Physiotherapy
3
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•demonstrate the ability to effectively conduct a subjective and
objective (physical) assessment on individual clients or groups
with various pathological conditions
•be able to conduct a needs assessment of specific communities
(e.g. geographical, sports, schools, etc)
•be able to identify and analyse problems in the context of the
International Classification of Functioning Disability and Health
(ICF)
•apply basic treatment techniques and manage clients at the
Primary and Secondary levels of care
Students should be able to:
•Demonstrate the ability to effectively conduct a subjective and
objective (physical) assessment on individual clients or groups
with various pathological conditions
•Be able to conduct a needs assessment of specific communities
(e.g. geographical, sports, schools, etc.)
•Be able to identify and analyses problems in the context of the
International Classification of Functioning Disability and Health
(ICF)
•Apply basic treatment techniques and manage clients at the
Primary and Secondary levels of care
262
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Practical’s
Self-study
Assessments
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
All first and second year physiotherapy modules
All first and second year physiotherapy modules
MBS 214, 216
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
42
Lectures p.w
2
6
Practical’s p.w.
2
Tutorials p.w.
3
42
Supervision lab p.w.
Term 2 & 4 students at
clinical placements Monday
to Friday
210
300
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
Physiotherapy
The purpose of this course is to give students knowledge and skills
to manage a physiotherapy department/practice.
Management Physiotherapy 401
PHT401
8
10
Term
1st & 2nd Semester
BSc Physiotherapy
4
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•the ability to render an effective and efficient physiotherapy
service in the public and private sector
•knowledge of the functions and roles of management within
health care services
•the ability to develop a physiotherapy service
•the ability to market the physiotherapy profession
•Management styles
•Introduction to Practice Management
•Needs/ market analysis
•Human resources/ employee recruitment
•Budgeting: Maintenance and ordering
•Policies relating to basic conditions of service, labour relations
•Mediation and conflict resolution
•Proposal writing & project management
•Strategic management
•Quality assurance
•Record keeping and documentation
•Safety in the workplace
•Professional misconduct & peer review
All first and second year physiotherapy modules
All first and second year physiotherapy modules
MBS 214, 216
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
30
Lectures p.w
2
15
Practical’s p.w.
2
263
Practical’s
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Tutorials p.w.
Supervision lab p.w.
5
3
Term 2 & 4 students at
clinical
placements
Monday to Friday
5
55
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
Physiotherapy
The purpose of this course is to enable the student to understand
the ethical concepts relating to the physiotherapy profession.
Relevant codes of conduct, acts and charters are presented in this
module.
Professional Ethics in Physiotherapy 402
PHT402
8
10
Semester
2nd Semester
BSc Physiotherapy
4
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•demonstrate an in-depth understanding of the following concepts:
-professionalism and ethics
-ethics of care
-judgment and moral reasoning
-principles of ethics
•demonstrate the ability to discuss and debate ways of managing
moral and ethical dilemmas in health professional practice
•demonstrate the ability to discuss and debate issues around life
and death, abuse and torture
•demonstrate the knowledge of policies relating to the
physiotherapy profession
•Professionalism and ethics:
-Criteria for the physiotherapy profession
-Code of ethics
•Ethics of care:
-Care as a practice
-Principles of care
•Policies:
-South African Society of Physiotherapy code of conduct
-Medical dental and supplementary health professionals act
-National Patients‟ Rights Charter
-Batho Pele
-Children and older persons act
-Health Professionals Council of South Africa
•Ethical Concepts:
-Judgment and moral reasoning
-Respect for diversity
-Abuse and torture
-Conflict of interest
-Life and death
264
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Self-study
Test & examination
Other: Please specify: Group work
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
None
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
20
Lectures p.w
20
Practical’s p.w.
50
Tutorials p.w.
6
4
100
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
Physiotherapy
This course is intended to enhance the understanding of the most
prevalent pathologies resulting in disease, impairment and
disability in South Africa that are related to management and/or
treatment by physiotherapy. Specific emphasis is placed on:
Intensive care therapy of the child and adult, Pharmacology, Sports
Rehabilitation
Applied Physiotherapy 403
PHT403
8
30
Year
1st & 2nd Semester
BSc Physiotherapy
4
At the end of this module students should be able to:
Demonstrate:
•knowledge of complex disorders and disturbances in
physiological processes requiring physiotherapy intervention
•ability to assess and manage the psychological and physical needs
of the acutely/ chronically ill patient
•Physiotherapy in intensive care
•Reasons for admission in
•ICU Understanding basic principles of mechanical ventilation
•Principles of assessment and treatment of the critically ill patient
•Understanding teamwork in the ICU
•Physiotherapy in Paediatric care
•Reasons for pediatric admission to ICU
•Managing the critically ill child
•Physiotherapy in sports injuries/ Sports rehabilitation
•Principles of sports rehabilitation
•Sport specific rehabilitation for conditions relating to the
shoulder, knee and ankle
•Traveling with a team
•The role of physiotherapy in the medical sports team
•Pharmacology
•Indications for medication relating to conditions treated by
physiotherapists
•Dosage and contra-indications of medication relating to
265
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
conditions treated by physiotherapists
•Understanding drug prescription
Applied Physiotherapy 11, Applied Physiotherapy 111, clinical
practice 1 and 11
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
80
Lectures p.w
40
Practical’s p.w.
160
Tutorials p.w.
20
300
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
Physiotherapy
Research Project
Research Project (PT) 404
PHT404
8
10
Semester
1st & 2nd Semester
BSc Physiotherapy
4
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•an understanding of the importance of the process of research in
health
•knowledge of evidence-based research as the basis for evidencebased care
•ability to write a research proposal; conduct research and write a
report
•Research methodology
•Appraisal of journal article
•Evidence-based practice
•Field work: Carrying out research
•Proposal writing
•Data collection
•Report writing / Journal article
•Poster/ Oral presentation
None
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
20
Lectures p.w
80
Practical’s p.w.
100
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
266
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Practical’s
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Community and Health Sciences
Physiotherapy
Physiotherapy Clinical Practice
Physiotherapy Clinical Practice III 405
PHT405
8
60
Year
1st & 2nd Semester
BSc Physiotherapy
4
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•demonstrate the ability to effectively interview patients with
various pathological conditions
•assess patients with various pathological conditions;
•identify problems and manage patients accordingly
•Subjective and objective assessment of patients with various
conditions on:
-Primary level
-Secondary level
-Tertiary level
-Communities
-School settings
-Occupational health
-Specialised centres
•Introduction to management techniques for the various conditions
-Maitland mobilization
-Soft Tissue massage
-Shaking, vibration and percussion
-Strengthening and maintenance exercise
-Motor relearning
-Rehabilitation
Clinical Practice 11
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
60
Lectures p.w
50
Practical’s p.w.
370
Tutorials p.w.
50
70
600
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community Health & Science
Physiotherapy
The purpose of this course is to understand the concepts of
disability and rehabilitation and develop skills to apply and
integrate this knowledge of policies and implementation of
outcome measures
Disability and Rehabilitation 700
PHT700
267
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
9
20
Semester
1st Semester
BSc Hons Physiotherapy
1
At the end of this module students should be able to demonstrate:
•an in-depth understanding of the concepts of disability and
rehabilitation
•knowledge of the models of disability and appropriate
rehabilitation approaches
•the ability to discuss and debate ways of preventing disability and
the different rehabilitation strategies employed to prevent
disability
•the ability to discuss and apply knowledge of community
involvement in disability issues and rehabilitation.
•the ability to plan and implement effective and efficient
rehabilitation programmes at all levels of care
•the knowledge of policies relating to disability and
rehabilitation
•Definitions of disability and rehabilitation.
•International Classification of Functioning Disability and Health:
•Terminology
•Coding
•Application to case study
•Models of Disability.
•Medical Model
•Social Model
•Bio-psycho Social Model
•Education/Social Model
•Causes of Disability.
•Genetic
•Poverty
•Illness and diseases
•Trauma
•Lack of information
•Disability prevention.
•Primary
•Secondary
•Tertiary
•Policies relating to disability.
•United Nations Standardisation of Equalisation Opportunities
•South African Integrated National Disability Strategy
•South African Rehabilitation Policy
•Disability Rights Charter
•Education policies
•Employment policies
•Sports policies
•Standardised Outcome Measures.
•Definitions
•Purpose
•Use of this measuresExamples of commonly used outcomes
measures (Barthel and EQ5d)
•Use of outcomes measures in research articles and reports
•Validity and reliability
268
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Practical’s
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
•Rehabilitation service delivery models:
•Institution-based
•Outreach
•Community-based
•Goal setting in rehabilitation
•Rehabilitation teams
•Multidisciplinary
•Interdisciplinary
•Transdisciplinary
None
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
63
Lectures p.w
14
Practical’s p.w.
28
Tutorials p.w.
35
10
200
Continuous Assessment: 50%
Final Assessment: 50%
CFA
Community Health & Science
Physiotherapy
Rehabilitation of Children
Rehabilitation of Children 702
PHT702
9
20
Semester
1st Semester
BSc Hons Physiotherapy
1
This course is intended to broaden the understanding of the
different aspects of the rehabilitation of children. It explores
determinants of health of children and youth; policies related to the
rehabilitation of children and youth; health promotion and
prevention of disease; alternative rehabilitation interventions used
by physiotherapists and others. It has a strong research focus. It
will be presumed that students have a background in normal
development and therapeutic management of common disabling
conditions of children.
•Determinants of health of children and youth
•Rights of the child
•Social and medical models of health and disability
•Health promoting schools
•Inclusive education
•Role of the physiotherapist in the school setting
•Health promotion: child to child concept. HIV/AIDS
•Treatment approaches related to rehabilitation of the child
•Single subject research design
•Research planning, implementation and evaluation
•Writing a journal article
269
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Practical’s
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
None
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
54
Lectures p.w
4
60
Practical’s p.w.
1
14
Tutorials p.w.
46
8
200
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community Health & Science
Physiotherapy
Research Project (Literature Review)
Research Project (Literature Review) 704
PHT704
9
20
Semester
1st Semester
BSc Hons Physiotherapy
1
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•develop skills in searching databases
•develop skills in formulating search terms and strategies
•develop skills in selecting appropriate literature on a specific topic
•be familiar with factors important in enhancing the scientific rigor
of a paper
•develop skills in reading scientific reports
•develop skills in summarising research reports
•apply knowledge on research design, study methodology,
•statistics, etc to published reports
•know and understand scales to score methodological quality of
•published research
•develop skills in evaluating the methodological quality of research
•Conduct a review on a physiotherapy related topic
•Exploration of information sources
•Library databases
•electronic journals
•web sources
•published journals
•books
•Scope of published physiotherapy literature
•Research designs appropriate for PT research
•Formulating search strategies
•Systematic summary of literature reviewed
•Systematic review of literature
None
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
270
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Self-study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Self-study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
20
Lectures p.w
60
Practical’s p.w.
120
Tutorials p.w.
200
Continuous Assessment: 40%
Final Assessment: 60%
CFA
Community Health & Science
Physiotherapy
Movement Science (PG)
Movement Science (PG) 705
PHT705
9
20
Semester
1st Semester
BSc Hons Physiotherapy
1
At the end of this module students should be able to demonstrate:
•knowledge of anatomy and biomechanics of the vertebral column,
peripheral joints, muscles and nerves
•knowledge of principles and rationale for assessment and
treatment of vertebral and peripheral joint disorders as well as
muscle and peripheral nerve disorders
•knowledge of the biopsychosocial approach to health care in the
field of OMT.
•clinical reasoning when evaluating a patient.
•Applied anatomy and biomechanics of the neuromusculoskeletal
system.
•Principles of assessment of patients with neuromusculoskeletal
disorders
•Introduction to passive joint mobilization techniques of Maitland,
Kaltenborn, Mckenzie, Mulligan
•Introduction to soft tissue mobilization approaches of Cyriax,
Hunter, Travell et al.)
•Introduction to neural mobilisation approaches of Butler, Elvey,
Hall
•Exercises to prevent further injury (Recruitment of deep joint
stabilizing muscles – Australian approach)
•Advice on: prevention of recurrence / joint care / activities of
daily living in recreational, home and work environment.
•Introduction to health promotion programmes that to promote
healthy work- and recreation situations to prevent
neuromusculoskeletal problems.
None
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
20
Lectures p.w
60
Practical’s p.w.
120
Tutorials p.w.
200
Continuous Assessment: 40%
271
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Self-study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Final Assessment: 60%
CFA
Community Health & Science
Physiotherapy
Orthopaedic Manual Therapy
Orthopaedic Manual Therapy 708
PHT708
9
20
Semester
1st Semester
MSc Physiotherapy
1
At the end of this module students should be able to demonstrate:
•knowledge of anatomy and biomechanics of the vertebral
column, peripheral joints, muscles and nervesmanagement of
neuromusculoskeletal dysfunction according to the WHO
classification of functioning, disability and health to address the
impairment, activity limitation and participation restriction.
•clinical principles, related to patients suffering from
neuromusculoskeletal disorders.
•clinical syndromes and their underlying biomechanical and
biopsychosocial constructs.
Demonstrate Skills in:
•Clinical reasoning
•Neuromusculoskeletal assessment, including the functional
impact and health-related quality of life of patients
•A variety of practical neuromusculoskeletal management
approaches
•Selecting appropriate outcome measures and strategies of
evidence based practice
•Literature searches
•Scientific writing
•Case presentations
•Communication
•Common neuromuskeloskeletal clinical syndromes.
•The biopsychosocial approach of healthcare, and principles of
evidence based practice
•Basic neurophysiology of pain, and the process of clinical
reasoning
•Assessment of people presenting with neuromusculoskeletal
dysfunction
•Application of orthopaedic manual therapy treatment techniques,
including therapeutic exercise
None
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
20
Lectures p.w
60
Practical’s p.w.
120
Tutorials p.w.
200
Continuous Assessment: 60%
272
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Self-study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community Health & Science
Physiotherapy
Research Methodology
Research Methodology 710
PHT710
9
40
Semester
1st & 2nd Semester
BSc Hons Physiotherapy
1
At the end of this module students should be able to demonstrate:
•knowledge of research methodologies
•Skills in conducting research
-Proposal writing
-Implementing research
-Analysis of data
-Reporting
•Knowledge of evidence-based clinical practice
•Research methodology including quantitative, qualitative, actionresearch, mixed methods
•Research design (e.g. Experimental, Quasi-experimental, nonexperimental designs)
•Ethics
•Problem formulation
•Literature review
•Conceptual frameworks
•Sampling methods
•Development of instruments (validity and reliability; pilot studies)
•Data collection
•Data analysis (Hypothesis testing; levels of measurement;
interpretation)
•Reporting of findings
•Report writing
•Proposal Writing
Movement Science (PG)
Research Project: Review of Lit
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
40
Lectures p.w
120
Practical’s p.w.
2400
Tutorials p.w.
400
Continuous Assessment: 50%
Final Assessment: 50%
CFA
Community Health & Science
Physiotherapy
Research Methodology
Advanced Research Methodology 808
273
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Self-study
Assessments
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
PHT 808
8
40
Semester
1st Semester
MSc Physiotherapy
1
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•Develop a research proposal to address a specific research
question relating to the field of physiotherapy
•Conduct a systematic review
•Analyze qualitative and quantitative data
•Apply the principles of ethics in research
•Proposal development
•Conducting a systematic review
•Qualitative and quantitative research methodologies including
•Research ethics
None
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
200
Lectures p.w
4
100
Practical’s p.w.
70
Tutorials p.w.
30
400
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
PSYCHOLOGY
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Community and Health Sciences
Psychology
Introduction to Psychology
Introduction to Psychology 111
PSY111
5
7.5
Semester
1st Semester
BA (Offered to other departments and faculties)
1
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•understand the role of psychology in contemporary South Africa
•identify areas of professional work
•demonstrate a basic understanding of various areas of
psychology (such as emotion and motivation, personality and
social psychology)
•The evolution of psychology
•Schools of thought in psychology
•The various types of psychology and registration categories
•Human Emotion and motivation
274
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
•Personality theory
•Social Psychology
None
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
20
Lectures p.w
1 (1 hour/ lecture)
15
Practical’s p.w.
30
Tutorials p.w.
1 (1 hour)
10
75
Continuous Assessment: 50%
Final Assessment: 50%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
Psychology
Brain and Behavior
Brain and Behavior 112
PSY112
5
7.5
Semester
1st Semester
BA
Assessment Module type
1
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•demonstrate basic understanding of brain circuits and the
nervous system
•demonstrate basic understanding of sensation and perception
•demonstrate basic understanding of learning and memory
•Brain circuits and the nervous system
•Sensation and perception
•Learning and memory
None
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
20
Lectures p.w
1 (1 hour/ lecture)
15
Practical’s p.w.
30
Tutorials p.w.
1 (1 hour)
10
75
Continuous Assessment: 50%
Final Assessment: 50%
CFA
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Community and Health Sciences
Psychology
Psychology of Child Development
Psychology of Child Development 121
PSY121
5
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
275
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
7.5
Semester
2nd Semester
BA
1
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•demonstrate basic understanding of the field of developmental
psychology
•demonstrate basic understanding of the various theories of
developmental psychology
•demonstrate basic understanding of the prenatal, infancy, early
childhood and middle childhood stages of development
•Basic concepts of developmental psychology
•Theories of developmental psychology
•Prenatal development and the birth process
•Infancy
•Early childhood
•Middle childhood
None
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
20
Lectures p.w
1 (1 hour/ lecture)
15
Practical’s p.w.
30
Tutorials p.w.
1 (1 hour)
10
75
Continuous Assessment: 50%
Final Assessment: 50%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
Psychology
Introduction to Research Methods
Introduction to Research Methods 123
PSY123
5
7.5
Semester
2nd Semester
BA
1
At the end of this module students should be able to demonstrate
an understanding of:
•the field of research psychology
•the process involved in conducting research
•some methods of analysis in social sciences
•Introduction to the field of research
•Scientific approach to behavior
•Experimental research
•Descriptive/correlation research
•Grouped and ungrouped frequency distributions
•Measures of central tendency
276
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
•Measures of variability
•Measure of position
None
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
20
Lectures p.w
1 (1 hour/ lecture)
15
Practical’s p.w.
30
Tutorials p.w.
1 (1 hour)
10
75
Continuous Assessment: 50%
Final Assessment: 50%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
Psychology
The Study of Human Development
The Study of Human Development 211
PSY211
6
10
Semester
1st Semester
BA
2
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•identify and solve problems
•work in a team
•organize and manage themselves
•collect, analyses and evaluate information
•communicate effectively
•use science and technology
•recognize problem solving contexts
•reflect on and explore effective learning strategies
•participate as a responsible citizen
•be culturally and aesthetically sensitive
•explore education and career opportunities
•develop entrepreneurial opportunities
Specific Outcomes
•Ability to theories and explain human development
•The ability to evaluate the appropriateness of certain theories of
human development
• The ability to offer a critique of the various theories of human
development
•Physical, cognitive, personality and social development of
humans from adolescence to late adulthood
•Relevant developmental theories
None
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
14
Lectures p.w
1
32
Practical’s p.w.
277
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
50
Tutorials p.w.
4
100
Continuous Assessment: 50%
Final Assessment: 50%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
Psychology
Psychological Interventions
Psychological Interventions 214
PSY214
6
10
Semester
1st Semester
BA (Offered to other Faculties and Departments)
Assessment Module type
2
At the end of this module students should be able to
demonstrate:
•an overview of the theoretical foundations of the various
approaches to intervention
•an understanding of the process of intervention and the nature of
helping relationships
•knowledge of theories and techniques of counseling
•knowledge of ethical decision making in counseling
Specific Outcomes
Demonstrate basic understanding of:
•the field of counseling and psychological intervention
•the theoretical underpinnings of counseling
•some methods of intervention in psychological practice
•ethical decision making in counseling
•Introduction to the field of counseling psychology
•Ethical issues in counseling practice
•Psychoanalytic therapy
•Person centered therapy
•Cognitive behavior therapy
•Family systems therapy
None
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
14
Lectures p.w
1
32
Practical’s p.w.
50
Tutorials p.w.
4
100
Continuous Assessment: 50%
Final Assessment: 50%
CFA
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Community and Health Sciences
Psychology
Qualitative research methodologies
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
278
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Qualitative Research Methodologies 221
PSY221
6
10
Semester
2nd Semester
BA
Assessment Module type
2
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•identify and solve problems
•work in a team
•organize and manage themselves
•collect, analyses and evaluate information
•communicate effectively
•use science and technology
•recognize problem solving contexts
•reflect on and explore effective learning strategies
•participate as a responsible citizen
•be culturally and aesthetically sensitive
•explore education and career opportunities
•develop entrepreneurial opportunities
Specific Outcomes
•Demonstrate an understanding of:
•Different methodologies and debates in researching
•Psychological and social reality
•Students own knowledge‟s at a reflective level.
•An introduction to the creation of knowledge
•Histories of the present
•Doing an information search
•Research Design
•Interpretive Methods
•Social Constructionist Methods
•Participatory Action Research
•Standpoint Methodologies
None
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
14
Lectures p.w
1
50
Practical’s p.w.
30
Tutorials p.w.
6
100
Continuous Assessment: 50%
Final Assessment: 50%
CFA
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Community and Health Sciences
Psychology
Introduction to Psychometric Assessment
Introduction to Psychometric Assessment 222
PSY222
6
5
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
279
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module will
be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Semester
1st Semester
BA
Assessment Module type
2
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•identify and solve problems
•work in a team
•organize and manage themselves
•collect, analyse and evaluate information
•communicate effectively
•use science and technology
•recognize problem solving contexts
•reflect on and explore effective learning strategies
•participate as a responsible citizen
•be culturally and aesthetically sensitive
•explore education and career opportunities
•develop entrepreneurial opportunities
Specific Outcomes
Demonstrate an understanding of and explore:
•when to use tests
•the origins of testing and assessment
•the different categories of tests
•contemporary issues in testing
•group participation and individual projects
•Basic concepts of measurement
•Historical developments
•Uses and abuses of psychological tests
•Test administration
•User qualifications – competencies of test users
•Controlling the use of measures in South Africa
•Fair and ethical assessment practices
None
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
14
Lectures p.w
1
27
Practical p.w
14
Tutorials p.w.
30
5
100
Continuous Assessment: 50%
Final Assessment: 50%
CFA
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Community and Health Sciences
Psychology
Health Psychology
Health Psychology 224
PSY224
6
5
Semester
2nd Semester
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Practical’s
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
280
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
BA
Assessment Module type
2
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•identify and solve problems
•work in a team
•organize and manage themselves
•collect, analyses and evaluate information
•communicate effectively
•use science and technology
•recognize problem solving contexts
•reflect on and explore effective learning strategies
•participate as a responsible citizen
•be culturally and aesthetically sensitive
•explore education and career opportunities
Specific Outcomes
Students will be able to:
•identify links between behavior and health problems
•understand and identify the health risks connected to particular
diseases
•critically discuss research done to identify health risks and
research to test the effectiveness of intervention strategies
•explore some of the aspects that impact on the effectiveness of
intervention strategies
•identify the most pressing health concerns in SA and the
behaviors and contextual issues that contribute to these problems
•Introduction to the psychology of health
•The link between stress and disease
•Lifestyle diseases (CVD, Cancer, HIV/AIDS)
•Smoking
•Alcohol
•Drugs
•Weight management
First year psychology (useful to have done 861017)
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
14
Lectures p.w
2
30
Practical’s p.w.
11
Tutorials p.w.
42
3
100
Continuous Assessment: 50%
Final Assessment: 50%
CFA
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Community and Health Sciences
Psychology
Psychopathology
Psychopathology 311
PSY311
7
10
Semester
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Practical’s
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
281
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Practical’s
Test & examination
Other: Please specify: Group work
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
1st Semester
BA
3
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•critically interrogate mainstream approaches
•collect, analyses and evaluate information
•communicate effectively
•develop problem solving skills
•reflect on and explore effective learning strategies
•be culturally and aesthetically sensitive
•develop a social justice perspective
•Revision of diagnostic classification system
•Aetiology of mental disorders
•Anxiety disorders
•Mood disorders and suicide
•Eating disorders
•Personality disorders
•Substance-related disorders
•Sexual variants, abuse and dysfunctions
•Schizophrenia
PSY 213
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
14
Lectures p.w
2
20
Practical’s p.w.
28
Tutorials p.w.
18
8
100
Continuous Assessment: 50%
Final Assessment: 50%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
Psychology
Introduction to Personality Psychology
Introduction to Personality Psychology 312
PSY312
7
10
Semester
1st Semester
BA
3
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•Provide an overview of mainstream theories of personality
•Demonstrate the ability to critically evaluate personality
theories within the South African Context
•Understand the implications of each of these theories regarding
psychopathology formation, psychotherapy and psychometry
•Introduction to the following theories:
Freud, Jung, Horney, Erikson, Fromm, Rogers, Bandura,
282
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Practical’s
Self-study
Test & examination
Other: Please specify: Group work
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Skinner, Allport and South African perspectives on the study of
Self
Successful completion of required psychology 2 modules
None
None
Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week
14
Lectures p.w
1
20
Practical’s p.w.
14
Tutorials p.w.
28
14
10
100
Continuous Assessment: 50%
Final Assessment: 50%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
Psychology
Quantitative Research Methods for CHS
Quantitative Research Methods for CHS 321
PSY321
7
10
Semester
2nd Semester
BA (Also offered to other courses)
Assessment Module type
3
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•basic quantitative analytical skills
•introduction to computerized analysis packages
•understanding of research literature
•Correlation
•Regression
•One sample tests
•Two sample tests
•More than two sample tests
None
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
14
Lectures p.w
1
40.5
Practical’s p.w.
40
Tutorials p.w.
5.5
100
Continuous Assessment: 50%
Final Assessment: 50%
CFA
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Community and Health Sciences
Psychology
Psychology of Social Identity and Oppression
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Practical’s
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
283
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Psychology of Social Identity and Oppression 322
PSY322
7
10
Semester
2nd Semester
BA
Assessment Module type
3
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•show understanding of identity in South Africa and across the
world
•demonstrate insight into power in South Africa and across the
world
•demonstrate knowledge of difference forms of oppression in
South Africa and across the world
•distinguish between traditional and mainstream verses recent
and critical social psychological accounts of identity, power, and
oppression in South Africa and across the world
•Introduction to social psychology
•A psychology of society
•Racism: a social psychological perspective
•Frantz Fanon and racial identity in (post)colonial contexts
•Black adolescent identity development during and after
apartheid
•Identity dynamics and the politics of self-definitions
•Women abuse: a critical review
•Heterosexuality
•Political leadership in the context of reconciliation
•Understanding and preventing violence: from description and
analysis to social action
Successful completion of required Psychology 2 modules
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
14
Lectures p.w
1
27
Practical’s p.w.
14
Tutorials p.w.
30
5
10
100
Continuous Assessment: 50%
Final Assessment: 50%
CFA
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Community and Health Sciences
Psychology
Internship programme
Practicum 401
PSY401
8
60
Semester
2nd Semester
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Practical’s
Self-study
Test & examination
Other: Please specify: Group work
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
284
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Practical’s
Self-study
Other: Please specify: Group work
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
B Psych
4
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•develop and demonstrate core competencies of a professional
counselor
•Exposure to a range of psychopathological presentations
•Exposure to clients in need of diagnosis
•Exposure to clients needing short-term individual counseling
•Exposure to behavioral risky patients, e.g. suicidal
Successful completion of previous semester‟s module
None
Should have no outstanding modules from previous years.
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
500
Tutorials p.w.
72
Supervision lab p.w.
2
28
600
Continuous Assessment: 40%
Final Assessment: 60%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
Psychology
Psychological Interventions
Applied Child Psychology 411
PSY411
8
10
Semester
1st Semester
B Psych
4
At the end of the module the student should have the:
•Knowledge of Child Psychology
•Application to Trauma and treatment of PTSD
•Knowledge of the various theoretical approaches in Child
Therapy with special reference to the treatment of Trauma in
childhood
•Knowledge of developmental psychology in contexts of
disadvantaged communities in developing countries
B Psych 3 modules
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
35
Lectures p.w
2
35
Practical’s p.w.
27
3
100
Continuous Assessment:50%
Final Assessment: 50%
CFA
285
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Practical’s
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Community and Health Sciences
Psychology
Psychometry
Applied Psychometry 412
PSY412
8
10
Semester
1st & 2nd Semester
B Psych
4
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•display knowledge and understanding of psychometrics, testing
and assessment,
•will understand the theory which informs and underpins the
process of testing
•will be able to select, administer and report on selected
psychometric instruments
•will Understand the context in which testing occurs in South
Africa
•Clinical history taking and Mental Status Examination
•Cognitive tests
•Self-report inventories
•Checklists for emotional states, behaviour and symptoms
•Ethical issues
Psych313 Advanced psychometric assessment
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
28
Lectures p.w
1
22
Practical’s p.w.
10
Tutorials p.w.
30
10
100
Continuous assessment: 100%
CA
Community and Health Sciences
Psychology
Psychopathology
Advanced Psychopathology 413
PSY413
8
10
Semester
1st Semester
B Psych
4
At the end of this module the student should have the:
•knowledge of DSM-1V TR Psychopathology
•differential Diagnostic Decision-Making
•understanding psychopathology within a South African context
286
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Practical’s
Self-study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
•Knowledge of the various categories within DSM 1V and
differential decision-making
•Phenomenology of psychopathology across diagnostic
categories
•Applying accredited systems of classifications within the South
African context.
BPsych 3 modules
None
This module is restricted to BPsych students.
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
28
Lectures p.w
2
22
Practical’s p.w.
20
Tutorials p.w.
30
100
Continuous Assessment: 50%
Final Assessment: 50%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
Psychology
Psychological Interventions
Advanced Psychological Interventions 414
PSY414
8
10
Semester
1st Semester
B Psych
4
At the end of this module students should be able to:
• to engage in diagnostic decision-making, in accordance with an
accredited Diagnostic System such as the DSMIV TR, based on
the client‟s presenting problem
•demonstrate a detailed understanding of the field of counseling
and psychological interventions as related to the theoretical
underpinnings of counseling
•understand methods of intervention in psychological practice in
application to case material are explored
•provide detailed theoretical formulation based on case material
and to effectively devise a six session intervention plan,
highlighting therapeutic goals as well as integrating
psychopathological knowledge and differential diagnostic
awareness
•Psychodynamic theory and Interventions
•Cognitive Behavioral Theory and Interventions
•Family and Group Theory and Interventions
•Multicultural and Community Counseling
•Integrative Approach
•Application with case study examples
B Psych 3 modules
None
This module is restricted to BPsych students.
Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week
287
Contact with lecturer / tuto
Assignments & tasks
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Self-study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module will
be offered
28
Lectures p.w
15
Practical’s p.w.
10
Tutorials
47
100
Continuous Assessment: 50%
Final Assessment: 50%
CFA
2
Community and Health Sciences
Psychology
Research Project
Research Project 421
PSY421
8
10
Semester
1st & 2nd Semester
B Psych
4
At the end of this module students should be able to:
• collect, analyses and evaluate information
• integrate research methods with psychology
• understand the research process
• conduct psychological research
•Sharing research interests, choosing research topics, choosing
supervisors, providing an overview of the research process,
overview of the research proposal, the literature review,
overview of quantitative and qualitative methodologies, planning
fieldwork, data gathering, data analysis, how to report and
discuss findings, writing the research report.
3rd year Psychology & B Psych 3 modules
None
This module is restricted to B Psych students.
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
14
Lectures p.w
1
48
Practical’s p.w.
38
Supervision lab p.w.
1
100
Final assessment: 100%
FA
Community and Health Sciences
Psychology
Project Management
Project & Practice Management 422
PSY422
8
5
Semester
1st Semester
B Psych
288
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Practical’s
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
4
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•understand the basic concepts of Project Management
•critical issues involved in managing a project
•competence in designing a successful project
•Focus on the factors involved in kicking off, leading, planning,
organizing and executing a project
•South African context considered
•Pitfalls involved in successful completion of projects
B Psych 3 modules
None
This module is restricted to B Psych students.
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
14
Lectures p.w
7
Practical’s p.w.
7
Tutorials p.w.
19
3
50
Continuous assessment:50%
Final assessment: 50%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
Psychology
Capita Selecta
Capita Selecta 427
PSY427
8
5
Term
1st & 2nd Semester
B Psych
4
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•understand professional issues important to the profession
•understand and apply theories and management approaches to
trauma
•understand diversity issues
•understand theories and management issues to specific psychosocial problems
•Theories and management of specific management issues
•Diversity issues in communities
•theories and management approaches to trauma
•Ethical issues
B Psych 3 modules
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
20
Lectures p.w
1
10
Practical’s p.w.
10
Tutorials p.w.
10
50
289
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Final Assessment: 100%
FA
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module will
be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Community and Health Sciences
Psychology
Advanced Research Project
Psychology 701
PSY701
8
30
Year
1st & 2nd Semester
BA Hons (Psych)
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Practical’s
Research
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
4
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•plan, implement and write up a research project
•Research process
•Conceptualization of a psychological research question
•Conducting a literature review
•Research methodologies of data collection and analyses
•Reporting and discussing research findings
Successful completion of an undergraduate degree with
psychology 3
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
24
Lectures p.w
28
Practical’s p.w.
84
Tutorials p.w.
24
58
200
Continuous Assessment: 40%
Final Assessment: 60%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
Abnormal Psychology
Psychopathology
Abnormal Psychology 702
PSY702
8
20
Semester
1st Semester
BA Hons (Psych)
4
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•display content knowledge of some of the symptoms of some
major mental health categories form the DSM IV-TR; display
content knowledge of some of the major aetiological approaches
to mental health problems; display content knowledge of the
major approaches to treatment for mental health problems
290
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
•apply this knowledge to case material; apply this knowledge to
community level interventions; display content knowledge of the
major contextual approaches to mental health; apply this
knowledge to the mental health problems studied earlier; apply
this knowledge to community level interventions; apply
knowledge of both mainstream and critical approaches to
understanding learners own personal development in critical
thinking
•Major mainstream approaches to psychopathology
•DSM-IV multi-axial framework
•Post-traumatic Stress Disorder
•Major Depression
•Paedophilia
•Schizophrenia
•Borderline Personality Disorder
•Critical psychology approaches to mental health
•Marxist approaches to mental health
•Liberation psychology and mental health
•Community psychology and mental health
Successful completion of an undergraduate degree with
psychology 3
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
28
Lectures p.w
137.25
Practical’s p.w.
31.75
Tutorials p.w.
3
200
Continuous Assessment: 40%
Final Assessment: 60%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
Psychology
Clinical Interventions
Psychological Interventions 703
PSY703
8
20
Semester
1st Semester
BA Hons (Psych)
4
This course introduces students to some of the diverse
theoretical models of counseling and advanced psychological
interventions and their applications in a variety of settings.
Moreover, the course aims to generate an appreciation not only
of different styles of counseling, but also of different client‟s
needs.
Ways of thinking about counseling and psychological
interventions have changed over the years. The course highlights
this shift and places an emphasis on some of the more recent
developments. Although a balance is forged between theory and
291
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Self-study
Test & examination
Other: Please specify: Group work
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module will
be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
praxis, there is an emphasis on the theoretical assumptions
underlying various models of counseling.
Successful completion of an undergraduate degree with
psychology 3
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
28
Lectures p.w
84
Practical’s p.w.
58
Tutorials p.w.
6
24
200
Continuous Assessment: 50%
Final Assessment: 50%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
Psychology
Research Procedures & Statistics
Advanced Quantitative Research Methods 704
PSY704
8
20
Semester
1st Semester
BA Hons (Psych)
4
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•understand quantitative and qualitative research methods
• collect, analyses and evaluate information
• integrate research methods with psychology
• identify and solve problems
•Overview of Quantitative Research Methods; Ethics of
Research; Measurement: Theory/Issues; Research Designs;
Control of Extraneous Variables; Factorial Designs; QuasiExperimental Designs; Introduction to Multivariate Designs and
Statistics; Regression Analysis; Computers in Research
•Overview of Qualitative Research Methods; Paradigms ;
Interviews; Focus Groups; Case Studies; Feminism; Interpretive
Methods; Constructionism; Discourse and Thematic Analysis;
Postcolonialism; Postmodernism; Participatory Action Research.
•Overview of Quantitative Research Methods; Ethics of
Research; Measurement: Theory/Issues; Research Designs;
Control of Extraneous Variables; Factorial Designs; QuasiExperimental Designs; Introduction to Multivariate Designs and
Statistics; Regression Analysis; Computers in Research
•Overview of Qualitative Research Methods; Paradigms ;
Interviews; Focus Groups; Case Studies; Feminism; Interpretive
Methods; Constructionism; Discourse and Thematic Analysis;
Postcolonialism; Postmodernism; Participatory Action Research
Successful completion of an undergraduate degree with
psychology 3
None
292
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Self-study
Test & examination
Other: Please specify: Group work
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
28
Lectures p.w
84
Practical’s p.w.
58
Tutorials p.w.
6
24
200
Continuous assessment: 50%
Final Assessment: 50%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
Psychology
Personality Development
Personality Development (Hons Psych) 705
PSY705
8
20
Semester
2nd Semester
BA Hons (Psych)
Assessment Module type
4
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•demonstrate an understanding of and explore the impact of
personal and social-historical influences on the development of
theories of personality
•evaluate theories of personality development and the interrelatedness of theory and research
•Introduction to Personality Development
•Definitions of key concepts
•The study of personality development
•Criteria for evaluating theories of personality development
Successful completion of an undergraduate degree with
psychology 3
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
28
Lectures p.w
84
Practical’s p.w.
58
Tutorials p.w.
6
24
200
Continuous Assessment: 50%
Final assessment: 50%
CFA
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Community and Health Sciences
Psychology
Social Psychology
Social Psychology 707
PSY707
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Self-study
Test & examination
Other: Please specify: Group work
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
293
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Self-study
Test & examination
Other: Please specify: Group work
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
8
20
Semester
1st Semester
BA Hons (Psych)
4
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•display content knowledge of some of the theories of social
oppression
•display content knowledge of some of the major theoretical
debates on the nature and process of oppression, particularly in
low-income countries
•display content knowledge of the major approaches to
understanding violence in all its manifestations
•apply this knowledge to an analysis of current conflicts in
countries at war and in social and civil conflict
•apply this knowledge in analyzing and changing the impact of
oppression, both on a personal, social and societal level
•display content knowledge of the major contextual approaches
to preventing the perpetuation of social oppression
•apply knowledge of subtle oppressive processes on learners
own personal and self-development
•Major mainstream approaches to social psychology
•Psychology and Apartheid
•Colonial medicine and oppression
•Frantz Fanon‟s theory of violence
•Structural Violence and its consequence of Premature Death
•Hegel‟s Master-Slave dialectic
•Racism, Sexism and Classism- and oppression
•The South African Truth and Reconciliation Commission
•From Adaptation to Empowerment
•Prevention of Socially Oppressive Mechanisms
•Special Focus on Genocide: The case of the Native Americans,
•The San, The Holocaust, Former Yugoslavia and Rwanda
•Liberation psychology and mental health
Successful completion of an undergraduate degree with
psychology 3
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
28
Lectures p.w
84
Practical’s p.w.
58
Tutorials p.w.
6
24
200
Continuous Assessment: 50%
Final Assessment: 50%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
Psychology
Community Psychology
Community Psychology 708
PSY708
294
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module will
be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Self-study
Test & examination
Other: Community Outreach;
Skills training & Group work
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
8
20
Semester
2nd Semester
BA Hons (Psych)
4
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•critically interrogate mainstream approaches
•work in groups
•collect, analyses and evaluate information
•communicate effectively
•develop problem solving skills
•reflect on and explore effective learning strategies
•be culturally and aesthetically sensitive
•develop a social justice perspective
•display content knowledge about the differences between
mainstream and community psychology approaches
•display a clear understanding historical perspectives of
community psychology
•display a clear understanding of the theoretical foundations of
community psychology
•display a clear understanding of the different community
psychological intervention strategies
•ability to apply understanding of genesis and management of
psycho-social problems to their community
•ability to implement some of the community psychological
intervention strategies
•Introduction to community psychology
•Historical perspectives to community psychology
•Ecological perspective (theory and application)
•Models of community psychology
•Intervention programmes in community psychology
•Understanding and management of HIV/AIDS
•Behavior change models
•Workshop training and implementation
•Support groups and mentor programmes
•Dealing with the abuse of women and children
•Risk and protective factors
•Critical perspectives to community psychology (e.g. Marxism)
Successful completion of an undergraduate degree with
psychology 3
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
28
Lectures p.w
56
Practical’s p.w.
56
Tutorials p.w.
3
33
200
Continuous Assessment: 50%
Final Assessment: 50%
CFA
295
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module will
be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Community and Health Sciences
Psychology
Psychological Assessment
Psychological Assessment 709
PSY709
8
20
Semester
2nd Semester
BA Hons (Psych)
4
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•conduct a clinical history taking interview; collect, analyze and
interpret psychological data regarding the person‟s past and
current level of functioning pertaining to emotional, social,
cognitive and personality adjustment, as well as career decision
making; work in groups; communicate effectively; develop
problem solving skills; reflect on and explore effective
intervention strategies; develop a social, cultural, legal and
morally ethical perspective; develop a proficiency in certain
selected psychometric assessment instruments; display an
understanding of the processes of psychological assessment
report writing; display an understanding and sensitivity of
psychological assessment within the South African context;
ability to critique articles on psychological assessment research
•Introduction to psychometry; discussion of administrative
issues, requirements and course-outline
•Psychiatric History & Report Writing
•Mental Status Examination
•Ethics in Testing
•The Clinical Interview
•Intellectual Assessment: History, concepts and Intellectual
Assessment
•Clinical Application, construction of tests, etc.
•Senior South African Intelligence Scale (SSAIS-R)
•Dynamic Assessment
•Infant and pre-school testing
•Educational Assessment in school settings
•Projective Tests: (i) History & general concepts etc.
•Projective Tests: (ii) Specific tests
•Thematic Apperception Test (TAT)
•Objective Personality Tests: (i) History & Concepts
•Objective Personality Tests: (i) Specific Tests
•16 Personality Factor (16PF)
•MB-10 Interest Questionnaire
•Career Decision-making System Revised (CDM-R)
•Assessment & Culture/ Race/Gender Issues
•Neuro-psychological Assessment
•Forensic Assessment
•Interest Questionnaires
•Career Counseling
•Computer Based Assessment
Successful completion of an undergraduate degree with
psychology 3
None
296
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Self-study
Test & examination
Other: Community Outreach;
Skills training & Group work
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
None
Hours
28
84
58
6
24
B. Time-table Requirement per week
Lectures p.w
Practical’s p.w.
Tutorials p.w.
200
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
Psychology
Philosophical and Social Issues
Philosophical & Social Issues 831
PSY831
8
10
Term
1st & 2nd Semester
MA Research Psychology
1
The course is not a comprehensive course in Philosophy but a
contained discourse on some of the central epistemological
frameworks, which has an impact on Psychology as a discipline.
The course is intended as a broad introduction to philosophical
thinking and meta-theory.
Specific aims
The specific aims of the course is to ensure that students
understand and are able to reflect on:•
the assumptions and foundational issues of Psychology and
linking them to issues in ontology and epistemology, and history
of psychological research
•the nature and development of psychological concepts,
propositions, hypotheses and conclusions
•the forms of reasoning used to arrive at conclusions in
Psychology
•The scope and limits of psychological knowledge and
proclaimed scientific methods
•the relation of psychological knowledge to society
•What is philosophy?: The nature of philosophical questions and
analysis
•The philosophy of science:
-Questions of epistemology and ontology
-The role of worldview and theory in epistemology and ontology
-Paradigms in science
•Traditions in trouble: The evolution of scientific traditions: A
model of social science
•Epistemological positions in psychology:
-Positivism
-Critical theory
-Interpretivism and Hermeneutics
-Phenomenology
297
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module will
be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Practical’s
Self-study
Other: Community Group work
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
-Grounded theory
-Feminism
-Social constructionism
•Ethics and research
None
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
18
Lectures p.w
2
15
Practical’s p.w.
3
10
Tutorials p.w.
1.3
42
Continuous Assessment: 40%
Final Assessment: 60%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
Psychology
Programme Evaluation
Programme Evaluation 832
PSY832
8
10
Term
1st & 2nd Semester
MA Research Psychology
1
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•analyze and solve problems
•work in a team
•collect, analyze and evaluate information
•be culturally sensitive
•recognize problem solving contexts
•Introduction to Programme Evaluation (PE)
•Planning of PE
•Uses and types of PE
•Data Collection Methods
•Analyzing & Interpreting Information
•Reporting Evaluation Results
None
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
14
Lectures p.w
32
Practical’s p.w.
10
Tutorials p.w.
32
12
100
Continuous Assessment: 40%
Final Assessment:60%
CFA
298
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Self-study
Other: Please specify supervision
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Community and Health Sciences
Psychology
Psychology
Qualitative methodology 833
PSY833
9
10
Term
1st & 2nd Semester
MA Research Psychology
1
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•understand the philosophical underpinnings of qualitative
research
•understand the different qualitative methods
•demonstrate practical qualitative methods
•demonstrate qualitative data analysis
•Philosophical underpinnings of qualitative research
•Phenomenology
•Grounded theory
•Social constructionism
•Ethnography
•Feminist research
•Focus group research
An honors pass in Psychology and registration as a Psychology
Masters student or in an equivalent programme
None
Should have no outstanding modules
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
14
Lectures p.w
2
36
Practical’s p.w.
36
Tutorials p.w.
14
100
Continuous Assessment: 40%
Final Assessment: 60%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
Psychology
Survey Research Methods
Survey Research Methods 834
PSY834
9
10
Term
1st & 2nd Semester
MA Research Psychology
1
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•collect, analyze and evaluate information, integrate quantitative
research methods with Psychology, identify and solve problems
•understand survey research methods
299
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Self-study
Other: Please specify supervision
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
•Introduction and overview of Positivism
•Types of survey designs
•Conceptualization and measurement
•Questionnaire construction
•Sampling
•Overview of data analysis
An honors pass in Psychology and registration as a Psychology
Masters student or in an equivalent programme
None
Should have no outstanding modules
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
14
Lectures p.w
2
36
Practical’s p.w.
36
Tutorials p.w.
14
100
Continuous Assessment: 40%
Final Assessment: 60%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
Psychology
Advanced quantitative technology
Advanced Quantitative Technology 835
PSY835
8
10
Semester
1st & 2nd Semester
MA Research Psychology
1
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•understand the process of designing a quantitative
•research study and be able to operationalize research questions;
•plan different designs and fit a design to a research question;
•select and/or develop instruments to use in the research study;
•plan sampling;
•use different data collection techniques;
•select, execute and interpret appropriate statistical techniques;
and
•do ethical research across/within diverse groups
•Quantitative research methodology
•Ethics in research
•Designs
•Sampling
•Instrument evaluation
•Cross-cultural research
•Data collection
•Statistics: ANOVA, Multiple Regression, Logistic regression,
Discriminant analysis, and Factor analysis
None
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
300
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Practical’s
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
28
Lectures p.w
50
Practical’s p.w.
7
Tutorials p.w.
12
3
100
Continuous Assessment: 40%
Final assessment: 60%
CFA
2 hours
1 hour X 4 weeks
Community Health & Science
Psychology
Measurement design and construction
Measurement design and construction 836
PSY836
8
10
Term
1st & 2nd Semester
MA Research Psychology
1
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•a conceptual understanding of assessment, tests and
measurement; types of tests
•a conceptual understanding of ethics in testing and test
construction; SA legislation on testing and the history of testing
in SA
•a conceptual understanding of test construction and test
validation
•an understanding of score interpretation: the setting of standards
and norms
•a conceptual and practical understanding of the statistical basis
of test construction and especially test evaluation
•a conceptual and practical understanding of cross cultural and
cross linguistic testing and the evaluation of tests for use in
heterogeneous groups
1. Introduction
•Tests, measurements, and assessment: issues of terminology
•Measurement levels: relevance for test construction
•Types of tests:
onorm referenced versus criterion referenced
oeducational tests versus psychological tests: distinction and
different kinds e.g. intelligence, personality, language tests etc
opurposes of tests e.g. selection (admission), screening,
diagnostic etc; high stakes versus low stakes testing
2. How do we construct tests?
•The process of test construction
•Frameworks and constructs
•Item analysis (choose item difficulty and item
•discrimination for practical example)
•Scale construction
3. The meaning of test scores
•The meaning of raw scores
•The transformation of scores
•The setting of standards: brief overview
301
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Practicals
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
•Norm setting:
oPercentiles
oAge and grade scores
oStandard and standerdised scores
oNormalised scores
• Equating scores: what it is, and why and when do/can we
equate tests?
4. Psychometric properties of tests
Validity: what it is, and how do we evaluate it? (choose one
aspect of validity as a practical example)
•Reliability: what it is, and how do we evaluate it? (choose one
form of reliability for a practical example)
•What are the implications of reliability for error of measurement
and test score interpretation?
•The relationship between validity and reliability
5. The distinction between Item Response Theory and classical
test theory and implications for test development and evaluation
(psychometric properties of tests)
6. Ethics and standards in testing and test development and
history of testing
•The history of testing in SA and internationally (focus on USA):
relevance for ethics and legislation:
•Code of conduct of psychologists: International and SA
•Code of conduct for educational testing: International
•APA Standards
•Legislation in SA: Employment Equity Act; draft legislation on
testing in schools
7. Cross cultural and cross linguistic testing
•What it is
•APA Standards on fairness and bias; relevance for SA
•The development of cross cultural and cross linguistic tests: 22
guidelines of the International Test Commission
•Central concepts: group differences, fairness, equivalence and
bias.
•How do we evaluate it?
8. Critical testing
•What is “critical testing”?
•Why is “critical testing” important for researchers?
How do we do “critical testing”?: backwash, argumentation,
consequences of testing and stakeholder involvement
None
842798 Social work clinical practice
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
18
Lectures p.w
2
30
Practical’s p.w.
1 X 4 weeks
4
12
10
74
Continuous Assessment: 40%
Final Assessment:60%
CFA
302
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Self-study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Community and Health Sciences
Psychology
Research Proposal and Thesis Writing
Research Proposal and Thesis Writing 837
PSY837
9
10
Term
1st & 2nd Semester
MA Research Psychology
1
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•understand the research process
•write up and present a full research proposal
•Choosing a research topic; choosing your supervisor
•Overview of research process
•Overview of research proposal
•Literature review; overview of methodology (quantitative and
qualitative)
•Data gathering, data analysis, report writing
None
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
14
Lectures p.w
44
Practical’s p.w.
42
Tutorials p.w.
100
Final assessment: 100%
FA
Community and Health Sciences
Psychology
Contexual/Community Psychology
Contexual/Community Psychology 839
PSY839
8
10
Term
1st & 2nd Semester
MA Research Psychology
1
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•critically interrogate mainstream approaches
•work in groups
•collect, analyse and evaluate information
•communicate effectively
•develop problem solving skills
•reflect on and explore effective learning strategies
•be culturally and aesthetically sensitive
•develop a social justice perspective
Specific Outcomes
•display content knowledge about the differences between
303
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Practical’s
Self-study
Other: Group project
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
mainstream and community psychology approaches
•display a clear understanding of research within the community
psychological framework
•ability to apply theoretical knowledge on case study
•display understanding of different research strategies within
community psychology context
•ability to critique articles on community psychological research
•Introduction to community psychology
•Community psychology and research
•Ecological perspective (theory and application)
•Models of community psychology
•Different research strategies within the community
psychological context
•Published community psychology research
•Critical perspectives to community psychology (e.g. Marxism)
None
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
14
Lectures p.w
32
Practical’s p.w.
10
Tutorials p.w.
32
12
100
Continuous Assessment: 40%
Final assessment: 60%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
Psychology
Masters Health Psychology
Health Psychology 840
PSY840
9
10
Term
1st & 2nd Semester
MA Research Psychology
1
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•develop a relevant research agenda
•explore concepts and theoretical models
•make link between lifestyle, wellness and illness
•identify health belief determinants of behavior change
•explore examples of health psychology research
•debate research methodology issues
•understand the relevance of health psychology in South Africa
•Prevention and health promotion
•Theories of lifestyle changes
•Research in health
•The burden of TB in South Africa
•Multi-drug resistance and the DOTS programme
•Issues around HIV and AIDS
304
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Self-study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
None
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
14
Lectures p.w
44
Practical’s p.w.
42
Tutorials p.w.
100
Continuous Assessment: 40%
Final assessment: 60%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
Psychology
Skills Training (quantitative and qualitative analysis)
Skills Training 842
PSY842
9
20
Semester
1st & 2nd Semester
MA Research Psychology
1
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•Analyze quantitative data using SPSS
-demonstrate understanding of navigating the SPSS environment
-demonstrate basic understanding of developing a measuring
instrument and SPSS codebook
-demonstrate understanding of generating and interpreting
descriptive statistics
-demonstrate understanding of generating and interpreting
inferential statistics
-demonstrate understanding of generating and interpreting
graphs
•Analyze qualitative data using one the following techniques:
-Thematic Analyses
-Discourse Analyses
-Phenomenology/Heuristic Analysis
-Narrative Analysis
-Have a basic understanding of qualitative analysis software
(using Atlas Ti)
•Quantitative data analysis
-Basic concepts in quantitative research
-Navigating the SPSS environment
-Codebook construction
-Data capturing
-Cleaning and verifying the data
-Data management
-Descriptive statistics
-Inferential statistics
-Generating and interpreting graphs using SPSS
•Qualitative data analysis
-Thematic Analyses
-Discourse Analyses
-Phenomenology/Heuristic Analysis
305
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Practical’s
Self-study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module will
be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
-Narrative Analysis
None
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
60
Lectures p.w
4
40
Practical’s p.w.
20
Tutorials p.w.
30
150
Continuous Assessment: 40%
Final Assessment: 60%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
Psychology
Adult Psychopathology
Psychodiagnostic & Assessment 843
PSY843
8
10
Semester
1st & 2nd Semester
MA Research Psychology
1
At the end of this module students should be able to demonstrate
competence in the:
•delivery of a range of psychological intervention models
•evaluation of psychological intervention efficacy
• delivery of a range of psychological intervention models
appropriate to differing age ranges of children, adolescents and
adults
• delivery of a range of psychological intervention models
appropriate to differential client groups: individual, couple,
family, groups
• delivery of a range of psychological intervention models
appropriate to client groups from different ethnic, socio –
economic, social-cultural and language contexts
•Psychodynamic theories of psychological intervention
•Theories of family therapy
•Models of family therapy interventions
•Family consultation and parent feedback
•Play therapy assessments
•Models of play therapy
•Assessing children for psychodynamic play therapy
•Trauma interventions with children, adolescents and adults
•Short term models of intervention with children, adolescents
and adults
•Cognitive-behavioural approaches to intervention for children,
adolescents and adults
•Object relations theories of psychological intervention
•Crisis intervention
None
None
306
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Self-study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Self-study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
None
Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week
28
Lectures p.w
88
Practical’s p.w.
84
Tutorials p.w.
200
Continuous Assessment: 40%
Final Assessment: 60%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
Psychology
Adult Psychopathology
Psychodiagnostic & Assessment 844
PSY844
8
10
Semester
1st & 2nd Semester
MA Research Psychology
1
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•display content knowledge of DSM IV-TR classification system
•display content knowledge of major explanations for mental
health problems
•demonstrate competence in diagnostic decision making
•demonstrate competence in case specific explanations and
treatment for selected mental health problems
•demonstrate familiarity with ICD-10 classification system
•Approaches to mental health problems
•Knowledge of DSM-IV TR classification system
•Knowledge of symptoms of all disorders identified by the DSMIV TR classification system
None
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
21
Lectures p.w
7X2
44
Practical’s p.w.
35
Tutorials p.w.
100
Continuous Assessment: 40%
Final Assessment: 60%
CFA
SOCIAL WORK
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Community and Health Sciences
Social Work
Contextualizing The Field of Social Work
Contextualizing The Field of Social Work 010
SCW010
5
10
307
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Semester
1st Semester
Bachelor of Social Work (Foundation Programme)
1
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•contextualize the role of the social worker in relation to
pertinent social issues
•Defining social work and its role in society
•Basic concepts in social issues
•Defining human needs in SA context
•Defining social issues in SA context
•Defining volunteerism and its role in the field of social work in
SA
None
Introduction to the Field of Social Work SCW113
Year Level 2 modules
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
36
Lectures p.w
2
30
Practical’s p.w.
30
Tutorials p.w.
4
100
Continuous Assessment: 50%
Final Assessment: 50%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
Social Work
Contextualizing Social Welfare Policy
Contextualizing Social Welfare Policy 011
SCW011
5
10
Semester
2nd Semester
Bachelor of Social Work (Foundation Programme)
1
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•Contextualize how „social welfare‟ serves to inform Social
Policy and Social Work practice
•Concepts of, social development, and social welfare as
introduction to the history and overview of social policies, social
work practice and social welfare services in a development
context
•Contemporary „developmental‟ social services and policies
including structures for implementing service delivery
•Factors and processes impacting on financing social policies(
social welfare legislation), and implications for implementing
Social Work services in a developmental context
None
Introduction to Social Welfare and Social Policy SCW124
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
308
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
36
Lectures p.w
30
Practical’s p.w.
30
Tutorials p.w.
4
100
Continuous Assessment: 50%
Final Assessment: 50%
CFA
2
Community and Health Sciences
Social Work
Contextualizing Social Work Processes
Contextualizing Social Work Processes 012
SCW012
5
10
Semester
1st Semester
Bachelor of Social Work (Foundation Programme)
1
At the end of this module students should be able to:
• to understand the assessment, intervention and communication
processes in social work
• Micro, mezzo and macro levels of assessment and intervention
• Basic concepts in communication
• Different levels of communication
• Context of and barriers to communication
• Relationship building skills
• Attending skills
• Exploring and action skills
None
Introduction to the Social Work Process SCW114
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
36
Lectures p.w
2
30
Practical’s p.w.
30
Supervision lab p.w.
1
4
100
Continuous Assessment: 50%
Final Assessment: 50%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
Social Work
Contextualizing The Philosophy Of Professional Social Work
Values And Ethics
Contextualizing The Philosophy Of Professional Social Work
Values And Ethics 013
SCW013
5
10
Semester
2nd Semester
309
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Bachelor of Social Work (Foundation Programme)
1
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•Contextualize Social Work values, the professional relationship
and personal beliefs
•Personal values, traditions and belief systems
•Difference and diversity
•Professional values, attitudes and conduct
•Time management
•Conflict resolution
•Managing interpersonal relationships
•Self-awareness
None
Introduction to the Philosophy of Professional Social Work
Values and Ethics SCW123
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
36
Lectures p.w
1
30
Practical’s p.w.
30
Tutorials p.w.
1
4
100
Continuous Assessment: 50%
Final Assessment: 50%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
Social Work
Introduction to Fieldwork Education
Introduction to Fieldwork Education 101
SCW101
5
15
Year
1st & 2nd Semester
Bachelor of Social Work
1
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•demonstrate competence in understanding the different phases
in the development of the professional relationship in social
work
• demonstrate competence in communication skills
•demonstrate beginning skills in professional report writing
• Preparation for the practice environment
• Overview and orientation to the meaning of Social Work
practice
•Developing communication and listening skills
•A volunteer placement during the June vacation observing and
shadowing of Social Work-in-action
•Beginning skills in report writing
None
Introduction to Social Welfare and Social Policy SCW124
Introduction to the Field of Social Work SCW113
310
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Practical’s
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Introduction to the Philosophy of Professional Social Work
Values and Ethics SCW123
Introduction to the Social Work Process SCW114
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
45
Lectures p.w
30
Practical’s p.w.
5
72
Tutorials p.w.
2
3
150
Continuous Assessment: 70%
Final Assessment: 30%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
Social Work
Introduction to The Field Of Social Work
Introduction to The Field Of Social Work 113
SCW113
5
10
Year
1st Semester
Bachelor of Social Work
Assessment Module type
1
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•describe the role of the Social Worker in relation to pertinent
social issues
•Overview of major issues and needs affecting human security in
contemporary South Africa, such as inclusion, the impact of
HIV/AIDS, child, youth and family wellbeing
•Social Work‟s response to identified social issues and needs
•Overview of fields of practice and multi-disciplinarity
•The role and function of the Social Worker
•Human diversity and knowledge of Social Work strategies to
alleviate oppression and exclusion
None
Introduction to Fieldwork Education SCW101
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
28/7
Lectures p.w
2
31
Practical’s p.w.
30
Tutorials p.w.
1
4
100
Continuous Assessment: 50%
Final Assessment: 50%
CFA
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Community and Health Sciences
Social Work
Introduction to The Social Work Process
Introduction to The Social Work Process 114
SCW114
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
311
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
5
5
Semester
1st Semester
Bachelor of Social Work
1
• The main outcome of the module is to provide students with a
basic understanding of the social work process and for students
to demonstrate competence in understanding and explaining the
phases of the professional social work process with particular
reference to communication and relationship building skills.
• Build a professional relationship with an individual, group or
community
• Communication and relationship building skills and techniques
• Begin, maintain and end a professional relationship with an
individual
• Communicate professionally and effectively with individuals,
groups and communities
None
Introduction to Fieldwork Education SCW101
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
21
Lectures p.w
1
11
Practical’s p.w.
15
Tutorials p.w.
1
3
50
Continuous Assessment: 50%
Final Assessment: 50%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
Social Work
Introduction to the Philosophy of Professional Social Work
Values and Ethics
Introduction to the Philosophy of Professional Social Work
Values and Ethics 123
SCW123
5
5
Semester
2nd Semester
Bachelor of Social Work
1
At the end of this module students should be able to:
Link Social Work values and the professional relationship with
the philosophy of the „ethics of care‟
•Values and principles of social work
•Philosophical foundations of social work
•Knowledge base of social work practice
•Professional codes of ethics in social work
•Concepts and philosophy of caring
None
312
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module will
be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Introduction to Fieldwork Education SCW101
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
14/7
Lectures p.w
1
11
Practical’s p.w.
15
Tutorials p.w.
1
3
50
Continuous Assessment: 50%
Final Assessment: 50%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
Social Work
Introduction to Social Policy and Social Welfare
Introduction to Social Policy and Social Welfare 124
SCW124
5
10
Semester
2nd Semester
Bachelor of Social Work
Assessment Module type
1
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•Illustrate how social policy serves to inform Social Work
practice
•Introductory and historical overview of social welfare services
and social policies as related to the development and practice of
Social Work
•Contemporary social services and income maintenance policies
including structures for service delivery
•Factors and processes impacting on social welfare legislation,
financing and implementation affecting Social Work services
None
Introduction to Fieldwork Education SCW101
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
28/7
Lectures p.w
2
32
Tutorials p.w.
1
1
30
2
100
Continuous Assessment: 50%
Final Assessment: 50%
CFA
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Community and Health Sciences
Social Work
Basic Fieldwork Education
Basic Fieldwork Education 201
SCW201
6
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Practical’s
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
313
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Practical’s
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
30
Year
1st & 2nd Semester
Bachelor of Social Work
2
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•demonstrate competence in applying appropriate intervention
skills and techniques from a strengths-based and antidiscriminatory perspective to pertinent social issues encountered
within the context of a supervised, field work placement
•demonstrate competence in basic professional report writing
•Beginner level Social Work practice in community work
laboratory
•Social group work – a weekly placement in the community
•Beginner level practice in social work at a micro level
• Macro Social Work Project
•Basic skills in professional report writing
•Introduction to Social Welfare and Social Policy SCW114
•Introduction to the Field of Social Work SCW113
•Introduction to the Philosophy of Professional Social Work
Values and Ethics SCW123
•Introduction to the Social Work Process SCW124
•Introduction to Fieldwork Education SCW101
•The Social Work at Macro level SCW214
•Social Work at Mezzo Level SCW213
•The Social Work at Micro Level SCW212
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
28
Lectures p.w
2
100
Practical’s p.w.
100
Tutorials p.w.
1
70
2
300
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
Social Work
The Social Work Process at Micro Level
The Social Work Process at Micro Level 212
SCW 212
6
10
Semester
1st Semester
Bachelor Of Social Work
2
The main outcome of the module is for students to demonstrate
competence in the application of skills and techniques when
working with individuals from strengths and anti-discriminatory
perspective within the context of the Social Work Process.
314
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Develop competence in appropriate intervention for a strengths
and anti-discriminatory Social Work perspective on a micro
level.
•Introduction to Social Welfare and Social Policy SCW114
•Introduction to the Field of Social Work SCW113
•Introduction to the Philosophy of Professional Social Work
Values and Ethics SCW123
•Introduction to the Social Work Process SCW124
•Introduction to Fieldwork Education SCW101
Basic Fieldwork Education SCW201
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
28
Lectures p.w
2
30
Practical’s p.w.
30
Tutorials p.w.
12
Supervision lab p.w.
1
100
Continuous Assessment: 50%
Final Assessment: 50%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
Social Work
The Social Work Process At Mezzo Level
The Social Work Process At Mezzo Level 213
SCW213
6
10
Semester
1st Semester
Bachelor of Social Work
2
At the end of this module students should be able to:
Within the context of the Social Work process, demonstrate
competence in the application of group work skills and
techniques from a strengths-and anti-discriminatory perspective
•Overview of group work as a method of Social Work
intervention
•Theory and practice skills for social group work practice
•Roles and skills of a social group worker
•Qualities of a competent group leader
•Overview of the different types of groups and their functions in
society
•Group formation and phases
•Introduction to Social Welfare and Social Policy SCW114
•Introduction to the Field of Social Work SCW113
•Introduction to the Philosophy of Professional Social Work
Values and Ethics SCW123
•Introduction to the Social Work Process SCW124
•Introduction to Fieldwork Education SCW101
Basic Field Work Education SCW201
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
28
Lectures p.w
2
315
Assignments & tasks
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
30
Practical’s p.w.
30
Tutorials p.w.
12
100
Continuous Assessment: 50%
Final Assessment: 50%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
Social Work
The Social Work Process at Macro Level
The Social Work Process at Macro Level 214
SCW214
6
10
Semester
2nd Semester
Bachelor of Social Work
Assessment Module type
2
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•demonstrate competence in the application of community work
and community development skills and techniques from a
people-centered strengths-and anti-discriminatory perspective,
within the context of the Social Work process
•Brief history, conceptualization, definitions, approaches,
strategies and processes
•Developmental social welfare, community work, community
development
•the process of the community work/development, leadership
development and participatory democracy
•Techniques of anti-discriminatory and strengths-based practice
at a macro level
•Introduction to Social Welfare and Social Policy SCW 124
•Introduction to the Field of Social Work SCW113
•Introduction to the Philosophy of Professional Social Work
Values and Ethics SCW123
•Introduction to the Social Work Process SCW114
Basic Field Work Education SCW201
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
30
Lectures p.w
3
20
Practical’s p.w.
2
35
Tutorials p.w.
4
15
100
Continuous Assessment: 50%
Final Assessment: 50%
CFA
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Community and Health Sciences
Social Work
Intermediate Fieldwork Education
Intermediate Fieldwork Education 301
SCW301
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
316
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
7
40
Year
1st & 2nd Semester
Bachelor of Social Work
Assessment Module type
3
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•demonstrate competence in applying intervention strategies,
techniques and skills to pertinent social issues that are
encountered in the Social Work field of practice
•demonstrate competence in intermediate professional report
writing
•Weekly simulated exercises and role plays on intervention on
micro, mezzo and macro levels during the laboratory sessions
•Weekly fieldwork experience with children and families in the
community for 1 day per week over two semesters
•In the first semester weekly micro and mezzo intervention
sessions in the community focusing on the particular social issue
utilizing appropriate intervention approaches, strategies and
techniques
•In the second semester application of appropriate intervention
approaches on macro level, intervention in social exclusion
issues
•Family-in- community research project over two semesters
•Intermediate skills in professional report writing over two
semesters
• In the first semester micro & mezzo intervention presentation
• In the second semester macro intervention presentation
Basic Fieldwork Education SCW201
•Intervention: Social Inclusion SCW315
•The impact of HIV/AIDS on well-being SCW314
•Intervention: Family well-being SCW313
•Intervention: Youth well-being SCW312
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
28
Lectures p.w
3
100
Practical’s p.w.
2
200
Tutorials p.w.
4
68
4
400
Continuous Assessment: 50%
Final Assessment: 50%
CFA
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Community and Health Sciences
Social Work
Child and Youth Well-being
Child and Youth Well-being 312
SCW312
7
10
Semester
1st Semester
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Practical’s
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
317
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Bachelor of Social Work
3
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•demonstrate knowledge of appropriate intervention approaches,
strategies, techniques and skills, in order to maintain child and
youth wellbeing on micro, mezzo and macro levels in South
African society.
• Key legislative developments, specifically focusing on the
Children‟s Act and other Child Care Policies
• Children, Youth and Social Services
•Rights linked with the relevant policies, referring to UNCRC
and the African Charter.
•Family preservation as a key principle in child protection
•Impact on parental roles and family systems
• Simulated lab exercises and role plays demonstrating the role
of the social worker during intervention, in a multi-disciplinary
context
•The Social Work process at Macro level SCW214
•The Social Work process at Mezzo Level SCW213
•The Social Work process at Micro Level SCW212
•Basic Field Education SCW201
Intermediate Fieldwork Education SCW301
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
48
Lectures p.w
20
Practical’s p.w.
20
Tutorials p.w.
12
Supervision lab p.w.
2
100
Continuous Assessment: 50%
Final Assessment: 50%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
Social Work
Intervention: Family Well-Being
Intervention: Family Well-Being 313
SCW313
7
10
Semester
1st Semester
Bachelor of Social Work
3
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•evaluate and apply appropriate micro and macro intervention
strategies and techniques to South African family situations.
•Factors impacting on South African families – historical, sociocultural, economic, relational
•Different approaches to dealing with family issues
•Narrative, strengths-based, structural and anti-discriminatory
intervention strategies and techniques with South African
families
318
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
•The Social Work process at Macro level SCW214
•The Social Work process at Mezzo Level SCW213
•The Social Work process at Micro Level SCW212
•Basic Field Education SCW201
Intermediate Fieldwork Education SCW301
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
48
Lectures p.w
2
20
Practical’s p.w.
20
Supervision lab p.w.
2
12
100
Continuous Assessment: 50%
Final Assessment: 50%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
Social Work
Intervention: The Impact of HIV and Aids on Well-Being
Intervention: The Impact of HIV and Aids on Well-Being
314
SCW314
7
10
Semester
2nd Semester
Bachelor of Social Work
3
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•describe the impact of HIV/AIDS on well-being and
demonstrate critical application of appropriate intervention
strategies and techniques at micro, mezzo and macro levels to
HIV/AIDS
•Social Work and health care with the emphasis on HIV/AIDS
•Selection and use of the appropriate intervention approaches,
strategies, techniques and skills in addressing HIV/AIDS
•The Social Work process at Macro level SCW214
•The Social Work process at Mezzo Level SCW213
•The Social Work process at Micro Level SCW212
•Basic Field Education SCW201
Intermediate Fieldwork Education SCW301
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
48
Lectures p.w
2
20
Practical’s p.w.
2
20
Supervision lab p.w.
2
12
100
Continuous Assessment: 50%
Final Assessment: 50%
CFA
319
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Community and Health Sciences
Social Work
Intervention: Social Inclusion
Intervention: Social Inclusion 315
SCW315
7
10
Semester
2nd Semester
Bachelor of Social Work
3
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•demonstrate competence in the knowledge and critical
application of strategies and techniques which facilitate the
inclusion of marginalized, socially excluded, dispossessed,
vulnerable and at-risk groups within a local context
•Origins of social inclusion and exclusion
•Overview of forms of social exclusion and related issues of
vulnerability from a global and local perspective
•Selection and use of the appropriate intervention approaches,
strategies, techniques and skills in addressing social exclusion
issues
•Macro level intervention
•Simulated lab exercises and role play on social inclusion
strategies and techniques
•The Social Work process at Macro level SCW214
•The Social Work process at Mezzo Level SCW213
•The Social Work process at Micro Level SCW212
•Basic Field Education SCW201
Intermediate Field Work Education SCW301
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
48
Lectures p.w
2
20
Practical’s p.w.
1
20
Tutorials p.w.
12
100
Continuous Assessment: 50%
Final Assessment: 50%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
Social Work
Advanced Field Work Education
Advanced Field Work Education 401
SCW401
8
60
Year
1st & 2nd Semester
Bachelor of Social Work
4
At the end of this module students should be able to:
320
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Practical’s
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
•demonstrate competence in the integration and application of
core strategies, concepts, principles and techniques of Social
Work practice at all levels (micro, mezzo and macro), within the
context of a supervised field work placement
•demonstrate competence in advanced professional report
writing
•Engage in advanced practice in fieldwork placement for 560
hours at organization
•Assess, intervene and evaluate at an advanced level to chosen
field of practice using strengths-based, narrative and antidiscriminatory approaches on micro, mezzo and macro levels
•Assess needs and develop logical framework for addressing
needs
•Evaluate policy, planning and practice in organization
•Advanced skills in professional report writing
•Critical reflection on practice from a justice and ethics of care
perspective
Intermediate Field Work Education SCW301
• Advanced Social Policy and Planning SCW413
• Advanced Study of Specific Fields of Care SCW414
• Advanced Social Work Intervention SCW415
• Research Methodology SCW411
• Research Project SCW406
• Advanced Social Work Ethics SCW412
None
Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week
20
Lectures p.w
80
Practical’s p.w.
478
Tutorials p.w.
20
2
600
Continuous Assessment: 50%
Final Assessment: 50%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
Social Work
Social Work Research Project
Social Work Research Project 406
SCW406
8
10
Year
1st & 2nd Semester
Bachelor of Social Work
4
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•compile and submit a research report that includes identification
of a research problem, application of appropriate research
methodology, a literature review, interpretation of data,
evaluation of research process and recommendations regarding
the research problem
• Writing a research proposal, including: Identifying a research
321
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Practicals
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
problem, conducting a literature review proposed research
methodology, ethical considerations
• Executing the research process, namely data collection, data
analysis and data verification
• Drafting a research report with research findings, conclusions
and recommendations
•Intervention: Social Inclusion SCW315
• Intervention: The impact of HIV/AIDS on well-being SCW314
•Intervention: Child and Youth Well-being SCW312
•Intervention: Family Well-being SCW313
•Intermediate Field Work Education SCW301
Advanced Field Work Education SCW401
None
Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week
20
Lectures p.w
20
Practical’s p.w.
10
Tutorials p.w.
48
2
100
Continuous Assessment: 50%
Final Assessment (Research report): 50%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
Social Work
Social Work Research Methodology
Social Work Research Methodology 411
SCW411
8
10
Semester
1st Semester
Bachelor of Social Work
4
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•critically compare research paradigms and apply relevant
research methodology to Social Work practice
•Qualitative and quantitative research methodologies including
research methods and data analysis
• Research strategies
•Intervention: Social Inclusion SCW315
• Intervention: The impact of HIV/AIDS on well-being SCW314
•Intervention: Child and Youth Well-being SCW312
•Intervention: Family Well-being SCW313
•Intermediate Field Work Education SCW301
Advanced Field Work Education SCW401
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
48
Lectures p.w
3
10
Practical’s p.w.
27
Tutorials p.w.
15
100
322
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Continuous Assessment: 50%
Final Assessment: 50%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
Social Work
Advanced Social Work Ethics
Advanced Social Work Ethics 412
SCW412
8
10
Semester
1st Semester
Bachelor of Social Work
4
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•present and defend perspectives of ethics of care and social
justice, critically applied to the field of Social Work practice
•The ethics of care approach
•Social justice approach
•The difference between the ethics of care and social justice
approaches
•Application of the ethics of care and social justice approaches
to Social Work
•Selection of a field of Social Work practice for application of
above approaches
•Intervention: Social Inclusion SCW315
• Intervention: The impact of HIV/AIDS on well-being SCW314
•Intervention: Child and Youth Well-being SCW312
•Intervention: Family Well-being SCW313
•Intermediate Field Work Education SCW301
Advanced Field Work Education SCW401
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
33
Lectures p.w
3
50
Practical’s p.w.
17
Tutorials p.w.
100
Continuous Assessment: 50%
Final Assessment: 50%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
Social Work
Advanced Social Policy And Planning
Advanced Social Policy And Planning 413
SCW413
8
10
Semester
1st Semester
Bachelor of Social Work
4
323
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Self-study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•describe how policies impact on social issues and service
provision in the South African context
•The social, economic and political context of social policy
•Social policy and planning
•Policy making processes
•Social policy and social welfare programmes
•Critical analysis of social welfare policy in South Africa
•Intervention: Social Inclusion SCW315
• Intervention: The impact of HIV/AIDS on well-being SCW314
•Intervention: Child and Youth Well-being SCW312
•Intervention: Family Well-being SCW313
•Intermediate Field Work Education SCW301
Advanced Field Work Education SCW401
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
48
Lectures p.w
3
30
Practical’s p.w.
22
Tutorials p.w.
100
Continuous Assessment: 50%
Final Assessment: 50%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
Social Work
Advanced Study of Specific Fields of Care
Advanced Study of Specific Fields of Care 414
SCW414
8
10
Semester
1st Semester
Bachelor of Social Work
4
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•demonstrate understanding of Specific Fields of Care field of
practice
•identify and describe risks, strengths, and demographic trends
in the Specific Fields of Care
•assess, intervene and evaluate from a strengths-based and antidiscriminatory perspective in the fields of practice
•demonstrate understanding of relevant policies and legislation
in the particular fields
•describe the roles of different service providers and
stakeholders in the fields
Indicators of
particular problems, relevant policy and
legislation, impact of trauma, and anti-discriminatory and
strengths-based assessment, intervention and evaluation
strategies and the roles of service providers and stakeholders
•Intervention: Social Inclusion SCW315
• Intervention: The impact of HIV/AIDS on well-being SCW314
•Intervention: Child and Youth Well-being SCW312
•Intervention: Family Well-being SCW313
324
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
•Intermediate Field Work Education SCW301
Advanced Field Work Education SCW401
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
60
Lectures p.w
2
20
Practical’s p.w.
14
Tutorials p.w.
6
100
Continuous Assessment: 50%
Final Assessment: 50%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
Social Work
Advanced Social Work Intervention
Advanced Social Work Intervention 415
SCW415
8
10
Semester
1st Semester
Bachelor of Social Work
4
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•demonstrate competence in the application of the techniques of
anti-discriminatory, narrative, strength-based and structural
perspectives, in assessment, intervention and evaluation
•Introduction to theoretical frameworks
•Critical theory and social constructions
•Approaches to assessment
•Application of strengths-based and critical autobiographical
approach to assessment
•Approaches to intervention
•Application of relevant intervention techniques
•Approaches to evaluation
•Participatory evaluation
•Intervention: Social Inclusion SCW315
• Intervention: The impact of HIV/AIDS on well-being SCW314
•Intervention: Child and Youth Well-being SCW312
•Intervention: Family Well-being SCW313
•Intermediate Field Work Education SCW301
Advanced Field Work Education SCW401
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
48
Lectures p.w
3
10
Practical’s p.w.
15
Tutorials p.w.
27
100
Continuous Assessment: 50%
Final Assessment: 50%
CFA
325
Module Name
Home Department
Module Code
Credit Value
Duration
Module Type
Level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisites
Co-requisites
Prohibited Combinations
Breakdown of Learning Time
Methods of Student Assessment
Module Name
Home Department
Module Code
Credit Value
Programme
Duration
Module Type
Level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisites
Co-requisites
Prohibited Combinations
Breakdown of Learning Time
Methods of Student Assessment
Constructions of Children and Childhood
Social Work
SCF706
10
Semester
Faculty
8
Demonstrate knowledge of different conceptions of childhood
historically and geographically
Critically analyse the notion of childhood
Demonstrate knowledge of diversity in South African
childhoods
Theoretical underpinnings of children and childhood
Childhood as a Social Construction
Historical notions of childhood
Children as Citizens – active and participatory citizens
None
All other core modules
None
Contact with lecturer / tutor: 26 hours
Assignments & tasks: 26 hours
Tests & examinations: None
Self-study: 48 hours
Total learning time: 100 hours
Formative Assessment: 50%
Summative Assessment: 50%
Parent and Child Interaction
Social Work
SCF711
20
MA Child and Family Studies
Semester
Faculty
8
At the end of the module a student will be able to:
Demonstrate an understanding of parenting styles and processes
Critically analyse the notion of parenthood
Understand the notion of cultural diversity in South African
parenting
Theoretical underpinnings of parenting
Developmental perspectives of parenting styles and processes
Constructions of parenthood
Parenting and Culture
Parenting and Family Form
Strategies or techniques of Contemporary parenting
None
None
None
Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40
Assignments & tasks: 60
Self-study: 100
Total learning time: 200
Formative Assessment: 50%
Summative Assessment: 50%
326
Module Name
Home Department
Module Code
Credit Value
Programme
Duration
Module Type
Level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisites
Co-requisites
Prohibited Combinations
Breakdown of Learning Time
Methods of Student Assessment
Module Name
Home Department
Module Code
Credit Value
Programme
Duration
Module Type
Level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Youth in Urban Society
Social Work
SCF710
20
MA Child and Family Studies
Semester
Faculty
8
At the end of the module a student will be able to:
Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of different
theoretical frameworks of youth studies
Understand cultural and institutional constructions of youth
Theoretical underpinnings of understanding youth
Youth and Culture
Youth At-risk
Youth and Relationships
Youth and Gender
Youth and Education
Youth and Work
None
None
None
Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40
Assignments & tasks: 60
Self-study: 100
Total learning time: 200
Formative Assessment: 50%
Summative Assessment: 50%
Children‟s rights, family and society
Law Faculty
SCF709
20
MA Child and Family Studies
Semester
University
8
At the end of the module the student will be able to:
Understand different declarations on children's rights in Africa
and South Africa
Understand the application of international human rights to
domestic law in Africa and South Africa, with special reference
to vulnerable groups of children in African settings
Understand the role of children's rights monitoring structures,
including international and national NGO's and other relevant
bodies which play a role in monitoring the implementation of
children's rights
Understand principles concerning the best interests of the child
and the right of the child to be heard and seen in light of the UN
Convention and various legal situations, private and public, that
involve children.
The Convention on the Rights of the Child: Children‟s rights as
human rights
The African Charter on the Rights and Welfare of the Child and
relevant international law
327
Pre-requisites
Co-requisites
Prohibited Combinations
Breakdown of Learning Time
Methods of Student Assessment
Module Name
Home Department
Module Code
Credit Value
Programme
Duration
Module Type
Level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisites
Co-requisites
Prohibited Combinations
Breakdown of Learning Time
Methods of Student Assessment
Module Name
Home Department
Module Code
Credit Value
Programme
Duration
Module Type
Level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Children's lives and welfare in light of changing policies and
processes of globalization
Children's rights with respect to major societal institutions, such
as family, schools, the justice system, and the welfare system
None
None
None
Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40
Assignments & tasks: 60
Self-study: 100
Total learning time: 200
Formative Assessment: 50%
Summative Assessment: 50%
Policies and Programmes for Families in Poverty
Social Work
SCF707
20
MA Child and Family Studies
Semester
Faculty
8
Assess policies, strategies and programmes relevant to family
poverty
Past and present policies in relation to family
Analyses of policies
Theories of poverty
Relating theory to practice
Strategies and programmes to combat poverty
None
None
None
Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40
Assignments & tasks: 60
Self-study: 100
Total learning time: 200
Formative Assessment: 50%
Summative Assessment: 50%
Child Protection
Social Work
SCF708
20
MA Child and Family Studies
Semester
Faculty
8
Be familiar with relevant legislation in relation to child
protection
Demonstrate understanding of situations causing vulnerability in
childhood
Critically evaluate types of interventions in child protection
Theoretical explanations of child vulnerability
Theoretical underpinnings of child protection
Contextualising child protection
328
Pre-requisites
Co-requisites
Prohibited Combinations
Breakdown of Learning Time
Methods of Student Assessment
Module Name
Home Department
Module Code
Credit Value
Programme
Duration
Module Type
Level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisites
Co-requisites
Prohibited Combinations
Breakdown of Learning Time
Methods of Student Assessment
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Credit Value
Duration
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Level
Main Outcomes
Legislative framework for child protection
Interventions in child protection
None
None
None
Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40
Assignments & tasks: 60
Self-study: 100
Total learning time: 200
Formative Assessment: 50%
Summative Assessment: 50%
Families and Households
Social Work
SCF705
10
MA Child and Family Studies
Semester
Faculty
8
At the end of the module a student will be able to:
Analyse the impact of macro and micro influences on family
practices
Appreciate the diversity of family practices
Recognise power relations in contemporary families
Family practices
Life course
Gender
Generation
Race
Resources
None
None
None
Contact with lecturer / tutor: 26 hours
Assignments & tasks: 26 hours
Tests & examinations: None
Self-study: 48 hours
Total learning time: 100 hours
Interactive e-learning tasks
Collaborative assignment
Research exercise on family in community
Department of Social Work
*Applied Research Methods
*Applied Research Methods
Leave blank
20
Semester
MA Child and Family Studies
8
Analyse the theoretical and philosophical bases of research in
Child and Family Studies from various perspectives.
Identify a research problem in Child and Family Studies and
329
Main Content
Pre-requisites
Co-requisites
Prohibited Combinations
Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Selfstudy
Total Learning Time
Methods of Student Assessment
Module Name
Home Department
Module Code
Credit Value
Duration
design a research proposal.
Discuss ethical issues in research in Child and Family Studies.
Collect, analyse research data.
Write and present a research report.
* Unit 1: Research Theory
Research theory and philosophy – Hermeneutics, empiricism,
phenomenology, idealism, critical theory and rationalism,
positivism and contemporary research theories.
Types of research methodologies – Historical, comparative,
descriptive correlational, experimental, evaluation, action,
feminist/identity politics and cultural.
Research problem and hypothesis – Null and alternative,
statistical and non-statistical hypotheses.
Literature review – Critiques, style, referencing and plagiarism
Research sample and sampling methods
Ethics in research – Informed consent/indemnity
Validity, reliability and objectivity issues
Research proposal/thesis writing – Format
Unit 2: Qualitative Research Methods (Emphasis on interpretive
techniques)
Ethnography; Case study; Biography;
Interview techniques; design and analysis of interview data;
Focus group method and data analysis
Observational methods and analysis
Audiovisual technique, data and image analysis
Multi-method or Mixed research methods – Qualitative and
quantitative - Triangulation
Unit 3: Quantitative Techniques
Descriptive statistics
Types of data/measurement
Graphing techniques
Sampling
Inferential Statistics: Statistical significance and hypothesis
testing; T-test; Chi square statistic/non-parametric statistical
methods; Correlation methods (E.g. Pearson‟s product moment
correlation); Regression (Simple linear regression); Analysis of
variance/post-hoc tests
Computer-based data analysis
Hours
*40
*60
*100
200
*50% Formative assessments (Assignments, group work;
presentations)
50% Summative assessment (Assignment)
Advanced Classical and Contemporary Theories about the
Family
Social Work
SCF702
10
Semester
330
Module Type
Level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisites
Co-requisites
Prohibited Combinations
Breakdown of Learning Time
Methods of Student Assessment
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Faculty
8
Demonstrate understanding of the main theoretical perspectives
on families
Distinguish between notions of „family‟ and „household‟
Critically interrogate assumptions underlying policies and
practices relating to families
Contested conceptualisations of Family and Household –
familism, familialism, family values
Classical theories of Family – Functionalism and Systems
Theory, Phenomenological Approaches, Critical Perspectives
Contemporary theories of Family – Postmodernism and
Poststructuralism
None
Other core modules
None
Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 hours
Assignments & tasks: 60hours
Tests & examinations:
Self-study: 100 hours
Practicals:
Other (specify):
Total learning time: 100 hours
Contact with lecturer / tutor: 26 hours
Assignments & tasks: 26 hours
Tests & examinations: None
Self-study: 48 hours
Practicals:
Other (specify):
Total learning time: 100 hours
Community and Health Sciences
Social Work
Mini-thesis
Social Work Mini-Thesis 801/802
SCW801/802
9
60
2 years
Departmental: Proposal 1st year
Thesis 2nd year
Masters in Social Work
9
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•demonstrate the ability to select and implement appropriate
research designs, methods, techniques and technologies for a
specific research problem in the chosen field of social work
•engage in current research and professional study related to the
chosen field and present and communicate the findings
according to criteria for a research report
None
Advanced Quantitative Research Methods SCF812
Advanced Qualitative Research Methods SCF813
None
331
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Assignments & tasks
Research
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
None
Hours
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Community and Health Sciences
Social Work
Social Work Practicum
Social Work Practicum 809
SCW809
9
25
2 years
2nd Semester
Masters in Social Work
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Practical’s
Self-study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
B. Time-table Requirement per week
Practical’s p.w.
Supervision is required
Supervision lab
As required by the supervisor
600
600
Final Assessment: 100%
FA
9
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•demonstrate competency in advanced intervention and
evaluation application in a specific clinical practice
setting.(practicum)
•Fieldwork
assignments
for
advanced
socio-clinical
interventions in a selected field of practice, related to
contemporary social issues in the Western –Cape including
practical work under supervision and field evaluation and
relevant reports for educational supervision
None
Social Work Clinical Practice SCW811
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
20
Lectures p.w
60
Practical’s p.w.
Supervision is required
160
Tutorials p.w.
10
250
Continuous Assessment: 50%
Final Assessment: 50%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
Social Work
Social Work Admin and Human Resource Management
Social work Admin and Human Resource Management 810
SCW810
9
25
Semester
2nd Semester
Masters in Social Work
9
332
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Self-study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Self-study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
At the end of this module students should be able to:
Present a critical descriptive analysis of the planning,
organizing, controlling and leading as related to organizational
management tasks in a selected organization and more specific
also to human resource management, based on selected
theoretical guidelines.
•Participatory leadership and democracy;
•Planning for agency effectiveness;
•organizing and designing structural issues;
•developing human resources;
•elementary budgeting principles;
•evaluating human service programs
None
Social Work Supervision and Consultancy SCW 815
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
63
Lectures p.w
62
Practical’s p.w.
Supervision is required
125
Tutorials p.w.
250
Continuous Assessment: 50%
Final Assessment: 50%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
Social Work
Clinical Social Work
Social Work Clinical Practice 811
SCW811
9
25
Semester
1st Semester
Masters in Social Work
9
•Critical assessment of social work theories for clinical practice;
•assessment and interventions from a strength-based perspective
as applied to a specific contemporary social issue
•Philosophy of strength-based assessment and interventions social work advanced socio-clinical assessments and intervention
from a strength-based perspective as applied to a specific
contemporary social issue -on individual, group and community
levels.
None
Social Work Practicum SCW809
None
Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week
63
Lectures p.w
62
Practical’s p.w.
Supervision is required
125
Tutorials p.w.
250
Continuous Assessment: 50%
Final Assessment: 50%
CFA
333
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Self-study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Community and Health Sciences
Social Work
Social supervision/consultancy
Social Work Supervision and Consultancy 815
SCW815
9
25
Semester
1st Semester
Masters in Social Work
9
At the end of this module students should be able to:
Based on relevant model guidelines, assess management and
utilization of volunteers in a selected organization
Present a plan for educational, administrative and supportive
supervision in a selected organization, referring to core content
guidelines.
Principles of democracy and social justice and power and
authority in supervision; leadership; motivation; elements of
supervision; supervising professionals, paraprofessionals and
volunteers; a model for supervision; consultancy and
supervision.
None
Social Work Admin and Human Resource Management
SCW810
None
Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week
63
Lectures p.w
62
Practical’s p.w.
Supervision is required
125
Tutorials p.w.
250
Continuous Assessment:50
Final Assessment:50
CFA/CA
Community and Health Sciences
Social Work
Social Work in Social Developmental Context
Social Work in Social Developmental Context 816
SCW816
9
20
Semester
1st Semester
Masters in Social Work
9
• Critically analysis of social developmental theories, models
and intervention strategies models/approaches for promoting
development and empowerment on micro-. mezzo and macrolevels
• Evaluations of practice implementation of social development
approach by means of case-study illustrations.
• Social development approach in social welfare; social work
334
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Practical’s
Self-study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Self-study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
values and principles of human rights social justice; theoretical
debates on social development in social work, strategies for
social development
None
Other core modules
None
Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week
40
Lectures p.w
60
Practical’s p.w.
Supervision is required
10
Tutorials p.w.
100
200
Continuous Assessment: 50%
Final Assessment: 50%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
Social Work
Advanced Classical and Contemporary Theories about the
Family
Advanced Classical and Contemporary Theories about the
Family 811
SCF811
9
20
Semester
1st & 2nd Semester
MA Child and Family Studies
9
At the end of this module students should be able to:
• Demonstrate understanding of the main theoretical perspectives
on families
• Distinguish between notions of „family‟ and „household‟
• Critically interrogate assumptions underlying policies and
practices relating to families
• Analyse Contested conceptualisations of Family and
Household – familism, familialism, family values
• Analyse Classical theories of Family – Functionalism and
Systems Theory, Phenomenological Approaches, Critical
Perspectives
• Analyse Contemporary theories of Family – Postmodernism
and Poststructuralism
None
Other core modules
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
40
Lectures p.w
60
Practical’s p.w.
100
Tutorials p.w.
200
Continuous Assessment: 50%
Final Assessment: 50%
CFA
335
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Self-study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Community and Health Sciences
Social Work
Advanced Quantitative Research
Advanced Quantitative Research 812
SCF812
9
10
Semester
1st & 2nd Semester
MA Child and Family Studies
9
At the end of this module students should be able to:
• Analyse the theoretical and philosophical bases of research in
Child and Family Studies from various perspectives.
• Identify a research problem in Child and Family Studies and
design a research proposal.
• Discuss ethical issues in research in Child and Family Studies.
• Collect, analyse research data
• Write and present a research report
• Research theory and philosophy – Hermeneutics, empiricism,
phenomenology, idealism, critical theory and rationalism,
positivism and contemporary research theories.
• Types of research methodologies – Historical, comparative,
descriptive correlational, experimental, evaluation, action,
feminist/identity politics and cultural.
• Research problem and hypothesis – Null and alternative,
statistical and non-statistical hypotheses.
• Literature review – Critiques, style, referencing and plagiarism
• Research sample and sampling methods
• Data Analysis Techniques
• Descriptive statistics
• Types of data/measurement
• Graphing techniques
• Inferential Statistics: Statistical significance and hypothesis
testing; T-test; Chi square statistic/non-parametric statistical
methods; Correlation methods (E.g. Pearson‟s product moment
correlation); Regression (Simple linear regression); Analysis of
variance/post-hoc tests
• Computer-based data analysis
• Ethics in research – Informed consent/indemnity
• Validity, reliability and objectivity issues
• Research proposal/thesis writing – Format
Core Modules
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
26
Lectures p.w
26
Practical’s p.w.
48
Tutorials p.w.
100
Continuous Assessment: 50%
Final Assessment: 50%
CFA
336
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Self-study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Community and Health Sciences
Social Work
Advanced Qualitative Research
Advanced Qualitative Research 813
SCF813
9
10
Semester
1st & 2nd Semester
MA Child and Family Studies
9
At the end of this module students should be able to:
• Analyze the theoretical and philosophical bases of research in
Child and Family Studies from various perspectives.
• Identify a research problem in Child and Family Studies and
design a research proposal.
• Discuss ethical issues in research in Child and Family Studies.
• Collect, analyse research data
• Write and present a research report
Qualitative theoretical approaches
• Case study; Biography; Narrative; • Analyse Ethnography
• Interview techniques; design and analysis of interview data;
Focus group method
• A-Data analysis
• Observational methods and analysis
• Audio-visual technique, data and image analysis
• Analyse Multi-method or Mixed research methods –
Qualitative and quantitative - Triangulation
• Research proposal/thesis writing – Format
Core Modules
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
26
Lectures p.w
26
Practical’s p.w.
48
Tutorials p.w.
100
Continuous Assessment: 50%
Final Assessment: 50%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
Social Work
Policies and Programmes for Families in Poverty
Policies and Programmes for Families in Poverty 835
SCF835
9
10
Semester
1st & 2nd Semester
MA Child and Family Studies
9
At the end of this module students should be able to:
337
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Self-study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
• Assess policies, strategies and programmes relevant to family
poverty
• Past and present policies in relation to family
• Strategies and programmes to combat poverty
All core modules
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
26
Lectures p.w
26
Practical’s p.w.
48
Tutorials p.w.
100
Continuous Assessment: 50%
Final Assessment: 50%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
Social Work
Parent and Child Interaction
Parent and Child Interaction 836
SCF836
9
10
Semester
1st & 2nd Semester
MA Child and Family Studies
Assessment Module type
9
At the end of this module students should be able to:
• Demonstrate an understanding of parenting styles and
processes
• Critically analyze the notion of parenthood
• Understand the notion of cultural diversity in South African
parenting
• Developmental perspectives of parenting styles and processes
• Constructions of parenthood
• Parenting and Culture
• Parenting and Family Form
• Strategies or techniques of Contemporary parenting
None
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
26
Lectures p.w
26
Practical’s p.w.
48
Tutorials p.w.
100
Continuous Assessment: 50%
Final Assessment: 50%
CFA
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Community and Health Sciences
Social Work
Child Protection
Child Protection 840
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Self-study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
338
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Self-study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
SCF840
9
10
Semester
1st & 2nd Semester
MA Child and Family Studies
9
At the end of this module students should be able to:
• Be familiar with relevant legislation in relation to child
protection
• Demonstrate understanding of situations vulnerability in
childhood
• Critically evaluate types of interventions in child protection
• Theoretical explanations of child vulnerability
• Legislative framework
• Interventions in child protection
Core Modules
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
26
Lectures p.w
26
Practical’s p.w.
48
Tutorials p.w.
100
Continuous Assessment: 50%
Final Assessment: 50%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
Social Work
Families and Households
Families and Households 842
SCF842
9
20
Semester
1st & 2nd Semester
MA Child and Family Studies
9
At the end of this module students should be able to:
• Analyze the impact of macro and micro influences on family
practices
• Appreciate the diversity of family practices
• Recognize power relations in contemporary families
• Family practices
• Life course
• Gender
• Generation
• Race
• Violence and Family Practices
• Paid and unpaid work
• Resources
None
339
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Self-study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
40
Lectures p.w
60
Practical’s p.w.
100
Tutorials p.w.
200
Continuous Assessment: 50%
Final Assessment: 50%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
Social Work
Constructions of Children and Childhood
Constructions of Children and Childhood 843
SCF843
9
10
Semester
1st & 2nd Semester
MA Child and Family Studies
Assessment Module type
9
At the end of this module students should be able to:
• Demonstrate knowledge of different conceptions of childhood
historically and geographically
• Critically analyze the notion of childhood
• Demonstrate knowledge of diversity in South African
childhoods
• Childhood as a Social Construction
• Historical notions of childhood
• Children as Citizens
• South African childhoods
None
All other core modules
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
26
Lectures p.w
26
Practical’s p.w.
48
Tutorials p.w.
100
Continuous Assessment: 50%
Final Assessment: 50%
CFA
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Community and Health Sciences
Social Work
Youth in Urban Society
Youth in Urban Society 844
SCF844
9
10
Semester
1st & 2nd Semester
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Self-study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
340
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Self-study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
MA Child and Family Studies
9
At the end of this module students should be able to:
• Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of different
theoretical frameworks of youth studies
• Understand cultural and institutional constructions of youth
• Youth and Culture
• Youth At-risk
• Youth and Relationships
• Youth and Gender
• Youth and Education
• Youth and Work
None
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
26
Lectures p.w
26
Practical’s p.w.
48
Tutorials p.w.
100
Continuous Assessment: 50%
Final Assessment: 50%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
Social Work
Children‟s rights, family and society
Children’s Rights, Family and Society 845
SCF845
9
10
Semester
1st & 2nd Semester
MA Child and Family Studies
9
At the end of this module students should be able to:
• Understand different declarations on children's rights in Africa
and South Africa
• Understand the application of international human rights to
domestic law in Africa and South Africa, with special reference
to vulnerable groups of children in African settings
• Understand the role of children's rights monitoring structures,
including international and national NGO's and other relevant
bodies which play a role in monitoring the implementation of
children's rights
• Understand principles concerning the best interests of the child
and the right of the child to be heard and seen in light of the UN
Convention and various legal situations, private and public that
involves children.
• Apply knowledge of children‟s rights to policy and practice
situations in local and global contexts
• The Convention on the Rights of the Child: Children‟s rights as
human rights
341
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Self-study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
• The African Charter on the Rights and Welfare of the Child
and relevant international law
• Children's lives and welfare in light of changing policies and
processes of globalization
• Children's rights with respect to major societal institutions,
such as family, schools, the justice system, and the welfare
system
None
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
26
Lectures p.w
26
Practical’s p.w.
48
Tutorials p.w.
100
Continuous Assessment: 50%
Final Assessment: 50%
CFA
SPORT, RECREATION AND EXERCISE SCIENCE
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Practical’s
Self-study
Community and Health Sciences
Sport, Recreation and Exercise Science (SRES)
SRE101 Practical
Practical 101
SRE101
7
15
Semester
1st Semester
BA SRES
1
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•teach the basics of at least the free style stroke in swimming
•organize and implement a swimming event, including the
performance of all related administrative functions from initial
planning through to evaluation of the success of the event
•demonstrate the basics of most styles of dancing, choreography
and appropriate warm up
•Administration and organization of sport structures
•Event organization
•Water safety
•Basic water skills
•Stroke mechanics
•Styles of dance
•Choreography of dance
None
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
48
Lecture p.w
3
10
Practical’s p.w.
12
Tutorials p.w.
80
342
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
150
Continuous Assessment: 100%
CA
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Community and Health Sciences
Sport, Recreation and Exercise Science (SRES)
SRE102 Practical
Practical 102
SRE102
5
15
Semester
2nd Semester
BA SRES
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Practical’s
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
1
At the end of this module students should be able to
demonstrate an understanding of:
•various concepts and terms related to Outdoor and Adventure
Recreation
•the relationship between Adventure- and social recreation-based
activities
•a wide variety of practical components of sport, recreation
•various games concepts, the design and analyze
•Outdoor and Adventure Recreation activities, safety aspects and
programme planning
•Outdoor and adventure recreation leadership, soft skills and
hard skills
•Social recreation
•Games concepts in individual and team sports
•Experiential learning of a variety of adapted games
•Games analysis
None
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
84
Lecture p.w
10
Practical’s p.w.
26
Tutorials p.w.
20
10
150
Continuous Assessment: 100%
CA
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
Community and Health Sciences
Sport, Recreation and Exercise Science (SRES)
Kinesiology
Kinesiology 111
SRE111
5
20
Semester
1st Semester
BA SRES; BSc SES
Main Content
343
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Practical’s
1
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•demonstrate knowledge of the human muscle and skeletal
systems and an understanding of how they relate to the science
of movement
•Anatomy of the skeletal and muscle systems.
•Terminology to describe joint movements and body part
locations
•The various types of joints in the human body and their
characteristics
•Joint movements and muscles acting around joints
None
Advanced Field Work Education
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
70
Lectures p.w
3
20
Practical’s p.w.
100
Tutorials p.w.
10
200
Continuous Assessment: 60 %
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
Sport, Recreation and Exercise Science (SRES)
Fundamentals of Exercise Physiology
Fundamentals of Exercise Physiology 113
SRE113
5
15
Semester
2nd Semester
BA SRES
BSc SES
1
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•Explain the fundamental principles of physiology with special
reference to nutrition, digestion, metabolism, the muscular,
cardiovascular, respiratory, nervous and endocrine systems
•Provide a basic application of these principles to the body in
motion
•Basic nutrition, digestion and metabolism
•The physiology of the cardiovascular, respiratory, muscular,
nervous and endocrine systems
•Fundamental physiological adaptations to exercise conditions
and training
None
Advanced Field Work Education
None
Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week
63
Lecture p.w
3
14
Practical’s p.w.
28
Tutorials p.w.
344
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
35
10
150
Continuous Assessment: 60 %
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
Sport, Recreation and Exercise Science (SRES)
Management of Sport 211
Principles of Sport Management 211
SRE211
6
10
Semester
1st Semester
BA SRES
Assessment Module type
2
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•Discuss and explain the planning, organizing, leading and
control of the management process
•Explain the role of leadership, motivation and communication
in management
•Differentiate between top management and operational level
control using a sport example
•Address management issues in sport and recreation
•The South African sports industry
•Management theory and definitions
•Planning, Organising, Leading and Controlling as a
management function
None
None
None
Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week
48
Lecture p.w
1
15
Practical’s p.w.
22
Tutorials p.w.
1
15
100
Continuous Assessment: 60 %
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Community and Health Sciences
Sport, Recreation and Exercise Science (SRES)
Measurement and Evaluation
Measurement and Evaluation 216
SRE216
6
10
Semester
1st Semester
BA SRES
BSc SES
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
345
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Practical’s
Self-study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
2
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•Identify the need for tests and measurement in the evaluation
process of sport, recreation and exercise science
•Apply the principles of measurement and evaluation in different
assessment situations
•Principles of measurement and evaluation
•Basic statistics
•Kinanthropometry, Somatotyping and body composition
•Administration of tests
•Evaluation and the use of tests
None
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
28
Lecture p.w
18
Practical’s p.w.
1
14
Tutorials p.w.
40
100
Continuous Assessment: 100%
CA
Community and Health Sciences
Sport, Recreation and Exercise Science (SRES)
Exercise Physiology (Bioenergetics)
Exercise Physiology (Bioenergetics) 217
SRE217
6
10
Semester
2nd Semester
BA SRES
BSc SES
2
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•Demonstrate an understanding of the bio-energetics of exercise
•Application of exercise bioenergetics to sport performance,
training and conditioning
•Demonstrate ability in assessing exercise bioenergetics
At the end of the module the student will be able to:
•Demonstrate an understanding of the bio-energetics of exercise
•Application of exercise bioenergetics to sport performance,
training and conditioning
•Demonstrate ability in assessing exercise bioenergetics
None
None
None
Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week
21
Lecture p.w
1
30
Practical’s p.w.
43
Tutorials p.w.
6
100
Continuous Assessment: 60%
346
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
Sport, Recreation and Exercise Science (SRES)
Sport in Society
Sport in Society 221
SRE221
6
10
Semester
2nd Semester
BA SRES
2
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•Demonstrate an understanding of the History of Sport
•Demonstrate an understanding of Sociology of Sport
•Debate sociological issues around sport, gender, race and
politics
•The history of sport in the western world
•History of Sport in South Africa
•Sport, Gender, Race and Ethnicity
•Sport and Politics in South Africa
None
None
None
Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week
15
Lecture p.w
1
25
Practical’s p.w.
50
Tutorials p.w.
10
100
Continuous Assessment: 60 %
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
Sport, Recreation and Exercise Science (SRES)
Fitness
Fitness 224
SRE224
6
10
Semester
2nd Semester
BA SRES; BSc SES
2
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•Distinguish between the various concepts of health and physical
fitness
•Discuss the physiological basis of the major components of
health related physical fitness: flexibility, cardiovascular fitness,
muscular strength, muscular endurance, and body composition
347
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Practical’s
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
•Assess, interpret and communicate the various components of
health-related physical fitness
•Conceptual framework of health and physical fitness
•Client consultation and appraisal
•Test standardization
•Testing protocols and norms
•Physical fitness testing
•Physical fitness test administration
•Fitness data analysis and interpretation
•Practical application of the various testing modalities
None
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
28
Lecture p.w
1
8
Practical’s p.w.
4
Tutorials p.w.
50
10
100
Continuous Assessment: 100%
CA
Community and Health Sciences
Sport, Recreation and Exercise Science (SRES)
Motor Control and Development
Motor Control and Development 236
SRE236
6
10
Semester
1st Semester
BA SRES
BSc SES
2
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•Identify and analyse the nervous system and how it operates
•Explain the process of sensation
•Explain the process of selective attention
•Identify and analyse how actions are planned and produced
•Identify and analyse the Motor Control and memory process
•The structure and function of the nervous system
•The process of sensation
•The process of selective attention
•The process of forming a perception
•The process of planning actions
•Producing actions
•The process of motor control
•The memory process
None
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
11
Lecture p.w
1
8
Practical’s p.w.
348
Practical’s
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Practical’s
Self-study
Other: Please specify
Assessment
6
Tutorials p.w.
60
15
100
Continuous Assessment: 60 %
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
1
Community and Health Sciences
Sport, Recreation and Exercise Science (SRES)
Recreation Theory II
Recreation Theory 237
SRE237
6
10
Semester
1st Semester
BA SRM; BA SES; BSc SES
2
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•Demonstrate an understanding of the concepts of recreation and
leisure
•Demonstrate an understanding of sociological influences and
benefits of recreation & leisure
•Demonstrating an understanding of leadership in recreation and
leisure
•Demonstrate an understanding of participation trends and the
different delivery systems in recreation and leisure
•Define, describe and compare the basic concepts associated
with leisure and recreation.
•Explain how leisure and recreation affect and are affected by
society: (Gender, ethnicity and race, religion, and socioeconomic
class)
•Social perspective implications to the leisure and recreation
profession
•The benefits of recreation and leisure
•Participation trends across the life span
•Leadership in recreation and leisure
•Analyses of the different recreation delivery systems and/or
services
•Define Therapeutic Recreation (TR)
•Identify the benefits of TR and the key laws affecting TR
services
•Evaluate TR practice models
None
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
28
Lecture p.w
1
15
Practical’s p.w.
2
12
Tutorials p.w.
15
20
10
349
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
100
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
Sport, Recreation and Exercise Science (SRES)
Sport Psychology
Sport Psychology 238
SRE238
6
10
Semester
2nd Semester
BA SRES
BSc SES
2
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•Identify the psychological variables that affect participation and
performance in sport and physical activity
•Explain behavioural patterns of athletes
•Assess and predict behavioural patterns related to sport and
physical activity using psychological tools
•Apply knowledge of sport psychology to change behavior
within various settings
•Integrate adequate ethical considerations when working with
athletes
•Investigate and Identify psychological tools and practices of
athletes
•Develop psychological profiles of athletes through the use of
various inventories
•Design basic sport psychology activities to enhance athlete
performance
•Principles of sport and exercise behavior
•Motivation
•Personality and sport
•Attention and aggression
•Psychology of coaching
•Mental skills for performance enhancement
•Goal setting
•Arousal control
•Psychology of injuries
None
None
None
Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week
21
Lecture p.w
1
20
Practical’s p.w.
48
Tutorials p.w.
1
11
100
Continuous Assessment: 60 %
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
350
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Self-study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Community and Health Sciences
Sport, Recreation and Exercise Science (SRES)
Physical and Health Education
Physical and Health Education 311
SRE311
7
10
Semester
2nd Semester
BEd
Post Graduate Certificate in Education (PGCE)
3
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•Demonstrate the ability to observe and critically analyse the
teaching of Physical and Health Education and make the
necessary recommendations with regard to problems and growth
points
•Demonstrate the ability to discuss meaningfully the socioeconomic problems facing schools located in disadvantaged
communities and how it impacts on the teaching of Physical and
Health Education as components of Life Orientation
•This module introduces the students to various Physical
Education lessons being taught at schools
•The student is expected to shadow a Physical Education teacher
and observe the positive and negative trends with regard to the
teaching of Physical and Health Education as components of
Life Orientation
SRE 328
None
None
Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week
10
Lecture p.w
1
60
Practical’s p.w.
30
Tutorials p.w.
100
Continuous Assessment: 100%
CA
Community and Health Sciences
Sport, Recreation and Exercise Science (SRES)
Biomechanics
Biomechanics 312
SRE312
7
10
Semester
2nd Semester
BA SRES
BSc SES
3
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•Identify and analyse the methods and mechanics as applied to
the structure and function of the living human body
•Identify and analyse the forces which act on the human body
and the effects which these forces produce
351
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Practical’s
Self-study
Test & examinations
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Practical’s
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
•Forms of motion
•Linear Kinematics
•Angular Kinematics
•Linear and Angular Kinematics
•Fluid Mechanics
None
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
11
Lecture p.w
1
13
Practical’s p.w.
6
Tutorials p.w.
1
50
20
100
Continuous Assessment: 60 %
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
Sport, Recreation and Exercise Science (SRES)
Adapted Physical Activity
Adapted Physical Activity 313
SRE313
7
10
Semester
1st Semester
BA SRES
BSc SES
3
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•Identify and analyse different posture and muscle imbalances
•Identify the following disorders: Specific Learning Disabilities,
Developmental Coordination Disorder, Attention Deficiency
Hyperactivity Disorder as well as Intellectual Disabilities
•Identify and analyse spinal paralysis
•Identify and analyse hearing and visual impairments
•Posture problems and muscle imbalances
•Other health
•Specific Learning Disabilities
•Intellectual Disabilities
•Spinal paralysis
•Deaf and hard-of-hearing conditions
•The visually impaired
None
None
None
Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week
11
Lecture p.w
1
13
Practical’s p.w.
1
6
Tutorials p.w.
50
20
100
352
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Continuous Assessment: 60 %
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
Sport, Recreation and Exercise Science (SRES)
Contemporary Sport and Recreation Management
Contemporary Sport and Recreation Management 315
SRE315
7
10
Semester
2nd Semester
BA SRES
3
At the end of this module students should be able to:
a)Knowledge:
•Demonstrate an understanding of the planning, organizing,
leading and control processes
•Explain the role of leadership, motivation and communication
in management
b)Skills:
•Differentiate between top management and operational level
control using a sport example
c)Attitudes/Values:
•Address management issues in sport and recreation.
•Strategic planning process
•Managing change/diversity
•Sport and the Entrepreneur
•Sport Management and International Relations
SRE 328
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
24
Lecture p.w
1
14
Practical’s p.w.
2
56
Tutorials p.w.
6
100
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
Sport, Recreation and Exercise Science (SRES)
Sport Safety
Sport Safety 316
SRE316
7
10
Semester
1st Semester
BA SRES; BSc SES
353
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Practical’s
Self-study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
3
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•Demonstrate an understanding of aetiology, treatment, and
prevention of common sports injuries
•Develop an accepted approach in the management of sports
injuries
•Develop an understanding of safety in sport
•Role of the teacher/coach in sport safety
•Aetiology of sports injuries
•Prevention of sports Injuries
•Common sports injuries
•Sport-specific injuries
•Management of Sports Injuries
•Criteria for return to sport
•Legal considerations in sport safety
•Special issues: stretching; massage; orthopedic problems; pre& post rehabilitative testing
SRE 111
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
21
Lecture p.w
1
30
Practical’s p.w.
2
6
Tutorials p.w.
43
100
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
Sport, Recreation and Exercise Science (SRES)
Sport for Community Development
Sport for Community Development 317
SRE317
7
10
Semester
2nd Semester
BA SRES
3
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•Stimulate critical discourse on the issues of community
development and the role of sport
•Provide a fundamental understanding of community
development theories, and global development initiatives
•Develop strategies in order to address community development
issues nationally and locally, especially through sport
•Understand the holistic (interdisciplinary) model of community
development
•An overview of community development theories
•International development agencies and global initiatives on
community development, emphasizing the role of sport
•Critical challenges facing SA communities
354
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
•To conduct a needs analysis within a community and develop
realistic strategies for addressing a community‟s needs
•The role of local (national and/or regional) development
agencies, civil society, the private sector, government, and sports
organizations in community development
•To provide students with the basic tools to facilitate community
development
•Dealing with issues of HIV/AIDS, ethnic diversity, social class,
disability, poverty, conflict, politics, racism, etc.
•Socioeconomic development through sport
•Best Practices in Community Development
None
None
None
Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week
24
Lecture p.w
1
30
Practical’s p.w.
38
Tutorials p.w.
1
8
100
Continuous Assessment: 60 %
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
Sport, Recreation and Exercise Science (SRES)
Advanced Exercise Physiology
Advanced Exercise Physiology 318
SRE318
7
10
Semester
2nd Semester
BA SRES
BSc SES
3
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•Determine the human physiological responses to chronic
exercise, training and conditioning
•Apply physiological concepts to sport performance, training
and conditioning
•Examine the effects of exercise and training under various
environmental conditions
•Assess physiological responses to chronic exercise, training and
conditioning
•Utilize sport science research in relation to exercise and training
evaluation
•Physiological changes which occur as a result of training
(endurance, speed, strength):
-At rest
-During exercise
-In recovery
•Effects of ergogenic aids on performance
•Physiological changes which occur as a result of various
environmental stressors, including:
355
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Practical’s
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
-Hot and cold conditions
-Altitude
•Describe the chronic physiological adaptations to training
•Understand the impact of research and future trends in exercise
SRE 113
None
None
Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week
24
Lecture p.w
1
8
Practical’s p.w.
4
Tutorials p.w.
58
6
100
Continuous Assessment: 60 %
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
Sport, Recreation and Exercise Science (SRES)
Management Major
Management Major 322
SRE322
7
10
Semester
1st Semester
BA SRES
3
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•Acquire information about the structure and design of sports
organizations
•Design and event implementation plan
•Gain understanding and competence of facilities management
•Analyse Marketing through sport
•Develop a brief sponsorship brief
•Demonstrate adequate management competencies
•Study Unit 1: Introduction to Sports Organizations and
Organizational Theory
•Study Unit 2: Facilities Management
•Study Unit 3: Event Management
•Study Unit 4: Sports Marketing
•Study Unit 5: Management Competencies
None
None
None
Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week
48
Lecture p.w
1
12
Practical’s p.w.
30
Tutorials p.w.
1
10
100
Continuous Assessment: 100%
CA
356
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Practical’s
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module will
be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Community and Health Sciences
Sport, Recreation and Exercise Science (SRES)
Recreation Major Theory
Recreation Major Theory 324
SRE324
7
10
Semester
2nd Semester
BA SRES
3
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•Articulate concepts with regard to transformation of
communities, services and social issues in a community
recreation setting
•Explore and examine issues, theoretical perspectives and
practical examples of community recreation in South African
context
•Describe and design a community recreation program according
to theoretical guidelines
•Community recreation and its services
•Introduction of transformation of communities through leisure
and recreation
•Social recreation and social issues
•Leisure program life cycle development and program design
•Leisure program management
SRE 237
SRE 325
None
Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week
28
Lecture p.w
1
25
Practical’s p.w.
6
Tutorials p.w.
1
35
6
100
Continuous Assessment:100%
CA
Community Health & Science
Sport, Recreation and Exercise Science (SRES)
Research Project 702
Research Project 702
SRE702
8
20
Semester
1st & 2nd Semester
BA (Hons) SRM, BA (Hons) SRES, BSc (Hons) SES, BA/BSc
(Hons) Biokinetics
1
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•Plan and conduct a research study
•Develop an idea for a research proposal and its motivation
357
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Self-study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
•Review relevant literature/ provide theoretical framework
•Outline a research design, methodology and methods of data
collection
•Collect relevant data
•Present, interpret and discuss the results
•Draw conclusions and offer recommendations
•All aspects relevant to the planning and writing of a research
project
•Prepare a proposal and present it to postgraduate students and
staff
•prepare a research project and submit for examination
SRE 706 (for part-time students)
SRE 706 (for full-time students)
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
50
Lectures p.w
70
Practical’s p.w.
80
Tutorials p.w.
200
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community Health & Science
Sport, Recreation and Exercise Science (SRES)
Research Methods 706
Research Methods 706
SRE706
8
30
Semester
1st Semester
BA (Hons) SRM, BA (Hons) SRES, BSc (Hons) SES, BA/BSc
(Hons) Biokinetics
1
At the end of this module students should be able to:
Demonstrate:
•A clear understanding of different theoretical approaches to
research
•An understanding of where to situate their topic within the
published literature
•An clear understanding of the principles and practice of
research design, especially as it affects their research project;
•An ability to identify particular techniques they need to use to
carry out their research project
•An ability to write a research proposal
•Ability to plan and conduct a research project
•Research enquiry process
•Research paradigms (quantitative and qualitative)
•Literature review
•Subject sampling
•Research designs (quantitative and qualitative)
•Ethics in research
•Writing a proposal
•Collecting data
358
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Self-study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
•Analysing data
•Discussing and reporting data
•Completing a research project
SRE 706 (for part-time students)
SRE 706 (for full-time students)
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
100
Lectures p.w
80
Practical’s p.w.
120
Tutorials p.w.
300
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
Sport, Recreation and Exercise Science (SRES)
Applied Sport and Recreation Management
Applied Sport and Recreation Management 711
SRE711
8
20
Year
1st & 2nd Semester
BA (SRM) Hons
1
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•Apply knowledge of the planning, organizing, leading and
control processes
•Plan, organize and implement of events through their
competency of event management content.
•Demonstrate knowledge with regard to current legislature
which governs sport and its delivery
•Implement and critically analyses community based events and
the impact such events have on community development
•Understand and analyze best practice governance within
sporting structures
•Understand the various funding procedures
•Discuss the various trends facing the management of sport
internationally and compare it to the South Africa and African
situation
•Demonstrate an insight into legal aspects of hosting sport and
recreation events
•Discuss the various trends facing the management of
internationally and compare it with the African and South Africa
sporting context
•Demonstrate adequate knowledge around the bidding and
hosting of international events
•Demonstrate insight into the management of sport facilities
•Design and Implementation of Events
•Facilities management
•Sports marketing
•Sport and the Law
•Sport and Policy
359
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
•Management Competencies
None
SRE712
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
165
Lectures p.w
10
Practical’s p.w.
15
Tutorials p.w.
10
200
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
Sport, Recreation and Exercise Science (SRES)
Project Management
Project Management 712
SRE712
8
20
Year
2nd Semester
BA(SRM) Hons
Assessment Module type
1
By the end of this modules students should be able to:
•Demonstrate experiential learning of recreation event planning
process
•Analyse existing events using a planning module
•Demonstrate the ability to plan and implement a successful
event / project
•Pre-Event management
•Event Management
•Post –Event Management
•Project Management
•Programme Management
•Operational Management
None
SRE 711
Community and Health Sciences
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
18
Lectures p.w
20
Practical’s p.w.
62
Tutorials p.w.
100
Continuous Assessment :75%
Final Assessment/Fieldwork: 25%
CFA
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Community Health & Science
Sport, Recreation and Exercise Science (SRES)
Psychology of Sport 1
Psychology of Sport 1 (HMS 713)
SRE713
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Self-study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
360
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
8
10
Semester
1st Semester
BA (Hons) SRM, BA (Hons) SRES, BSc (Hons) SES, BA/BSc
(Hons) Biokinetics
1
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•To understand and know theoretical aspects of various mental
skills for performance enhancement
•To understand and know group dynamics that influence team
sports
•Learning, Motivation and Social Interaction
-Motor skill learning and reinforcement
-Youth sport
-Team sport
•Mental skills for performance enhancement
-Goal setting
-Arousal and performance
-Cognitive techniques
-Attentional control
-Programme implementation
SRE 706 (for part-time students)
SRE 706 (for full-time students)
None
Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week
35
Lectures p.w
25
Practical’s p.w.
25
Tutorials p.w.
15
100
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community Health & Science
Sport, Recreation and Exercise Science (SRES)
Recreation and Leisure Studies
Recreation and Leisure Studies 715
SRE715
8
10
Semester
1st Semester
BA (HONS) SRM, BA(HONS) SRES
1
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•Demonstrate an understanding of community recreation and
health care settings
•Demonstrate an understanding of Therapeutic Recreation (TR)
in the community as an inclusive approach
•Show an understanding of the TR service through assessment of
the community and the agency
•Report on the direct services in the TR industry
361
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
•Show an understanding of the special groups being serviced by
TR
•Report on the management and motivation of participants
•Apply the TR process
•Overview of concepts and foundations of leisure and recreation
•Community recreation & health care settings
•Therapeutic Recreation (TR) an inclusive approach
•TR service through assessment of the community and the
agency
•Direct services in the TR industry
•Show an understanding of the special groups being serviced by
TR
•Management and motivation of participants
•Apply the TR process
None
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
35
Lectures p.w
25
Practical’s p.w.
25
Tutorials p.w.
15
100
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community Health & Science
Sport, Recreation and Exercise Science (SRES)
Kinanthropometry
Kinanthropometry716
SRE716
8
10
Semester
1st Semester
BA (Hons) SRES, BSc (Hons) SES, BA/BSc (Hons) Biokinetics
1
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•demonstrate an understanding of the morphology of the human
body and how it relates to function.
•demonstrate understanding of the measurement techniques
associated with anthropometry
•Anatomy of the cardiovascular system and the respiratory
system
•Anatomy of the Musculo-Skeletal system
•Anthropometric techniques
•Methods used to classify physiques
•Overview of direct and indirect methods of body composition
assessment
•Indices and Proportionality
None
None
None
362
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Practical’s
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Practical’s
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week
35
Lectures p.w
13
Practical’s p.w.
10
Tutorials p.w.
27
15
100
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community Health & Science
Sport, Recreation and Exercise Science (SRES)
Exercise Physiology 1
Exercise Physiology (HMS717)
SRE717
8
10
Semester
1st Semester
BA (Hons) SRES, BSc (Hons) SES, BA/BSc (Hons) Biokinetics
1
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•Demonstrate a critical understanding of human physiological
responses to exercise; an application of physiological concepts to
sport performance, training, conditioning and rehabilitation
•Demonstrate the use of more advanced methods of assessing
physiological responses to exercise in normal individuals and
elite sportspersons
•Understand the physiological adaptations, both acute and
chronic, to various categories of exercise: resistance, highintensity and prolonged exercise
•Historical development of sport science
•Research in sport and exercise science
•Exercise, nutrition, body composition and weight control
•Exercise bioenergetics: energy transfer systems and fuel
utilization
•Respiratory
physiology;
musculo-skeletal
physiology,
cardiovascular physiology; neurophysiology; endocrinology;
SRE 113, SRE217 & SRE 318
None
None
Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week
35
Lectures p.w
14
Practical’s p.w.
8
Tutorials p.w.
28
15
100
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
363
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Practical’s
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module will
be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Community Health & Science
Sport, Recreation and Exercise Science (SRES)
Motor Control and Development
Motor Control and Development (HMS718)
SRE718
8
10
Semester
1st Semester
BA (Hons) SRM; BA (Hons)SRES); BA / BSc
(Hons)Biokinetics
1
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•Know and understand the neuropsychological model of motor
behavior
•Know and understand the process of motor-control
•Know and understand motor learning and memory
•An overview of the neuropsychological approach of motor
behavior
•Sensory input and sensory integration
•Structure and function of the motor cortex
•Mechanisms for storing motor skills
•Feedback, transfer and practice of motor behavior
SRE 113, SRE217 & SRE 318
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
35
Lectures p.w
20
Practical’s p.w.
10
Tutorials p.w.
25
10
100
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community Health & Science
Sport, Recreation and Exercise Science (SRES)
Psychology of Sport 2
Psychology of Sport 723
SRE723
8
10
Semester
2nd Semester
BA (Hons) SRM, BA (Hons) SRES, BSc (Hons) SES, BA/BSc
(Hons) Biokinetics
1
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•Understand the practice of a sport psychologist
•To be able to integrate the theory and practice of sport
psychology
•Various themes confronting a sport psychologist
-Dysfunctional self-talk
364
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module will
be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
-Gender issues
-Drug abuse
-Staleness and burn-out
-What makes a champion?
•Action research project on the experience of working as a sport
psychologist
None
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
35
Lectures p.w
25
Practical’s p.w.
25
Tutorials p.w.
15
100
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community Health & Science
Sport, Recreation and Exercise Science (SRES)
Recreation and Leisure Studies
Recreation and Leisure Studies 725
SRE725
8
10
Semester
2nd Semester 2
BA (HONS) SRM, BA(HONS) SRES
1
At the end of this module students should be able to:
Show an understanding of different controversial issues through
the:
•Demonstration an understanding of policies related to
governance of recreation
•Application of various social perspectives to interpret
recreation behavior practices
•Reporting on factors affecting recreation practices and the
implications of this for recreation managers
•Exploration of cultural activities, ethnicity and interpretation of
recreation in a community of choice
•Examination of the suitability of current interpretations of
recreation to understand the meaning of recreation of different
participant groups
•Recreation policy and governance
•Social perspectives and recreation
•Inclusive recreation
•Factors affecting participation
•Leisure education
•Leisure and work
•Leisure, cultural diversity and ethnicity
•Gender and leisure
•Youth & Youth@risk
•Leisure in correctional service and military settings
365
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module will
be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Practical’s
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
None
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
35
Lectures p.w
25
Practical’s p.w.
25
Tutorials p.w.
15
100
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community Health & Science
Sport, Recreation and Exercise Science (SRES)
Kinanthropometry
Kinanthropometry 726
SRE726
8
10
Semester
2nd Semester
BA/BSc (Hons) Biokinetics; BA SRES Hons
1
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•demonstrate an understanding of the structure/function
relationships in humans.
•demonstrate understanding of the human size, shape,
proportion, composition, maturation and gross function with the
objective of solving problems related to physical fitness,
exercise, performance, growth and nutrition.
•Growth and biological maturation
• Interaction of heredity and environment on growth
•Exercise and growth
•Morphological factors limiting human performance
•Body fat predictions – cadaver evidence
•Nutritional anthropometry – measurements and relation to
health
None
None
None
Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week
35
Lectures p.w
15
Practical’s p.w.
5
Tutorials p.w.
30
15
100
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
366
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Practical’s
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module will
be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Community Health & Science
Sport, Recreation and Exercise Science (SRES)
Exercise Physiology 2
Exercise Physiology 2 (HMS727)
SRE727
8
10
Semester
2nd Semester
BA (Hons) SRES, BSc (Hons) SES, BA/BSc (Hons) Biokinetics
1
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•Prescribe scientifically based exercise programmes for all
groups of individuals
•Give advice on special aids to performance and exercising
safely in extreme conditions
•Analyze research and current scientific information critically
•Appropriate training for aerobic power, anaerobic power and
strength
•Special aids to exercise training and performance
•Exercise and training at altitude
•Exercise in conditions of differing pressure
•Exercise in thermal stress
•Physical activity in children
•Physical activity and aging
•Gender differences
SRE 113, SRE 217, SRE 318 &
SRE 717
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
35
Lectures p.w
14
Practical’s p.w.
8
Tutorials p.w.
28
15
100
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community Health & Science
Sport, Recreation and Exercise Science (SRES)
Motor Control and Development
Motor Control and Development 728
SRE728
8
10
Semester
2nd Semester
BA (Hons) SRM; BA (Hons)SRES); BA / BSc
(Hons)Biokinetics
1
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•Know and understand motor development across the lifespan
367
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Practical’s
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module will
be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
•Know how to test and train motor patterns in people
•Factors affecting motor development
•A theoretical model for motor development
•Childhood perception and motor development
•Motor performance in adults
•Aging and movement
•Coordination and motor dysfunction
None
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
35
Lectures p.w
20
Practical’s p.w.
10
Tutorials p.w.
25
10
100
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community Health & Science
Sport, Recreation and Exercise Science (SRES)
Biokinetics
Biokinetics 730
SRE730
8
10
Semester
1st & 2nd Semester
BA Honours (Biokinetics)
BSc Honours (Biokinetics)
1
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•Describe the theoretical background of Biokinetic action
•Discuss the development of Biokinetics
•Manage a professional biokinetics practice
•Observe a code of professional ethics
•Understand isokinetics and its application in testing and
rehabilitation
•Describe labor classification of work-specific evaluation
•Perform emergency procedures and treatment
•The scope and being of Biokinetics.
•Historical overview of the origin and development of the
profession.
•Hypokinetics, degenerative tendencies and destructive
lifestyles.
•Physical activity as a health conserving modality.
•Planning of a biokinetic centre
•Regulations of local authorities concerning health services
•Multidisciplinary teamwork
•General and financial management
•Legal aspects
•Ethical code for biokineticists
•Local authorities
368
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module will
be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
•Industry
•Private institutions
•Physical and ergonomic demands and job specifications
•Evaluation and classification of workers
•Job specifications and profiles
•Emergency plan and drills
•Cardio-pulmonary resuscitation
•Oxygen therapy
•Liaison with local emergency services
•Isokinetics procedures in assessment and rehabilitation
SRE 224 Fitness, SRE 315 Sport Safety, and SRE 331 Fitness
or equivalents
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
35
Lectures p.w
14
Practical’s p.w.
36
Tutorials p.w.
15
100
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community Health & Science
Sport, Recreation and Exercise Science (SRES)
Physical Evaluation 1
Physical Evaluation 1 731
SRE731
8
10
Semester
1st Semester
BA/BSc (Hons) Biokinetics
1
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•Competently perform orthopaedic assessment of the upper
extremity, including the head, neck and back
•Competently perform physical/ ergological evaluation of joint
and muscle condition and function
•Evaluate posture and body alignment
•History of the injury/problem
•Physical/Ergological evaluation of the upper extremity
including the head, neck, and back
•Physical/Ergological evaluation of joint and muscle condition
and function
•Posture and body alignment assessment
-Visually
-Using video/photographic equipment
•Exercise programme prescription for orthopedic rehabilitation
SRE 111 and SRE 316
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
369
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Practical’s
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Practical’s
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
28
Lectures p.w
7
Practical’s p.w.
15
Tutorials p.w.
35
15
100
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community Health & Science
Sport, Recreation and Exercise Science (SRES)
Physical Evaluation 1
Physical Evaluation 732
SRE732
8
10
Semester
2nd Semester
BA/BSc (Hons) Biokinetics
1
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•Competently perform orthopaedic assessment of the lower
extremity, including the pelvic girdle
•Competently perform physical/ergological evaluation of joint
and muscle condition and function
•Conduct proper gait analysis, interpretation, and follow-up
•Conduct proper postural analysis, interpretation, and follow-up
•History of the injury/problem
•Physical/Ergological evaluation of the lower extremity
including the pelvic girdle
•Physical/Ergological evaluation of joint and muscle condition
and function
•Posture and body alignment assessment
-Visually
-Using video/photographic equipment
•Simple and sophisticated procedures of gait analysis
•Exercise programme prescription for orthopedic rehabilitation
SRE 731
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
28
Lectures p.w
7
Practical’s p.w.
15
Tutorials p.w.
35
15
100
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
370
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module will
be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Community Health & Science
Sport, Recreation and Exercise Science (SRES)
Exercise Testing & Prescription
Exercise Testing & Prescription 733
SRE733
8
10
Semester
1st Semester
BA Honours (Biokinetics)
BSc Honours (Biokinetics)
1
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•Use exercise in the prevention, treatment and final phase
rehabilitation of injury/ disease.
•Develop clinical skills in the use of exercise as a modality of
treatment within the multi-disciplinary health-care setting.
•Contribute to community service and research development
within the discipline of Bio kinetics.
•Exercise Testing and Prescription
•Coronary heart disease risk assessment and risk reduction
•Physical Activity and health promotion
•Special populations: disabled, diseased, children, elderly,
pregnant
•Physical assessment and exercise programme prescription.
•Labor classification and work specific evaluation.
SRE 121 and SRE 217 or equivalents
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
35
Lectures p.w
14
Practical’s p.w.
36
Tutorials p.w.
15
100
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community Health & Science
Sport, Recreation and Exercise Science (SRES)
Exercise for Chronic Disease and Disability
Exercise for Chronic Disease and Disability SRE 735
SRE735
8
10
Semester
2nd Semester
BA Honours Biokinetics
BSc Honours Biokinetics
BA Honours SES
1
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•Explain the effect of exercise on clients with chronic diseases
and disabilities.
371
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module will
be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
•Develop appropriate exercise programming to optimize
functional capacity in persons with chronic diseases and/or
disabilities.
•Develop an integrated model of care in which exercise
prescription is emphasized as one of the therapeutic modalities
of comprehensive health care.
•Explain the effects of pharmacological drugs on exercise
capacity in persons with chronic diseases and/or disabilities
•Develop a problem-oriented approach towards exercise
management of persons with chronic disease and disability
•Pathophysiology of common chronic diseases and disabilities
that limit functional capacity
•Exercise response and adaptation in persons with chronic
diseases and/or disabilities
•Effects of commonly used medicines
•Exercise testing and programming of individuals with chronic
diseases and/or disabilities
•Integrated model of comprehensive health-care
None
None
None
Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week
28
Lectures p.w
50
Practical’s p.w.
16
Tutorials p.w.
6
100
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community Health & Science
Sport, Recreation and Exercise Science (SRES)
Anatomy and Kinanthropometry
Anatomy and Kinanthropometry 736
SRE736
8
10
Semester
1st Semester
BA Honours Biokinetics
BSc Honours Biokinetics
BA Honours SES
1
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•Identify and classify the components of the normal human
anatomy and to a describe the different body systems, followed
by common disorders and diseases: pathology
•Apply the appropriate measurement techniques associated with
anthropometry.
•Main anatomical structures of the body, including
musculoskeletal, cardiorespiratory, and neuroendocrine systems
•Anthropometric techniques
•Overview of direct and indirect methods of body composition
assessment
372
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Practicals
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Self-study
Test & examination
Total Learning Time
None
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
28
Lectures p.w
23
Practical’s p.w.
10
Tutorials p.w.
33
6
100
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community Health & Science
Sport, Recreation and Exercise Science (SRES)
Biokinetics Clinical Practice I
Biokinetics Clinical Practice I 737
SRE737
8
5
Semester
1st Semester
BA Honours Biokinetics
BSc Honours Biokinetics
1
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•Conduct a subjective and objective (physical) final phase
assessment on individual clients or groups with various
pathological conditions
•Conduct a needs assessment of specific communities (e.g.
geographical, sports, schools, etc.) specifically related to the
scope of biokinetics
•Identify and analyse problems specifically related to biokinetics
in the context of the International Classification of Diseases
(ICD-10)
•Apply basic treatment techniques and manage clients in the
final phase of rehabilitation
•Subjective and objective assessment of patients with disease
•Management of the various chronic conditions using the
following techniques:
-Basic mobilizations
-Soft tissue massage
-Strengthening and endurance
-Motor relearning
-Proprioceptive rehabilitation
None
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
5
Lectures p.w
7
Practical’s p.w.
32
Tutorials p.w.
6
50
373
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
SCHOOL OF NATURAL MEDICINE
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Assessments
Self – study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Community and Health Centre
School of Natural Medicine (SoNM)
Chinese Medicine Theory of Pediatrics
Chinese Medicine Theory 502
CMA 502
8
20
Semester
1st Semester
B Complementary Medicine (Chinese Medicine and
Acupuncture)
5
At the end of this module students should be able to:
• have sound understanding of the theoretical principles,
diagnosis, treatment principles, treatment, treatment plan, and
prognosis of pediatric diseases in Chinese Medicine
•Pediatric digestion system disease in Chinese Medicine
•Pediatric inspiration system disease in Chinese Medicine
•Infectious disease in Pediatrics
CMA 401/402
CMA 504
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
50
Lectures p.w
4
74
Practical’s p.w.
6
Tutorials p.w.
70
200
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
School of Natural Medicine (SoNM)
Chinese Medicine Theory
Chinese Medicine Theory 503
CMA 503
8
10
Semester
1st Semester
B Complementary Medicine (Chinese Medicine and
Acupuncture)
5
At the end of this module students should be able to:
• have sound understanding of the theoretical principles,
diagnosis, treatment principles, treatment, treatment plan, and
prognosis in Chinese Medicine
• Etiology and pathologies of dermal diseases in Chinese
374
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Assessments
Self- study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Assessments
Self-study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Medicine
•Diagnosis and treatment of dermal diseases in Chinese
Medicine
•Diagnosis and treatment of common surgical diseases in
Chinese Medicine
CMA 401/402
CMA 504
None
Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week
25
Lectures p.w
2
34
Practical’s p.w.
6
Tutorials p.w.
35
100
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
School of Natural Medicine (SoNM)
Basic Theory of Chinese Medicine and Acupuncture
Chinese Medicine Theory 111
CMA111
5
15
Semester
1st Semester
BSc Chinese Medicine and Acupuncture
1
At the end of the modules students should be able to:
• Understand the philosophies and basic theory of Traditional
Chinese Medicine & Acupuncture>
•An introduction into the history and development of Chinese
Medicine and Acupuncture.
•An introduction into the concepts of Qi, Blood, Body Fluids,
Essence, ZangFu, Yin/Yang theories, its functions< production,
metabolism and its applications to medicine.
• And the relationships of the ZangFu w.r.t the production of Qi,
Blood and Body Fluids.
•Different functions and forms of Qi in the human body. The five
elements.
•Outline of pathologies of Qi, Blood, Body Fluids and Yin/Yang.
•Introduction into ZangFu theory/ paired organs.
•introduction to the 6 Extraordinary fu.
None
None
None
Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week
38
Lectures p.w
3
54
Practical’s p.w.
6
Tutorials p.w.
52
150
Continuous Assessment: 60%
375
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Assessments
Self –study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
School of Natural Medicine (SoNM)
Basic Theory of Chinese Medicine and Acupuncture
Chinese Medicine Theory 121
CMA121
5
10
Semester
2nd Semester
BSc Chinese Medicine and Acupuncture
1
At the end of the module students should be able to:
• Understand further the basic theory of TCM, to identify
pathogenic factors and predict the outcomes of its effects on the
body.
•Continuation of 6 Extraordinary Fu.
•Different types of pathogenic factors and its effects on the body.
None
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
25
Lectures p.w
2
34
Practical’s p.w.
6
Tutorials p.w.
35
100
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
School of Natural Medicine (SoNM)
Chinese Medicine theory of Diagnose
Chinese Medicine Theory CMA 211
CMA211
6
10
Semester
1st Semester
BSc Chinese Medicine and Acupuncture
2
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•Apply Chinese Medicine diagnosis to case studies
•Make diagnostic conclusions based on differential patterns
using the various diagnostic methods
•Demonstrate beginning skills in diagnosing using various
diagnostic methods including looking, feeling, smelling, asking,
facial diagnosis, tongue diagnosis and pulse diagnosis;
•Identify Yin and Yang body types and describe their
physiological characteristics
376
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Assessments
Self- study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Assessments
Self –study
•Differential diagnosis from a Chinese Medicine perspective;
•Diagnosis based on looking, feeling, smelling, asking, facial
diagnosis, tongue diagnosis and pulse diagnosis;
CMA 111 and CMA 121
CMA 221 and CMA 213
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
25
Lectures p.w
1
34
Practical’s p.w.
6
Tutorials p.w.
35
100
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
School of Natural Medicine (SoNM)
Acupuncture Theory
Chinese Herbal Medicine 212
CMA 212
6
10
Semester
1st
BSc Chinese Medicine and Acupuncture
2
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•Understand composition of meridians and acupoints
•Explore the distribution of the meridians
•Master locations and the actions of the acupoints
•Master the theory of the special acupoints
•An introduction into the theory of channels and collaterals in
Chinese Medicine
•An introduction into the concepts and characters of five shu
points, yuan source points, luo-connecting points, back- shu
points, front-mu points, xi-cleft points and hui-meeting points, etc.
•Introduction into point location methods and needling
•Distributions of the twelve regular channels and distributions of
eight extraordinary vessels.
•Introduction into each point on the twelve regular channels,
Governing vessel and Conception channel, including the location,
action and main indication of the points, as well as the needling
method and contraindication of the points.
•Introduction into main extra-points, including the location, action
and main indication of the points, as well as the needling method
CMA 111/121
CMA 211/221 and CMA 213/223
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
25
Lectures p.w
3
34
Practical’s p.w.
6
Tutorials p.w.
35
377
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
100
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
School of Natural Medicine (SoNM)
Acupuncture Theory
Acupuncture 213
CMA213
6
10
Semester
1st Semester
BSc Chinese Medicine and Acupuncture
Assessment Module type
2
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•Understand composition of meridians and acupoints
•Explore the distribution of the meridians
•Master locations and the actions of the acupoints
•Master the theory of the special acupoints
•An introduction into the theory of channels and collaterals in
Chinese Medicine
•An introduction into the concepts and characters of five shu
points, yuan source points, luo-connecting points, back- shu
points, front-mu points, xi-cleft points and hui-meeting points,
etc.
•Introduction into point location methods and needling
•Distributions of the twelve regular channels and Distributions of
eight extraordinary vessels..
•Introduction into each point on the twelve regular cha nnels,
Governing vessel and Conception channel, including the
location, action and main indication of the points, as well as the
needling method and contraindication of the points.
•Introduction into main extra-points, including the location,
action and main indication of the points, as well as the needling
method
CMA 111/121
CMA 211/221;CMA 213/223
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
25
Lectures p.w
3
34
Practical’s p.w.
6
Tutorials p.w.
35
100
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Community and Health Sciences
School of Natural Medicine (SoNM)
Chinese Medicine theory of Diagnose
Chinese Medicine Theory 221
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Assessments
Self-study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
378
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor:
Assignments & tasks:
Assessments
Self-study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
CMA221
6
10
Semester
2nd Semester
BSc Chinese Medicine and Acupuncture
2
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•Demonstrate knowledge of theories of pathology in Chinese
Medicine
•Demonstrate emerging understanding of the patterns underlying
diagnosis
•Identify and describe disease patterns underlying diagnosis
•Understanding of theories of pathology in Chinese Medicine
•Pathology of Full and Empty conditions
•Pathology of Yin, Yang and balance
•Pathology of the Qi mechanism
•Identification of patterns
CMA211
CMA 222 and CMA223
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
25
Lectures p.w
2
34
Practical’s p.w.
6
Tutorials p.w.
35
100
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
School of Natural Medicine (SoNM)
Chinese Medicine Materia Medica:
Identification, categorization, actions & indication of single
herbs
Chinese Herbal Medicine 222
CMA222
6
10
Semester
2nd Semester
BSc Chinese Medicine and Acupuncture
2
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•Explain the general characteristics of the medicinal plant
•Explain the taste, temperature and property of the medicinal
plant
•Analyze the attributive meridian of the medicinal plant
•Describe the actions and indications of the medicinal plant
•The laws related to the use of herbal medicine in an individual
use or compound formula with a discreet and strict attitude and
identifying the difference among the same catalogue of the
379
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Assessments
Self-study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
herbs.
•Concepts of individual herbal functions.
•Organize the proper formulae for the definite illnesses;
•Comprehend the characteristics for same category of the herbs
as well as the different applications for individual herb;
•External application for individual herb as well as for related
formulae
CMA 212
CMA 211/221; CMA 213/223
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
25
Lectures p.w
3
34
Practical’s p.w.
6
Tutorials p.w.
35
100
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
School of Natural Medicine (SoNM)
Acupuncture Theory
Acupuncture 223
CMA223
6
10
Semester
2nd Semester
BSc Chinese Medicine and Acupuncture
2
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•Understand composition of meridian and acupoints
•Explore the distribution of the meridians
•Master locations and the actions of the acupoints
•Master the theory of the special acupoints
•An introduction into the theory of channels and collaterals in
Chinese Medicine
•An introduction into the concepts and characters of five shu
points, yuan source points, luo-connecting points, back- shu
points, front-mu points, xi-cleft points and hui-meeting points,
etc.
•Introduction into point location methods and needling
•Distributions of the twelve regular channels and distributions of
eight extraordinary vessels..
•Introduction into each point on the twelve regular channels,
Governing vessel and Conception channel, including the
location, action and main indication of the points, as well as the
needling method and contraindication of the points.
•Introduction into main extra-points, including the location,
action and main indication of the points, as well as the needling
method.
CMA 111/121
CMA 211/221
380
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Assessments
Self-study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
25
Lectures p.w
3
34
Practical’s p.w.
6
Tutorials p.w.
35
100
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
School of Natural Medicine (SoNM)
Theory of Chinese Internal Medicine
Chinese Medicine Theory 311
CMA311
7
10
Semester
1st Semester
BSc Chinese Medicine and Acupuncture
Assessment Module type
3
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•Identify and understand the concepts & patterns of internal
medicine in diagnosis, Treatment principle, Treatment and
treatment plan
•The laws related to the diagnosis, therapeutic method and
organization of the formula and acupuncture formula based on
the diagnosis and therapeutic method.
•Understand the laws for herbal formulae and acupunctural
therapy.
CMA 211/ 221; CMA 213/223 ; CMA 212/222
CMA 312/322 and CMA 313/323
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
25
Lectures p.w
2
34
Practical’s p.w.
6
Tutorials p.w.
35
100
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Community and Health Sciences
School of Natural Medicine (SoNM)
Chinese Herbal Formulae and Prescription
Chinese Herbal Medicine 312
CMA312
7
10
Semester
1st Semester
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Assessments
Self-study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
381
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Assessments
Self-study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
BSc Chinese Medicine and Acupuncture
3
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•Apply the principles of CMA to the various common illnesses
covered in this module
•Know well of the eight method?
•Understand relationship between Chinese medicine formula and
the eight method
•Understand the meaning of “the formula is prescribed according
to treating method, and treating method is set up according to
pattern diagnosis”
•Understand the classification of formulae in past dynasties
•Know well of hierarchy of formulae, and meaning of the Chief
herb, Deputy herb, assistant herb, Guiding herb in formula
•Know well of three modes of modification in composition.
•Understand that a formula must follow the principle and also
modifiable according to pattern.
•Understand form, dosage and instruction of
formulae
preparation
•Know well of 99 the most important formulae, understand 66
second impotent formulae and familiar 66 third impotent
formulae
•To know the forbidden herbal combinations
Ingredients of formula, preparation, dosage, action, indication,
analyzing formula, clinic application , and modification of
formula
CMA 211/221 and CMA 212/222
CMA 311/321 and CMA 313/323
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
25
Lectures p.w
2
34
Practical’s p.w.
6
Tutorials p.w.
35
100
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
School of Natural Medicine (SoNM)
Clinical Acupuncture
Acupuncture 313
CMA313
7
10
Semester
1st Semester
BSc Chinese Medicine and Acupuncture
3
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•Identify and understand the technique of needle insertion,
needle manipulation, retention and withdrawal of the needle,
382
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Assessments
Self-study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Assessments
Self-study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
technique of needle reinforcing and reducing methods
•Understand the needling method of the three edged needle,
electro-puncture, scalp acupuncture and ear acupuncture
•An introduction about insertion of needles, needle manipulation
and Qi arrival, retention and withdrawal of the needle, technique
of needle reinforcing and reducing methods
•Understand the three edged needle, electro-puncture, scalp
acupuncture and ear acupuncture
CMA 211/ 221; CMA 213/223 ; CMA 212/222
CMA 312/322 and CMA 313/323
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
25
Lectures p.w
2
34
Practical’s p.w.
6
Tutorials p.w.
35
100
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
School of Natural Medicine (SoNM)
Theory of Chinese Internal Medicine
Chinese Medicine Theory 321
CMA321
7
10
Semester
2nd Semester
BSc Chinese Medicine and Acupuncture
3
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•Identify and understand the concepts & patterns of internal
medicine in diagnosis, Treatment principle, Treatment and
treatment plan
•The laws related to the diagnosis, therapeutic method and
organization of the formula and acupuncture formula based on
the diagnosis and therapeutic method.
•Understand the laws for herbal formulae and acupunctural
therapy.
CMA 211/221; CMA 213/223; CMA 212/222
CMA 312/322
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
25
Lectures p.w
2
34
Practical’s p.w.
6
Tutorials p.w.
35
100
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
383
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Community and Health Sciences
School of Natural Medicine (SoNM)
Chinese Herbal Formulae and Prescription
Chinese Herbal Medicine 322
CMA 322
7
10
Semester
2nd Semester
BSc Chinese Medicine and Acupuncture
Assessment Module type
3
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•Apply the principles of CMA to the various common illnesses
covered in this module
•Know well of the eight method?
•Understand relationship between Chinese medicine formula and
the eight method
•Understand the meaning of “the formula is prescribed according
to treating method, and treating method is set up according to
pattern diagnosis”
•Understand the classification of formulas in past dynasties
•Know well of hierarchy of formulae, and meaning of the Chief
herb, Deputy herb, assistant herb, Guiding herb in formula
•Know well of three modes of modification in composition.
•Understand that a formula must follow the principle and also
modifiable according to pattern.
•Understand form, dosage and instruction of
formulae
preparation
•Know well of 99 the most important formulae, understand 66
second impotent formulae and familiar 66 third impotent
formulae
•To know the forbidden herbal combinations
Ingredients of formula, preparation, dosage, action, indication,
analyzing formula, clinic application , and modification of
formula
CMA 211/221 and CMA 212/222
CMA 311/321 and CMA 313/323
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
25
Lectures p.w
1
34
Practical’s p.w.
6
Tutorials p.w.
35
100
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Community and Health Sciences
School of Natural Medicine
Clinical Acupuncture
Acupuncture 323
CMA 323
7
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Assessments
Self-study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
384
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Assessments
Self-study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
10
Semester
2nd Semester
BSc Chinese Medicine and Acupuncture
2
At the end of this module students should be able to:
• Identify and understand the concepts of clinical acupuncture in
diagnosis and treatment
• perform needling, cupping, moxibustion, electro-acu
techniques
•Apply techniques to basic common illnesses
•The laws related to the diagnosis, therapeutic method and
organization of the acupuncture prescription.
•Understand the laws for acupuncture prescription and
acupunctural therapy
CMA 211/221 and CMA213/223
CMA 311/321/ and CMA 312/322
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
25
Lectures p.w
2
34
Practical’s p.w.
6
Tutorials p.w.
35
100
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
School of Natural Medicine
Chinese Medicine Theory of Internal medicine and Gynocology
Chinese Medicine Theory 401
CMA 401
8
20
Semester
1st Semester
BCM Chinese Medicine and Acupuncture
4
At the end of this module students should be able to:
• Identify and understand the TCM concepts of internal medicine
and Gyn disease with prevention, diagnosis and treatment in
clinical practice
•Describe special symptoms, and make the correct syndrome
differentiation of internal medicine and Gyn disease
•Get the correct therapeutic methods formula according to the
TCM theory in common internal medicine disease and Gyn
disease
•Concepts of individual disease with 4 diagnostic methods of
TCM plus Lab tests and physical examination in internal
medicine disease and Gyn disease
•The rules related to the diagnosis, therapeutic method and
organization of the formula within internal medicine and Gyn
385
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Assessments
Self-study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Assessments
Self-study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
disease
•Herbal formulae and acupunctural therapy in internal medicine
disease and Gyn disease
CMA 311/321, CMA 312/322 and CMA 313/323
CMA 405 and CMA 405
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
50
Lectures p.w
4
78
Practical’s p.w.
6
Tutorials p.w.
70
200
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
School of Natural Medicine
Chinese Medicine Theory of ENT disease and Gynocology
Chinese Medicine Theory 402
CMA 402
8
20
Semester
2nd Semester
BCM Chinese Medicine and Acupuncture
4
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•Identify and understand TCM concepts of ENT disease and Gyn
disease with prevention, diagnosis and treatment in clinical
Practice
•Describe special symptoms, and make the correct syndrome
with differentiation of common ENT disease and Gyn disease
•Get the correct therapeutic methods formula according to the
TCM theory in common ENT disease and Gyn disease
••Concepts of individual disease with 4 diagnostic methods of
TCM plus Lab tests and physical examination in ENT disease
and Gyn disease
•The rules related to the diagnosis, therapeutic method a nd
organization of the formula within ENT disease and Gyn disease
•Herbal formulae and acupunctural therapy in ENT disease and
Gyn disease
CMA 311/321, CMA 312/322 and CMA 313/323
CMA 405 and CMA 404
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
50
Lectures p.w
4
74
Practical’s p.w.
6
Tutorials p.w.
70
200
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
386
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Assessments
Self – study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Community and Health Sciences
School of Natural Medicine (SoNM)
Clinical Practice based on the theory of Chinese Medicine and
Diagnosis; Herbs, Tuina and Acupuncture
Clinical Practice 404
CMA404
8
20
Year
1st & 2nd Semester
B Complementary Medicine (Chinese Medicine and
Acupuncture)
4
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•Communicate effectively with the patient, encompassing good
listening skills and compassion for the patient, to assess the
overall health of the patient
•Examine anybody systems of a patient in a thorough
systematical and competent manner to make or confirm a
diagnosis.
•To be able to formulate and prepare any herbal medicine or
medicament required in the treatment of a patient, whether
external or internal treatment.
•And administer acupuncture, Moxibustion, Cupping, Tuina, Ear
and scalp acupuncture
•Manage the patients follow up and treatment plans through help
of keeping professional records.
At the end of the module the student will be able to:
•Administer clinical practices and treatment of
• Integumentary System Diseases
•Cardiovascular System Diseases
•Respiratory System Diseases
•Digestive System Diseases
•Musculoskeletal System Diseases
•Nervous System Diseases
•Urinary System Diseases
•General Medicine 301
CMA 311/321; CMA 313/323
•CMA 401/402
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
50
Lectures p.w
74
Practical’s p.w.
4
6
Tutorials p.w.
70
200
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
School of Natural Medicine (SoNM)
Chinese Medicine Massage: Paediatric and adult massage;
Taichi: Chinese Medicine art of meditation and life force
regulation movement sequences
387
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Assessments
Self-study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Tuina (Taichi) 405
CMA 405
8
20
Year
1st & 2nd Semester
B Complementary Medicine (Chinese Medicine and
Acupuncture)
4
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•Apply the various techniques of Tuina application to adults,
children and infants
•Use the commonly used and most effective points, body areas
and complex manipulations in terms of TCM therapeutic
principles and Tuina methods
•Formulate a treatment plan using pediatric Tuina methods to
address common pediatric illnesses
•Effectively teach the parents/guardians simple techniques to do
at home for the patient
•Conduct the therapy with confidence and a professional
demeanor with regard for the patients comfort while ensuring
techniques are done appropriately
•Competency in performing basic Taichi Yang-style movements
in an attempt to improve the practitioners strength and health for
better practice
•This module covers the basic theory of Tuina (Chinese
therapeutic massage) therapy. Theory and Hands on Practical
sessions with special focus on Pediatrics Tuina. Students learn
how to treat common childhood illnesses applying this particular
modality as an adjunct to the other modalities used in their
professional practice. Classes are predominantly practical in
nature with repetition of techniques and methods until
proficiency is attained. Thereafter learned techniques are applied
to simulated real-life conditions commonly presenting in
pediatrics. Students also learn the place of Tuina in pediatric and
how and when it is used most appropriately. Reference is made
to Internal Medicine and diseases.
•Basic training in the theory and practice of Yang-style Taichi,
focusing on movement, breathing, strength and execution of the
techniques
CMA 311/321; CMA 313/323
CMA 401/402
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
50
Lectures p.w
2
74
Practical’s p.w.
6
Tutorials p.w.
70
200
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
388
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Assessment Module type
Community and Health Sciences
School of Natural Medicine (SoNM)
Clinical Practice
Clinical Practice 504
CMA504
8
40
Year
1st & 2nd Semester
B Complementary Medicine (Chinese Medicine and
Acupuncture)
5
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•Communicate effectively with the patient, encompassing good
listening skills and compassion for the patient, to assess the
overall health of the patient
•Examine anybody systems of a patient in a thorough and
competent manner to make or confirm a diagnosis.
•Formulate and prepare any herbal medicine or medicament
required in the treatment of a patient, whether external or
internal treatment.
•Manage the patients follow up and treatment plans through help
of keeping professional records.
•Integumentary system
•Cardiovascular system
•Respiratory system
•Digestive system
•Musculoskeletal system
•Nervous system
•Urinary system
•Endocrine system
•Immune
•Autoimmune
•Cancer
•HIV
Clinical Practice 404
CMA 502/503
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
100
Lectures p.w
98
Practical’s p.w.
2
6
Tutorials p.w.
98
98
400
Continuous Assessment: 60% (Practicals)
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Community and Health Sciences
School of Natural Medicine (SoNM)
Research Project
Research Project 508
CMA508
8
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Assessments
Practical’s
Self-study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
389
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Assessments
Self-study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
20
Year
1st & 2nd Semester
BSc Chinese Medicine and Acupuncture
5
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•Generate, synthesise and evaluate alternative various
methodological approaches that can be applied to Chinese
Medicine and Acupuncture medical research.
•Critically analyses published work and identify gaps in current
knowledge.
•Develop a realistic research proposal, which will form the basis
of the work they will carry out in their research project.
•Select and apply appropriate techniques to analyses a problem
and design a solution.
•Apply research project management techniques to the
management of patient.
•Produce a substantial, complex piece of work within a specified
time to match an agreed specification.
•Critically evaluate relevant literature, the patient management
and the methods used.
•Communicate technical information effectively
•The investigation of a research question requiring the
integration of Chinese Medicine and Acupuncture Principles
with Conventional Medicine.
•The design and performance of experiments and the collection
and analysis of information
•The analysis of a problem and the design of a solution
Research Methods 421
None
None
Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week
50
Lectures p.w
2
74
Practical’s p.w.
6
Tutorials p.w.
70
200
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community and Health Science
School of Natural Medicine (SoNM)
The science or practice of the diagnosis, treatment, prevention of
disease
General Medicine 301
BCM301
7
30
Semester
2nd Semester
BSc Complementary Health Sciences
3
390
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Assessments
Self-study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Assessments
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•Describe diseases and disease processes
•Explain how to diagnose diseases theoretically, their
presentations in patients, the pathology and the treatment of
these diseases or disease processes.
•Presentation of diseases
•Pathology of diseases
•Disease processes and how to diagnose them
•Special investigations needed to diagnose diseases and disease
process
•Treatment thereof
Pathology 311
Pathology 321
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
75
Lectures p.w
3
114
Practical’s p.w.
6
Tutorials p.w.
105
300
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community & Health Sciences
School of Natural Medicine (SoNM)
The science or practice of the diagnosis, treatment & prevention
of disease
General Medicine 401
BCM401
8
30
Year
1st & 2nd Semester
B Complementary Medicine (Chinese Medicine and
Acupuncture Naturopathy, Phytotherapy, Unani Tibb)
4
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•Describe diseases and disease processes
•Explain how to diagnose diseases theoretically, their
presentations in patients, the pathology and the treatment of
these diseases or disease processes.
•Presentation of diseases
•Pathology of diseases
•Disease processes and how to diagnose them
•Special investigations needed to diagnose diseases and disease
process
•Treatment thereof
General Medicine 301
Clinical Diagnosis 402
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
75
Lectures p.w
3
114
Practical’s p.w.
6
Tutorials p.w.
391
Self-study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Assessments
Self – study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
105
300
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community & Health Sciences
School of Natural Medicine (SoNM)
The Process of determining the nature of a disorder by
considering the patients signs and symptoms, medical
background and lab tests
Clinical Diagnosis 402
BCM402
8
20
Year
1st & 2nd Semester
B Complementary Medicine (Chinese Medicine and
Acupuncture, Naturopathy, Phytotherapy, Unani Tibb)
4
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•Diagnose a patient‟ illness using their clinical skills learnt in this
module.
•Clinical skills that are used to diagnose disease.
•Disease processes and pathology.
General Medicine 301
Pathology 311 and 321
General Medicine 401
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
50
Lectures p.w
1.5
74
Practical’s p.w.
1.5
6
Tutorials p.w.
70
200
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community and Health Centre
School of Natural Medicine (SoNM)
Emergency Care
Emergency Care 409
BCM409
8
10
Semester
2nd Semester
B Complementary Medicine (Chinese Medicine and
Acupuncture Naturopathy, Phytotherapy, Unani Tibb)
5
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•Demonstrate an understanding of emergencies scene
management.
•Demonstrate an understanding of elementary anatomy and
392
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Assessments
Self - study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
physiology
•Apply an First Aid procedure to the life-threatening situation
•Explain and manage shock.
•Demonstrate the principles of primary emergency care in the
workplace.
•Identify and solve problems regarding the mechanism of
injuries and make decisions
•Using critical and creative thinking, regarding the prevention of
complications
•Referral systems to use and the treatment to be provided with
improvisation where equipment is unavailable
None
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
25
Lectures p.w
34
Practical’s p.w.
3
6
Tutorials p.w.
35
100
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
School of Natural Medicine (SoNM)
Counseling skills
Counseling Skills 410
BCM410
8
10
Semester
2nd Semester
B Complementary Medicine (Chinese Medicine and
Acupuncture, Naturopathy, Phytotherapy, Unani Tibb)
5
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•Recognize the relationship of physical symptoms to mental
health.
•Apply cognitive counseling skills.
•Identify appropriate patients for referral to a mental health
professional
•An introduction to prevalent mental health conditions and the
psychiatric definitions.
•Problem management cognitive counseling skills
Bachelor of Science (Complementary Health Sciences1) or
registration as a medical practitioner with HPCSA.
Homoeopath, Chiropractor, Osteopath, Chinese Medicine
Practitioner or Acupuncturist, registered with the Allied Health
Professions Council of SA.
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
25
Lectures p.w
2
34
Practical’s p.w.
393
Assessments
Self-study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
6
Tutorials p.w.
35
100
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
School of Natural Medicine (SoNM)
Ethics, Jurisprudence And Practice Management
Ethics, Jurisprudence And Practice Management 501
BCM501
8
10
Semester
2nd Semester
B Complementary Medicine (Chinese Medicine and
Acupuncture, Naturopathy, Phytotherapy, Unani Tibb)
4
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•understand the health legislations in a broader context and their
implication on the practice of a Complementary Health
Practitioner
•be able to apply ethical principles and be empowered in ethical
decision-making
•understand the importance of ethics in the practice of medicine
•understand the importance of Continuing Professional
Development in healthcare
•be able to make ethical decisions in everyday life
•understand and be able to refer to relevant regulations
governing their professions
Be able to interpret the articles of the Allied Health Professions
Act and it‟s regulations, such as:
•Interpret and understand Act 63 of 1982
•the Acts proceeding Act 63 of 1982
•the constitution of the Council and its powers
•the constitution of the Professional Boards and their powers
•the registration of students and practitioners
•the influence on Education and Training
•disciplinary matters
•Ethics
•Values in Health care
•Informed consent
•Confidentiality
•Beneficence and Non-maleficence
•Patient‟s rights
•Autonomy
•Conflicts of interest
•Jurisprudence
•Relevance Act, 63 of 1982
•Broadly statutory and Professional bodies
•Registration of students and Practitioners
•Guidelines for making Professional Services known
•Scopes of Practice of Health Professionals
•Rules of conduct for Healthcare Professionals
•National Patients‟ Rights Charter
394
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Assessments
Self-study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Assessments
Self –study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
•The Primary Health Care package for SA
•The National Health Act, 61 of 2003
None
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
25
Lectures p.w
2
34
Practical’s p.w.
6
Tutorials p.w.
35
100
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
School of Natural Medicine (SoNM)
Principles of Natural Healing
Principles of Natural Healing 111
NAT111
5
5
Term
1st Semester
BSc Complementary Health Sciences
1
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•Understand definitions highlighting health and healing
•Explore the use of Complementary medicine
•Explain how disease occurs and manifests
•Explain how healing occurs
•Describe the Old and New Paradigms of medicine.
•Critically evaluate their own health and make recommendations
for effective change.
•An introduction in to the field of Natural medicine and why the
students have chosen it
•Understanding the Old paradigm-Medicine model
•Understanding the New paradigm-Medicine model
•How disease manifests and returning the body to homeostasis
•The 4 Cornerstone of Health
•Benefits of exercise to the body
•10 Principles of Health and illness
None
Method of Life Orientation
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
25
Lectures p.w
1
34
Practical’s p.w.
6
Tutorials p.w.
35
100
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
395
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Assesment
Self-study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
Community and Health Sciences
School of Natural Medicine (SoNM)
Comparative Complementary Healing Systems
Comparative Complementary Healing Systems 201
NAT201
6
10
Semester
2nd Semester
BSc Complementary Health Sciences
2
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•Outline and compare the main origin and the history of the 5
modalities of Homeopathy, Chinese Medicine and Acupuncture,
Ayurvedic Medicine, Unani Tibb, Naturopathy and
Phytotherapy.
•Describe the practical approaches and the basic philosophy of
the following modalities: Chinese Medicine and Acupuncture;
Ayurvedic Medicine; Unani Tibb Medicine; Herbal Medicine;
Homeopathy.
•Compare and contrast the five modalities in order to select one
for further studies.
•History of medicine through the ages
•Changes within medical application
•Theory of 5 Elements of Chinese medicine:
• 5-phase Theory: Evolution Stages of Transformation
•Pulse Diagnosis
•The discovery of Homeopathy
•How to administer Homeopathic remedies
•Herbal medicine basic theory
Principles of Natural Healing
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
25
Lectures p.w
3
34
Practical’s p.w.
6
Tutorials p.w.
35
100
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
School of Natural Medicine (SoNM)
Study of disease processes with the aim of understanding their
nature and causes
Pathology 311
NAT311
7
15
Semester
1st Semester
BSc Complementary Health Sciences
396
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Assessment
Self-study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
3
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•Categories and explain the character of various common disease
states.
•Identify and describe the aetiology, pathogenesis and
morphology of common disease processes within the major
bodily systems.
•Explain, by understanding the pathological disease processes at
a cellular level, the consequences or clinical outcomes or
manifestations, as they affect individual organs or systems.
•Identify and characterize microscopic and macroscopic
morphological changes in diseased organs.
•Introduction to pathology
•Normal cells, injury and cell death
•Amyloid, calcification, pigmentation
•Jaundice, fluid, oedema
•Hyperaemia and congestion
•Haemorrhage, shock
•Acute, chonic inflammation
•Healing and repair
•Infection
•Disorders of growth, tumors, malignancy and auto immunity
None
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
38
Lectures p.w
3
54
Practical’s p.w.
6
Tutorials p.w.
52
150
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
School of Natural Medicine (SoNM)
The science of drugs, relating to medicinal products in their
natural state
Herbal Pharmacognosy 312
NAT312
7
10
Semester
1st Semester
BSc Complementary Health Sciences
3
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•Identify plants with medicinal value, visually and with
laboratory tests and name their family and botanical name.
•Explain the basic metabolic pathways and origins of secondary
metabolites in plants.
•Explain the principles related to the commercial production,
397
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Assessments
Self-study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
quality and standardization of natural drugs.
•Test herbal material for quality by using specified laboratory
tests.
•Explain the pharmacodynamics of the archetypal plant
constituents: carbohydrates, glycosides and saponins.
•An introduction to botany, including taxonomy and
morphology.
•Principles related to the commercial production, quality and
standardization of natural products.
•Quality control, standards applicable to crude drugs and
techniques for detection of contamination.
•General methods associated with the phytochemical
investigation of herbal products.
•Basic metabolic pathways and the origin of secondary
metabolites
•The chemical and physical structure, chemical and physical
constants, extraction, identification reactions, properties and
functions of the following main classes of secondary plant
chemicals: carbohydrates, glycosides, saponins.
Life Sciences 141
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
25
Lectures p.w
2
34
Practical’s p.w.
6
Tutorials p.w.
35
100
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
School of Natural Medicine (SoNM)
Study of disease processes with the aim of understanding their
nature and causes
Pathology 321
NAT321
7
10
Semester
2nd Semester
BSc Complementary Health Sciences
3
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•Categorize and explain the character of various common disease
states.
•Identify and describe the aetiology, pathogenesis and
morphology of common disease processes within the major
bodily systems.
•Explain, by understanding the pathological disease processes at
a cellular level, the consequences or clinical outcomes or
manifestations, as they affect individual organs or systems.
•Identify and characterize microscopic and macroscopic
398
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Assessments
Self-study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
morphological changes in diseased organs.
•Understand the clinical signs and symptoms of disease
manifestation in its totality, as it relates to the specific disease
processes and mechanisms which occur on a cellular and gross
anatomical level.
•Cardiovascular Diseases
•Hematopoietic And Lymphoid Diseases
•Respiratory Disorders
•Gastrointestinal Disorders
•Hepato-Biliary Disorders
•Disorders Of The Kidneys
•Endocrine Abnormalities
•Disorders Of Bone And Joints
•Skin Disorders
•Disorders Of The Nervous System
Pathology 311
General Medicine 301
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
25
Lectures p.w
3
34
Practical’s p.w.
6
Tutorials p.w.
35
100
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
School of Natural Medicine (SoNM)
The science of drugs, relating to medicinal products in their
natural state
Herbal Pharmacognosy 322
NAT322
7
10
Semester
2nd Semester
BSc Complementary Health Sciences
3
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•Identify plants with medicinal value, visually and with
laboratory tests.
•Explain the biosynthesis of secondary metabolites: Alkaloids,
essential oils, tannins, fixed oils.
•Name the common, family and botanical name, uses and
symptoms produced in the body.
•Explain the pharmacodynamics of the archetypal plant
constituents: alkaloids ,essential
oils ,tannins, fixed oils
mucilages and gums
•Quality control and standards applicable to crude drugs.
•The geographical sources, collection and preparation, chemical
tests for identification, adulterants and substitutes and uses for
the plants containing alkaloids, tannins, essential oils.
399
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Assessments
Self-study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
•Basic metabolic pathways and the origin of secondary
metabolites.
•General methods associated with the phytochemical
investigation of herbal products
Herbal Pharmacognosy 312
Life Sciences 141
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
25
Lectures p.w
34
Practical’s p.w.
2
6
Tutorials p.w.
35
100
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
School of Natural Medicine (SoNM)
Clinical Practice for Naturopathy
Clinical Practice 404
NAT404
8
10
Year
1st & 2nd Semester
B Complementary Medicine (Naturopathy)
4
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•Communicate effectively with the patient, encompassing good
listening skills and compassion for the patient, to assess the
overall health of the patient
•Examine anybody systems of a patient in a thorough and
competent manner to make or confirm a diagnosis.
•To be able to formulate and prepare any herbal medicine or
medicament required in the treatment of a patient, whether
external or internal treatment.
•Manage the patient‟s follow up and treatment plans through
help of keeping professional records.
•Integumentary system
•Cardiovascular system
•Respiratory system
•Digestive system
•Musculoskeletal system
•Nervous system
•Urinary system
General Medicine 301
General Medicine 401
Clinical Diagnosis 402
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
25
Lectures p.w
34
Practical’s p.w.
2
400
Assessments
Self-study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Assessments
Self-study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
6
Tutorials p.w.
35
100
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
School of Natural Medicine (SoNM)
The study of Naturopathic Medicine, and application thereof.
Treatment Modalities of Naturopathy 411
NAT411
8
20
Semester
1st Semester
B Complementary Medicine (Naturopathy)
4
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•Describe the role that supplementation plays in the 21st century
medicine model and in naturopathic practice.
•Define attributing factors of a diet depleted of nutrients and
causes of impaired absorption, assimilation and micronutrient
antagonisms.
•Describe the various principles and practices, benefits,
limitations, safety aspects, prescribing rules and appropriate
combinations of supplementation.
•In depth study of vitamins, minerals, nutrients, accessory
nutrients, glyconutrients, glandular extracts, amino acids, EFAs
and phytonutrients.
•Supplements for various conditions, stages in life & lifestyle
changes such as pregnancy, lactation, weight-loss & anorexia.
•Describe the benefits of Homeopathy.
•Principles, practices and manufacturing of supplements.
•Supplementation for various conditions, various stages in life &
lifestyle changes.
•Safety aspects: Interactions, contra-indications & side-effects.
•Supplementing with functional and fortified foods.
•Various supplementation product lines.
•Homeopathy application and practice.
Nutrition Medicine 315
Pharmacology 204
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
50
Lectures p.w
1
74
Practical’s p.w.
1
6
Tutorials p.w.
1
70
200
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
401
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Community and Health Sciences
School of Natural Medicine (SoNM)
The study of Naturopathic Medicine, and application there of
Treatment Modalities of Naturopathy 421
NAT421
8
20
Semester
2nd Semester
B Complementary Medicine (Naturopathy)
Assessment Module type
4
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•Define attributing factors of a diet depleted of nutrients and
causes of impaired absorption, assimilation and micronutrient
antagonisms.
•Describe the various principles and practices, benefits,
limitations, safety aspects, prescribing rules and appropriate
combinations of supplementation.
•In depth study of vitamins, minerals, nutrients, accessory
nutrients, glyconutrients, glandular extracts, amino acids, EFAs
and phytonutrients.
•Supplements for various conditions, stages in life & lifestyle
changes such as pregnancy, lactation, weight-loss & anorexia.
•Clinical Examination (revise/practice)
•Exposure to a variety of diagnostic tools in practice.
•Pathlab, Live Blood-, Hair-, and Stool analysis, Iridology,
Movement and Structural Assessment.
Critical Appraisal of the above
•Principles, practices and manufacturing of supplements.
•Supplementation for various conditions, various stages in life &
lifestyle changes.
•Safety aspects: Interactions, contra-indications & side-effects.
•Supplementing with functional and fortified foods.
•Various supplementation product lines.
Treatment Modalities 411
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
50
Lectures p.w
1
74
Practical’s p.w.
1
6
Tutorials p.w.
1
70
200
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Community and Health Sciences
School of Natural Medicine (SoNM)
Clinical Practice
Clinical Practice 504
NAT504
8
40
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Assessments
Self-study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
402
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Assessments
Practicals
Self-study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Semester
1st & 2nd Semester
B Complementary Medicine (Naturopathy)
5
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•Communicate effectively with the patient, encompassing good
listening skills and compassion for the patient, to assess the
overall health of the patient
•Examine anybody systems of a patient in a thorough and
competent manner to make or confirm a diagnosis external or
internal treatment.
•Manage the patients follow up and treatment plans through help
of keeping professional records
•Immune system
•Autoimmune diseases
Clinical Practice 404
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
100
Lectures p.w
2
98
Practical’s p.w.
6
Tutorials p.w.
98
98
400
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
School of Natural Medicine (SoNM)
Research Project
Research Project 508
NAT508
8
20
Year
1st & 2nd Semester
B Complementary Medicine (Naturopathy, Phytotherapy,
Chinese Medicine and Acupuncture, Unani Tibb)
5
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•Generate, synthesise and evaluate alternative various
methodological approaches that can be applied to Naturopathy
medical research.
•Critically analyses published work and identify gaps in current
knowledge.
•Develop a realistic research proposal, which will form the basis
of the work they will carry out in their research project.
•Select and apply appropriate techniques to analyses a problem
and design a solution.
•Apply research project management techniques to the
management of patient.
•Produce a substantial, complex piece of work within a specified
403
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Assessments
Self-study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
time to match an agreed specification.
•Critically evaluate relevant literature, the patient management
and the methods used.
•Communicate technical information effectively
•The investigation of a research question requiring the
integration of Naturopathy Principles with Conventional
Medicine.
•The design and performance of experiments and the collection
and analysis of information
•The analysis of a problem and the design of a solution
•The design and implementation of a clinical experiments
•Project management and Time management
•Problem solving and selection of solutions
•Communication skills: reports, articles, posters and verbal
communication
•Problem Analysis
•System Design
•Implementation
•Critical evaluation
•Research skills: literature search, evaluation of sources and
analysis
Research Methods 421
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
50
Lectures p.w
2
74
Practical’s p.w.
6
Tutorials p.w.
70
200
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
School of Natural Medicine (SoNM)
The study of Naturopathic Medicine, and application thereof.
Treatment Modalities of Naturopathy 511
NAT511
8
20
Semester
1st Semester
B Complementary Medicine (Naturopathy)
5
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•Describe the principles, practice and indication for specialized
diets.
•Identify how food relates to health/disease and intolerances and
the importance of food in the maintenance of optimal health.
•Understand detoxification.
•Take naturopathic consultations, make a naturopathic
assessment and prescribe individual treatment plans.
•Prescribe specific dietary protocols for various conditions.
404
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Assessments
Self-study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
•Therapeutic dietary models.
•Detoxification therapy & medicinal fasting.
•Organic, whole& therapeutic foods.
•Food & mood, food and culture.
•Natural weight-loss
•Nutritional consultation including diet & lifestyle
•Diet therapy for specific conditions and lifestyles
Treatment modalities 421
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
50
Lectures p.w
2
74
Practical’s p.w.
6
Tutorials p.w.
70
200
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
School of Natural Medicine (SoNM)
The study of Naturopathic Medicine, and application thereof.
Treatment Modalities of Naturopathy 521
NAT521
8
20
Semester
2nd Semester
B Complementary Medicine (Naturopathy)
5
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•Describe the principles, practice and indication for specialized
diets.
•Understand basic principles of Botanical Medicine
•Understand History and Philosophy of Botanical Medicine
•Understand basic terminology used in Botanical Medicine
•Explore the use of Herbal medicines within context of Scope of
Practice conditions.
•Understand the principles of Homotoxicology
•Describe the Basic Principles of Acupressure
•Therapeutic dietary models.
•Detoxification therapy & medicinal fasting.
•Acupressure Techniques
•Organic, whole & therapeutic foods.
•Herbal Medicine
•Nutritional consultation including diet & lifestyle
•Diet therapy for specific conditions and lifestyles
Treatment modalities 511
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
50
Lectures p.w
2
74
Practical’s p.w.
405
Assessments
Self-study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
6
Tutorials p.w.
70
200
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Community and Health Sciences
School of Natural Medicine (SoNM)
Differential Diagnosis for Naturopathy
Differential Diagnosis for Naturopathy 403
NAT403
8
10
Semester
1st Semester
B Complementary Medicine (Naturopathy)
Main Content
•Introduction
•Differential diagnosis
•Interpretation of various signs and symptoms
None
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
25
Lectures p.w
2
34
Practical’s p.w.
6
Tutorials p.w.
35
100
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Assessments
Self-study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
4
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•Demonstrate an understanding that, although the module is
based on individual approaches to specific symptoms or signs,
that these are often inter-related within the context of a totality
•Demonstrate a systematic knowledge of the various etiologies
of specific symptoms and signs
•Demonstrate the ability to undertake the diagnostic process in
terms of formulating hypotheses, differential diagnoses and how
to systematically eliminate the various possibilities in order to
obtain a clear diagnosis
•Demonstrate a knowledge of the appropriate laboratory tests
and special investigations that may be required to aid in the
diagnostic process for a specific symptom or sign
•Demonstrate the ability to integrate basic sciences, pathology,
general medicine and clinical diagnostic skills in the
interpretation of specific symptoms and signs that commonly
present in medical practice
406
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Community and Health Sciences
School of Natural Medicine (SoNM)
Clinical Practice
Clinical Practice 404
PHH404
8
10
Year
1st & 2nd Semester
B Complementary Medicine (Phytotherapy)
Assessment Module type
4
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•Communicate effectively with the patient, encompassing good
listening skills and compassion for the patient, to assess the
overall health of the patient
•Examine anybody systems of a patient in a thorough and
competent manner to make or confirm a diagnosis.
•Formulate and prepare any herbal medicine or medicament
required in the treatment of a patient, whether external or
internal treatment.
•Manage the patients follow up and treatment plans through help
of keeping professional records.
•Integumentary system
•Cardiovascular system
•Respiratory system
•Digestive system
•Musculoskeletal system
•Nervous system
•Urinary system
•Endocrine system
Pathology 311 and 321
General Medicine 301
Clinical Phytotherapy 406
General Medicine 401
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
25
Lectures p.w
34
Practical’s p.w.
2
6
Tutorials p.w.
35
100
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Community and Health Sciences
School of Natural Medicine (SoNM)
Materia Medica
Materia Medica 405
PHH405
8
20
Year
1st & 2nd Semester
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Assessments
Self-study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
407
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
assessments
Self-study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
B Complementary Medicine (Phytotherapy)
4
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•Explain the main botanical aspects of the medicinal plants in the
Materia Medica provided, as well as their medicinal properties,
application and contraindications.
•Create a 40 plant herbarium, with descriptions of the plants,
habitat and medicinal use.
•Describe the principles for nurturing, maintaining and healing
of a particular system with herbal medicine, formulating a
prescription.
•Integumentary system
•Cardiovascular system
•Respiratory system
•Digestive system
•Musculoskeletal system
•Nervous system
•Urinary system
•Endocrine system
None
Herbal pharmacology
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
50
Lectures p.w
2
74
Practical’s p.w.
6
Tutorials p.w.
70
200
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
School of Natural Medicine (SoNM)
Clinical Phytotherapy
Clinical Phytotherapy 406
PHH406
8
10
Year
1st & 2nd Semester
B Complementary Medicine (Phytotherapy)
4
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•Take a complete case history. Questioning about all body
systems, past medical history, family history, emotional state,
diet and lifestyle, as well as present health problems, all in
accordance with the philosophy of Phytotherapy.
•Make decisions regarding pathology tasks, other tests or
examinations required to establish a
•diagnosis, or when to refer the patient to / or liaise with another
practitioner or specialist.
•Treat the patient in a holistic and safe manner using herbal
408
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Assessments
Self-study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
medicine, diet, nutrition and lifestyle, all in the promotion of
health.
•Manage a herbal dispensary in accordance with current
regulations regarding medicines and rules of AHPCSA.
•Integumentary system
•Cardiovascular system
•Respiratory system
•Digestive system
•Musculoskeletal system
•Nervous system
•Urinary system
•Endocrine system
Pathology 311 and 321
General Medicine 301
Materia Medica 405
Clinical Diagnosis 402
General Medicine 401
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
25
Lectures p.w
2
34
Practical’s p.w.
6
Tutorials p.w.
35
100
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
School of Natural Medicine (SoNM)
Herbal Pharmacology
Herbal Pharmacology 407
PHH407
8
10
Semester
2nd Semester
B Complementary Medicine (Phytotherapy)
4
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•Describe the basic principles of pharmacokinetics and
pharmacodynamics; portray pharmaceutical dosage forms, the
routes of administration of medicines and the factors that might
influence these.
•Explain the chemistry, therapeutic properties of actions of
secondary plant metabolites.
•Explain pharmacology of herbs for the different body systems.
•Explain the toxicity, contraindications and safety of herbal
medicine.
•Introduction to Pharmacology,
•Phytochemistry,
•digestive,
•urinary,
•reproductive,
409
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Assessments
Self-study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
•endocrine,
•nervous,
•Cardiovascular and respiratory system.
Herbal Pharmacognosy
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
25
Lectures p.w
2
34
Practical’s p.w.
6
Tutorials p.w.
35
100
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
School of Natural Medicine (SoNM)
Clinical Practice
Clinical Practice 504
PHH504
8
40
Year
1st & 2nd Semester
B Complementary Medicine (Phytotherapy)
5
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•Communicate effectively with the patient, encompassing good
listening skills and compassion for the patient, to assess the
overall health of the patient
•Examine anybody systems of a patient in a thorough and
competent manner to make or confirm a diagnosis.
•Formulate and prepare any herbal medicine or medicament
required in the treatment of a patient, whether external or
internal treatment.
•Manage the patients follow up and treatment plans through help
of keeping professional records.
•Integumentary system
•Cardiovascular system
•Respiratory system
•Digestive system
•Musculoskeletal system
•Nervous system
•Urinary system
•Endocrine system
•Immune
•Autoimmune
•Cancer
•HIV
Clinical Practice 404
Clinical Phytotherapy 506
Materia Medica 505
None
410
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Assessments
Practical’s
Self-study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
100
Lectures p.w
98
Practical’s p.w.
2
6
Tutorials p.w.
98
98
400
Continuous Assessment: 60% (Practicals)
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
School of Natural Medicine (SoNM)
Materia Medica
Materia Medica 505
PHH505
8
20
Year
1st & 2nd Semester
B Complementary Medicine (Phytotherapy)
Assessment Module type
5
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•Explain the main botanical aspects of the medicinal plants in the
materia medica provided, as well as their medicinal properties,
application and contraindications.
•Create a 40 plant herbarium, with descriptions of the plants,
habitat and medicinal use.
•Describe the principles for naturing, maintaining and healing of
a particular system with herbal medicine, formulating a
prescription.
•Immune system,
•Autoimmune diseases,
•Understanding disease and:
•treatment for the various systems done in 405.
Materia Medica 405
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
50
Lectures p.w
2
74
Practical’s p.w.
6
Tutorials p.w.
70
200
Continuous Assessment: 60% (Practical‟s)
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Community and Health Sciences
School of Natural Medicine (SoNM)
Clinical Phytotherapy
Clinical Phytotherapy 506
PHH506
8
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Assessments
Self-study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
411
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Assessments
Self-study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
10
Year
1st & 2nd Semester
B Complementary Medicine (Phytotherapy)
5
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•Take a complete case history. Questioning about all body
systems, past medical history, family history, emotional state,
diet and lifestyle, as well as present health problems, all in
accordance with the philosophy of Phototherapy.
•Make decisions regarding pathology tasks, other tests or
examinations required to establish a diagnosis, or when to refer
the patient to / or liaise with another practioner or specialist.
•Treat the patient in a holistic and safe manner using herbal
medicine, diet, nutrition and lifestyle, all in the promotion of
health.
•Manage a herbal dispensary in accordance with current
regulations regarding medicines and rules of AHPCSA.
•Immune system
•Autoimmune diseases
•Understanding disease and treatments for the various systems.
Clinical Phytotherapy 406
Materia Medica 405
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
25
Lectures p.w
2
34
Practical’s p.w.
6
Tutorials p.w.
35
100
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
School of Natural Medicine (SoNM)
The preparation and dispensing of herbal medicine
Herbal Pharmacy 507
PHH507
8
10
Semester
2nd Semester
B Complementary Medicine (Phytotherapy)
5
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•Explain quality and control, storage and labeling methods of
herbal medicine, according to good manufacturing practice.
•Explain the principle modes of extraction of herbal medicine.
•Explain the compounding of different dosage forms for external
and internal use.
•Explain incompatibilities and methods for overcoming possible
incompatibilities when dispensing herbal medicine.
412
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Assessments
Self-study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
•Write a prescription, explain the posology and demonstrate
dispensing techniques.
•Introduction to herbal pharmacy, liquids and dry preparations,
preparations for external use, solids and semisolids compounding
and prescriptions.
Herbal Pharmacology 407
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
25
Lectures p.w
2
34
Practical’s p.w.
6
Tutorials p.w.
35
100
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
School of Natural Medicine (SoNM)
Research Project
Research Project 508
PHH508
8
20
Year
1st & 2nd Semester
B Complementary Medicine (Naturopathy, Phytotherapy,
Chinese Medicine and Acupuncture, Unani Tibb)
5
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•Generate, synthesise and evaluate alternative various
methodological approaches that can be applied to Phytotherapy
medical research.
•Critically analyses published work and identify gaps in current
knowledge.
•Develop a realistic research proposal, which will form the basis
of the work they will carry out in their research project.
•Select and apply appropriate techniques to analyses a problem
and design a solution.
•Apply research project management techniques to the
management of patient.
•Produce a substantial, complex piece of work within a specified
time to match an agreed specification.
•Critically evaluate relevant literature, the patient management
and the methods used.
•Communicate technical information effectively
•The investigation of a research question requiring the
integration of Phytotherapy Principles with Conventional
Medicine.
•The design and performance of experiments and the collection
and analysis of information
•The analysis of a problem and the design of a solution
•The design and implementation of a clinical experiments
•Project management and Time management
413
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Assessments
Self-study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
•Problem solving and selection of solutions
•Communication skills: reports, articles, posters and verbal
communication
•Problem Analysis
•System Design
•Implementation
•Critical evaluation
•Research skills: literature search, evaluation of sources and
analysis
Research Methods 421
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
50
Lectures p.w
2
74
Practical’s p.w.
6
Tutorials p.w.
70
200
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
School of Natural Medicine (SoNM)
Differential Diagnosis for Phytotherapy
Differential Diagnosis for Phytotherapy 403
PHH403
8
10
Semester
1st Semester
B Complementary Medicine (Phytotherapy)
4
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•Demonstrate an understanding that, although the module is
based on individual approaches to specific symptoms or signs,
that these are often inter-related within the context of a totality
•Demonstrate a systematic knowledge of the various etiologies
of specific symptoms and signs
•Demonstrate the ability to undertake the diagnostic process in
terms of formulating hypotheses, differential diagnoses and how
to systematically eliminate the various possibilities in order to
obtain a clear diagnosis
•Demonstrate a knowledge of the appropriate laboratory tests
and special investigations that may be required to aid in the
diagnostic process for a specific symptom or sign
•Demonstrate the ability to integrate basic sciences, pathology,
general medicine and clinical diagnostic skills in the
interpretation of specific symptoms and signs that commonly
present in medical practice
•Introduction
•Differential diagnosis
•Interpretation of various signs and symptoms
None
414
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Assessments
Self-study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Assessments
Self-study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
None
None
Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week
25
Lectures p.w
2
34
Practical’s p.w.
6
Tutorials p.w.
35
100
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
School of Natural Medicine (SoNM)
Clinical Practice
Clinical Practice 404
TIB404
8
10
Year
1st & 2nd Semester
B Complementary Medicine (Unani Tibb)
4
•Communicate effectively with the patient, encompassing good
listening skills and compassion for the patient, to assess the
overall health of the patient
•Examine any body systems of a patient in a thorough and
competent manner to make or confirm a diagnosis.
•To be able to formulate a treatment plan for a patient, both
external or internal treatment.
•Manage the patients follow up and treatment plans through help
of keeping professional records.
•Integumentary system
•Cardiovascular system
•Respiratory system
•Digestive system
•Musculoskeletal system
•Nervous system
•Urinary system
•Endocrine system
None
Philosophy and Aetology of Tibb TIB 412
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
25
Lectures p.w
1
34
Practical’s p.w.
1
6
Tutorials p.w.
1
35
100
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
415
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Assessments
Self-study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Community and Health Sciences
School of Natural Medicine (SoNM)
Pathology and Diagnosis of Unani Tibb
Pathology and Diagnosis of Unani Tibb 411
TIB411
8
10
Semester
1st Semester
B Complementary Medicine (Unani Tibb)
4
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•Define „health‟ according to Unani Tibb.
•Define „disease‟ according to Unani Tibb.
•Define „pathology‟ according to Unani Tibb.
•Describe the material form of each humour and list its
functions.
•Ananlyse the most important role of the humours
•Understand the differences between Unani Tibb and allopathic
medicine regarding the interpretation of pathology?
•Describe the Unani Tibb approach to pathology – what is the
starting point?
•Describe the two pathways of the pathological process.
•Demonstrate understanding of the difference between a
temperamental (qualitative) imbalance and a humoural
imbalance?
•Comprehend which of the above is mostly associated with acute
conditions.
•Describe the relationship between humours and pathology.
•Describe the link between pathology and temperament using the
natural cycle as the basis of your explanation.
•Discuss vulnerability to illnesses in relation to temperament.
•Health according to Unani Tibb Medicine
•Disease‟ according to Unani Tibb.
•Imbalance and a humoural imbalance
•The link between pathology and temperament using the natural
cycle.
•Relation between organ/tissue, temperature and •Discuss
illnesses
•Temperament structure with function.
•The two pathways of the pathological process.
•The most important role of the humours
•The differences between Unani Tibb and allopathic medicine
regarding the interpretation of pathology
None
Philosophy and Aetology of Tibb TIB 412
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
25
Lectures p.w
1
34
Practical’s p.w.
1
6
Tutorials p.w.
1
35
100
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
416
Assessment Module type
CFA
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Community and Health Sciences
School of Natural Medicine (SoNM)
Philosophy and Aetiology of Unani Tibb
Philosophy and Aetiology of Unani Tibb 412
TIB412
8
10
Semester
1st Semester
B Complementary Medicine (Unani Tibb)
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Assessments
Self-study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
4
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•Demonstrate an understanding of the history of Tibb and list the
unique features of Tibb compared to orthodox, allopathic
Medicine.
•Explain the term „physis‟
•Define the term „temperament‟ and how does it relate to
structure and function?
•Describe the 3 factors, which determine a person‟s
temperament.
•Explain the different temperaments with their corresponding
qualities.
•Describe the different temperaments and describe the
temperament you fall into and why?
•Evaluate the four humours and their corresponding qualities?
•Demonstrate an understanding of the main functions of
humours?
•Describe the four different types of tissues and their
corresponding qualities
•Temperament
•Humours
•Sanguineous
•Phlegmatic
•Bilious
•Melancholic
•Physis
•Macro and Micro Cosmos
•Governing factors
None
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
25
Lectures p.w
1
34
Practical’s p.w.
1
6
Tutorials p.w.
1
35
100
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
417
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Assessments
Self-study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Community and Health Sciences
School of Natural Medicine (SoNM)
Pharmacology of Unani Tibb
Pharmacology of Unani Tibb 413
TIB413
8
20
Year
1st & 2nd Semester
B Complementary Medicine (Unani Tibb)
4
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•Familiarization with the basic concept of Tibb Pharmacology.
•Understanding harvesting and the main priciples, safely etc of
medicinal herbs.
•Understanding the rationale behind the use of certain medicinal
herbs in specific situations.
•Understanding the rationale behind the use of certain medicinal
herbs
•Introduction and History
•Harvesting and Therapeutic overview
•Active principles
•Plants and the nervous system
•Plants and the cardiovascular system
•Plants and metabolic diseases
•Plants and the renal system
•Anti-inflammatory plants
•Plants and the respiratory system
•Adaptogenic plants
•Plants and the reproductive system
•Plants and the digestive system
•Plants affecting Liver and Biliary system
•Plants and the Cutaneous system
•Herbal treatment from children
•Herbal Medicine in specific situations
•Animal Drugs
•Mineral Drugs
None
•Philosophy an Aetiology of Tibb TIB 412
•Pathology and Diagnosis TIB 411
•Therapeutics TIB 414
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
50
Lectures p.w
1
74
Practical’s p.w.
1
6
Tutorials p.w.
1
70
200
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
418
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Assessments
Self-study
Community and Health Sciences
School of Natural Medicine (SoNM)
Therapeutics of Unani Tibb Medicine
Therapeutics of Unani Tibb 414
TIB414
8
10
Semester
2nd Semester
B Complementary Medicine (Unani Tibb)
4
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•Comprehend the laws of treatment according to the principles
and philosophy of Unani-Tibb.
•Explain how the laws of treatment should be in harmony with
Physis.
•Demonstrate the importance of making appropriate choices in
deciding the mode of treatment depending on the illness
condition and the frame (qualities) associated with the illness.
•Describe the rationale behind each mode of treatment and the
implementation thereof.
•Recognize that treatment is a response to the causes according
to the Hippocratic principle of „dyspepsia‟.
•Comprehend that therapeutics in Unani Tibb is aimed at
counteracting the causes and reversing the pathological process
of illnesses.
•Discuss the different levels at which physis works in the human
body.
•Understand the six different healing routes of physis and give
your own examples.
•Analyse the significance of the Natural cycle in Unani Tibb
therapeutics.
•Understand the three sources of imbalances that cause illnesses.
•The laws of treatment according to the principles and
philosophy of Tibb
•Hippocratic principle of „dyspepsia‟.
•Therapeutics in Unani Tibb Temperament
•Concoction & elimination/ evacuation of humours
•Humours Qualities of illness frames and treatment Laws of
treatment
•Modes of therapy Physis Sanguineous
•Management of conditions associated with the six frames
Phlegmatic Bilious
•Melancholic Physis
•Macro and Micro Cosmos
•Governing Factors
•Philosophy and Aetiology of Tibb TIB 412
•Pathology and Diagnosis TIB 411
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
25
Lectures p.w
1
34
Practical’s p.w.
1
6
Tutorials p.w.
1
35
419
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
100
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
School of Natural Medicine (SoNM)
Regimental Therapies In Unani Tibb Medicine
Regimental Therapies 415
TIB415
8
10
Semester
2nd Semester
B Complementary Medicine (Unani Tibb)
Assessment Module type
4
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•Recognize the role that meditation/breathing plays in treating
emotional or psychological conditions
•Explain the importance of dietotherapy, and how it is applied.
•Demonstrate an understanding of the Clinical application of diet
based on taste, qualities.
•Explain why Fasting and detox techniques are important in
TIBB Medicine
Illustrate the practical insights into the art of cupping
•List the benefits of cupping in many illness conditions
•Analyse the benefits of breathing exercises and meditation
techniques for different conditions
•Demonstrate an understanding of dry and wet cupping
technique and their cupping sites.
•Explain the rationale and benefits behind cupping.
•Regimental therapies
•Breathing exercises and meditation dietotherapy
•Fasting and detox techniques
•The practical art of cupping
•Philosophy and Aetiology of Tibb TIB 412
•Pathology and Diagnosis TIB 411
•Therapeutics TIB 414
•Pharmacology TIB 413
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
25
Lectures p.w
1
34
Practical’s p.w.
1
6
Tutorials p.w.
1
35
100
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Community and Health Sciences
School of Natural Medicine (SoNM)
Research Project
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Assessments
Self-study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
420
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Assessments
Self-study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Research Project 508
TIB508
8
20
Year
1st & 2nd Semester
B Complementary Medicine (Naturopathy, Phytotherapy,
Chinese Medicine and Acupuncture, Unani Tibb)
5
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•Generate, synthesise and evaluate alternative various
methodological approaches that can be applied to Unani Tibb
medical research.
•Critically analyses published work and identify gaps in current
knowledge.
•Develop a realistic research proposal, which will form the basis
of the work they will carry out in their research project.
•Select and apply appropriate techniques to analyses a problem
and design a solution.
•Apply research project management techniques to the
management of patient.
•Produce a substantial, complex piece of work within a specified
time to match an agreed specification.
•Critically evaluate relevant literature, the patient management
and the methods used.
•Communicate technical information effectively
•The investigation of a research question requiring the
integration of Unani Tibb Principles with Conventional
Medicine.
•The design and performance of experiments and the collection
and analysis of information
•The analysis of a problem and the design of a solution
•The design and implementation of a clinical experiments
•Project management and Time management
•Problem solving and selection of solutions
•Communication skills: reports, articles, posters and verbal
communication
•Problem Analysis
•System Design
•Implementation
•Critical evaluation
•Research skills: literature search, evaluation of sources and
analysis
Research Methods 421
None
None
Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week
50
Lectures p.w
2
74
Practical’s p.w.
6
Tutorials p.w.
70
200
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
421
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Community and Health Sciences
School of Natural Medicine (SoNM)
Hepatic, Renal, Gastro-Intestinal And Metabolic Disorders
Illness Management 521
TIB521
8
10
Semester
1st Semester
B Complementary Medicine (Unani Tibb)
Assessment Module type
5
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•Apply the principles of Tibb learnt in Modules 1-6, to the
various common illnesses covered in these modules.
•Describe the rationale behind the causes and pathological
pathways of the illnesses covered.
•Apply effective, comprehensive and appropriate treatment to the
illnesses covered in each module, which will address the causes
of illnesses as well as the symptoms.
•Demonstrate an understanding when choosing different
therapeutic options to suit the needs of individual patients.
•Evaluate the benefits (if any) of integrating Tibb into an
allopathic/other medical practice with respect to clinical
outcomes and cost effectiveness.
•Give the rationale behind the causes and pathological pathways
of the illnesses covered.
•Explain why it is important to choose different therapeutic
options to suit the needs of individual patients.
•Review: anatomy and physiology of the systems with respect to
temperament structure and function.
•Common causes of disorders of the systems
•Rationale of pathology linked to the systems
•Common disorders of the systems
•Philosophy and Aetology of Tibb 877412
•Pathology and Diagnosis 877411
•Therapeutics 877414
•Pharmacology 877413
•Regimental Therapies 877415
None
None
Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week
25
Lectures p.w
1
34
Practical’s p.w.
1
6
Tutorials p.w.
1
35
100
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Community and Health Sciences
School of Natural Medicine (SoNM)
Gynaecology, Andrology and Paediatrics
Illness Management 522
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Assessments
Self-study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
422
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Assessments
Self-study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
TIB522
8
10
Semester
1st Semester
B Complementary Medicine (Unani Tibb)
5
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•Apply the principles of Tibb learnt in Modules 1-6, to the
various common illnesses covered in this series of modules.
•Describe the rationale behind the causes and pathological
pathways of the illnesses covered.
•Evaluate the benefits (if any) of integrating Unani Tibb into an
allopathic/other medical practice with respect to clinical
outcomes and cost effectiveness.
•Give the rationale behind the causes and pathological pathways
of the illnesses covered.
•Apply effective, comprehensive and appropriate treatment to the
illnesses covered in each module, which will address the causes
of illnesses as well as the symptoms.
•Explain why it is important to choose different therapeutic
options to suit the needs of individual patients.
• Physiology of the systems with respect to temperament
structure and function.
•Common causes of disorders of the systems
•Rationale of pathology linked to the systems
•Common disorders of the systems
•Philosophy and Aetology of Tibb TIB 412
•Pathology and Diagnosis TIB 411
•Therapeutics TIB 414
•Pharmacology TIB 413
•Regimental Therapies TIB 415
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
25
Lectures p.w
1
34
Practical’s p.w.
1
6
Tutorials p.w.
1
34
100
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
School of Natural Medicine (SoNM)
Dermatology, Musculoskeletal, Immune/Infectious Disorders &
Geriatric
Illness Management 523
TIB523
8
10
Semester
2nd Semester
423
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Assessments
Self-study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
B Complementary Medicine (Unani Tibb)
5
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•Apply the principles of Unani Tibb learnt in Modules 1-6, to the
various common illnesses covered in this series of modules.
•Describe the rationale behind the causes and pathological
pathways of the illnesses covered.
•Demonstrate an understanding when choosing different
therapeutic options to suit the needs of individual patients.
•Evaluate the benefits (if any) of integrating Unani Tibb into an
allopathic/other medical practice with respect to clinical
outcomes and cost effectiveness.
•Give the rationale behind the causes and pathological pathways
of the illnesses covered.
•Apply effective, comprehensive and appropriate treatment to the
illnesses covered in each module, which will address the causes
of illnesses as well as the symptoms.
•Explain why it is important to choose different therapeutic
options to suit the needs of individual patients.
•Review: anatomy and physiology of the systems with respect to
temperament structure and function.
•Common causes of disorders of the systems
•Rationale of pathology linked to the systems
•Common disorders of the systems
•Philosophy and Aetology of Tibb TIB 412
•Pathology and Diagnosis TIB 411
•Therapeutics TIB 414
•Pharmacology TIB 413
•Regimental Therapies TIB 415
None
None
Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week
25
Lectures p.w
1
34
Practical’s p.w.
1
6
Tutorials p.w.
1
35
100
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
School of Natural Medicine (SoNM)
Central Nervous System, Ear, Nose, Throat and Endocrine
Illness Management 524
TIB524
8
10
Semester
2nd Semester
B Complementary Medicine (Unani Tibb)
5
At the end of this module students should be able to:
424
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Assessments
Self-study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
•Apply the principles of Unani Tibb learnt in Modules 1-6, to the
various common illnesses covered in this series of modules.
•Describe the rationale behind the causes and pathological
pathways of the illnesses covered.
•Demonstrate an understanding when choosing different
therapeutic options to suit the needs of individual patients.
•Evaluate the benefits (if any) of integrating Unani Tibb into an
allopathic/other medical practice with respect to clinical
outcomes and cost effectiveness.
•Give the rationale behind the causes and pathological pathways
of the illnesses covered.
•Apply effective, comprehensive and appropriate treatment to the
illnesses covered in each module, which will address the causes
of illnesses as well as the symptoms.
•Explain why it is important to choose different therapeutic
options to suit the needs of individual patients.
•Explain why it is important to choose different therapeutic
options to suit the needs of individual patients.
•Review: anatomy and physiology of the systems with respect to
temperament structure and function.
•Common causes of disorders of the systems
•Rationale of pathology linked to the systems
•Common disorders of the systems
•Philosophy and Aetology of Tibb TIB 412
•Pathology and Diagnosis TIB 411
•Therapeutics TIB 414
•Pharmacology TIB 413
•Regimental Therapies TIB 415
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
25
Lectures p.w
1
34
Practical’s p.w.
1
6
Tutorials p.w.
1
35
100
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
School of Natural Medicine (SoNM)
Cardiovascular, Respiratory and Haematological Disorders
Illness Management 525
TIB525
8
10
Semester
2nd Semester
B Complementary Medicine (Unani Tibb)
5
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•Apply the principles of Unani Tibb learnt in Modules 1-6, to the
various common illnesses covered in this series of modules.
425
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Assessments
Self-study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
•Describe the rationale behind the causes and pathological
pathways of the illnesses covered.
• Demonstrate an understanding when choosing different
therapeutic options to suit the needs of individual patients.
•Evaluate the benefits (if any) of integrating Unani Tibb into an
allopathic/other medical practice with respect to clinical
outcomes and cost effectiveness.
•Give the rationale behind the causes and pathological pathways
of the illnesses covered.
• Apply effective, comprehensive and appropriate treatment to
the illnesses covered in each module, which will address the
causes of illnesses as well as the symptoms.
• Explain why it is important to choose different therapeutic
options to suit the needs of individual patients.
•Review: anatomy and physiology of the systems with respect to
temperament structure and function.
•Common causes of disorders of the systems
•Rationale of pathology linked to the systems
•Common disorders of the systems
• Philosophy and Aetology of Tibb TIB 412
• Pathology and Diagnosis TIB 411
• Therapeutics TIB 414
• Pharmacology TIB 413
• Regimental Therapies TIB 415
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
25
Lectures p.w
1
34
Practical’s p.w.
1
6
Tutorials p.w.
1
35
100
Continuous Assessment: 60%
Final Assessment: 40%
CFA
SCHOOL OF PUBLIC HEALTH
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module will
be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Community and Health Sciences
School of Public Health (SoPH)
Public Health Research
MPH Mini-thesis
SPH803 and SPH804
9
60
Semester
1st & 2nd Semester
Master of Public Health
1
At the end of this module students should be able to:
• Undertake research by developing a research question in the
field of Public Health, carry it out and report on research in form
of a mini-thesis.
• An overview of the research process.
426
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Self-study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module will
be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
• Research frameworks: Positivist, Interpretivist, qualitative,
quantitative research
• Research designs
• Refining your research question to ensure it fits with your
research problem
• Literature Reviews
• Appropriate methodology and research design
• Data collection, analysis, interpretation, limitations
• Writing up a mini-thesis.
Module 1 - Population Health and Development: A Primary
Health Care Approach II
Module 2 - Measuring Health and Disease - Intermediate
Epidemiology
Module 3 - Management Strategies for the Public Health
Services II OR Managing and Supporting Health Workers
Module 4 - Health Promotion for Public Health II
Module 5 - Elective module 1 (Capita Selecta I)
Module 6 - Elective module 2 (Capita Selecta II)
Module 7 - Health Systems Research
Module 8 - Qualitative Research
Methods OR Quantitative Research Methods
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
150
Lectures p.w
450
Practical’s p.w.
600
Thesis examined by one internal and one external examiner;
result constitutes the weighted average of the course work and
thesis results.
FA
Community and Health Sciences
School of Public Health (SoPH)
MPH – Full thesis
MPH Full Thesis 805 and 806
SPH805 & SPH806
9
15
2 years Full-time
3 years Part-time
1st & 2nd Semester
MPH – Full Thesis Mode
1
At the end of this module students should be able to:
• Mastering the skill of research by developing a research
question in the field of public health, designing, carrying out and
reporting on research in form of a thesis
• Demonstrate capacity to link research with policy and practice
in Public Health
• Demonstrate understanding of the substantive elements of
Public Health relevant to Africa including: Public Health and the
Primary Health Care (PHC) approach, district health systems
and their development, management and evaluation; Health
Promotion
• Demonstrate leadership in applying research to the
427
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Other: Research and writing time
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
transformation of the health system in a developing country
context from a predominantly curative hospital based service to
a high quality comprehensive community-based, participatory
and equitable system
• Primary tasks are to develop a research proposal towards a
research question grounded in the public health context; conduct
research, analyze and interpret data in relation to the field of
public health and the needs of the health system; prepare the
research thesis under the guidance of the supervisor(s) and
submit the thesis for examination.
None
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
800
Lectures p.w
1000
1800
Thesis examined by one internal and one external examiner;
result constitutes the weighted average of the course work and
thesis results.
FA
Community and Health Sciences
School of Public Health (SoPH)
Population Health and Development II: A Primary Health Care
Approach
Population Health and Development II 855
SPH855
9
15
Semester
1st & 2nd Semester
Master of Public Health
1
At the end of this module students should be able to:
• Discuss critically the implementation of Primary Health Care
in developing countries over the past three decades and the
factors facilitating and constraining its implementation.
• Critically Outline and demonstrate how political, economic and
social factors impact on the health of societies in Africa.
• Critically Understand and apply the policy, resources,
structures and tools required to operationalise a Comprehensive
Primary Health Care programme plan within a district health
context.
• The Determinants of Health in Africa.
• Three Decades of PHC: A Review.
• Systems that Support Comprehensive Primary Health Care.
• Implementing Comprehensive Primary Health Care
Programmes at a district level
None
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
30
Lectures p.w
428
Assignments & tasks
Self-study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module will
be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Self-study
60
Practical’s p.w.
60
Tutorials p.w.
150
Continuous Assessment: 40%
Final Assessment: 60%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
School of Public Health (SoPH)
Measuring Health & Disease - Intermediate Epidemiology
Intermediate Epidemiology 856
SPH856
9
15
Semester
1st & 2nd Semester
Master of Public Health
1
At the end of this module students should be able to:
• Recognize prominent global and national trends in health and
disease
• Critically review and interpret epidemiological information.
• Interpret key epidemiological indicators of community health
and illness
• Appraise epidemiology research findings
• Apply descriptive epidemiology concepts and principles to
effective Public Health practice
• Formulate and test a hypothesis by applying analytical
statistics.
• Use a statistical software package, to analyse epidemiological
data
• Write an epidemiological report
• Concepts of epidemiological health information
• The health transition
• The natural history of disease
• Risk, association and causation
• Common epidemiological investigations (infectious diseases,
outbreaks, screening and surveillance)
• Study designs
• Data management
• The analysis and interpretation of data
• Representation of health information and reporting on an
epidemiological event
• The role and structure of literature review
• Critical appraisal of literature
• The role of systematic reviews and meta-analyses in evidencebased Public Health
None
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
30
Lectures p.w
60
Practical’s p.w.
60
Tutorials p.w.
429
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module will
be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Self-study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
150
Continuous Assessment: 40%
Final Assessment: 60%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
School of Public Health (SoPH)
Measuring Health & Disease - Intermediate Epidemiology
Intermediate Epidemiology 856
SPH856
9
15
Semester
1st & 2nd Semester
Master of Public Health
1
At the end of this module students should be able to:
• Recognize prominent global and national trends in health and
disease
• Critically review and interpret epidemiological information.
• Interpret key epidemiological indicators of community health
and illness
• Appraise epidemiology research findings
• Apply descriptive epidemiology concepts and principles to
effective Public Health practice
• Formulate and test a hypothesis by applying analytical
statistics.
• Use a statistical software package, to analyse epidemiological
data
• Write an epidemiological report
• Concepts of epidemiological health information
• The health transition
• The natural history of disease
• Risk, association and causation
• Common epidemiological investigations (infectious diseases,
outbreaks, screening and surveillance)
• Study designs
• Data management
• The analysis and interpretation of data
• Representation of health information and reporting on an
epidemiological event
• The role and structure of literature review
• Critical appraisal of literature
• The role of systematic reviews and meta-analyses in evidencebased Public Health
None
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
30
Lectures p.w
60
Practical’s p.w.
60
Tutorials p.w.
150
Continuous Assessment: 40%
430
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module will
be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Self-study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module will
be offered
Final Assessment: 60%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
School of Public Health (SoPH)
Management Strategies for the Public Health Services II
Public Health Management II
SPH857
9
15
Semester
Master of Public Health
1
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•Analyse and apply models and theories of management to plan
a change process
•Evaluate and apply theories and strategies of leadership
•Develop a project plan.
•Develop, interpret and justify a budget
•Develop a monitoring and evaluation strategy for a project.
•Analyse and interpret health information for planning and
management
•The role of a manager
•Selected management theory
•Managing change
•Leadership
•Effective planning
•Financial management for the public health sector
•Information for planning and management
•Monitoring and evaluation strategies
None
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
30
Lectures p.w
60
Practical’s p.w.
60
Tutorials p.w.
150
Continuous Assessment: 40%
Final Assessment: 60%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
School of Public Health (SoPH)
Health Promotion for Public Health II
Health Promotion for Public Health II
SPH859
9
15
Semester
Master of Public Health
431
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Self-study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module will
be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
1
At the end of this module students should be able to:
•Demonstrate critical awareness of the current debates and
dilemmas in Health Promotion.
• Present a critical understanding of the main theoretical
approaches used in Health Promotion, demonstrating awareness
of their strengths and limitations in programme design.
• Demonstrate the ability to plan, implement and evaluate a
Health Promotion programme.
• Apply Health Promotion and planning knowledge to a
comprehensive health programme.
•A context for Health Promotion.
•Theoretical perspectives.
•Planning in Health Promotion.
•Practical approaches to implementation.
•Evaluating Health Promotion programmes.
None
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
30
Lectures p.w
60
Practical’s p.w.
60
Tutorials p.w.
150
Continuous Assessment: 40%
Final Assessment: 60%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
School of Public Health (SoPH)
Qualitative Research Methods
Qualitative Research Methods 860
SPH860
9
15
Semester
Master of Public Health
1
At the end of this module students should be able to:
• Articulate an understanding of theoretical (philosophical)
underpinnings of qualitative forms of research.
• Clarify the characteristics, purpose and application of
qualitative research methods.
• Demonstrate awareness of the kinds of questions best
addressed by qualitative research methods.
• Analyze and discuss examples of selected qualitative
approaches.
• Demonstrate an understanding of principles underlying
participative, collaborative and action-orientated forms of
research.
• Critique examples of qualitative research in terms of such
issues as credibility, rigour, auditability and sampling.
• Reflect critically on the process of data collection and analysis.
432
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Self-study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module will
be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
• Describe and use ethical procedures in qualitative research.
• Historical and theoretical underpinnings of qualitative
research.
• Characteristics, purpose and application of qualitative research
methods in Public Health.
• Designing qualitative studies
• Data collection, sampling and saturation.
• Ethical procedures in qualitative research.
• Data analysis
• Selected approaches to qualitative research including
• Ethnography, Phenomenology, Grounded Theory and Action
Research.
• Rigour in qualitative research
None
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
30
Lectures p.w
60
Practical’s p.w.
60
Tutorials p.w.
150
Continuous Assessment: 40%
Final Assessment: 60%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
School of Public Health (SoPH)
Quantitative Research Methods
Quantitative Research Methods 861
SPH861
9
15
Semester
1st & 2nd Semester
Master of Public Health
1
At the end of this module students should be able to:
• Demonstrate understanding of the ethical principles for
conducting research with human subjects.
• Distinguish between the designs of the most common types of
quantitative research studies.
• Define and identify association, causation, bias and
confounding within the context of quantitative research.
• Apply concepts of validity, reliability and precision within the
context of quantitative research.
• Apply basic data collection, data management, data handling
and project management for quantitative research.
• Analyse and interpret health data using basibiostatistics and
statistical computing techniques.
• Define and apply the basic elements of a research proposal and
research report.
• Ethical concepts in research with human subjects, including
informed consent.
• Types and design of research studies.
433
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Self-study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module will
be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
• Association, causation, bias and confounding in quantitative
research.
• Application of the concepts of validity, reliability and
precision for quantitative study design.
• Data collection and data management.
• Basic Statistics, including measures of association, statistical
testing, and sample size & power.
• Presenting and communicating quantitative study results.
• Review of research proposal writing and reporting with
applications for programme management.
None
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
30
Lectures p.w
60
Practical’s p.w.
60
Tutorials p.w.
150
Continuous Assessment: 40%
Final Assessment: 60%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
School of Public Health (SoPH)
Public Health Research
Public Health Research 862
SPH862
9
15
Semester
1st & 2nd Semester
Master of Public Health
1
At the end of this module students should be able to:
• Discuss a range of key research approaches in Public Health
• Identify a Public Health research problem
• Develop an appropriate research question
• Undertake a critical literature review on the study topic
• Explore the application of the Qualitative and Quantitative
approaches to the problem
• Apply different research designs
• Elaborate and discuss appropriate research methodologies
• Select appropriate sampling techniques for qualitative and
quantitative research
• Discuss analytical techniques for qualitative and quantitative
research
• Elucidate factors affecting validity, rigour and generalisability
• Critically assess Research Ethics issues and strategies
• Introduction to Public Health research approaches
• Critical review of literature
• Formulation of research aims and objectives
• Qualitative and Quantitative research designs
• Quantitative and Qualitative methodologies
• Sampling techniques
434
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Self-study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Self-study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
• Data analysis
• Measures for research rigor
• Research ethics
• Critically
None
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
30
Lectures p.w
60
Practical’s p.w.
60
Tutorials p.w.
150
Continuous Assessment: 40%
Final Assessment: 60%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
School of Public Health (SoPH)
Alcohol Problems: A Health Promotion Approach
Alcohol Problems: A Health Promotion Approach 863
SPH863
9
15
Semester
1st & 2nd Semester
Master of Public Health
1
At the end of this module students should be able to:
• Apply different models of alcohol use and approaches to
dealing with problem drinking
• Develop a plan, in a real context, demonstrating an
understanding of a comprehensive approach to drinking
problems, including prevention, promotion and rehabilitation
activities
• Introduction to the burden of disease and social problems
related to alcohol
• Complexity of causes and effects of alcohol misuse in society,
and models of understanding the problem
• Community based programme planning and development using
the Ottawa Charter as a framework.
• Skills development in participatory methods for stimulating
community action
None
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
30
Lectures p.w
60
Practical’s p.w.
60
Tutorials p.w.
150
Continuous Assessment: 40%
Final Assessment: 60%
CFA
435
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module will
be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Self-study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Community and Health Sciences
School of Public Health (SoPH)
Using Information for Effective Management I
Using Information for Effective Management I 865
SPH865
9
15
Semester
1st & 2nd Semester
Master of Public Health
1
At the end of this module students should be able to:
• Outline and discuss the uses of health information in a district
health service context.
• Apply the principles of an action-led information system to a
familiar context.
• Manage data collection.
• Develop a strategy to manage information appropriately to
enhance decision making in a district health service setting.
• Use information in decision making pertaining to management
of health services.
• Monitor and evaluate district health information systems.
The focus is around minimum data sets based on indicators, data
collection tools, data accuracy, functional analysis, presentation
and interactive report writing. The key outcome is the routine
availability of a minimum, but crucial, set of must know
information that can be used to improve the provision of health
services. The course will also provide a critical introduction to a
national health information system, including its various
components, how they interact and the principles of system
design. The principles of minimum data sets will be used as a
basis to learn about how the various systems are interacting
through standards at various levels.
None
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
30
Lectures p.w
60
Practical’s p.w.
60
Tutorials p.w.
150
Continuous Assessment: 40%
Final Assessment: 60%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
School of Public Health (SoPH)
Monitoring and Evaluation in Health and Development
Programmes
Monitoring and Evaluation 866
SPH866
9
15
Semester
436
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module will
be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Self-study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module will
be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
1st & 2nd Semester
Master of Public Health
1
At the end of this module students should be able to:
• Critically evaluate a monitoring and evaluation system in a
familiar context
• Create and evaluation plan for a project in a familiar context
• Implement a evaluation plan in a familiar context
• Synthesize information obtained during implementation of an
evaluation plan
• Create an evaluation report for a project in a familiar context
• The context of programme evaluation
• Key concepts and issues in monitoring and evaluation
• Designing a programme evaluation
• Selecting indicators and collecting data
• Analysing data and reporting results
• Challenges in evaluating health and development programmes.
None
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
30
Lectures p.w
60
Practical’s p.w.
60
Tutorials p.w.
150
Continuous Assessment: 40%
Final Assessment: 60%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
School of Public Health (SoPH)
Monitoring and Evaluation in Health and Development
Programmes
Monitoring and Evaluation 866
SPH866
9
15
Semester
1st & 2nd Semester
Master of Public Health
1
At the end of this module students should be able to:
• Critically evaluate a monitoring and evaluation system in a
familiar context
• Create and evaluation plan for a project in a familiar context
• Implement a evaluation plan in a familiar context
• Synthesize information obtained during implementation of an
evaluation plan
• Create an evaluation report for a project in a familiar context
• The context of programme evaluation
• Key concepts and issues in monitoring and evaluation
• Designing a programme evaluation
• Selecting indicators and collecting data
437
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
Self-study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
Faculty
Home Department
Module Topic
Generic Module Name
Alpha-numeric Code
Level
Credit Value
Duration
Proposed semester to be offered
Programmes in which the module
will be offered
Year level
Main Outcomes
Main Content
Pre-requisite modules
Co-requisite modules
Prohibited module Combination
A. Breakdown of Learning Time
Contact with lecturer / tutor
Assignments & tasks
• Analysing data and reporting results
• Challenges in evaluating health and development programmes.
None
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
30
Lectures p.w
60
Practical’s p.w.
60
Tutorials p.w.
150
Continuous Assessment: 40%
Final Assessment: 60%
CFA
Community and Health Sciences
School of Public Health (SoPH)
Epidemiology and Control of Non-communicable Diseases
Epidemiology and Control of Non-communicable Diseases
867
SPH867
9
15
Semester
1st & 2nd Semester
Master of Public Health
1
At the end of this module students should be able to:
• Analyse risk factors for chronic non-communicable diseases
(CNCDs) both locally and internationally
• Critically analyse barriers to the implementation of global
strategies for the prevention and control of CNCDs in order to
develop local preventive strategies
• Analyse the resources and skills required at local level in order
to implement appropriate interventions
• Create locally appropriate strategies to address the risk factors
using the principles of Health Promotion
• Create an evaluation plan in order to assess the effectiveness of
an intervention
• Epidemiology of NCDs.
• Epidemiological Transition incorporating social, behavioral,
cultural and environmental dynamics
• Surveillance and monitoring -importance and approach
• Modifiable and non-modifiable risk factors
• Interventions Strategies implemented both internationally and
locally
• Evidence based and effective models using examples of
tobacco, nutrition/diet and physical activity.
• Critically
None
None
None
Hours
B. Time-table Requirement per week
30
Lectures p.w
60
Practical’s p.w.
438
Self-study
Total Learning Time
Method of Student Assessment
Assessment Module type
60
Tutorials p.w.
150
Continuous Assessment: 40%
Final Assessment: 60%
CFA
439